The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About20100920Application.pdfQwest 1600 7th Avenue, Room 1506 Seattle, Washington 98191 (206) 398.2504Facsimile (206) 343-4040 lOin SEP 20 AM 9: 29 Qwest~ Spirit of Service~ Maura E. Peterson Paralegal Regulatory Law Via Overnight delivery September 17, 2010 Jean Jewell, Secretar Idaho Public Utilities Commission 472 West Washington Street P.O. Box 83720 Boise, Idaho 83720-0074 Re: Case No.Øw- -i- (()--èk Application for Approval of Interconnection Agreement Dear Ms. Jewell: Enclosed for filing is an original and three copies of the Application for Approval of an Interconnection Agreement between Qwest Corporation and Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC. Qwest respectfully requests that this matter be placed on the Commssion Decision Meeting Agenda for expedited approvaL. Please contact me if you have any questions concerning the enclosed. Thank you for your assistance in this matte Sincerely,~Maura E. Pete MEP/mep cc: Service list Q"'CEHJCf). .~.. .. 1 -'# ,,'" ~,~;-i .,t-' ,,-,- Adam L. Sherr (WSBA# 25291) Qwest 1600 7th Ave, Room 1506 Seattle, W A 98191 Telephone: (206) 398-2504 Facsimile: (206) 343-4040 Adam. sherr(Q q west.com 10m SEt' 20 AM 9: 29 \Q.~t~O/~; UT\U i It;: V'- BEFORE THE IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION APPLICATION OF QWEST CASE NO.: QWF;-T.. lD-òb CORPORATION FOR APPROVAL OF THE INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT FOR THE STATE OF IDAHO PURSUANT TO 47 U.S.c. §252(e) APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNCTION Qwest Corporation ("Qwest") hereby fies this Application for Approval of Interconnection Agreement ("Agreement") with Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC ("Liberty-Bell") are submitted herewith. This Agreement was reached through voluntary negotiations without resort to mediation or arbitration and is submitted for approval pursuant to Section 252(e) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act"). Section 252(e)(2) of the Act directs that a state Commission may reject an agreement reached through voluntary negotiations only if the Commission finds that: the agreement (or portion thereof discriminates against a telecommunications carer not a pary to this agreement; or the implementation of such an agreement (or portion) is not consistent with the public interest, convenience and necessity. Qwest respectfully submits that this Agreement provides no basis for either of these findings, and, therefore requests that the Commission approve this Agreement expeditiously. This Agreement is consistent with the public interest as identified in the pro-competitive policies of the State of Idaho, the Commission, the United States Congress, and the Federal Communications Commission. Expeditious approval of this Agreement wil enable Liberty-Bell APPLICATION FOR APPRO V AL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT - LIBERTY-BELL TELECOM, LLC Page i to interconnect with Qwest facilities and to provide customers with increased choices among local telecommunications services. Qwest further requests that the Commssion approve this Agreement without a hearng. Because this Agreement was reached through voluntary negotiations, it does not raise issues requiring a hearng and does not concern other paries not a pary to the negotiations. Expeditious approval would further the public interest. Respectfully submitted this I J~ of September, 2010. Qwest Corporation~Adam L. err Attorney for Qwest APPLICATION FOR APPRO V AL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT- LIBERTY-BELL TELECOM, LLC Page 2 CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I hereby certify that on thisl~day Of~201O, I served the foregoing APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT upon all paries of record in this matter as follows: Jean Jewell, Secretary Idaho Public Utilities Commssion 472 West Washington Street P.O. Box 83720 Boise, Idaho 83720-0074 jjewell (Qpuc.statejd.us Hand Delivery U. S. Mail _X_ Overnight Delivery Facsimile Email Neutral Tandem, Inc. Attn: Richard Monto 1 South Wacker Drive Suite 200 Chicago, Ilinois 60606 Hand Deli very -- u. S. Mail Overnight Delivery Facsimile Email APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT - LIBERTY-BELL TELECOM, LLC Page 3 .l!~--r- fb-ob 20m SEP 20 AM 9: 29 INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR INTERCONNECTION, UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS, ANCILLARY SERVICES, AND RESALE OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES BETWEEN QWEST CORPORATION AND LIBERTY-BELL TELECOM, LLC FOR THE STATE OF IDAHO . AGREEMENT NUMBER CDS-100726-0006 . .. TABLE OF CONTENTS . SECTION 1.0 - GENERAL TERMS ................................................................................14- SECTION 2.0 -INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION ...........................................2 SECTION 3.0 - CLEC INFORMATION ...........................................................................14 SECTION 4.0 - DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................§.ê SECTION 5.0 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS ...................... .................... .............. ...... 2828 5.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS .................. ................... ........... ........ ......... .................. 2828 5.2 TERM OF AGREEMENT ................... ............ ....... ........ ....... .... ......... ...... ............ 2929 5.3 PROOF OF AUTHORIZATION ............................................................................ 2929 5.4 PAyMENT.......................................................................................................30W 5.5 TAXES.. ..... ...... .......... .... ........ ............. ....... ......... ......... ....... ... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... 32~ 5.6 INSURANCE............... ....... ....... ..... ..... .................... .......... .... .,. ............... ...... ... 3333 5.7 FORCE MAJEURE.. ..... .... ........ ...... ....... ... ...... ... ... ................. ...... .... ........ ... ...... 34J4 5.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ................................................................................. 34J4 5.9 INDEMNITY ..................................................................................................... 35J& 5.10 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ......... ..... .............. ......... ............................... .......... 36~ 5.11 WARRANTIES ................................................................................................. 38~ 5.12 ASSiGNMENT.................................................................................................. 3~ 5.13 DEFAULT........................................................................................................ 3939 5.14 DISCLAIMER OF AGENCY ................................................................................ 3939 5.15 SEVERABILITY ...... ..... ........................ .... .......... ......... ...... .... ... ........... ....... ....... 404G 5.16 NONDISCLOSURE ................ ............... ... ...... .... ..... .......... .... ... ....... ..... ......... .... 404 5.17 SURVIVAL ...................................................................................................... 42A. 5.18 DISPUTE RESOLUTION.. ... ...... ... ...... ............. ...... .... .... ............... .... ....... .... ... .... 42A. 5.19 CONTROLLING LAW.. ....... ...... ... ... ... .... ... ........... ..... ......... ..... ...... ... .... ... .... ... .... 43~ 5.20 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION .................................43~ 5.21 NOTiCES........................................................................................................4444 5.22 RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY ..... ... ....... ... ...... ........ ..... ..... ...... ....... ..... ....... 4444 5.23 No THIRD PARTY BENEFiCiARIES....................................................................45~ 5.24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...........................................................................454 5.25 PUBLICITY .... ........ ....... ....... ........ ...... ..... ...... ............. ......... ... .... ... ..... .... .......... 454 5.26 EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS. ......... .... ......... ... ...... ..... ..... .... ... ...... ............ ..... 454 5.27 COMPLIANCE ..... ... .......... .... .... ... ....... .......... ........... ....... ..... ......... ..... ... ....... .... 45~ 5.28 COMPLIANCE WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS ASSISTANCE LAW ENFORCEMENT ACT OF 1994 ....... ............. .... ... ...... .......... .... ...... ........ ....... ... ..45~ 5.29 COOPERATION ...............................................................................................454 5.30 AMENDMENTS.... ............ ......... ... ... .... .......... ........... ....... ....... .... ... ..... .............. 464ê 5.31 ENTIRE AGREEMENT ......................................................................................464ê SECTION 6.0 - RESALE ............................................................................................4747 6.1 DESCRIPTION ....... ... ....... ...... ......... .... ............ ........... ..... ... .... ....... ..... ..... ......... 4747 6.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS ...... ..... .... ...... ...... .... .... .... ... ... ........ ....... ..... ....... ... ..... 4747 6.3 RATES AND CHARGES .................................................................................... 52~ 6.4 ORDERING PROCESS. ... ........... ..... ...... ... ....... ... ........... ......... ... ... ..... ....... .... .... 53ãa 6.5 BILLING.......................................................................................................... 5454 6.6 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR .......... ....... .... ...... .... ..... .................. ..... ..... ............ 55á 6.7 COMMINGLING OF RESOLD SERVICES WITH UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS AND COMBINATIONS OF UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS ............ 55á . August4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-û006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . .. .TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 7.0 -INTERCONNECTION: ......................................................................56ãê 7.1 INTERCONNECTION FACILITY OPTIONS ............................................................ 56ãê 7.2 EXCHANGE OF TRAFFIC .................................................................................. 57á+ 7.3 INTERCARRIER COMPENSATION ...................................................................... 66êê 7.4 ORDERING ..................................................................................................... 71-7 7 .5 JOINTLY PROVIDED SWITCHED ACCESS SERVICES .... ..... ..... .... .......... ........ ...... 72+: 7.6 TRANSIT RECORDS ........... .............. ................. ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ............. 737! 7.7 LOCAL INTERCONNECTION DATA EXCHANGE FOR BILLING ............................... 7474 SECTION 8.0 - COLLOCATION. .......... ..... ..... ..... ......... ....... ......... .......... .... ..... ..... ...... 75+á SECTION 9.0 - UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS ............................................. 76l- 9.1 GENERAL TERMS ... ..... ... ... .... ..... ... .... ............... .... ............ ... .... ..... .......... .... .... 76l- 9.2 UNBUNDLED Loops ................... ... ....... ............ ..... .... .......... .... ..... ....... ....... .... 8989 9.3 SUBLOOP UNBUNDLING ..... ...... ...... ..... ..... ................ ... ...... ....... ..... .............. 108-W 9.4 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.. ............... ..... ........ ... .................... ........ ...... .... 11844 9.5 NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE (NID)........................................................... 11844 9.6 UNBUNDLED DEDICATED INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT (UDIT)......................... 122~ 9.7 UNBUNDLED DARK FIBER ...........................................................................127~ 9.8 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.... ........ ........ .......... ......... ..... ..... ........ ...... ... ..... 13~ 9.9 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK........................................................................13~ 9.1 0 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ..... ...... ..... ..... ........ ............ ..... .......... .............. 13~ 9.11 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.... ........ ..... ..... ... ..... ... ...... ..... ......... .... .............. 13~ 9.12 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ..... ..... ........... ... ..... ............ ..... ...... .............. .... 13~ 9.13 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK....................................................................... 13~ 9.14 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK....... .......... ..... .... ....... ....... .................. ... .......... 13~ 9.15 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.... .... ... ......... ........... ... ...... ....... .......... .......... .... 13~ 9.16 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.... .... .... ........ ..... ......... ...... .................... ....... .... 13~ 9.17 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. ................ ... ...... ..... ... .......... .............. ......... .... 13543 9.18 ADDITIONAL UNBUNDLED ELEMENTS........................................................... 13~ 9.19 CONSTRUCTION CHARGES ...... ........ ..... ... ........... ..... .... .......... .......... ........... 1364d 9.20 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK....................................................................... 13743 9.21 LINE SPLITTING .......................................................................................... 13743 9.22 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK....................................................................... 14144 9.23 UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENT COMBINATIONS ....................................... 14144 9.24 Loop SPLITTING. .... ....... ..... ..... ... .................... ........ ... ... ....... ..... ... ........... ... 1504W 9.25 Loop-Mux COMBINATION (LMC)................................................................1534 SECTION 10.0 - ANCILLARY SERVICES ............................................................. 1574á 10.1 INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY...................................................................1574á 10.2 LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY ..................................................................... 1644ê 10.3 911/E911 SERViCE....................................................................................17147 10.4 WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY LISTINGS SERViCE............................................. 17647 10.5 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERViCE..............................................................1804W 10.6 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LIST ....................................................................18448 10.7 TOLL AND ASSISTANCE OPERATOR SERViCES............................................. 18848 10.8 ACCESS TO POLES, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND RIGHTS OF WAy.... ........ ...... ... 193~ SECTION 11.0 - NETWORK SECURITY ...............................................................19449 SECTION 12.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) ...... 200;w . .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-û006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 ii TABLE OF CONTENTS 12.1 DEscRiPTION.............................................................................................20~ 12.2 OSS SUPPORT FOR PRE-ORDERING, ORDERING AND PROVISIONING ........... 200~ 12.3 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ................ ........................................................ 212~ SECTION 13.0 - ACCESS TO TELEPHONE NUMBERS ......................................223~ SECTION 14.0 - LOCAL DIALING PARITY............................................................224~ SECTION 15.0 - QWEST'S OFFICIAL DIRECTORY PUBLISHER........................22~ SECTION 16.0 - REFERRAL ANNOUNCEMENT ..................................................226~ SECTION 17.0 _ BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS.............................................227~ SECTION 18.0 - AUDIT PROCESS............. ..... ................... ...... ...... ... ............... ..... 230~ SECTION 19.0 - CONSTRUCTION CHARGES .....................................................23~ SECTION 20.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE ........................................................234~ SECTION 21.0 - NETWORK STANDARDS ...........................................................23~ SECTION 22.0 - SIGNATURE PAGE.....................................................................238~ August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 iii . . . . EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT B EXHIBITC EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT E EXHIBIT F EXHIBITG EXHIBIT H EXHIBIT I EXHIBIT J EXHIBIT K . . TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EXHIBITS Rates Service Performance Indicators Service Interval Tables Intentionally Left Blank Intentionally Left Blank Special Request Process Intentionally Left Blank Calculation of the Relative Use Factor (RUF) Individual Case Basis (ICB) Election of Reciprocal Compensation Option - Intentionally Left Blank Performance Assurance Plan August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 iv Section 1 General Terms . Section 1.0 - GENERAL TERMS 1.1 This Agreement for Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements, ancilary services, and resale of Telecommunications Services is between Qwest Corporation ("Qwest"), a Colorado corporation, and Liberty~Bell Telecom, LLC ("CLEC"), a Colorado corporation, pursuant to Section 252(f) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, for purposes of fulfillng Qwests obligations under Sections 222, 251(a), (b), and (c), 252, and other relevant provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated there under. 1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 1.3 This Agreement sets forth the terms, conditions and pricing under which Qwest wil provide to CLEC network Interconnection, access to Unbundled Network Elements, ancilary services, and Telecommunications Services available for resale within the geographical areas in which Qwest is providing local Exchange Service at that time, and for which Qwest is the incumbent Local Exchange Carrier within the state of Idaho, for purposes of providing local Telecommunications Services. 1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 1.5 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank..1.6 1.7 1.8 With respect to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, Qwest has negotiated the Agreement in its entirety, and the inclusion of any particular provision, or rate, term and condition, is not evidence of the reasonableness thereof when considered apart from all other provisions of the Agreement. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Betl Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 1 .Section 2 Interpretation and Construction Section 2.0 - INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION 2.1 This Agreement includes this Agreement and all Exhibits appended hereto, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in this Agreement and made a part hereof. All references to Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. The headings and numbering of Sections and Exhibits used in this Agreement are for convenience only and wil not be construed to define or limit any of the terms in this Agreement or affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement. Unless the context shall otherwise require, any reference to any statute, regulation, rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical publication, or any publication of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical standards, shall be deemed to be a reference to the most recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements, addenda, or successor) of that statute, regulation, rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical publication, or any publication of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical standards that is in effect. Provided however, that nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be deemed or considered to limit or amend the provisions of Section 2.2. In the event a change in a law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof would materially change this Agreement, the terms of Section 2.2 shall prevail over the terms of this Section 2.1. In the case of any material change, any reference in this Agreement to such law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof wil be to such law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof in effect immediately prior to such change unti the processes set forth in Section 2.2 are implemented. The existing configuration of either Party's network may not be in compliance with the latest release of technical references, technical publications, or publications of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical standards..2.2 The provisions in this Agreement are intended to be in compliance with and based on the existing state of the law, rules, regulations and interpretations thereof, including but not limited to state and federal rules, regulations, and laws as of March 11, 2005 (the Existing Rules). Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed an admission by Qwest or CLEC concerning the interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or an admission by Qwest or CLEC that the Existing Rules should not be changed, vacated, dismissed, stayed or modified. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or estop Qwest or CLEC from taking any position in any forum concerning the proper interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or concerning whether the Existing Rules should be changed, vacated, dismissed, stayed or modified. To the extent that the Existing Rules are vacated, dismissed, stayed or materially changed or modified, then this Agreement shall be amended to reflect such legally binding modification or change of the Existing Rules. Where the Parties fail to agree upon such an amendment within sixty (60) Days after notification from a Party seeking amendment due to a modification or change of the Existing Rules or if any time during such sixty (60) Day period the Parties shall have ceased to negotiate such new terms for a continuous period of fifteen (15) Days, it shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement. It is expressly understood that this Agreement wil be corrected, or if requested by CLEC, amended as set forth in this Section 2.2, to reflect the outcome of generic proceedings by the Commission for pricing, service standards, or other matters covered by this Agreement. Rates in Exhibit A wil reflect legally binding decisions of the Commission and shall be applied on a prospective basis from the effective date of the legally binding Commission decision, unless otherwise ordered by the Commission. Where a Party provides notice to the other Party within thirty (30) Days of the effective date of an order issuing a legally binding change, any resulting amendment shall be deemed effective on the effective date of the legally binding change or modification of the Existing Rules for rates, and to the extent practicable for other terms and conditions, unless otherwise ordered. In the event neither Party provides notice within thirt (30) Days, the.August 4, 2010/mms/Líberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 2 Section 2 Interpretation and Construction . effective date of the legally binding change shall be the Effective Date of the amendment unless the Parties agree to a different date. During the pendency of any negotiation for an amendment pursuant to this Section 2.2 the Parties shall continue to perform their obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for up to sixty (60) Days. For purposes of this section, "legally binding" means that the legal ruling has not been stayed, no request for a stay is pending, and any deadline for requesting a stay designated by statute or regulation, has passed. 2.2.1 In addition to, but not in limitation of, Section 2.2 above, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed an admission by Owest or CLEC concerning the interpretation or effect of any rule, regulation, statute, or interpretations thereof, including but not limited to the FCC's Triennial Review Order and/or its Triennial Review Remand Order and state rules, regulations, and laws as they may be issued or promulgated. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or estop Owest or CLEC from taking any position in any forum concerning the proper interpretation or effect of any rule, regulation, or statute, or concerning whether the foregoing should be changed, vacated, dismissed, stayed or modified. 2.3 Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Commission, in cases of conflct between this Agreement and Owests Tariffs, PCAT, methods and procedures, technical publications, policies, product notifications or other Owest documentation relating to Owests or CLEC's rights or obligations under this Agreement, then the rates, terms, and conditions of this Agreement shall prevaiL. To the extent another document abridges or expands the rights or obligations of either Party under this Agreement, the rates, terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevaiL.. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 3 .Section 3 CLEC Information. Section 3.0 - CLEC INFORMATION 3.1 Except as otherwise required by law, Qwest wil not provide or establish Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements, ancillary services and/or resale of Telecommunications Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement prior to CLEC's execution of this Agreement. The Parties shall complete Qwests "New Customer Questionnaire," as it applies to CLEC's obtaining of Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements, ancillary services, and/or resale of Telecommunications Services hereunder. 3.2 Prior to placing any orders for services under this Agreement, the Parties wil jointly complete the following sections of Qwests "New Customer Questionnaire:" General Information Biling and Collection (Section 1) Credit Information Biling Information Summary Billng OSS and Network Outage Notiication Contact Information System Administration Contact Information.Ordering Information for LIS Trunks, Collocation, and Associated Products (if CLEC plans to order these services) Design Layout Request - LIS Trunking and Unbundled Loop (if CLEC plans to order these services) 3.2.1 The remainder of this questionnaire must be completed within two (2) weeks of completing the initial portion of the questionnaire. This questionnaire wil be used to: Determine geographical requirements; Identify CLEC identifcation codes; Determine Qwest system requirements to support CLEC's specific activity; Collect credit information; Obtain Billng information; Create summary bils; Establish input and output requirements; Create and distribute Qwest and CLEC contact lists; and.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 4 Section 3 CLEC Information .Identify CLEC hours and holidays. 3.2.2 CLECs that have previously completed a Questionnaire need not fill out a New Customer Questionnaire; however, CLEC wil update its New Customer Questionnaire with any changes in the required information that have occurred and communicate those changes to Qwest. Before placing an order for a new product, CLEC wil need to complete the relevant New Product Questionnaire and amend this Agreement. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 5 .Section 4 Definitions Section 4.0 - DEFINITIONS "Access Service Request" or "ASR" means the industry guideline forms and supporting documentation used for ordering Access Services. The ASR wil be used to order trunking and facilities between CLEC and Owest for Local Interconnection Service. "Access Services" refers to the interstate and intrastate switched access and pnvate line transport services offered for the origination and/or termination of interexchange traffc. "Access Tandem Switch" is a Switch used to connect End Office Switches to interexchange Carrier Switches. Owests Access Tandem Switches are also used to connect and switch traffc between and among Central Offce Switches within the same LATA and may be used for the exchange of local traffic. "Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. § 151 et. seq.), as amended and as from time to time interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or the Commission. "Advanced Services" refers to high speed, switched, broadband, wireline Telecommunications capabilty that enables users to originate and receive high-quality, voice, data, graphics or video Telecommunications using any technology. . "Affiiate" means a Person that (directly or indirectly) owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, another person. For purposes of this paragraph, the term 'own' means to own an equity interest (or the equivalent thereof) of more than 10 percent. "AMI T1" is a transmission system sometimes used on loops to transmit DS1 signals (1.544 Mbps) using Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) line code. "Applicable Law" means all laws, statutes, common law, ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines, orders, permits and approval of any governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, the Act, the regulations, rules, and final orders of the FCC and the Commission, and any final orders and decisions of a court of competent jurisdiction reviewing the regulations, rules, or orders of the FCC or the Commission. "Application Date" or "APP" means the date CLEC provides Owest an application for service containing required information as set forth in this Agreement. "ATIS" or "Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions" is a North American telecommunication industry standards forum which, through its committees and working groups, creates, and publishes standards and guidelines designed to enable interoperability and Interconnection for Telecommunications products and services. ATIS Standards and Guidelines, as well as the standards of other industry fora, are referenced herein. "Automated Message Accounting" or "AMA" is the structure inherent in Switch technology that initially records telecommunication message information. AMA format is contained in the AMA document, published by Telcordia Technologies, or its successors, as GR-1100-CORE which defines the industry standard for message recording. .August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 6 Section 4 Definitions ."Automatic Location Identification" or "AU" is the automatic display at the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) of the caller's telephone number, the address/location of the telephone and supplementary emergency services information for Enhanced 911 (E911). "Automatic Location Identification/Database Management System" or "AU/DBMS" is an Enhanced 911/ (E911) database containing End User Customer location information (including name, service address, telephone number, and sometimes special information from the local service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call and used by the PSAP for emergency call handling (i.e., dispatch of emergency aid). "Automatic Location Identification Gateway" or "AU Gateway" is a computer facility into which CLEC delivers Automatic Location Identification (AU) data for CLEC Customers. Access to the AU Gateway wil be via a dial-up modem using a common protocol. "Automatic Number Identification" or "ANI" is the Billng telephone number associated with the access line from which a call originates. ANI and Callng Party Number (CPN) usually are the same number. "Automatic Route Selection" or "ARS" is a service feature that provides for automatic selection of the least expensive or most appropriate transmission facility for each call based on criteria programmed into a circuit Switch routing table or system. "Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service" means, unless otherwise defined in Commission rules and then it shall have the meaning set forth therein, a service offered to End User Customers which provides the End User Customer with a telephonic connection to, and a unique local telephone number address on, the public switched telecommunications network, and which enables such End User Customer to generally place calls to, or receive calls from, other stations on the public switched telecommunications network. Basic residence and business line services are Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services. As used solely in the context of this Agreement and unless otherwise agreed, Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service includes access to ancilary services such as 911, directory assistance and operator services. . "Bil Date" means the date on which a Biling period ends, as identified on the bil. "Billng" involves the provision of appropriate usage data by one Telecommunications Carrier to another to facilitate Customer Biling with attendant acknowledgments and status reports. It also involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers to process claims and adjustments. "Binder Groups" mean the sub-units of a cable, usually in groups of 25, 50 or 100 color-coded twisted pairs wrapped in colored tape within a cable. "Bona Fide Request" or "BFR" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17. "Bridged Tap" means the unused sections of a twisted pair subtending the Loop between the End User Customer and the Serving Wire Center or extending beyond the End User Customer's location. "Business Line" means a Qwest-owned switched access line used to serve a business customer, whether by Qwest itself or by CLEC that leases the line from Qwest. The number of . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 7 .Section 4 Definitions Business Lines in a Wire Center shall equal the sum of all Owest business switched access lines, plus the sum of all UNE loops connected to that Wire Center, including UNE loops provisioned in combination with other unbundled elements. Among these requirements, Business Line talles (1) shall include only those access lines connecting End User Customers with Owest end-offices for switched services; (2) shall not include non-switched special access lines; and (3) shall account for ISDN and other digital access lines by counting each 64 kbps- equivalent as one line. For example, a DS1 line corresponds to twenty-four (24) 64 kbps- equivalents, and therefore to twenty-four (24) Business Lines. "Busy Line Verify/Busy Line Interrupt" or "BLV/BLI Traffc" means a call to an operator service in which the caller inquires as to the busy status of or requests an interruption of a call on another End User Customer's Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service line. "Callng Party Number" or "CPN" is a Common Channel Signaling (CCS) parameter which refers to the ten digit number transmitted through a network identifying the callng party. Reference Owest Technical Publication 77342. "Carrier" or "Common Carrier" See Telecommunications Carrier. . "Carrier Liaison Committee" or "CLC" is under the auspices of A TIS and is the executive oversight committee that provides direction as well as an appeals process to its subtending fora, the Network Interconnection Interoperability Forum (NIIF), the Ordering and Biling Forum (OBF), the Industry Numbering Committee (INC), and the Toll Fraud Prevention Committee (TFPC). On occasion, the CLC commissions ad hoc committees when issues do not have a logical home in one of the subtending forums. OBF and Network Installation and Maintenance Committee (NIMC) publish business process rules for their respective areas of concern. "Central Offce" means a building or a space within a building where transmission facilities or circuits are connected or switched. "Central Offce Switch" means a Switch used to provide Telecommunications Services, including, but not limited to: "End Offce Switches" which are used to terminate End User Customer station Loops, or equivalent, for the purpose of interconnecting to each other and to trunks; and "Tandem Office Switches" (or "Tandem Switches") are used to connect and switch trunk circuits between and among other End Offce Switches. CLEC Switch (es) shall be considered Tandem Offce Switch (es) to the extent such Switch (es) serve(s) a comparable geographic area as Owests Tandem Offce Switch. A fact-based consideration by the Commission of geography should be used to classify any Switch on a prospective basis. "Centralized Automatic Message Accounting" or "CAM A" trunks are trunks using MF signaling protocol used to record Biling data. "Centralized Message Distribution System" or "CMOS" means the operation system that Local Exchange Carriers use to exchange outcollect and lABS access messages among each other and other parties connected to CMDS. "Centrex" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.2.9..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 8 Section 4 Definitions ."Charge Number" is a Common Channel Signaling parameter, which refers to the number, transmitted through the network identifying the Billng number of the callng part. Charge Number frequently is not the Callng Party Number (CPN). "Collocation" is an arrangement where Qwest provides space in Qwest Premises for the placement of CLEC's equipment to be used for the purpose of Interconnection or access to Qwest Unbundled Network Elements. "Collocation - Point of Interconnection" or "C-POI" is the point outside Qwests Wire Center where CLEC's fiber facility meets Qwests Fiber Entrance Facilty, except where CLEC uses an Express Fiber Entrance Facility. In either case, Qwest wil extend or run the Fiber Entrance Facility to CLEC's Collocation Space. "Commercial Mobile Radio Service" or "CMRS" is defined in 47 U.S.C. § 332 and FCC rules and orders interpreting that statute. "Commingling" means the connecting, attaching, or otherwise linking of an Unbundled Network Element, or a Combination of Unbundled Network Elements, to one or more facilties or services that a requesting Telecommunications Carrer has obtained at wholesale from Qwest, or the combination of an Unbundled Network Element, or a Combination of Unbundled Network Elements, with one or more such facilties or services. "Commingle" means the act of Commingling. "Commission" means the Idaho Public Utilities Commission. "Common Channel Signaling" or "CCS" means a method of exchanging call set up and network control data over a digital signaling network fully separate from the Public Switched Network that carries the actual calL. Signaling System 7 ("SST') is currently the preferred CCS method. . "Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act" or "CALEA" refers to the duties and obligations of Carriers to assist law enforcement agencies by intercepting communications and records, and installng pen registers and trap and trace devices. "Competitive Local Exchange Carrier" or "CLEC" refers to a Part that has submitted a request, pursuant to this Agreement, to obtain Interconnection, access to Unbundled Network Elements, ancilary services, or resale of Telecommunications Services. CLEC is an entity authorized to provide local Exchange Service that does not otherwise qualify as an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier (ILEC). "Confidential Information" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16. "Cross Connection" is a cabling scheme between cabling runs, subsystems, and equipment using patch cords or jumper wires that attach to connection hardware on each end. "Current Service Provider" means the Part from which an End User Customer is planning to switch its local Exchange Service or the Party from which an End User Customer is planning to port its telephone number(s). "Custom Callng Features" comprise a group of features provided via a Central Offce Switch without the need for special Customer Premises Equipment. Features include, but are not . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 9 .Section 4 Definitions limited to, call waiting, 3-way callng, abbreviated dialing (speed callng), call forwarding, and series completing (busy or no answer). "Custom Local Area Signaling Service" or "CLASS" is a set of call-management service features consisting of number translation services, such as call forwarding and caller identification, available within a Local Access and Transport Area ("LATA"). Features include, but are not limited to, automatic callback, automatic recall, callng number delivery, Customer originated trace, distinctive ringing/call waiting, selective call forwarding and selective call rejection. "Customer" is a Person to whom a Party provides or has agreed to provide a specific service or set of services, whether directly or indirectly. Customer includes Telecommunication Carriers. See also, End User Customer. "Customer Premises Equipment" or "CPE" means equipment employed on the premises of a Person other than a Carrier to originate, route or terminate Telecommunications (e.g., a telephone, PBX, modem pool, etc.). "Customer Usage Data" means the Telecommunications Service usage data of CLEC's Customer, measured in minutes, sub-minute increments, message units or otherwise, that is recorded by Owest AMA equipment and forwarded to CLEC. "Dark Fiber" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.1. "Data Local Exchange Carrier" or "DLEC" is a CLEC interconnecting primarily for purposes of transporting data.."Day" means calendar days unless otherwise specified. "Dedicated Transport" means Owest transmission facilities between Wire Centers or switches owned by Owest, or between Wire Centers or switches owned by Owest and switches owned by CLEC, including, but not limited to, DS1, DS3, and OCn-capacity level services, as well as Dark Fiber, dedicated to a particular End User Customer or carrier. "Demarcation Point" means the point where Owest owned or controlled facilities cease, and CLEC, End User Customer, premises owner or landlord ownership or control of facilities begin. "Designed, Verified and Assigned Date" or "DVA" means the date on which implementation groups are to report that all documents and materials have been received and are complete. "Desired Due Date" means the desired service activation date as requested by CLEC on a service order. "Dialing Parity" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.1. "Digital Cross Connect System" or "DCS" is a function which provides automated Cross Connection of Digital Signal Level 0 (DSO) or higher transmission bit rate digital channels within physical interface facilties. Types of DCS include but are not limited to DCS 1/0s, DCS 3/1s, and DCS 3/3s, where the nomenclature 1/0 denotes interfaces typically at the DS1 rate or greater with Cross Connection typically at the DSO rate. This same nomenclature, at the appropriate rate substitution, extends to the other types of DCS specifically cited as 3/1 and 3/3. Types of DCS that cross connect Synchronous Transport Signal level 1 (STS-1 s) or other.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 10 Section 4 Definitions .Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) signals (e.g., STS-3) are also DCS, although not denoted by this same type of nomenclature. DCS may provide the functionaliy of more than one of the aforementioned DCS types (e.g., DCS 3/3/1 which combines functionality of DCS 3/3 and DCS 3/1). For such DCS, the requirements will be, at least, the aggregation of requirements on the "component" DCS. In locations where automated Cross Connection capability does not exist, DCS wil be defined as the combination of the functionality provided by a Digital Signal Cross Connect (DSX) or Light Guide Cross Connect (LGX) patch panels and D4 channel banks or other DSO and above multiplexing equipment used to provide the function of a manual Cross Connection. Interconnection is between a DSX or LGX to a Switch, another Cross Connection, or other service platform device. "Digital Signal Level" means one of several transmission rates in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. "Digital Signal Level 0" or "DSO" is the 64 Kbps standard speed for digitizing one voice conversation using pulse code modulation. There are twenty-four (24) DSO channels in a DS1. "Digital Signal Level 1" or "DS 1" means the 1.544 Mbps first-level signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS1 is the initial level of multiplexing. There are twenty-eight (28) DS1s in a DS3. "Digital Signal Level 3" or "DS3" means the 44.736 Mbps third-level signal in the time-division multiplex hierarchy. In the time-division multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS3 is defined as the third level of multiplexing. "Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer" or "DSLAM" is a network device that: (i) aggregates lower bit rate DSL signals to higher bit-rate or bandwidth signals (multiplexing) and (ii) disaggregates higher bit-rate or bandwidth signals to lower bit-rate DSL signals (de- multiplexing). DSLAMs can connect DSL Loops with some combination of CLEC ATM, Frame Relay, or IP networks. The DSLAM must be located at the end of a copper Loop nearest the Serving Wire Center (e.g., in a Remote Terminal, Central Offce, or an End User Customer's premises). . "Digital Subscriber Loop" or "DSL" refers to a set of service-enhancing copper technologies that are designed to provide digital communications services over copper Loops either in addition to or instead of normal analog voice service, sometimes referred to herein as xDSL, including, but not limited to, the following: "ADSL" or "Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line" is a Passband digital loop transmission technology that typically permits the transmission of up to 8 Mbps downstream (from the Central Offce to the End User Customer) and up to 1 Mbps digital signal upstream (from the End User Customer to the Central Offce) over one (1) copper pair. "HDSL" or "High-Data Rate Digital Subscriber Line" is a synchronous baseband DSL technology operating over one or more copper pairs. HDSL can offer 784 Kbps circuits over a single copper pair, T1 service over two (2) copper pairs, or future E1 service over three (3) copper pairs. "HDSL2" or "High-Data Rate Digital Subscriber Line 2" is a synchronous baseband DSL technology operating over a single pair capable of transporting a bit rate of 1.544 Mbps..August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 11 .Section 4 Definitions "IDSL" or "ISDN Digital Subscriber Line" or "Integrated Services Digital Network Digital Subscriber Line" is a symmetrical, baseband DSL technology that permits the bi- directional transmission of up to 128 Kbps using ISDN CPE but not circuit switching. "SDSL" or "Symmetric Digital Subscriber Line" is a baseband DSL transmission technology that permits the bi-directional transmission from up to 160 kbps to 2.048 Mbps on a single pair. "VDSL" or "Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line" is a baseband DSL transmission technology that permits the transmission of up to 52 Mbps downstream (from the Central Offce to the End User Customer) and up to 2.3 Mbps digital signal upstream (from the End User Customer to the Central Offce). VDSL can also be 26 Mbps symmetrical, or other combination. "Directory Assistance Database" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5.2.2. "Directory Assistance Lists" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.1.1. "Directory Assistance Service" includes, but is not limited to, making available to callers, upon request, information contained in the Directory Assistance Database. Directory Assistance Service includes, where available, the option to complete the call at the caller's direction. . "Directory Listings" or "Listings" are any information identifying the listed names of subscribers of a Telecommunications Carrier or Provider, as applicable, and such subscribers' telephone numbers, addresses, or primary advertising classifications (as such classifications are assigned at the time of the establishment of such service), or any combination of such listed names, numbers, addresses or classifications: (1) that the Telecommunications Carrier and/or Provider provides or uses for the purpose of publishing the Listings in any directory format; or (2) that the Telecommunications Carrier and/or Provider provides or uses in Directory Assistance Service, Directory Assistance List Service, or for other lawful purposes. "Disturber" is defined as a technology recognized by industry standards bodies that significantly degrades service using another technology (such as how AMI T1x affects DSL). "DSX Panel" means a cross connect bay or panel used for the termination of equipment and facilities operating at digital rates. "Due Date" means the specific date on which the requested service is to be available to CLEC or to CLEC's End User Customer, as applicable. "Effective Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.1. "Electronic Bonding" is a real-time and secure electronic exchange of data between information systems in separate companies. Electronic Bonding allows electronic access to services which have traditionally been handled through manual means. The heart of Electronic Bonding is strict adherence to both International and National standards. These standards define the communication and data protocols allowing all organizations in the world to exchange information. "Electronic File Transfer" means any system or process that utilzes an electronic format and protocol to send or receive data fies..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 .12 Section 4 Definitions ."Emergency Service Number" or "ESN" is a three to five digit number representing a unique combination of Emergency Response Agencies (law enforcement, fire and emergency medical service) designed to serve a specific range of addresses within a particular geographical area. The ESN facilitates Selective Routing and transfer, if required, to the appropriate PSAP and the dispatch of proper Emergency Response Agency(ies). "End User Customer" means a third party retail Customer that subscribes to a Telecommunications Service provided by either of the Parties or by another Carrier or by two (2) or more Carriers. "Enhanced Services" means any service offered over Common Carrier transmission facilities that employ computer processing applications that act on the format, content, code, protocol or similar aspects of a subscriber's transmitted information; that provide the subscriber with additional, different or restructured information; or involve End User Customer interaction with stored information. "Enhanced 911" or "E911" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 0.3.1. "Environmental Hazard" means any substance the presence, use, transport, abandonment or disposal of which (i) requires investigation, remediation, compensation, fine or penalty under any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, Resource Conservation Recovery Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and provisions with similar purposes in applicable foreign, state and local jurisdictions) or (ii) poses risks to human health, safety or the environment (including, without limitation, indoor, outdoor or orbital space environments) and is regulated under any Applicable Law.. "Exchange Access" shall have the same meaning as in the Act. "Exchange Message Interface" or "EM I" means the format used for exchange of Telecommunications message information among Telecommunications Carriers. It is referenced in the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) document that defines industry guidelines for the exchange of message records. "Exchange Message Record" or "EMR" is the standard used for exchange of telecommunications message information between telecommunications providers for bilable, non-bilable, sample, settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-01 0-200-01 0 CRIS Exchange Message Record, a Telcordia document that defines industry standards for exchange message records. "Exchange Service" or "Extended Area Service (EAS)/Local Traffic" means traffc that is originated and terminated within the Local Callng Area as defined in Qwests Southern Idaho and Northern Idaho Exchange and Network Services Catalogs. "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission. "Fiber-based Collocator" means any carrier, unaffliated with Qwest, that maintains a Collocation arrangement in a Qwest Wire Center, with active electrical power supply, and operates a fiber- optic cable or comparable transmission facility that (1) terminates at a Collocation arrangement within the Wire Center; (2) leaves the Qwest Wire Center premises; and (3) is owned by a party other than Qwest or any affliate of Qwest, except as set forth in this paragraph. Dark fiber . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 13 .Section 4 Definitions obtained from Qwest on an indefeasible right of use basis shall be treated as non-Qwest fiber- optic cable. Two (2) or more affliated Fiber-based Collocators in a single Wire Center shall collectively be counted as a single Fiber-based Collocator. For purposes of this definition, the term "affilate" is defined by 47 U.S.C. § 153(1). "Fiber Meet" means an Interconnection architecture method whereby the Parties physically interconnect their networks via an optical fiber interface (as opposed to an electrical interface) at a mutually-agreed-upon location. "Finished Services" means complete end-to-end services offered by Qwest to wholesale customers or retail End User Customers. Finished Services do not include Unbundled Network Elements or combinations of Unbundled Network Elements. Finished Services include Access Services, private lines, retail services, and resold services. "Firm Order Confirmation" or "FOC" means the notice Qwest provides to CLEC to confirm that CLEC's Local Service Order (LSR) has been received and has been successfully processed. The FOC confirms the schedule of dates committed to by Qwest for the Provisioning of the service requested. . "Hub Provider" means an entity that (i) provides Common Channel Signaling (SS7) connectivity between the networks of service providers that are not directly connected to each other; or (ii) provides third party database services such as L1DB. The SS7 messages received by Hub Providers are accepted or rejected by the Hub Provider depending on whether a contractual arrangement exists between the Hub Provider and the message originator (sender) and whether the message originator has contracted for the type of SS7 messages being submitted for transmission to the Hub Provider. "Individual Case Basis" or "ICB" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit i. "Information Service" is the offering of a capability for generating, acquiring, storing, transforming, processing, retrieving, utilizing, or making available information via Telecommunications, and includes electronic publishing, but does not include any use of any such capability for the management, control, or operation of a Telecommunications system or the management of a Telecommunications Service. "Integrated Digital Loop Carrier" means a subscriber loop carrier system, which integrates multiple voice channels within the Switch on a DS 1 level signaL. "Integrated Services Digital Network" or "ISDN" refers to a digital circuit switched network service. Basic Rate ISDN (BRI) provides for channelized (two (2) bearer and one (1) data) end- to-end digital connectivity for the transmission of voice or data on either or both bearer channels and packet data on the data channeL. Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) provides for twenty-three (23) bearer channels and one (1) data channeL. For BRI, the bearer channels operate at 64 Kbps and the data channel at 16.Kbps. For PRI, all twenty-four (24) channels operate at 64 Kbps or 1.5 Mbps. "Interconnection" is as described in the Act and refers to the connection between networks for the purpose of transmission and routing of telephone Exchange Service traffic, IntraLATA LEC Toll and Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 14 Section 4 Definitions ."Interconnection Agreement" or "Agreement" is an agreement entered into between Owest and CLEC for Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or other services as a result of negotiations, adoption andlor arbitration or a combination thereof pursuant to Section 252 of the Act. When GLEC signs and delivers a copy of this Agreement to Owest pursuant to the notice provision of the Agreement, it becomes the Interconnection Agreement between the Parties pursuant to Section 252(e) of the Act. "Interexchange Carrier" or "IXC" means a Carrier that provides InterLATA or IntraLATA Toll services. "Interexchange Service" means telecommunications service between stations in different exchange areas. Modification of Final Judgment, § IV(K), reprinted in United States v. Am. Tel. & Tel. Co., 552 F. Supp. 131,229 (D.D.C. 1982) (defining "interexchange telecommunications" as "telecommunications between a point or points located in one exchange telecommunications area and a point or points located in one or more other exchange areas or a point outside an exchange area"). "Interim Number Portability" or "INP" is a method of number portability, such as Remote Call Forwarding ("RCF") or any other comparable and technically feasible arrangement, that allows one Party to port telephone numbers from its network to the other Part's network with as little impairment of qualiy, reliabilty and convenience to the customer as possible, but does not comply with the Local Number Portabilty performance criteria set forth in 47 C.F.R. Section 52.23(a). "lnterLATA Traffc" describes Telecommunications between a point located in a Local Access and Transport Area ("LATA") and a point located outside such area.. "Internet Service Provider-Bound" or "ISP-Bound" refers only to the traffc delivered to an Internet Service provider for which the FCC prescribed intercarrier compensation in the Intercarrier Compensation for ISP-Bound Traffc, CC Docket No. 99-68, Order on Remand and Report and Order, 16 FCC Rcd 9151 (2001 )(the "ISP Remand Order"). Such traffc does not include traffc delivered to an Internet Service provider located in a different local callng area than the callng part. "Interoperability" means the abilty of a Owest OSS Function to process seamlessly (i.e., without any manual intervention) business transactions with CLEC's OSS application, and vice versa, by means of secure exchange of transaction data models that use data fields and usage rules that can be received and processed by the other Party to achieve the intended OSS Function and related response. (See also Electronic Bonding.) "lntraLATA LEC Toll" means IntraLATA Toll traffc carried solely by a Local Exchange Carrier and not by an IXC. "lntraLATA Toll Traffic" describes IntraLATA Traffc outside the Local Callng Area. "LERG Reassignment" or "NXX Reassignment" means the reassignment of an entire NXX code shown in the LERG from one Carrier to another Carrier. "Line Side" refers to End Office Switch connections that have been programmed to treat the circuit as a local line connected to a terminating station (e.g., an End User Customer's telephone station set, a PBX, answering machine, facsimile machine or computer)..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 15 .Section 4 Definitions "Local Access Transport Area" or "LATA" is as defined in the Act. "Local Callng Area" is a geographically defined area as established by the effective tariffs of Qwest as approved by the Commission. "Local Exchange Carrier" or "LEC" means any Carrier that is engaged in the provision of telephone Exchange Service or Exchange Access. Such term does not include a Carrier insofar as such Carrier is engaged in the provision of a commercial mobile service under Section 332(c) of the Act, except to the extent that the FCC finds that such service should be included in the definition of such term. "Local Exchange Routing Guide" or "LERG" means a Telcordia Technologies Reference Document used by LECs and IXCs to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information as well as Network Element and equipment designations. "Local Interconnection Service (US) Entrance Facility" is a DS1 or DS3 facility that extends from CLEC's Switch location or Point of Interconnection (POi) to the Qwest Serving Wire Center. An Entrance Faciliy may not extend beyond the area served by the Qwest Serving Wire Center. "Local Interconnection Service (US)" is the Qwest product name for its provision of Interconnection as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. "Local Number Portability" or "LNP" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 0.2.1.1. ."Local Service Ordering Guide" or "LSOG" is a document developed by the OBF to establish industry-wide ordering and Billng processes for ordering local services. "Local Service Request" or "LSR" means the industry standard forms and supporting documentation used for ordering local services. "Local Tandem Switch" is a Qwest switch used to connect and switch trunk circuits between End Offce Switches for traffc within an EAS/Local callng area. "Location Routing Number" or "LRN" means a unique ten- (10)-digit number assigned to a Central Offce Switch in a defined geographic area for call routing purposes. This ten- (10)-digit number serves as a network address and the routing information is stored in a database. Switches routing calls to subscribers whose telephone numbers are in portable NXXs penorm a database query to obtain the Location Routing Number that corresponds with the Switch serving the dialed telephone number. Based on the Location Routing Number, the querying Carrier then routes the call to the Switch serving the ported number. The term "LRN" may also be used to refer to a method of LNP. "Long Distance Service" (see "Interexchange Service"). "Loop" or "Unbundled Loop" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.1. "Loop Concentrator/Multiplexer" or "LCM" is the Network Element that does one or more of the following: aggregates lower bit rate or bandwidth signals to higher bit rate or bandwidth signals (multiplexing);.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 16 Section 4 Definitions .disaggregates higher bit rate or bandwidth signals to lower bit rate or bandwidth signals ( demultiplexing); aggregates a specified number of signals or channels to fewer channels (concentrating); performs signal conversion, including encoding of signals (e.g., analog to digital and digital to analog signal conversion); or in some instances performs electncal to optical (E/O) conversion. LCM includes DLC, and D4 channel banks and may be located in Remote Terminals or Central Offces. "Main Distribution Frame" or "MDF" means a Owest distribution frame (e.g., COSMICTM frame) used to connect Owest cable pairs and line and trunk equipment terminals on a Owest switching system. "Maintenance and Repair" involves the exchange of information between Carriers where one initiates a request for maintenance or repair of existing products and services or Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof from the other with attendant acknowledgments and status reports in order to ensure proper operation and functionality of facilties. "Maintenance of Service charge" is a Miscellaneous Charge that relates to trouble isolation work performed by Owest. Basic Maintenance of Serviæ charges apply when the Owest technician performs work during standard business hours. Overtime Maintenance of Service charges apply when the Owest technician performs work on a business day, but outside standard business hours, or on a Saturday. Premium Maintenance of Service charges apply when the Owest technician performs work on either a Sunday or Owest recognized holiday. . "Master Street Address Guide" or "MSAG" is a database of street names and house number ranges within their associated communities defining particular geographic areas and their associated ESNs to enable proper routing of 911 calls. "Meet Point" is a point of Interconnection between two (2) networks, designated by two (2) Telecommunications Carriers, at which one Carrier's responsibilty for service begins and the other Carrier's responsibility ends. "Meet-Point Billng" or "MPB" or "Jointly Provided Switched Access" or "JPSA" refers to an arrangement whereby two (2) or more Telecommunications Carriers including an ILEC, CLEC or CMRS carrier receive traffc in the same LATA that the call is to be terminated in or originated from, and jointly provide Switched Access Service to an Interexchange Carrier, with each ILEC, CLEC or CMRS carrier receiving an appropriate share of the revenues from the IXC as defined by their effective Switched Access Tariffs or, if applicable, CMRS contract. "Mid-Span Meet" means an Interconnection between two (2) networks, designated by two (2) Telecommunications Carriers, whereby each provides its own cable and equipment up to the Meet Point of the cable facilties. "Mid-Span Meet POI" A Mid-Span Meet POi is a negotiated Point of Interface, limited to the Interconnection of facilities between the Owest Serving Wire Center location and the location of . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 17 .Section 4 Definitions the CLEC switch or other equipment located within the area served by the Qwest Serving Wire Center. "Miscellaneous Charges" mean charges that apply for miscellaneous services provided at CLEC's request or based on CLEC's actions that result in miscellaneous services being provided by Qwest, as described in this Agreement. "Mobile Wireless Service" means all mobile wireless telecommunications services, including commercial mobile radio service (CMRS). CMRS includes paging, air-ground radio, telephone service and offshore radiotelephone services, as well as mobile telephony services, such as the service offerings of carriers using cellular radiotelephone, broadband PCS and SMR licenses. "Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billng" or "MECAB" refers to the document prepared by the Biling Committee of the Ordering and Billng Forum (OBF), which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECAB document, published by ATIS (0401004-0009), contains the recommended guidelines for the Biling of an access service provided by two (2) or more LECs (including a LEC and a CLEC), or by one (1) LEC in two (2) or more states within a single LATA. . "Multiple Exchange Carrier Ordering and Design" or "MECOD" Guidelines for Access Services- Industry Support Interface, refers to the document developed by the Ordering/Provisioning Committee under the auspices of the Ordering and Billng Forum (OBF), which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee (CLC) of the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). The MECOD document, published by ATIS (0404120-0006), contains recommended guidelines for processing orders for access service which is to be provided by two (2) or more LECs (including a LEC and a CLEC). "N-1 Carrier" means the Carrier in the call routing process immediately preceding the terminating Carrier. The N-1 Carrier is responsible for performing the database queries (under the FCC's rules) to determine the LRN value for correctly routing a call to a ported number. "National Emergency Number Association" or "NENA" is an association which fosters the technological advancement, availabilty and implementation of 911 Service nationwide through research, planning, training, certification, technical assistance and legislative representation. "Near Real Time" means that Qwests OSS electronically receives a transaction from CLEC, automatically processes that transaction, returns the response to that transaction to CLEC in an automatic event driven manner (without manual intervention) via the interface for the OSS function in question. Except for the time it takes to send and receive the transaction between Qwests and CLEC's OSS application, the processing time for Qwests representatives should be the same as the processing time for CLEC's representatives. Current benchmarks using TCIF 98-006 averages between two (2) and four (4) seconds for the connection and an average transaction transmittaL. The specific agreed metrics for Near Real Time transaction processing will be contained in the Performance Indicator Definitions (PIDs), where applicable. "Network Element" is a facility or equipment used in the provision of Telecommunications Service. It also includes features, functions, and capabilities that are provided by means of such facility or equipment, including subscriber numbers, databases, signaling systems, and information suffcient for Billng and collection or used in the transmission, routing, or other provision of a Telecommunications Service..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 18 Section 4 Definitions . "Network Installation and Maintenance Committee" or "NIMC" is the ATIS/CLC sub-committee responsible for developing business process rules for Maintenance and Repair or trouble administration. "Network Interface Device" or "NID" is a Network Element (including all of its features, functions and capabilities) that includes any means of Interconnection of End User Customer premises wiring to Qwests distribution plant, such as a cross connect device used for that purpose. "New Service Provider" means the Party to which an End User Customer switches its local Exchange Service or the Part to which an End User Customer is porting its telephone number(s). "911 Service" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1. "911/E911 Interconnection Trunk Groups" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.7. "Non-Impaired Facilities" are those network elements identified in an applicable FCC order as no longer available as unbundled network elements rUNEs") under 47 U.S.C. § 251 (c)(3) as reflected in this Agreement based on non-impairment or tier designations. "Non-impaired Wire Center" means a Wire Center that meets the loop thresholds identified in 47 C.F.R. § 51.319(a)(4)(i) for DS1 Loops and 47 C.F.R. § 51.319(a)(5)(i) for DS3 Loops. Non- impaired Wire Centers also include Tier 1 and Tier 2 Wire Centers as defined in 47 C.F.R. § 51.319(e)(3) and subject to the limitations of 47 C.F.R. § 51.319(e)(2)(ii)(A) for DS1 Dedicated Transport and 47 C.F.R. § 51.319(e)(2)(ii)(A) for DS3 Dedicated Transport. "North American Numbering Council" or "NANC" means the federal advisory committee chartered by the FCC to analyze, advise, and ma.ke recommendations on numbering issues.. "North American Numbering Plan" or "NANP" means the basic numbering plan for the Telecommunications networks located in the United States as well as Canada, Bermuda, Puerto Rico, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Marianna Islands and certain Caribbean Islands. The NANP format is a 10-digit number that consists of a 3-digit NPA code (commonly referred to as the area code) followed by a 3-digit NXX code and 4-digit line number. "Number Portabilty Administration Center" or "NPAC" means one (1) of the seven (7) regional number portabilty centers involved in the dissemination of data associated with ported numbers. The NPACs were established for each of the seven (7) original Bell Operating Company regions so as to cover the fifty (50) states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. territories in the North American Numbering Plan area. "Numbering Plan Area" or "NPA" is also sometimes referred to as an area code. It is a unique three-digit indicator that is defined by the "A," "B" and "C" digits of each 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NPA contains 800 possible NXX Codes. There are two (2) general categories of NPA. "Geographic NPA" is associated with a defined geographic area and all telephone numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided within that geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA," also known as a "Service Access Code" (SAC Code), is typically associated with a specialized Telecommunications Service which may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500, Toll Free Service NPAs, 700, and 900 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAs. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 19 .Section 4 Definitions "NXX," "NXX Code," "Central Offce Code," or "CO Code" is the three- (3)-digit Switch entity code which is defined by the "D," "E" and "F" digits of a ten- (10) digit telephone number within the NANP. "Operational Support Systems" or "088" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12. "Optional Testing" is testing conducted by Qwest, at the request of CLEC, that is in lieu of testing CLEC should complete to isolate trouble to the Qwest network prior to submitting a trouble ticket to Qwest. "Ordering and Biling Forum" or "OBF" means the telecommunications industry forum, under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee of the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions, concerned with inter-company ordering and Billng. "Originating Line Information Parameter" or "OLIP" is a CCS SS7 signaling parameter that identifies the line class of service, Le., originating screening and routing translation. "P.01 Transmission Grade of Service" means a circuit switched trunk facility Provisioning standard with the statistical probabilty of no more than one (1) call in one hundred (100) blocked on initial attempt during the average busy hour. "Packet Switch" is a router designed to read the destination address in an incoming cell or packet, consult a routing table and route the packet toward its destination. Packetizing is done in originating CPE and reassembly is done in terminating CPE. Multiple packet formats or protocols exist (e.g., x.25, x.75, frame relay, ATM, and IP).."Parity" means the provision of non-discriminatory access to Interconnection, Resale, Unbundled Network Elements and other services provided under this Agreement to the extent legally required on rates, terms and conditions that are non-discriminatory, just and reasonable. Where Technically Feasible, the access provided by Qwest wil be provided in "substantially the same time and manner" to that which Qwest provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates or to any other party. "Party" means either Qwest or CLEC and "Parties" means Qwest and CLEC. "Performance Indicator Definitions" or "PIDs" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B. "Person" is a general term meaning an individual or association, corporation, firm, joint-stock company, organization, partnership, trust or any other form or kind of entity. "Physical Collocation" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1. "Plant Test Date" or "PTD" means the date acceptance testing is performed with CLEC. "Point of Interface", "Point of Interconnection," or "POI" is a demarcation between the networks of two (2) LECs (including a LEC and CLEC). The POI is that point where the exchange of traffc takes place. "Point of Presence" or "POP" means the Point of Presence of an IXC. "Pole Attachment" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.8.1..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 20 Section 4 Definitions ."Port" means a line or trunk connection point, including a line card and associated peripheral equipment, on a Central Offce Switch but does not include Switch features. The Port serves as the hardware termination for line or Trunk Side facilties connected to the Central Offce Switch. Each Line Side Port is typically associated with one or more telephone numbers that serve as the Customer's network address. "POTS" means plain old telephone service. "Power Spectral Density (PSD) Masks" are graphical templates that define the limits on signal power densities across a range of frequencies to permit divergent technologies to coexist in close proximity within the same Binder Groups. "Premises" refers to Owests Central Offces and Serving Wire Centers; all buildings or similar structures owned, leased, or otherwise controlled by Owest that house its network facilities; all structures that house Owest facilities on public rights-of-way, including but not limited to vaults containing Loop Concentrators or similar structures; and all land owned, leased, or otherwise controlled by Owes! that is adjacent to these Central Offces, Wire Centers, buildings and .structu res. "Product Catalog" or "PCAT" is a Owest document that provides information needed to request services available under this Agreement. Owest agrees that CLEC shall not be held to the requirements of the PCAT. The PCAT is available on Owests web site: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/pcaU "Project Coordinated Installation" allows CLEC to coordinate installation activity as prescribed in section 9.2.2.9.7, including out of hours coordination.. "Proof of Authorization" or "POA" shall consist of verification of the End User Customer's selection and authorization adequate to document the End User Customer's selection of its local service provider. "Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential Information. "Provider" means a service provider that offers services other than Telecommunications Services and that provides Listings to Owest for inclusion in the Directory Assistance Database. "Provider Subscribet' means a third party retail customer that subscribes to a service provided by a Provider. "Provisioning" involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers where one executes a request for a set of products and services or Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof from the other with attendant acknowledgments and status reports. "Pseudo Automatic Number Identification" or "Pseudo-ANI" is a number, consisting of the same number of digits as ANI, that is not a NANP telephone directory number and may be used in place of an ANI to convey special meaning, determined by agreements, as necessary, between the system originating the call, intermediate systems handling and routing the call, and the destination system.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 21 .Section 4 Definitions "Public Safety Answering Point" or "PSAP" is the public safety communications center where 911/E911 calls for a specific geographic area are answered. "Public Switched Network" includes all Switches and transmission facilities, whether by wire or radio, provided by any Common Carrier including LECs, IXCs and CMRS providers that use the NANP in connection with the provision of switched services. "Rate Center" identifies 1) the specific geographic point identified by specific vertical and horizontal (V&H) coordinates, which are used to measure distance sensitive End User Customer traffc to/from the particular NPA-NXX designations with the specific Rate Center, and 2) the corresponding geographic area which is associated with one or more particular NPA-NXX codes which have been assigned to a LEC for its provision of Telephone Exchange Service. "Ready for Service" or "RFS" - A Collocation job is considered to be Ready for Service when Qwest has completed all operational work in accordance with CLEC Application and makes functional space available to CLEC. Such work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: DC power (fuses available, Battery Distribution Fuse Board (BDFB) is powered, and cables between CLEC and power are terminated), cage enclosures, primary AC outlet, cable racking, and circuit terminations (e.g., fiber jumpers are placed between the outside plant fiber distribution panel and the Central Offce fiber distribution panel serving CLEC) and APOT/CFA are complete, telephone service, and other services and facilities ordered by CLEC for Provisioning by the RFS date. "Records Issue Date" or "RID" means the date that all design and assignment information is sent to the necessary service implementation groups.."Remote Call Forwarding" or "RCF" means the INP method that redirects calls within the telephone network. If an End User Customer changes its local service provider from one Party to the other Party, using RCF, the old service provider's switch wil route the End User Customer's calls to the new service provider by translating the dialed number into another telephone number with an NXX corresponding to the new service provider's switch. The new service provider then completes the routing of the call to its new End User Customer. "Remote Premises" means all Qwest Premises, other than Qwest Wire Centers or adjacent to Qwest Wire Centers. Such Remote Premises include controlled environmental vaults, controlled environmental huts, cabinets, pedestals and other Remote Terminals. "Remote Terminal" or "RT" means a cabinet, vault or similar structure at an intermediate point between the End User Customer and Qwests Central Offce, where Loops are aggregated and hauled to the Central Offce or Serving Wire Center using LCM. A Remote Terminal may contain active electronics such as digital loop carriers, fiber hubs, DSLAMs, etc. "Reseller" is a category of CLECs who purchase the use of Finished Services for the purpose of resellng those Telecommunications Services to their End User Customers. "Reserved Numbers" means those telephone numbers which are not in use but which are held in reserve by a Carrier under a legally enforceable written agreement for a specific End User Customer's future use. "Route" is a transmission path between one of Qwests Wire Centers or switches and another of Qwests Wire Centers or Switches. A route between two (2) points (e.g., Wire Center or Switch "A" and Wire Center or Switch "Z") may pass through one (1) or more intermediate Wire.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 22 section 4 Definitions .Centers or Switches (e.g., Wire Center or Switch "X"). Transmission paths between identical end points (e.g., Wire Center or Switch "A" and Wire Center or Switch "Z") are the same "route," irrespective of whether they pass through the same intermediate Wire Centers or Switches, if any. "Scheduled Issued Date" or "SID" means the date the order is entered into Owests order distribution system. "Selective Router" means the equipment necessary for Selective Routing. "Selective Routing" is the automatic routing of 911/E911 calls to the PSAP that has jurisdictional responsibilty for the service address of the caller, irrespective of telephone company exchange or Wire Center boundaries. Selective Routing may also be used for other services. "Service Date" or "SD" means the date service is made available to the End User Customer. This also is referred to as the "Due Date." "Service Provider Identification" or "SPID" is the number that identifies a service provider to the relevant NPAC. The SPID may be a state-specific number. "Serving Wire Center" denotes the Owest building from which dial tone for local Exchange Service would normally be provided to a particular End User Customer premises. "Signaling System T' or "SST' is an out-of-band signaling protocol consisting of four basic sub- protocols: 1) Message Transfer Part (MTP), which provides functions for basic routing of signaling messages between signaling points;. 2) Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP), which provides additional routing and management functions for transfer of messages other than call setup between signaling points; 3) Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISUP), which provides for transfer of call setup signaling information between signaling points; and 4) Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP), which provides for transfer of non-circuit related information between signaling points. "Special Request Process" or "SRP" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit F. "Spectrum Compatibilty" means the capabilty of two (2) copper loop transmission system technologies to coexist in the same cable without service degradation and to operate satisfactorily in the presence of cross talk noise from each other. Spectrum compatibilty is defined on a per twisted pair basis for specific well-defined transmission systems. For the purposes of issues regarding Spectrum Compatibilty, service degradation means the failure to meet the Bit Error Ratio (BER) and Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) margin requirements defined for the specific transmission system for all Loop lengths, model Loops, or loss values within the requirements for the specific transmission system. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 23 .Section 4 Definitions "Splitter" means a device used in conjunction with a DSLAM either to combine or separate the high (DSL) and low (voice) frequency spectrums of the Loop in order to provide both voice and data over a single Loop. "Stand-Alone Test Environment" or "SATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.9.3.2. "Subloop" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.1.1. "Suspended Lines" means subscriber lines that have been temporarily disconnected. "Switch" means a switching device employed by a Carrier within the Public Switched Network. Switch includes but is not limited to End Offce Switches, Tandem Switches, Access Tandem Switches, Remote Switching Modules, and Packet Switches. Switches may be employed as a combination of End Office/Tandem Switches. "Switched Access Service" means the offering of transmission and switching services to Interexchange Carriers for the purpose of the origination or termination of telephone toll service. Switched Access Services include: Feature Group A, Feature Group B, Feature Group D, axx access, and 900 access and their successors or similar Switched Access Services. "Switched Access Traffc" is traffc that originates at one of the Party's End User Customers and terminates at an IXC Point of Presence, or originates at an IXC Point of Presence and terminates at one of the Part's End User Customers, whether or not the traffc transits the other Party's network.."Synchronous Optical Network" or "SONET" is a TDM-based (time division multiplexing) standard for high-speed fiber optic transmission formulated by the Exchange Carriers Standards Association (ECSA) for the American National Standards Institute ("ANSI"). "Tariff' as used throughout this Agreement refers to Qwest interstate Tariffs and state Tariffs, price lists, and price schedules. "Technically Feasible" Interconnection, access to Unbundled Network Elements, Collocation, and other methods of achieving Interconnection or access to Unbundled Network Elements at a point in the network shall be deemed Technically Feasible absent technical or operational concerns that prevent the fulfillment of a request by a Telecommunications Carrier for such Interconnection, access, or methods. A determination of technical feasibilty does not include consideration of economic, accounting, Billng, space, or site concerns, except that space and site concerns may be considered in circumstances where there is no possibilty of expanding the space available. The fact that an incumbent LEC must modify its facilities or equipment to respond to such request does not determine whether satisfying such request is Technically Feasible. An incumbent LEC that claims that it cannot satisfy such request because of adverse network reliabilty impacts must prove to the Commission by clear and convincing evidence that such Interconnection, access, or methods would result in specific and significant adverse network reliability impacts. "Telecommunications" means the transmission, between or among points specified by the user, of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form or content of the information as sent and received. .August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 24 Section 4 Definitions . "Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services, except that such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications Services (as defined in Section 226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier shall be treated as a Common Carrier under the Act only to the extent that it is engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that the Federal Communications Commission shall determine whether the provision of fixed and mobile satellte service shall be treated as common carriage. "Telecommunications Equipment" means equipment, other than Customer Premises Equipment, used by a Carrier to provide Telecommunications Services, and include software integral to such equipment, including upgrades. "Telecommunications Services" means the offering of Telecommunications for a fee directly to the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively available directly to the public, regardless of the facilties used. "Telephone Exchange Service" means a service within a telephone exchange, or within a connected system of telephone exchanges within the same exchange area operated to furnish to End User Customers intercommunicating service of the character ordinarily furnished by a single exchange, and which is covered by the Exchange Service charge, or comparable service provided through a system of Switches, transmission equipment or other facilities (or combinations thereof) by which a subscriber can originate and terminate a Telecommunications Service. "TELRIC" means Total Element Long-Run Incremental Cost. "Tier 1 Wire Centers" means those Qwest Wire Centers that contain at least four (4) Fiber- based Collocators, at least thirt-eight thousand (38,000) Business Lines, or both. Tier 1 Wire Centers also are those Qwest tandem switching locations that have no line-side switching facilities, but nevertheless serve as a point of traffc aggregation accessible by CLEC. Once a Wire Center is determined to be a Tier 1 Wire Center, that Wire Center is not subject to later reclassification as a Tier 2 or Tier 3 Wire Center. . "Tier 2 Wire Centers" means those Qwest Wire Centers that are not Tier 1 Wire Centers, but contain at least three (3) Fiber-based Collocators, at least twenty-four thousand (24,000) Business Lines, or both. Once a Wire Center is determined to be a Tier 2 Wire Center, that Wire Center is not subject to later reclassification as a Tier 3 Wire Center. "Tier 3 Wire Centers" means those Qwest Wire Centers that do not meet the criteria for Tier 1 or Tier 2 Wire Centers. "Toll Free Service" means service provided with any dialing sequence that invokes Toll Free, Le., 800-like, service processing. Toll Free Service currently includes calls to the Toll Free Service 800/888/877/866 NPA SAC codes. "Transaction Set" is a term used by ANSI X12 and elsewhere that denotes a collection of data, related field rules, format, structure, syntax, attributes, segments, elements, qualifiers, valid values that are required to initiate and process a business function from one trading partner to another. Some business function events, e.g., pre-order inquiry and response are defined as complimentary Transaction Sets. An example of a Transaction Set is service address validation inquiry and service address validation response.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 25 .Section 4 Definitions "Transit Service" is any traffc that originates from one (1 ) Telecommunications Carrier's network and/or its end user(s), transits another Telecommunications Carrier's network, and terminates to yet another Telecommunications Carrier's network and/or its end user(s). "Trouble Isolation Charge" - see "Maintenance of Service." "Trunk Side" refers to Switch connections that have been programmed to treat the circuit as connected to another switching entity. "Unbundled Network Element" rUNE") is a Network Element that has been defined by the FCC as a Network Element to which Owest is obligated under Section 251 (c)(3) of the Act to provide unbundled access or for which unbundled access is provided under this Agreement. Unbundled Network Elements do not include those Network Elements Owest is obligated to provide only pursuant to Section 271 of the Act. "UNE Combination" means a combination of two (2) or more Unbundled Network Elements that were or were not previously combined or connected in Owests network, as required by the FCC, the Commission or this Agreement. . "Virtual Collocation" shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 8.1.1.1 and 8.2.2.1. "VNXX Traffic" is all traffic originated by a Party's End User Customer and dialed with a local dialing pattern that is not terminated to the other Party's End User Customer physically located within the same Owest Local Callng Area (as approved by the state Commission) as the originating caller, regardless of the NPA-NXX dialed. VNXX does not include originating 8XX traffc. "Voluntary Federal Subscriber Financial Assistance Programs" are Telecommunications Services provided to low-income subscribers, pursuant to requirements established by the Commission or the FCC. "Waste" means all hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials which are intended to be discarded, scrapped or recycled, associated with activities CLEC or Owest or their respective contractors or agents perform at Work Locations. It shall be presumed that all substances or materials associated with such activities, that are not in use or incorporated into structures (including without limitation damaged components or tools, leftovers, containers, garbage, scrap, residues or by products), except for substances and materials that CLEC, Owest or their respective contractors or agents intend to use in their original form in connection with similar activities, are Waste. Waste shall not include substances, materials or components incorporated into structures (such as cable routes) even after such components or structures are no longer in current use. "Wire Center" means the location of a Owest local switching facilty containing one or more Central Offces, as defined in the Appendix to Part 36, Chapter 1 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Wire Center boundaries define the area in which all End User Customers served by a given Wire Center are located. "Wired and Offce Tested Date" or "WOT" means the date by which all intraoffce wiring is completed, all plug-ins optioned and aligned, frame continuity established, and the interoffce facilities, if applicable, are tested. This includes the date that switching equipment, including translation loading, is installed and tested..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 26 Section 4 Definitions . "Work Locations" means any real estate that CLEC or Owest, as appropriate, owns, leases or licenses, or in which it holds easements or other rights to use, or does use, in connection with this Agreement. Terms not otherwise defined here but defined in the Act and the orders and the rules implementing the Act, shall have the meaning defined there. The definition of terms that are included here and are also defined in the Act, or its implementing orders or rules, are intended to include the definition as set forth in the Act and the rules implementing the Act. . . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CD8-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 27 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions Section 5.0 . TERMS AND CONDITIONS 5.1 General Provisions 5.1.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 5.1.2 The Parties are each solely responsible for participation in and compliance with national network plans, including the National Network Security Plan and the Emergency Preparedness Plan. 5.1.3 Neither Party shall use any service related to or use any of the services provided in this Agreement in any manner that interferes with other Persons in the use of their service, prevents other Persons from using their service, or otherwise impairs the quality of service to other Carriers or to either Party's End User Customers. In addition, neither Party's provision of or use of services shall interfere with the services related to or provided under this Agreement. . 5.1.3.1 If such impairment is material and poses an immediate threat to the safety of either Party's employees, Customers or the public or poses an immediate threat of a service interruption, that Party shall provide immediate notice by email to the other Party's designated representative(s) for the purposes of receiving such notifcation. Such notice shall include 1) identification of the impairment (including the basis for identifying the other Party's facilties as the cause of the impairment), 2) date and location of the impairment, and 3) the proposed remedy for such impairment for any affected service. Either Party may discontinue the specific service that violates the provision or refuse to provide the same type of service if it reasonably appears that the particular service would cause similar harm, until the violation of this provision has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of that Party and the service shall be reinstíuted as soon as reasonably possible. The Parties shall work cooperatively and in good faith to resolve their differences. In the event either Party disputes any action that the other Party seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this provision, that Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited or other Dispute Resolution. 5.1.3.2 If the impairment is service impacting but does not meet the parameters set forth in Section 5.1.3.1, such as low level noise or other interference, the other Party shall provide written notice within five (5) Days of such impairment to the other Party and such notice shall include the information set forth in subsection 5.1.3.1. The Parties shall work cooperatively and in good faith to resolve their differences. If the impairment has not been corrected or cannot be corrected within five (5) business days of receipt of the notice of non-compliance, the other Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited or other Dispute Resolution. 5.1.3.3 If either Party causes non-service impacting impairment the other Party shall provide written notice within fifteen (15) Days of the impairment to the other Party and such notice shall include the information set forth in subsection 5.1.3.1. The Parties shall work cooperatively and in good faith to resolve their differences. If either Party fails to correct any such impairment within fifteen (15) Days of written notice, or if such non- compliance cannot be corrected within fifteen (15) Days of written notice of non- compliance, and if the impairing Party fails to take all appropriate steps to correct as soon as reasonably possible, the other Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited or other Dispute Resolution..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 28 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . 5.1.3.4 It is the responsibility of either Party to inform its End User Customers of service impacting impairment that may result in discontinuance of service as soon as the Part receives notice of same. 5.1.4 Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides to its End User Customers and to other Telecommunications Carriers. This provision is not intended to limit the liability of either Part for its failure to perform under this Agreement. 5.1.5 The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud associated with third- number biled calls, callng card calls, and any other services related to this Agreement. 5.1.6 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either Party from seeking to recover the costs and expenses, if any, it may incur in (a) complying with and implementing its obligations under this Agreement, the Act, and the rules, regulations and orders of the FCC and the Commission, and (b) the development, modification, technical installation and maintenance of any systems or other infrastructure which it requires to comply with and to continue complying with its responsibilties and obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owest shall not assess any charges against CLEC for services, facilities, Unbundled Network Elements, ancilary services and other related work or services covered by this Agreement, unless the charges are expressly provided for in this Agreement. All services and capabilties currently provided hereunder (including resold Telecommunications Services, Unbundled Network Elements, UNE Combinations and ancilary services) and all new and additional services or Unbundled Network Elements to be provided hereunder, shall be priced in accordance with all applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and orders of the Federal Communications Commission and orders of the Commission. 5.2 Term of Agreement . 5.2.1 This Agreement shall become effective on the date of Commission Approval ("Effective Date"); however the Parties may agree to implement the provisions of this Agreement upon execution. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties for a term of three (3) years. 5.2.2 Upon expiration of the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until superseded by a successor agreement in accordance with this Section 5.2.2. Any Party may request negotiation of a successor agreement by written notice to the other Party no earlier than one hundred sixty (160) Days prior to the expiration of the term, or the Agreement shall renew on a month to month basis. The date of this notice wil be the starting point for the negotiation window under Section 252 of the Act. This Agreement wil terminate on the date a successor agreement is approved by the Commission. However, nothing relieves CLEC from fulfillng the obligations incurred under the prior Agreement. 5.3 Proof of Authorization 5.3.1 Each Party shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining Proof of Authorization (POA) as required by applicable federal and state law, as amended from time to time. 5.3.2 The Parties shall make POAs available to each other upon request in the event of an allegation of an unauthorized change in accordance with all Applicable Laws and rules and shall be subject to any penalties contained therein.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIlD/CDS-100726-0û06 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 29 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions 5.4 Payment 5.4.1 Amounts payable under this Agreement are due and payable within thirty (30) Days after the date of invoice (Payment Due Date). If a Payment Due Date falls on a Sunday, or on a holiday which is observed on a Monday, the payment date shall be the first non-holiday day following such Sunday or holiday. If a Payment Due Date falls on a Saturday or on a holiday which is observed on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday, the payment date shall be the last non-holiday day preceding such Saturday or holiday. For invoices distributed electronically, the date of invoice date is the same as if the invoice were biled on paper, not the date the electronic delivery occurs. If either Party fails to make payment on or before the Payment Due Date, the other Party may invoke all available rights and remedies. . 5.4.2 One Party may discontinue processing orders for the failure of the other Party to make full payment for the services, less any good faith disputed amount as provided for in Section 5.4.4 of this Agreement, for the services provided under this Agreement within thirty (30) Days following the payment due date provided the Biling Party has notified the other Party in writing at least ten (10) business days prior to discontinuing the processing of orders for services. If the Billng Party does not refuse to accept additional orders for the services on the date specified in the ten (10) business days' notice, and the other Party's non-compliance continues, nothing contained herein shall preclude the Biling Party's right to refuse to accept additional orders for the services from the non-complying Party without further notice. For order processing to resume, the biled Party wil be required to make full payment of all charges for the services not disputed in good faith under this Agreement. Additionally, the Biling Party may require a deposit (or additional deposit) from the biled Party, pursuant to this section. In addition to other remedies that may be available at law or equity, the biled Party reserves the right to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific penormance. 5.4.3 The Billng Party may disconnect services for failure by the biled Party to make full payment, less any good faith disputed amount as provided for in Section 5.4.4 of this Agreement, for the services provided under this Agreement within sixty (60) Days following the payment due date. The biled Party will pay the applicable reconnect charge set forth in Exhibit A required to reconnect each service disconnected pursuant to this paragraph. The Billng Party will notify the biled Party at least ten (10) business days prior to disconnection of the service(s). In case of such disconnection, all applicable undisputed charges, including termination charges, shall become due. If the Billng Party does not disconnect the biled Party's service(s) on the date specified in the ten (10) business days notice, and the billed Party's noncompliance continues, nothing contained herein shall preclude the Biling Party's right to disconnect services of the non-complying Party without further notice. For reconnection of the services to occur, the biled Party wil be required tö make full payment of all past and current undisputed charges under this Agreement for the services. Additionally, the Billng Party will request a deposit (or recalculate the deposit) as specified in Section 5.4.5 and 5.4.7 from the billed Party, pursuant to this Section. If the biled Party is a new CLEC customer of Qwest, the application of this provision will be suspended for the initial three (3) Billng cycles of this Agreement and Wil not apply to amounts biled during those three (3) cycles. In addition to other remedies that may be available at law or equity, each Party reserves the right to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific penormance. 5.4.4 Should CLEC or Qwest dispute, in good faith, any portion of the charges under this Agreement, the Parties wil notify each other in writing within fifteen (15) Days following the payment due date identifying the amount, reason and rationale of such dispute. At a minimum, CLEC and Qwest shall pay all undisputed amounts due. Both CLEC and Qwest agree to.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 30 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . expedite the investigation of any disputed amounts, promptly provide reasonably requested documentation regarding the amount disputed, and work in good faith in an effort to resolve and settle the dispute through informal means prior to invoking any other rights or remedies. 5.4.4.1 If a Party disputes charges and does not pay such charges by the payment due date, such charges may be subject to late payment charges. If the disputed charges have been withheld and the dispute is resolved in favor of the Biling Party, the withholding Party shall pay the disputed amount and applicable late payment charges no later than the next Bil Date following the resolution. If the disputed charges have been withheld and the dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing Party, the Biling Party shall credit the bil of the disputing Part for the amount of the disputed charges and any late payment charges that have been assessed no later than the second Bil Date after the resolution of the dispute. If a Party pays the disputed charges and the dispute is resolved in favor of the Biling Party, no further action is required. 5.4.4.2 If a Party pays the disputed charges and the dispute is resolved in favor of the Billng Party, no further action is required. If a Party pays the charges disputed at the time of payment or at any time thereafter pursuant to Section 5.4.4.3, and the dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing Party, the Biling Part wil adjust the Billng, usually within two (2) Billng cycles, after the resolution of the dispute, as follows: (1) The Biling Party wil credit the Biled Part's bil for the disputed amount and any associated interest; or (2) If the disputed amount is greater than the bil to be credited, pay the remaining amount to the Biled Party.. (3) The interest calculated on the disputed amounts wil be the same rate as late payment charges. In no event, however, wil any late payment charges be assessed on any previously assessed late payment charges. 5.4.4.3 If the Biled Party fails to dispute a rate or charge within sixty (60) Days following the invoice date on which the rate or charge appeared, adjustment wil be made on a going-forward basis only, beginning with the date of the dispute. 5.4.5 In the event of a material adverse change in CLEC's financial condition subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement, Owest may request a security deposit. A "material adverse change in financial condition" means CLEC is a new CLEC with no established credit history, or is a CLEC that has not established satisfactory credit with Owest, or the Part is repeatedly delinquent in making its payments, or is being reconnected after a disconnection of Service or discontinuance of the processing of orders by Owest due to a previous failure to pay undisputed charges in a timely manner. Owest may require a deposit to be held as security for the payment of charges before the orders from CLEC wil be provisioned and completed or before reconnection of Service. "Repeatedly delinquent" means any payment of a material amount of total monthly Biling under the Agreement received after the Payment Due Date, three (3) or more times during the last twelve (12) month period. The deposit may not exceed the estimated total monthly charges for a two (2) month period based upon recent Biling. The deposit may be adjusted by CLEC's actual monthly average charges, payment history under this Agreement, or other relevant factors, but in no event wil the security deposit exceed five milion dollars ($5,000,000.00). The deposit may be an irrevocable bank letter of credit, a letter of credit with terms and conditions acceptable to Owest, or some other form of . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bé/l Telecom, LLC/I D/CDS-1 00726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 31 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions mutually acceptable security such as a cash deposit. Required deposits are due and payable within thirt (30) Days after demand and non-payment is subject to Sections 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 of this Agreement. 5.4.6 Interest wil be paid on cash deposits at the rate applying to deposits under applicable Commission regulations. Cash deposits and accrued interest wil be credited to CLEC's account or refunded, as appropriate, upon the earlier of the expiration of the term of the Agreement or the establishment of satisfactory credit with awest, which wil generally be one full year of timely payments of undisputed amounts in full by CLEC. Upon a material change in financial standing, including factors referenced in Section 5.4.5 above, CLEC may request and the awest wil consider a recalculation of the deposit. The fact that a deposit has been made does not relieve CLEC from any requirements of this Agreement. 5.4.7 awest may review CLEC's credit standing and modify the amount of deposit required but in no event wil the maximum amount exceed the amount stated in 5.4.5 or another amount, if approved by the Commission. 5.4.8 The late payment charge for amounts that are biled under this Agreement shall be in accordance with Commission requirements. 5.4.9 CLEC shall be responsible for notifying its End User Customers of any pending disconnection of a service by CLEC, if necessary, to allow those End User Customers to make other arrangements for such services. .5.4.10 CLEC must not remit payment for the Services with funds obtained through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (or ARRA) or other similar stimulus grants or loans that would obligate awest to provide certain information or perform certain functions unless those functions and obligations are specifically agreed to by the parties in this Agreement or in an amendment to this Agreement. 5.5 Taxes 5.5.1 Any federal, state, or local sales, use, excise, gross receipts, transaction or similar taxes, fees or surcharges resulting from the performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is imposed under Applicable Law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party. However, where the sellng Party is permitted by law to collect such taxes, fees or surcharges, from the purchasing Party, such taxes, fees or surcharges shall be borne by the Party purchasing the services. Each Party is responsible for any tax on its corporate existence, status or income. Whenever possible, these amounts shall be biled as a separate item on the invoice. To the extent a sale is claimed to be for resale tax exemption, the purchasing Party shall furnish the providing Party a proper resale tax exemption certificate as authorized or required by statute or regulation by the jurisdiction providing said resale tax exemption. Until such time as a resale tax exemption certificate is provided, no exemptions wil be applied. If either Party (the Contesting Party) contests the application of any tax collected by the other Party (the Collecting Party), the Collecting Party shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with the Contesting Party's challenge, provided that the Contesting Party pays any costs incurred by the Collecting Party. The Contesting Party is entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery resulting from the contest, provided that the Contesting Party is liable for and has paid the tax contested..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 32 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . 5.6 Insurance 5.6.1 Each Party shall at all times during the term of this Agreement, at its own cost and expense, carry and maintain the insuranæ coverage listed below with insurers having a "Best's" rating of A-VII with respect to liabilty arising from that Part's operations for which that Party has assumed legal responsibilty in this Agreement. If either Part or its parent company has assets equal to or exceeding ten billon dollars ($10,000,000,000), that Party may utilze an Affliate captive insurance company in lieu of a "Best's" rated insurer. To the extent that the parent company of a Party is relied upon to meet the ten bilion dollar ($10,000,000,000) asset threshold, such parent shall be responsible for the insurance obligations contained in this Section 5.6.1 , to the extent its affliated Party fails to meet such obligations. 5.6.1.1 Workers' Compensation with statutory limits as required in the state of operation and Employers' Liability insurance with limits of not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) each accident. 5.6.1.2 Commercial General Liabilty insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death, personal injury or property damage occurring or arising out of the use or occupancy of the premises, including coverage for independent contractor's protection (required if any work wil be subcontracted), premises-operations, products and/or completed operations and contractual liabilty with respect to the liability assumed by each Party hereunder. The limits of insurance shall not be less than one milion dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence and two millon dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate limit. 5.6.1.3 Business automobile liability insurance covering the ownership, operation and maintenance of all owned, non-owned and hired motor vehicles with limits of not less than one millon dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. . 5.6.1.4 Umbrella/Excess Liabilty insurance in an amount of ten milion dollars ($10,000,000) excess of Commercial General Liability insurance specified above. Theselimits may be obtained through any combination of primary and excess or umbrella liability insurance so long as the total limit is eleven milion dollars ($11,000,000). The requirement for Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance contained in this Section 5.6.1.4 wil be waived so long as CLEC does not order any form of Collocation (Section 8). In the event that CLEC orders any type of Collocation, the ten milion dollars ($10,000,000) Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance requirement shall apply. 5.6.1.5 "All Risk" Property coverage on a full replacement cost basis insuring all of CLEC personal propert situated on or within the Premises or Remote Premises. 5.6.2 Each Party wil initially provide certificate(s) of insurance evidencing coverage, and thereafter wil provide such certificate(s) upon request. Such certificates shall (1) name the other Party as an additional insured under commercial general liability coverage; (2) provide thirty (30) Days prior written notice of cancellation of the policy(s) to which certificate(s) relate; (3) indicate that coverage is primary and not excess of, or contributory with, any other valid and collectible insurance purchased by the other Party; and (4) acknowledge severability of interesUcross liability coverage. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 33 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions 5.7 Force Majeure 5.7.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its control and without its fault or negligence including, without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil or miltary authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear accidents, floods, work stoppages, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental disturbances, or unusually severe weather conditions (collectively, a Force Majeure Event). Inabilty to secure products or services of other Persons or transportation facilities or acts or omissions of transportation carriers shall be considered Force Majeure Events to the extent any delay or failure in performance caused by these circumstances is beyond the Party's control and without that Party's fault or negligence. The Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall give prompt notice to the other Party, shall be excused from performance of its obligations hereunder on a day to day basis to the extent those obligations are prevented by the Force Majeure Event, and shall use reasonable efforts to remove or mitigate the Force Majeure Event. In the event of a labor dispute or strike the Parties agree to provide service to each other at a level equivalent to the level they provide themselves. 5.8 Limitation of Liabilty . 5.8.1 Each Party's liability to the other Party for any loss relating to or arising out of any act or omission in its performance under this Agreement, whether in contract, warranty, strict liability, or tort, including (without limitation) negligence of any kind, shall be limited to the total amount that is or would have been charged to the other Party by such breaching Party for the service(s) or function(s) not performed or improperly performed. Each Party's liability to the other Party for any other losses shall be limited to the total amounts charged to CLEC under this Agreement during the contract year in which the cause accrues or arises. Payments pursuant to the QPAP shall not be counted against the limit provided for in this Section. 5.8.2 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for indirect, incidental, consequential, or special damages, including (without limitation) damages for lost profis, lost revenues, lost savings suffered by the other Party regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, warranty, strict liabilty, tort, including (without limitation) negligence of any kind and regardless of whether the Parties know the possibilty that such damages could result. If the Parties enter into a Performance Assurance Plan under this Agreement, nothing in this Section 5.8.2 shall limit amounts due and owing under any Performance Assurance Plan. 5.8.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 5.8.4 Nothing contained in this Section shall limit either Party's liabilty to the other for (i) wilful or intentional misconduct or (ii) damage to tangible real or personal property proximately caused solely by such Party's negligent act or omission or that of their respective agents, subcontractors, or employees. 5.8.5 Nothing contained in this Section 5.8 shall limit either Party's obligations of indemnification specified in this Agreement, nor shall this Section 5.8 limit a Party's liability for failng to make any payment due under this Agreement. 5.8.6 Intentionally Left Blank. .August 4, 2010lmms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIlD/CDS~100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 34 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . 5.9 Indemnity 5.9.1 The Parties agree that unless otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement the following constitute the sole indemnification obligations between and among the Parties: 5.9.1.1 Each of the Parties agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (each an Indemnitee) from and against and in respect of any loss, debt, liabilty, damage, obligation, claim, demand, judgment or settlement of any nature or kind, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated including, but not limited to, reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees), whether suffered, made, instiuted, or asserted by any Person or entity, for invasion of privacy, bodily injury or death of any Person or Persons, or for loss, damage to, or destruction of tangible property, whether or not owned by others, resulting from the Indemnifying Party's breach of or failure to perform under this Agreement, regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, warranty, strict liability, or tort including (without limitation) negligence of any kind. 5.9.1.2 In the case of claims or loss alleged or incurred by an End User Customer of either Party arising out of or in connection with services provided to the End User Customer by the Party, the Part whose End User Customer alleged or incurred such claims or loss (the Indemnifying Party) shall defend and indemnify the other Party and each of its offcers, directors, employees and agents (collectively the Indemnified Party) against any and all such claims or loss by the Indemnifying Party's End User Customers regardless of whether the underlying service was provided or Unbundled Network Element was provisioned by the Indemnified Part, unless the loss was caused by the wilful misconduct of the Indemnified Party. The obligation to indemnify with respect to claims of the Indemnifying Party's End User Customers shall not extend to any claims for physical bodily injury or death of any Person or persons, or for loss, damage to, or destruction of tangible property, whether or not owned by others, alleged to have resulted directly from the negligence or intentional conduct of the employees, contractors, agents, or other representatives of the Indemnified Party. . 5.9.1.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 5.9.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 5.9.2 The indemnification provided herein shall be conditioned upon: 5.9.2.1 The Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of any action taken against the Indemnified Party relating to the indemnification. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liabilty that the Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Party's abilty to defend such claim. 5.9.2.2 If the Indemnifying Party wishes to defend against such action, it shall give written notice to the Indemnified Part of acceptance of the defense of such action. In such event, the Indemnifying Party shall have sole authority to defend any such action, including the selection of legal counsel, and the Indemnified Party may engage separate legal counsel only at its sole cost and expense. In the event that the Indemnifying Party does not accept the defense of the action, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel for such defense at the expense of the Indemnifying . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 35 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions Party. Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any such action and the relevant records of each Party shall be available to the other Party with respect to any such defense. 5.9.2.3 In no event shall the Indemnifying Party settle or consent to any judgment pertaining to any such action without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party. In the event the Indemnified Party withholds consent, the Indemnifed Party may, at its cost, take over such defense, provided that, in such event, the Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to indemnify the relevant Indemnified Party against, any cost or liabilty in excess of such refused compromise or settlement. 5.10 Intellectual Property 5.10.1 Except for a license to use any facilities or equipment (including softare) solely for the purposes of this Agreement or to receive any service solely (a) as provided in this Agreement or (b) as specifically required by the then-applicable federal and state rules and regulations relating to Interconnection and access to Telecommunications facilities and services, nothing contained within this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a license, either express or implied, with respect to any patent, copyright, trade name, trade mark, service mark, trade secret, or other proprietary interest or intellectual property, now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by either Party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the grant to the other Party of any rights or licenses to trade or service marks. .5.10.2 Subject to Section 5.9.2, each Part (the Indemnifying Party) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the Indemnified Party) harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense or liability arising out of a claim that the use of facilities of the Indemnifying Party or services provided by the Indemnifying Party provided or used pursuant to the terms of this Agreement misappropriates or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of any third party. In addition to being subject to the provisions of Section 5.9.2, the obligation for indemnification recited in this paragraph shall not extend to infringement which results from (a) any combination of the facilties or services of the Indemnifying Party with facilities or services of any other Person (including the Indemnified Party but excluding the Indemnifying Party and any of its Affiliates), which combination is not made by or at the direction of the Indemnifying Party or (b) any modification made to the facilities or services of the Indemnifying Party by, on behalf of or at the request of the Indemnified Party and not required by the Indemnifying Party. In the event of any claim, the Indemnifying Party may, at its sole option (a) obtain the right for the Indemnified Party t9 continue to use the facilty or service; or (b) replace or modify the facilty or service to make such facility or service non-infringing. If the Indemnifying Party is not reasonably able to obtain the right for continued use or to replace or modify the facilty or service as provided in the preceding sentence and either (a) the facility or service is held to be infringing by a court of competent jurisdiction or (b) the Indemnifying Party reasonably believes that the facility or service wil be held to infringe, the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding reasonable modifications to this Agreement necessary to (1) mitigate damage or comply with an injunction which may result from such infringement or (2) allow cessation of further infringement. The Indemnifying Part may request that the Indemnified Party take steps to mitigate damages resulting from the infringement or alleged infringement including, but not limited to, accepting modifications to the facilities or services, and such request shall not be unreasonably denied. 5.10.3 To the extent required under applicable federal and state law, Owest shall use its best efforts to obtain, from its vendors who have licensed intellectual property rights to Owest in.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 36 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . connection with facilities and services provided hereunder, licenses under such intellectual property rights as necessary for CLEC to use such facilities and services as contemplated hereunder and at least in the same manner used by Owest for the facilties and services provided hereunder. Owest shall notify CLEC immediately in the event that Owest believes it has used its best efforts to obtain such rights, but has been unsuccessful in obtaining such rights. 5.10.3.1 Owest covenants that it wil not enter into any licensing agreements with respect to any Owest facilties, equipment or services, including software, that contain provisions that would disqualify CLEC from using or interconnecting with such facilties, equipment or services, including softare, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Owest warrants and further covenants that it has not and wil not knowingly modify any existing license agreements for any network facilties, equipment or services, including software, in whole or in part for the purpose of disqualifying CLEC from using or interconnecting with such facilities, equipment or services, including software, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent that providers of facilities, equipment, services or softare in Owests network provide Owest with indemnities covering intellectual property liabilities and those indemnities allow a flow-through of protection to third parties, Owest shall flow those indemnity protections through to CLEC. 5.10.4 Except as expressly provided in this Intellectual Property Section, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a license, either express or implied, with respect to any patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, trade secret or any other intellectual property right now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by either Party. Neither Party may use any patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of the other Party or its Affliates without execution of a separate agreement between the Parties.. 5.10.5 Neither Party shall without the express written permission of the other Party, state or imply that: 1) it is connected, or in any way affliated with the other or its Affliates; 2) it is part of a joint business association or any similar arrangement with the other or its Affiliates; 3) the other Party and its Affiliates are in any way sponsoring, endorsing or certifying it and its goods and services; or 4) with respect to its marketing, advertising or promotional activities or materials, the resold goods and services are in any way associated with or originated from the other or any of its Affliates. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent either Party from truthfully describing the Network Elements it uses to provide service to its End User Customers, provided it does not represent the Network Elements as originating from the other Party or its Affiliates in any marketing, advertising or promotional activities or materials. 5.10.6 For purposes of resale only and notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise prohibited by Owest pursuant to an applicable provision herein, CLEC may use the phrase "CLEC is a Reseller of Owest Services" (the Authorized Phrase) in CLEC's printed materials provided: 5.10.6.1 The Authorized Phrase is not used in connection with any goods or services other than Owest services resold by CLEC. 5.10.6.2 CLEC's use of the Authorized Phrase does not cause End User Customers to believe that CLEC is Owest. 5.10.6.3 The Authorized Phrase, when displayed, appears only in text form (CLEC . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 37 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions may not use the Owest logo) with all letters being the same font and point size. The point size of the Authorized Phrase shall be no greater than one fourth the point size of the smallest use of CLEC's name and in no event shall exceed 8 point size. 5.10.6.4 CLEC shall provide all printed materials using the Authorized Phrase to Owest for its prior written approval. 5.10.6.5 If Owest determines that CLEC's use of the Authorized Phrase causes End User Customer confusion, Owest may immediately terminate CLEC's right to use the Authorized Phrase. 5.10.6.6 Upon termination of CLEC's right to use the Authorized Phrase or termination of this Agreement, all permission or right to use the Authorized Phrase shall immediately cease to exist and CLEC shall immediately cease any and all such use of the Authorized Phrase. CLEC shall either promptly return to Owest or destroy all materials in its possession or control displaying the Authorized Phrase. . 5.10.7 Owest and CLEC each recognize that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an assignment or grant to the other of any right, title or interest in or to the trademarks or service marks of the other (the Marks) and that this Agreement does not confer any right or license to grant sublicenses or permission to third parties to use the Marks of the other and is not assignable. Neither Party wil do anything inconsistent with the other's ownership of their respective Marks, and all rights, if any, that may be acquired by use of the Marks shall inure to the benefi of their respective Owners. The Parties shall comply with all Applicable Law governing Marks worldwide and neither Party wil infringe the Marks of the other. 5.10.8 Upon request, for all intellectual property owned or controlled by a third party and licensed to Owest associated with the Unbundled Network Elements provided by Owest under this Agreement, either on the Effective Date or at any time during the term of the Agreement, Owest shall within ten (10) business days, unless there are extraordinary circumstances in which case Owest wil negotiate an agreed upon date, then disclose to CLEC in writing (i) the name of the Party owning, controllng or licensing such intellectual property, (ii) the facilties or equipment associated with such intellectual property, (iii) the nature of the intellectual property, and (iv) the relevant agreements or licenses governing Owests use of the intellectual property. Except to the extent Owest is prohibited by confidentiality or other provisions of an agreement or license from disclosing to CLEC any relevant agreement or license within ten (10) business days of a request by CLEC, Owest shall provide copies of any relevant agreements or licenses governing Owests use of the intellectual property to CLEC. To the extent Owest is prohibited by confidentiality or other provisions of an agreement or license from disclosing to CLEC any relevant agreement or license, Owest shall immediately, within ten (10) business days (i) disclose so much of it as is not prohibited, and (ii) exercise best efforts to cause the vendor, licensor or other beneficiary of the confidentiality provisions to agree to disclosure of the remaining portions under terms and conditions equivalent to those governing access by and disclosure to Owest. 5.11 Warranties 5.11.1 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY HAS MADE, AND THAT THERE DOES NOT EXIST, ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 38 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND THAT ALL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED "AS IS," WITH ALL FAULTS. 5.12 Assignment 5.12.1 Neither Part may assign or transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement (or any rights or obligations hereunder) to a third party without the prior written consent of the other Part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign or transfer this Agreement to a corporate Affliate or an entity under its common control; without the consent of the other Party, provided that the performance of this Agreement by any such assignee is guaranteed by the assignor. Any attempted assignment or transfer that is not permitted is void ab initio. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefi of the Parties' respective successors and assigns. 5.12.2 In the event that Owest transfers to any unaffliated party exchanges including End User Customers that CLEC serves in whole or in part through facilities or services provided by Owest under this Agreement, the transferee shall be deemed à successor to Owests responsibilties hereunder for a period of ninety (90) Days from notice to CLEC of such transfer or unti such later time as the Commission may direct pursuant to the Commission's then applicable statutory authority to impose such responsibilties either as a condition of the transfer or under such other state statutory authority as may give it such power. In the event of such a proposed transfer, Owest shall use its best efforts to faciltate discussions between CLEC and the transferee with respect to transferee's assumption of Owests obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 5.12.3 Nothing in this section is intended to restrict CLEC's rights to opt into interconnection agreements under Section 252(i) of the Act and 47 C.F.R. § 51.809.. 5.13 Default 5.13.1 If either Party defaults in the payment of any amount due hereunder, or if either Party violates any other material provision of this Agreement, and such default or violation shall continue for thirty (30) Days after written notice thereof, the other Party may seek relief in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement. The failure of either Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or the waiver thereof in any instance shall not be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment on its part of any such provision, but the same shall, nevertheless, be and remain in full force and effect. 5.14 Disclaimer of Agency 5.14.1 Excapt for provisions herein expressly authorizing a Party to act for another, nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a Party as a legal representative or agent of the other Party, nor shall a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name or on behalf of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by such other Party. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Party undertakes to perform any obligation of the other Party whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the management of the other Party's business. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 39 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions 5.15 Severability 5.15.1 In the event that anyone or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable or invalid in any respect under law or regulation, the Parties will negotiate in good faith for replacement language as set forth herein. If any part of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceabilty wil affect only the portion of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable. In all other respects, this Agreement wil stand as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had not been a part hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 5.16 Nondisclosure . 5.16.1 All information, including but not limited to specifications, microfim, photocopies, magnetic disks, magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools, technical information, data, employee records, maps, financial reports, and market data, (i) furnished by one Party to the other Party dealing with business or marketing plans, End User Customer specific, facility specific, or usage specific information, other than End User Customer information communicated for the purpose of providing Directory Assistance or publication of directory database, or (ii) in written, graphic, electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked at the time of delivery as "Confidential" or "Proprietary", or (iii) communicated and declared to the receiving Party at the time of delivery, or by written notice given to the receiving Party within ten (10) Days after delivery, to be "Confidential" or "Proprietary" (collectively referred to as "Proprietary Information"), shall remain the property of the disclosing Party. A Party who receives Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written confirmation that the material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written confirmation that the Party receiving the information understands that the material is Proprietary Information. Each Party shall have the right to correct an inadvertent failure to identify information as Proprietary Information by giving written notification within thirty (30) Days after the information is disclosed. The receiving Party shall from that time forward, treat such information as Proprietary Information. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, either Party may disclose to the other proprietary or confidential customer, technical or business information. 5.16.2 Upon request by the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall return all tangible copies of Proprietary Information, whether written, graphic or otherwise, except that the receiving Party may retain one copy for archival purposes. 5.16.3 Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary Information confidential and wil disclose it on a need to know basis only. Each Party shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information only in connection with this Agreement and in accordance with Applicable Law, including but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 222. In accordance with Section 222 of the Act, when either Party receives or obtains Proprietary Information from the other Party for purposes of providing any Telecommunications Services, that Party shall use such information only for such purpose, and shall not use such information for its own marketing efforts. Neither Party shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in writing. Violations of these obligations shall subject a Party's employees to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. If either Party loses, or makes an unauthorized disclosure of, the other Party's Proprietary Information, it wil notify such other Party immediately and use reasonable efforts to retrieve the information..August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 40 Section 5 Terms and Conditions .5.16.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality and non-use set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such Proprietary Information as: a) was at the time of receipt already known to the receiving Party free of any obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by written records prepared prior to delivery by the disclosing Party; or b) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving Party; or c) is rightfully received from a third Person having no direct or indirect secrecy or confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Part with respect to such information; or d) is independently developed by an employee, agent, or contractor of the receiving Party which individual is not involved in any manner with the provision of services pursuant to the Agreement and does not have any direct or indirect access to the Proprietary Information; or e) is disclosed to a third Person by the disclosing Party without similar restrictions on such third Person's rights; or f) is approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing Party; or g) is required to be disclosed by the receiving Part pursuant to Applicable Law or regulation provided that the receiving Party shall give suffcient notice of the requirement to the disclosing Party to enable the disclosing Part to seek protective orders. 5.16.5 Nothing herein is intended to prohibit a Part from supplying factual information about its network and Telecommunications Services on or connected to its network to regulatory agencies including the Federal Communications Commission and the Commission so long as any confidential obligation is protected. In addition either Part shall have the right to disclose Proprietary Information to any mediator, arbitrator, state or federal regulatory body, the Department of Justice or any court in the conduct of any proceeding arising under or relating in any way to this Agreement or the conduct of either Party in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation the approval of this Agreement, or in any proceedings concerning the provision of InterLAT A services by Qwest that are or may be required by the Act. The Parties agree to cooperate with each other in order to seek appropriate protection or treatment of such Proprietary Information pursuant to an appropriate protective order in any such proceeding. . 5.16.6 Effective Date of this Section. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all information furnished by either Party to the other in furtherance of the purpose of this Agreement, even if furnished before the Effective Date. 5.16.7 Each Party agrees that the disclosing Party could be irreparably injured by a breach of the confidentiality obligations of this Agreement by the receiving Party or its representatives and that the disclosing Party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance in the event of any breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 41 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions 5.16.8 Nothing herein should be construed as limiting either Party's rights with respect to its own Proprietary Information or its obligations with respect to the other Party's Proprietary Information under Section 222 of the Act. 5.16.9 Forecasts provided by either Party to the other Party shall be deemed Confidential Information and the Parties may not distribute, disclose or reveal, in any form, this material other than as allowed and described in subsections 5.16.9.1 and 5.16.9.2. 5.16.9.1 The Parties may disclose, on a need to know basis only, CLEC individual forecasts and forecasting information disclosed by Owest, to Owests legal personnel in connection with their representation of Owest in any dispute regarding the quality or timeliness of the forecast as it relates to any reason for which CLEC provided it to Owest under this Agreement, as well as to CLEC's wholesale account managers, wholesale LIS and Collocation product managers, network and growth planning personnel responsible for preparing or responding to such forecasts or forecasting information. In no case shall retail marketing, sales or strategic planning have access to this forecasting information. The Parties wil inform all of the aforementioned personnel with access to such Confidential Information, of its confidential nature and wil require personnel to execute a nondisclosure agreement which states that, upon threat of termination, the aforementioned personnel may not reveal or discuss such information with those not authorized to receive it except as specifically authorized by law. Violations of these requirements shall subject the personnel to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment..5.16.9.1.1 Upon the specific order of the Commission, Owest may provide the forecast information that CLEC has made available to Owest under this Agreement, provided that Owest shall first initiate any procedures necessary to protect the confidentiality and to prevent the public release of the information pending any applicable Commission procedures and further provided that Owest provides such notice as the Commission directs to CLEC involved, in order to allow it to prosecute such procedures to their completion. 5.16.9.2 The Parties shall maintain confidential forecasting information in secure files and locations such that access to the forecasts is limited to the personnel designated in subsection 5.16.9.1 above and such that no other personnel have computer access to such information. 5.17 Survival 5.17.1 Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions prior to the termination of this Agreement, and any obligation of a Party under the provisions regarding indemnification, Confidential or Proprietary Information, limitations of liabilty, and any other provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are contemplated to survive (or to be performed after) termination of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination hereof. 5.18 Dispute Resolution 5.18.1 The Parties wil attempt in good faith to resolve through negotiation any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement. Either Party may give written notice to the other Party of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business. Each Party wil within seven (7) Days after delivery of the written notice of dispute, designate a vice-.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 42 Section 5 Terms and Conditions . president level employee or a representative with authority to make commitments to review, meet, and negotiate, in good faith, to resolve the dispute. The Parties intend that these negotiations be conducted by non-lawyer, business representatives, and the locations, format, frequency, duration, and conclusions of these discussions wil be at the discretion of the representatives. By mutual agreement, the representatives may use other procedures to assist in these negotiations. The discussions and correspondence among the representatives for the purposes of these negotiations wil be treated as Confidential Information (Confidential Information) developed for purposes of settlement, and wil be exempt from discovery and production, and not be admissible in any subsequent proceedings without the concurrence of both Parties. 5.18.2 If the designated representatives have not reached a resolution of the dispute within fifteen (15) Days after the written notice (or such longer period as agreed to in writing by the Parties), then either Party may commence an action which wil be brought before the Commission or the FCC. If the claims are not within the jurisdiction or the scope of the statutory authority of the Commission or the FCC, or if the Party commencing the action seeks a judgment for money damages, including, but not limited to, payment of amounts billed, any action wil be brought in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado if it has subject matter jurisdiction over the action, and if not, in the Denver District Court for the State of Colorado. The Parties agree that such courts have personal jurisdiction over them. 5.18.3 Waiver of Jury Trial and Class Action. Each Part, to. the extent permitted by law, knowingly, voluntarily, and intentionally waives its right to a trial by jury and any right to pursue any claim or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement on a class or consolidated basis or in a representative capacity..5.18.4 No cause of action, including disputes raised pursuant to Section 5.4.4, regardless of the form, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, may be brought by either Party more than two (2) years after the cause of action arises. 5.19 Controllng Law 5.19.1 This Agreement is offered by Qwest and accepted by CLEC in accordance with applicable federal law and the state law of Idaho. It shall be interpreted solely in accordance with applicable federal law and the state law of Idaho. 5.20 Responsibilty for Environmental Contamination 5.20.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any costs whatsoever resulting from the presence or release of any Environmental Hazard that either Party did not introduce to the affected Work Location. Both Parties shall defend and hold harmless the other, its officers, directors and employees from and against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits, liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of or result from (i) any Environmental Hazard that the Indemnifying Party, its contractors or agents introduce to the Work Locations or (ii) the presence or release of any Environmental Hazard for which the Indemnifying Party is responsible under Applicable Law. 5.20.2 In the event any suspect materials within Qwest-owned, operated or leased facilties are identified to be asbestos containing, CLEC wil ensure that to the extent any activities which it undertakes in the facilty disturb such suspect materials, such CLEC activities wil be in accordance with applicable local, state and federal environmental and health and . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 43 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions safety statutes and regulations. Except for abatement activities undertaken by CLEC or equipment placement activities that result in the generation of asbestos-containing material, CLEC does not have any responsibility for managing, nor is it the owner of, nor does it have any liability for, or in connection with, any asbestos-containing materiaL. Qwest agrees to immediately notify CLEC if Qwest undertakes any asbestos control or asbestos abatement activities that potentially could affect CLEC personnel, equipment or operations, including, but not limited to, contamination of equipment. 5.21 Notices 5.21.1 Any notices required by or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be suffciently given if delivered personally, delivered by prepaid overnight express service, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by email where specified in this Agreement to Qwest and CLEC at the addresses shown below: Qwest Corporation Director - Wholesale Contracts 1801 California Street, 24th Floor Denver, CO 80202 Phone: 303-965-3029 Fax: 303-965-3527 Email: intagreeßYgwest.com With copy to: Qwest Law Department Associate General Counsel, Interconnection 1801 California Street, 10th Floor Denver, CO 80202 Phone: 303-383-6553 Email: Legal.nterconnectionßYgwest.com .CLEC: Jay Weber Executive Vice President Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC 2460 West 26th Avenue, Suite 380-C Denver, CO 80211 Phone: 720-200-8865 Fax: 303-831-1988 jweberßYlibertybelltelecom.com With copy to: Christina Neher Chief Operating Offcer Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC 2460 West 26th Avenue, Suite 380-C Denver, CO 80211 Phone: 303-831-1977 Fax: 303-831-1988 cneherßYlibertybellelecom .com If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a receipt acknowledging such delivery must be obtained. Each Party shall inform the other of any change in the above contact Person and/or address using the method of notice called for in this Section 5.21. 5.22 Responsibilty of Each Party 5.22.1 Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over its own performance of its obligations under this Agreement and retains full control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge of all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each Party wil be solely responsible for all matters relating to payment of such employees, including compliance with social security taxes, withholding taxes and all other regulations governing such matters. Each Party wil be solely responsible for proper handling, storage, transport and disposal at its own expense of all (i) substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents bring to, create or assume control over at Work Locations, and (ii) Waste resulting there from or otherwise generated in connection with its or its contractors' or agents' activities at the Work Locations. Subject to the limitations on liability and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each.August 4, 201 O/mms/Libert~Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 44 Section 5 Terms and Conditions .Party shall be responsible for (i) its own acts and performance of all obligations imposed by Applicable Law in connection with its activities, legal status and propert, real or personal, and (ii) the acts of its own Affliates, employees, agents and contractors during the performance of that Party's obligations hereunder. 5.23 No Third Party Beneficiaries 5.23.1 The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefi of the Parties and not for any other Person. This Agreement wil not provide any Person not a Party to this Agreement with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action, or other right in excess of those existing by reference in this Agreement. 5.24 Intentionally Left Blank 5.25 Publicity 5.25.1 Neither Party shall publish or use any publicity materials with respect to the execution and delivery or existence of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party. Nothing in this section shall limit a Part's ability to issue public statements with respect to regulatory or judicial proceedings. 5.26 Executed in Counterparts 5.26.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.. 5.27 Compliance 5.27.1 Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Qwest and CLEC agree to keep and maintain in full force and effect all permits, licenses, certificates, and other authorities needed to perform their respective obligations hereunder. 5.28 Compliance with the Communications Assistance Law Enforcement Act of 1994 5.28.1 Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment, facilities or services provided to the other Party under this Agreement comply with the CALEA. Each Party shall indemnify and hold the other Party harmless from any and all penalties imposed upon the other Party for such noncompliance and shall at the non-compliant Party's sole cost and expense, modify or replace any equipment, facilities or services provided to the other Party under this Agreement to ensure that such equipment, facilities and services fully comply with CAL EA. 5.29 Cooperation 5.29.1 The Parties agree that this Agreement involves the provision of Qwest services in ways such services were not previously available and the introduction of new processes and procedures to provide and bil such services. Accordingly, the Parties agree to work jointly and cooperatively in testing and implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance,.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 45 .Section 5 Terms and Conditions Provisioning and Biling and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such implementation on a timely basis. Electronic processes and procedures are addressed in Section 12 of this Agreement. 5.30 Amendments 5.30.1 Either Party may request an amendment to this Agreement at any time by providing to the other Party in writing information about the desired amendment and proposed language changes. If the Parties have not reached agreement on the requested amendment within sixty (60) Days after receipt of the request, either Party may pursue resolution of the amendment through the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement. 5.30.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 5.30.3 The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions of this Agreement may not be given without the written consent thereto by both Parties' authorized representative. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, wil be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence. 5.31 Entire Agreement.This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein and any amendments to the Agreement) constiutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects of this Agreement and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subjects of this Agreement. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 46 Section 6 Resale .Section 6.0 - RESALE 6.1 Description 6.1.1 Qwest shall offer for resale at wholesale rates any Telecommunications Services that it provides at retail to subscribers who are not Telecommunications Carriers, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section. All Qwest retail Telecommunications Services are available for resale from Qwest pursuant to the Act and wil include terms and conditions (except prices) in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a conflct arises between the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other retail Telecommunications Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be controllng. 6.1.2 While this Section 6.0 of this Agreement addresses the provision of certain Qwest services to CLEC for resale by CLEC, the Parties also acknowledge that CLEC is required to provide its Telecommunications Services to Qwest for resale by Qwest. Upon request by Qwest, CLEC shall make its Telecommunications Services available to Qwest for resale pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the FCC's relevant orders and rules, and the Commission's relevant orders and rules. 6.1.3 Certain Qwest services are not available for resale under this Agreement, as noted in Section 6.2. The applicable discounts for services available for resale are identifed in Exhibit A. 6.2 Terms and Conditions 6.2.1 Qwest shall offer introductory training on procedures that CLEC must use to access Qwests OSS at no cost to CLEC. If CLEC asks Qwest personnel to travel to CLEC's location to deliver training, CLEC wil pay Qwests reasonable travel related expenses. Qwest may also offer to CLEC other training at reasonable costs. . 6.2.2 Services available for resale under this Agreement may be resold only to the same class of End User Customers to which Qwest sells such services where such restrictions have been ordered or approved by the Commission. Such restrictions are listed below in this Section 6.2.2. 6.2.2.1 Promotional offerings of ninety (90) Days or less are available for resale. Such promotions are available for resale under the same terms and conditions that are available to Qwest retail End User Customers, with no wholesale discount. Should Qwest re-offer any promotion for a sequential ninety (90) Day or less promotion period following the initial ninety (90) Day or less promotion period, then the initial and subsequent promotion(s) wil be available to CLEC for resale with any applicable wholesale discount. 6.2.2.2 Market trials of ninety (90) days or less are not available for resale. 6.2.2.3 Residential services and telephone assistance plans (TAP), including but not limited to Lifeline/Link-up and Tribal Lifeline services, are available for resale by CLEC only to the same class of End User Customers eligible to purchase these services from Qwest.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 47 .Section 6 Resale 6.2.2.3.1 If CLEC is an Eligible Telecommunications Carrier (ETC) it must secure TAP credits directly from the appropriate federal or state agency(ies) as Owest wil not collect TAP credits on an ETC's behalf. 6.2.2.3.2 If CLEC is not an ETC and if CLEC wishes to resell TAP services, CLEC shall certify pursuant to 47 C.F.R. § 54.417 that it complies with all FCC and any applicable state requirements governing TAP programs. CLEC shall complete and provide such certification to Owest before CLEC purchases TAP services for resale, and shall re-certify annually. The certification form and instructions are provided at Owests web site in the Resale General Product Catalog. Use of the Owest certification form is mandatory to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section. 6.2.2.4 Universal Emergency Number Service is not available for resale. Universal Emergency Number Service (E911/911 service) is provided with each local Exchange Service line resold by CLEC whenever E911/911 service would be provided on the same line if provided by Owest to a Owest retail End User Customer. 6.2.2.5 Inside wiring maintenance plans are available for resale at Owest retail rates with no wholesale discount. Other non-Telecommunications Services such as inside wiring installation, callng cards and CPE, are not available for resale. 6.2.2.6 Voice messaging service is available for resale at the retail rate with no discount. Enhanced Services and information services, other than voice messaging, are not available for resale..6.2.2.7 Owest wil make retail Contract Service Arrangements (CSA) available for resale at the wholesale discount rate specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement. All terms and conditions (except prices) in Owests applicable Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings wil apply to resale of CSAs, including early termination liabilty. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any obligation of any Owest retail End User Customer that early terminates a CSA, including payment of any early termination charges. Where CLEC seeks to continue serving an End User Customer presently served through a resold Owest CSA, but wishes to provide such service through alternate resale arrangements, Owest shall provide CLEC the same waivers of early termination liabilities as it makes to its own End User Customers in similar circumstances. In any case where it is required to offer such a waiver, Owest shall be entitled to apply provisions that provide Owest substantially the same assurances and benefits that remained to it under the resold agreement as of the time it is changed. 6.2.2.8 Grandfathered services are available for resale by CLEC to existing End User Customers of the grandfathered product or service. 6.2.2.9 Centrex terms and conditions related to calculation of charges for, and Provisioning of common blocks, station lines and optional features wil be based on the Centrex definition of a system and CLEC's serving location. 6.2.2.9.1 Where a common block is applicable, a Centrex system is defined by a single common block or multiple common blocks for a single CLEC within a single Central Offce switching system. A common block defines the dialing plan for intercom callng, access to the Public Switched Network and/or.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 48 Section 6 Resale .private facilities, station line and system restrictions and feature access arrangements and functionality. CLEC may purchase multiple common blocks within a single Central Offce switching system when CLEC requires different dialing plans, feature access arrangements and station line or system restrictions within a single system operation. CLEC with multiple common blocks within the same Central Offce Switch may have network access register and private facility trunk groups aggregated across multiple common blocks. Centrex system based optional features (Le., Automatic Route Selection) may not be aggregated across multiple common blocks. A Centrex system must provide station lines to at least one (1) location and may provide station lines to multiple locations. 6.2.2.9.2 Centrex station lines are provisioned and charges are calculated based on serving CLEC's location. A location is defined as the site where Qwest facilities (cable plant from the serving Central Office Switch) meet CLEC facilities (inside wire). In a multi-tenant building, Qwest may bring facilties directly to asingle Point of Interconnection with CLEC facilties, typically in a basement equipment room, which would be considered a single location for this multi- tenant building. Should Qwest bring service to multiple floors or offces within a multi-tenant building each floor or offce with a separate CLEC facilties termination point is considered a location. Where CLEC has multiple buildings within contiguous propert (campus), such buildings wil be provisioned and billed as a single location. Contiguous propert is defined as propert owned or leased by CLEC and not separated by public thoroughfare, river or railroad rights-of- way. Property wil be considered contiguous when connected via connecting passageways or conduit acceptable to Qwest for its facilities. Where CLEC has Centrex station lines from multiple Central Offce switching systems, within the same Qwest Wire Center, and provisioned to the same location, CLEC wil not be charged for service or provisioned as if service was originating from a single Centrex system. For example, station lines may only be aggregated from a single CLEC Centrex system to a single CLEC serving location for rating purposes. CLEC may not specify a Central Offce as CLEC's location for the termination of Centrex station lines. . 6.2.2.10 Private line service used for Special Access is available for resale but not at a discount. 6.2.2.11 Intentionally Left Blank. 6.2.2.12 Telecommunications Services provided directly toCLEC for its own use and not resold to End User Customers must be identified by CLEC as such, and CLEC wil pay Qwest retail prices for such services. 6.2.3 Qwest shall provide to CLEC Telecommunications Services for resale that are at least equal in quality and in substantially the same time and manner that Qwest provides these services to itself, its subsidiaries, its Affliates, other Resellers, and Qwests retail End User Customers. Qwest shall also provide resold services to CLEC in accordance with the Commission's retail service quality requirements, if any. Qwest further agrees to reimburse CLEC for credits or fines and penalties assessed against CLEC as a result of Qwests failure to provide service to CLEC, subject to the understanding that any payments made pursuant to this provision wil be an offset and credit toward any other penalties voluntarily agreed to by Qwest as part of a performance assurance plan, and further subject to the following provisions:. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 49 .Section 6 Resale 6.2.3.1 Qwest shall provide service credits to CLEC for resold services in accordance with the Commission's retail service requirements that apply to Qwest retail services, if any. Such credits shall be limited in accordance with the following: a) Qwests service credits to CLEC shall be subject to the wholesale discount; b) Qwest shall only be liable to provide service credits in accordance with the resold services provided to CLEC. Qwest is not required to provide service credits for service failures that are the fault of CLEC; c) Intentionally Left Blank. d) Intentionally Left Blank. e) In no case shall Qwests credits to CLEC exceed the amount Qwest would pay a Qwest End User Customer under the service quality requirements, less any wholesale discount applicable to CLEC's resold services; and f) In no case shall Qwest be required to provide duplicate reimbursement or payment to CLEC for any service quality failure incident. . 6.2.3.2 Fines and Penalties - Qwest shall be liable to pay to CLEC fines and penalties for resold services in accordance with the Commission's retail service requirements that apply to Qwest retail services, if any. Such credits shall be limited in accordance with the following: a) Qwests fines and penalties paid to CLEC shall be subject to the wholesale discount; b) Qwest shall only be liable to provide fines and penalties in accordance with the resold services provided to CLEC. Qwest is not required to pay fines and penalties for service failures that are the fault of CLEC; c) Intentionally Left Blank. d) In no case shall Qwests fines and penalties to CLEC exceed the amount Qwest would pay the Commission under the service quality plan, less any wholesale discount applicable to CLEC's resold services; and e) In no case shall Qwest be required to provide duplicate reimbursement or payment to CLEC for any service quality failure incident. 6.2.4 In the event that there are existing agreements between CLEC and Qwest for resale under Qwest retail Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings, CLEC may elect to continue to obtain services for resale under the existing agreements and such retail Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings, or CLEC may elect to terminate such existing agreements and obtain such services by adopting this Agreement pursuant to the GeneralTerms of this Agreement. If CLEC so adopts this Agreement, the associated wholesale discount specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement wil apply..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 50 Section 6 Resale .6.2.5 Intentionally Left Blank. 6.2.6 The Parties may not reserve blocks of telephone numbers except as allowed by Applicable Law or regulation. 6.2.7 Qwest wil accept at no charge one (1) primary white pages Directory Listing for each main telephone number belonging to CLEC's End User Customer based on End User Customer information provided to Qwest by CLEC. Qwest wil place CLEC's End User Customer's Listings in Qwests Directory Assistance Database and wil include such Listings in Qwests Directory Assistance Service. Additional terms and conditions with respect to Directory Listings are described in the Ancilary Services Section and the Qwests Official Directory Publisher Section of this Agreement. 6.2.8 Qwest shall provide to CLEC, for CLEC's End User Customers, E911/911 call routing to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Qwest shall not be responsible for any failure of CLEC to provide accurate End User Customer information for listings in any databases in which Qwest is required to retain and/or maintain such information. Qwest shall provide CLEC's End User Customer information to the Automatic Location Identification/Database Management System (AU/DMS). Qwest shall use its standard process to update and maintain CLEC's End User Customer service information in the AU/DMS used to support E911/911 services on the same schedule that it uses for its retail End User Customers. Qwest assumes no liability for the accuracy of information provided by CLEC. 6.2.9 If Qwest provides and CLEC accepts Qwests Directory Assistance Service or operator services for CLEC's resold local Exchange Service lines, such Directory Assistance and operator services may be provided with branding as provided in this Agreement in Sections 10.5 for Directory Assistance Service, and 10.7 for operator services.. 6.2.10 CLEC shall designate the Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) assignments on behalf of its End User Customers for InterLAT A and IntraLA T A services. CLEC and Qwest shall follow all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations with respect to PIC changes. Qwest shall disclaim any liabilty for CLEC's improper InterLA T A and IntraLAT A PIC change requests, and CLEC shall disclaim any liability for Qwests improper InterLATA (when applicable) and IntraLAT A PIC change requests. 6.2.11 When End User Customers switch from Qwest to CLEC, or to CLEC from any other Reseller and if they do not change their service address to an address served by a different Rate Center, such End User Customers shall be permitted to retain their current telephone numbers if they so desire and if such number retention is not prohibited by Applicable Laws or regulations for number administration and Local Number Portabilty (LNP). 6.2.12 In the event Qwest properly terminates the Provisioning of any resold services to CLEC for any reason, CLEC shall be responsible for providing any and all necessary notice to its End User Customers of the termination. In no case shall Qwest be responsible for providing such notice to CLEC's End User Customers. Qwest wil provide notice to CLEC of Qwests termination of a resold service on a timely basis consistent with Commission rules and notice requirements. 6.2.13 The underlying network provider of a resold service shall be entitled to receive, from the purchaser of Switched Access, the appropriate access charges pursuant to its then effective Switched Access Tariff.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 51 .Section 6 Resale 6.2.14 Resold services are available where facilities currently exist and are capable of providing such services without construction of additional facilities or enhancement of existing facilities. However, if CLEC requests that facilties be constructed or enhanced to provide resold services, Owest wil construct facilities to the extent necessary to satisfy its obligations to provide basic local Exchange Service as set forth in Owests retail Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings and Commission rules. Under such circumstances, Owest wil develop and provide to CLEC a price quotation for the construction. Construction charges associated with resold services wil be applied in the same manner that construction charges apply to Owest retail End User Customers. If the quotation is accepted by CLEC, CLEC wil be biled the quoted price and construction wil commence after receipt of payment. 6.3 Rates and Charges 6.3.1 Wholesale discounts for resold Telecommunications Services offerings are provided in Exhibit A. The Telecommunications Services offerings available for resale but excluded from the wholesale pricing arrangement in the Agreement are available at the retail Tariff, price list, catalog, or other retail Telecommunications Services Offering rates. Telecommunications Services available for resale with or without a wholesale discount are subject to Commission-approved change, and any such changes shall apply from the effective date of such change on a going-forward basis only. 6.3.2 The Customer Transfer Charges (CTC) as specified in Exhibit A apply when transferring services to CLEC..6.3.3 A Subscriber Line Charge (SLC), or any subsequent federally mandated charge to End User Customers, wil continue to be paid by CLEC without discount for each local exchange line resold under this Agreement. All federal and state rules and regulations associated with SLC as found in the applicable Owest Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings also apply. 6.3.4 CLEC will pay to Owest the Primary Interexchange Carrier (PiC) change charge without discount for CLEC End User Customer changes of Interexchange or IntraLAT A Carriers. Any change in CLEC's End User Customer's Interexchange or IntraLATA Carrier must be requested by CLEC on behalf of its End User Customer, and Owest wil not accept changes to CLEC's End User Customer's Interexchange or IntraLATA Carrier(s) from anyone other than CLEC. 6.3.5 CLEC agrees to pay Owest when its End User Customer activates any services or features that are biled on a per use or per activation basis (e.g., continuous redial, last call return, call back callng, call trace) subject to the applicable discount in Exhibit A as such may be amended pursuant to this Section. With respect to all such charges, Owest shall provide CLEC with suffcient information to enable CLEC to bil its End User Customers. 6.3.6 Miscellaneous Charges applicable to services ordered for resale by CLEC wil apply if such Miscellaneous Charges apply for equivalent services ordered by Owest retail End User Customers, except that CLEC wil receive any applicable wholesale discount. Such Miscellaneous Charges include charges listed in the applicable Owest Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 52 Section 6 Resale . 6.3.7 If the Commission orders additional services to be available for resale, Owest wil revise Exhibit A to incorporate the services added by such order into this Agreement, effective on the date ordered by the Commission. If the Commission indicates those additional services must be available for resale at wholesale discount rates, those additional services wil be added to this Agreement at the original Agreement wholesale discount rate. 6.3.8 Owest shall timely bil new or changed Commission-ordered resale rates or charges using the effective date for such rates or charges as ordered by the Commission. If Owest bils CLEC amounts different from new or changed rates or charges after the effective date of such rates or charges, Owest shall make appropriate bil adjustments or provide appropriate bil credits on CLEC's bil(s). 6.3.9 If rates for services resold by CLEC under this Agreement change, based on changes in Owests Tariffs, catalogs, price lists or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings, charges biled to CLEC for such services wil be based upon the new Tariff, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings rates less the applicable wholesale discount, if any, as agreed to herein or as established by Commission order. The new rate wil be effective upon the effective date of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. 6.3.10 Product-specific nonrecurring charges as set forth in Owests applicable Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings wil apply when new or additional resold services are ordered and installed at CLEC's request for use by CLEC's End User Customers. Such nonrecurring charges wil be subject to the wholesale discount, if any, that applies to the underlying service being added or changed. 6.4 Ordering Process . 6.4.1 CLEC, or CLEC's agent, shall act as the single point of contact for its End User Customers' service needs, including without limitation, sales, service design, order taking, Provisioning, change orders, training, maintenance, trouble reports, repair, post-sale servicing, Biling, collection and inquiry. CLEC's End User Customers contacting Owest in error wil be instructed to contact CLEC; and Owests End User Customers contacting CLEC in error wil be instructed to contact Owest. In responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging remarks about each other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls received by either Party wil be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Owest or CLEC from discussing its products and services with CLEC's or Owests End User Customers who call the other Party seeking such information. 6.4.2 CLEC shall transmit to Owest all information necessary for the ordering (Biling, Directory Listing and other information), installation, repair, maintenance and post-installation servicing according to Owests standard procedures, as described in the Owest Product Catalog (PCAT) available on Owests public web site located at http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/pcat.Information shall be provided using Owests designated Local Service Request (LSR) format which may include the LSR, End User Customer and resale forms. 6.4.3 Owest wil use the same performance standards and criteria for installation, Provisioning, maintenance, and repair of services provided to CLEC for resale under this Agreement as Owest provides to itself, its Affliates, its subsidiaries, other Resellers, and Owest retail End User Customers. The installation, Provisioning, maintenance, and repair processes . August 4. 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15. 2010 53 .Section 6 Resale for CLEC's resale service requests are detailed in the Access to OSS Section of this Agreement, and are applicable whether CLEC's resale service requests are submitted via Operational Support System or by facsimile. 6.4.4 CLEC is responsible for providing to Owest complete and accurate End User Customer Directory Listing information including initial and updated information for Directory Assistance Service, white pages directories, and E911/911 Emergency Services. The Ancilary Services Section of this Agreement contains complete terms and conditions for Directory Listings for Directory Assistance Services, white pages directories, and E911/911 Emergency Services. 6.4.5 If Owests retail End User Customer, or the End User Customer's New Service Provider orders the discontinuance of the End User Customer's existing Owest service in anticipation of the End User Customer moving to a New Service Provider, Owest wil render its closing bil to the End User Customer, discontinuing Biling as of the date of the discontinuance of Owests service to the End User Customer. If the Current Service Provider, or if the End User Customer's New Service Provider orders the discontinuance of existing resold service from the Current Service Provider, Owest wil bil the Current Service Provider for service through the date the End User Customer receives resold service from the Current Service Provider. Owest wil notify CLEC by Operational Support System interface, facsimile, or by other agreed-upon processes when an End User Customer moves from the Current Service Provider to a New Service Provider. Owest will not provide the Current Service Provider with the name of the New Service Provider selected by the End User Customer..6.4.6 CLEC shall provide Owest and Owest shall provide CLEC with points of contact for order entry, problem resolution and repair of the resold services. These points of contact wil be identified for both CLEC and Owest in the event special attention is required on a service request. 6.4.7 Prior to placing orders on behalf of the End User Customer, CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and having in its possession Proof of Authorization (POA), as set forth in the POA Section of this Agreement. 6.4.8 Due Date intervals for CLEC's resale service requests are established when service requests are received by Owest through Operational Support Systems or by facsimile. Intervals provided to CLEC shall be equivalent to intervals provided by Owest to itself, its Affliates, its subsidiaries, other Resellers, and to Owests retail End User Customers. 6.5 Biling 6.5.1 Owest shall bil CLEC and CLEC shall be responsible for all applicable charges for the resold services as provided herein. CLEC shall also be responsible for all Tariffed, cataloged, price listed, and other retail Telecommunications Services offerings charges and charges separately identified in this Agreement associated with services that CLEC resells to an End User Customer under this Agreement. 6.5.2 Owest shall provide CLEC, on a monthly basis, within seven (7) to ten (10) Days of the last day of the most recent Biling period, in an agreed upon standard electronic Billng format as detailed in Section 12.2.5, Billng information including (1) a summary bil, and (2) individual End User Customer sub-account information consistent with the samples available for CLEC review..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 54 Section 6 Resale . 6.6 Maintenance and Repair 6.6.1 Qwest wil maintain its faciliies and equipment used to provide CLEC resold services. CLEC or its End User Customers may not rearrange, move, disconnect or attempt to repair Qwests facilities or equipment, including facilties or equipment that may terminate or be located at CLEC's End User Customets premises, other than by connection or disconnection to any interface between Qwest and the End User Customer's facilties, without the written consent of Qwest. 6.6.2 Maintenance and Repair procedures are detailed in Section 12. Access to telephone numbers and Dialing Parity are discussed in Sections 13 and 14 respectively. 6.6.3 CLEC and Qwest wil employ the procedures for handling misdirected repair calls as specified in Section 12.3.8 of this Agreement. 6.7 Commingling of Resold Services with Unbundled Network Elements and Combinations of Unbundled Network Elements 6.7.1 To the extent it is Technically Feasible and pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1, CLEC may Commingle Telecommunications Services purchased on a resale basis with an Unbundled Network Element or combination of Unbundled Network Elements. 6.7.1.1 Services are available for Commingling only in the manner in which they are provided in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other Telecommunications Services offerings.. . August 4, 2010/mms/libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 55 .Section 7 Interconnection Section 7.0 -INTERCONNECTION: 7.1 Interconnection Facilty Options . 7.1.1 This Section describes the Interconnection of Qwests network and CLEC's network for the purpose of exchanging Exchange Service (EAS/Local traffic), IntraLATA LEC Toll and Jointly Provided Switched Access traffic. Intercarrier traffc exchange will be mutual and reciprocal and all traffc exchanged between the Parties must be provisioned pursuant to this Agreement. A Party that has interconnected or gained access under sections 251 (a) (1), 251 (c)(2), or 251 (c)(3) of the Act, may offer information services through the same arrangement, so long as it is offering Telecommunications Services through the same arrangement(s) as welL. Enhanced or information service providers (providers or "Information Services" as that term is defined in 47 U.S.C. § 153 (20)) that do not also provide domestic or international telecommunications are not Telecommunications Carriers as defined by the Act and thus may not interconnect under this Agreement. Qwest will provide Interconnection at any Technically Feasible point within its network, including but not limited to, (i) the Line Side of a local Switch (Le., local switching); (ii) the Trunk Side of a local Switch, (iii) the trunk connection points for a Tandem Switch, (iv) Central Office Cross Connection points, (v) out-of-band Signaling Transfer Points necessary to exchange traffc at these points and access call-related databases, and (vi) points of access to Unbundled Network Elements. Section 9 of this Agreement describes Interconnection at points (i), (iv), (v), and (vi), although some aspects of these Interconnection points are described in Section 7. "Interconnection" is as described in the Act and refers, in this Section of the Agreement, to the connection between networks for the purpose of transmission and routing of Telephone Exchange Service traffc and IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc at points (ii) and (iii) described above. Interconnection, which Qwest currently names "Local Interconnection Service" (LIS), is provided for the purpose of connecting End Offce Switches to End Office Switches or End Offce Switches to local or Access Tandem Switches for the exchange of Exchange Service (EAS/Local traffc); or End Offce Switches to Access Tandem Switches for the exchange of IntraLATA LEC Toll or Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc. Qwest Tandem Switch to CLEC Tandem Switch connections wil be provided where Technically Feasible. New or continued Qwest local Tandem Switch to Qwest Access Tandem Switch and Qwest Access Tandem Switch to Qwest Access Tandem Switch connections are not required where Qwest can demonstrate that such connections present a risk of Switch exhaust and that Qwest does not make similar use of its network to transport the local calls of its own or any Affliate's End User Customers. 7.1.1.1 Qwest wil provide to CLEC Interconnection at least equal in quality to that provided to itself, to any subsidiary, Affliate, or any other party to which it provides Interconnection. Notwithstanding specific language in other sections of this Agreement, all provisions of this Agreement regarding Interconnection are subject to this requirement. Qwest wil provide Interconnection under rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable and non-discriminatory. In addition, Qwest shall comply with all state wholesale and retail service quality requirements. 7.1.2 Methods of Interconnection The Parties wil negotiate the facilties arrangement used to interconnect their respective networks. CLEC shall establish at least one (1) physical Point of Interconnection in Qwest territory in each LATA CLEC has local End User Customers. CLEC represents and warrants that it is serving End User Customers physically located within each local callng area for which it wishes to exchange traffic within Qwest territory. The Parties shall establish, through.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 56 Section 7 Interconnection . negotiations, at least one (1) of the following Interconnection arrangements, at any Technically Feasible point: (1) a DS1 or DS3 Qwest-provided faciliy; (2) Collocation; (3) negotiated Mid- Span Meet POI facilities; or (4) other Technically Feasible methods of Interconnection via the Bona Fide Request (BFR) process unless a particular arrangement has been previously provided to a third party, or is offered by Qwest as a product 7.1.2.1 Qwest-provided Facilty. Interconnection may be accomplished through the provision of a DS1 or DS3 Entrance Facility of CLEC's determination. An Entrance Facility extends from the Qwest Serving Wire Center to CLEC's Switch location or any Technically Feasible POi chosen by CLEC. Qwest-provided Entrance Facilities may not extend beyond the area served by the Qwest Serving Wire Center. The rates for Qwest- provided Entrance Facilties are provided in Exhibit A. Qwests private line transport service is available as an alternative to Qwest-provided Entrance Facilties, when CLEC uses such private line transport service for multiple services. Entrance Facilities may not be used for Interconnection with Unbundled Network Elements. 7.1.2.2 Collocation. Interconnection may be accomplished through the Collocation arrangements offered by Qwest. The terms and conditions under which Collocation wil be available are described in Section 8 of this Agreement. 7.1.2.2.1 Expanded Interconnection Channel Termination (EICT) provides the communication path that actually connects the physical space or in the case of virtual collocation, the designated equipment to Qwests direct trunked transport and must be ordered to provision LIS to a collocation. 7.1.2.3 Mid-Span Meet POI. A Mid-Span Meet POI is a negotiated Point of Interface, limited to the Interconnection of facilities between the Qwest Serving Wire Center location and the location of the CLEC switch or other equipment located within the area served by the Qwest Serving Wire Center. The actual physical Point of Interface and facilities used wil be subject to negotiations between the Parties. Each Party wil be responsible for its portion of the build to the Mid-Span Meet POI. CLEC may not use remaining capability in an existing Mid-Span Meet POI to gain access to Unbundled Network Elements. These Mid-Span Meet POls wil consist of facilties used for the exchange of traffc and joint provisioning of Telecommunications Services to End User Customers and other Telecommunications Carriers. . 7.1.2.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.1.2.5 Qwest agrees to provide local Interconnection trunk diversity to the same extent it does so in Qwests local network. 7.2 Exchange of Traffic 7.2.1 Description 7.2.1.1 This Section 7.2 addresses the exchange of traffc between CLEC's network and Qwests network. Where either Party interconnects and delivers traffc to the other from third parties, each Party shall bil such third parties the appropriate charges pursuant to its respective Tariffs or contractual offerings for such third party terminations. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, via an amendment to this Agreement, the Parties wil directly exchange traffc between their respective networks . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 57 .Section 7 Interconnection without the use of third part transit providers. 7.2.1.2 The traffc types to be exchanged under this Agreement include: 7.2.1.2.1 EAS/local Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc as defined in this Agreement. 7.2.1.2.2 IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc as defined in this Agreement. 7.2.1.2.3 Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc as described in Section 7.5.1. Jointly Provided Switched Access is associated with Meet-Point Biling. 7.2.1.2.4 For purposes of the Agreement, Transit Service does not include traffc carried by Interexchange Carriers. That traffc is defined as Jointly Provided Switched Access. Transit Service is provided by Qwest, as a local and Access Tandem Switch provider, to CLEC to enable the completion of calls originated by or terminated to end users of another Telecommunications Carrier which is connected to Qwests Switches. To the extent that CLEC's Switch functions as a local or Access Tandem Switch, as defined in this Agreement, CLEC may also provide transit service to Qwest. 7.2.1.2.5 Traffc having special Billng or trunking requirements includes, but is not limited to, the following: .a) b) c) d) e) Directory Assistance; 911/E911 ; Operator Busy Line Verify/Busy Line Interrupt; Toll Free Services; and ISP-Bound traffc. 7.2.2 Terms and Conditions 7.2.2.1 Transport and Termination of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) Traffc 7.2.2.1.1 Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc wil be terminated as Local Interconnection Service (LIS). 7.2.2.1.2 As negotiated between the Parties, the transport of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc may occur in several ways: 7.2.2.1.2.1 One-way or two-way trunk groups may be established. However, if either Party elects to provision its own one-way trunks for delivery of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffic to be terminated on the other Party's network, the ordering Party wil provision its own one-way trunks. The Party ordering one-way trunks will choose the POi location for such one-way trunks. 7.2.2.1.2.2 CLEC may purchase transport services from Qwest or from a third party, including a third party that has leased the private line.August 4, 2010lmms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 58 Section 7 Interconnection . transport service facilty from Owest. Such transport provides a facilty for the LIS trunk to be provisioned in order to deliver the originating Party's Exchange Service EAS/Local traffc to the terminating Party's End Offce Switch or Tandem Switch for call termination. Transport may be purchased from Owest as Tandem Switch routed (Le., tandem switching, tandem transmission and direct trunked transport) or direct routed (Le., direct trunked transport). This Section is not intended to alter either Party's obligation under Section 251 (a) of the Act. 7.2.2.1.3 When either Party utilizes the other Party's Tandem Switch for the exchange of local traffc, where there is a DS1's worth of traffc (512 CCS) between the originating Part's End Offce Switch delivered to the other Party's Tandem Switch for delivery to one (1) of the other Party's End Office Switches, the originating Party wil order a direct trunk group to the other Party's End Offce Switch. To the extent that CLEC has established a Collocation arrangement at a Owest End Offce Switch location, and has available capacity, CLEC may, at its sole option, provide two-way direct trunk facilities from that End Offce Switch to CLEC's Switch. 7.2.2.1.4 LIS ordered to a Tandem Switch wil be provided as direct trunked transport between the Serving Wire Center of CLEC's POi and the Tandem Switch. Tandem transmission rates, as specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement, wil apply to the transport provided from the Tandem Switch to Owests End Offce Switch. 7.2.2.1.5 If direct trunked transport is greater than fifty (50) miles in length, and existing facilties are not available in either Party's network, and the Parties have not been able to resolve the issue through Mid-Span Meet arrangements, and the Parties cannot agree as to which Party wil provide the facilty, the Parties may bring the matter before the Commission for resolution on an Individual Case Basis. . 7.2.2.1.6 RE!gardless of the number of Location Routing Numbers (LRNs) used by CLEC in a LATA, Owest wil route traffc destined for CLEC's End User Customers via direct trunking where direct trunking has been established. In the event that direct trunking has not been established, such traffic shall be routed via a Owest Tandem Switch. 7.2.2.2 IntraLATA LEC Toll Traffc 7.2.2.2.1 One-way or two-way trunk groups may be established. However, if either Party elects to provision its own one-way trunks for delivery of IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc to be terminated on the other Party's network, the ordering Party wil provision its own one-way trunks. The Party ordering one-way trunks wil choose the POi location for such one-way trunks. IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc shall be delivered to Owest at the Access Tandem Switch or via separate trunks to Owests End Offce Switch(es), as designated by CLEC. 7.2.2.3 Transit Traffc 7.2.2.3.1 Owest wil accept traffc originated by CLEC's network and/or its . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 59 .Section 7 Interconnection end user(s) for termination to other Telecommunications Carrier's network and/or its end users that is connected to Qwests Switch. Qwest wil also terminate traffc from these other Telecommunications Carriers' network and/or its end users to CLEC's network and/or its end users. For purposes of the Agreement, transit traffc does not include traffc carried by Interexchange Carriers. That traffic is defined as Jointly Provided Switched Access. 7.2.2.3.2 The Parties involved in transporting transit traffc wil deliver calls to each involved network with CCS/SS7 protocol and the appropriate ISUP/TCAP messages to faciltate full Interoperabilty and Biling functions. 7.2.2.3.3 The originating company is responsible for payment of appropriate rates to the transit company and to the terminating company. The Parties agree to enter into traffic exchange agreements with third party Telecommunications Carriers prior to delivering traffc to be transited to third party Telecommunications Carriers. In the event one Party originates traffc that transits the second Party's network to reach a third party Telecommunications Carrier with whom the originating Party does not have a traffc exchange agreement, then the originating Party wil indemnify, defend and hold harmless the second Party against any and all charges levied by such third party Telecommunications Carrier, including any termination charges related to such traffc and any attorneys fees and expenses. In the case of IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc where Qwest is the designated IntraLATA Toll provider for existing LECs, Qwest wil be responsible for payment of appropriate usage rates..7.2.2.3.4 When Qwest receives an unqueried call from CLEC to a telephone number that has been ported to another local services provider, the transit rate wil apply in addition to any query rates. 7.2.2.3.5 In the case of a transit call that terminates in the Local Callng Area but in a different state than the call originated, andthe CLEC does not have an agreement with Qwest in the state where the transit call terminated, CLEC must execute an agreement for that state if it is a state served by Qwest. In the absence of a second agreement, the transit rate in Exhibit A of this Agreement wil be biled to the CLEC. 7.2.2.4 Jointly Provided Switched Access. The Parties wil use industry standards developed and routing based on the LERG to handle the Provisioning and Biling of Jointly Provided Switched Access (MECAB, MECOD, and the Parties' FCC and state access Tariffs). Each Party wil bil the IXC the appropriate portion of its Switched Access rates. Qwest wil also provide the one-time notification to CLEC of the biling name, biling address and Carrier identification codes of the IXCs subtending any Access Tandem Switches to which CLEC directly connects. This type of traffc is discussed separately in this Section. 7.2.2.5 Interface Code Availability. Supervisory signaling specifications, and the applicable network channel interface codes for LIS trunks can be found in the Qwest Technical Publication for Local Interconnection Service 77398. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 60 Section 7 Interconnection . 7.2.2.6 Signaling Options 72.2.6.1 SS7 o.ut-of-Band Signaling. SS7 Out-of-Band Signaling must be requested on orders for LIS trunks. Common Channel Signaling Access Capability Service may be obtained under Owest Intrastate and/or FCC Access Tariffs or from a third party signaling provider. Each of the Parties, Owest and CLEC, wil provide for Interconnection of their signaling network for the mutual exchange of signaling information in accordance with the industry standards as described in Telcordia documents, including but not limited to GR-905 CORE, GR-954 CORE, GR-394 CORE and Owest Technical Publication 77342. 7.2.2.6.2 Clear Channel Capability. Clear Channel Capabilty (64CCC) permits 24 DSO-64 Kbps services or 1.536 Mbps of information on the 1.544 Mbps/s line rate. 64CCC is available for LIS trunks equipped with SS7 Out-of- Band Signaling. 64CCC must be requested on the order for new LIS trunks. Owest wil provide CLEC with a listing of Owest Switches fully capable of routing 64CCC traffic through the Owest web site: http://ww.qwest.com/disclosures. Where available to Owest, Owest wil provide CLEC with the same 64CCC on an alternate route or if necessary via an overlay network. 7.2.2.7 Measurement of terminating Local Interconnection Service (LIS) minutes begins when the terminating LIS entry Switch receives answer supervision from the called End User Customer's End Offce Switch indicating the called End User Customer has answered. The measurement of terminating call usage over LIS trunks ends when the terminating LIS entry Switch receives disconnect supervision from either the called End User Customer's End Offce Switch, indicating the called End User Customer has disconnected, or CLEC's Point of Interconnection, whichever is recognized first by the entry Switch. This is commonly referred to as "conversation time." The Parties will only charge for actual minutes of use and/or fractions thereof of completed calls. Minutes of use are aggregated at the end of the Billng cycle by End Offce Switch and rounded to the nearest whole minute. . 7.2.2.8 LIS Forecasting 72.2.8.1 Both CLEC and Owest shall work in good faith to define a mutually agreed upon forecast of LIS trunking. 7.2.2.8.2 Both Parties shall participate in semi-annual joint planning meetings to establish trunk design and Provisioning requirements. The Parties agree to provide mutual trunk forecast information to ensure End User Customer call completion between the Parties' networks. Such forecasts shall be for LIS trunking that impacts the Switch capacity and facilities of each Party. Owest shall provide CLEC trunk group specific projections to CLEC on or before the date of the joint planning meeting. 7.2.2.8.3 Switch capacity growth requiring the addition of new switching modules may require six (6) months for ordering and installation. To align with the timeframe needed to provide for the requested facilities, including engineering, ordering, installation and make ready activities, for capacity growth Owest wil utilze CLEC's semi-annual forecasts and near-term demand submitted on Unforecast Demand Notification Forms to ensure availabilty of . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 61 .Section 7 Interconnection Switch capacity. 7.2.2.8.4 period. The forecast wil identify trunking requirements for a two (2) year 7.2.2.8.5 Both Parties wil follow the forecasting and Provisioning requirements of this Agreement for the appropriate sizing of trunks, and use of direct End Offce Switch versus Tandem Switch routing. See Section 7.2.2.1.3. 7.2.2.8.6 Intentionally Left Blank . 7.2.2.8.7 .Joint planning meetings wil be used to bring clarity to the forecasting process. Each Party wil provide adequate information associated with the Qwest LIS Trunk Forecast Forms in addition to its forecasts. During the joint planning meetings, both Parties shall provide information on major network projects anticipated for the following year that may impact the other Party's forecast or Interconnection requirements. No later than two (2) weeks prior to the joint planning meetings, the Parties shall exchange information to faciltate the planning process. Qwest shall provide CLEC a report reflecting then current spare capacity at each Qwest Switch that may impact the Interconnection traffc. Qwest shall also provide a report reflecting then current blocking of local direct and alternate final trunk groups, Interconnection and non-Interconnection alike. CLEC wil be provided Interconnection trunk group data on its own trunks. Qwest shall also provide a report reflecting Tandem Switch routed Interconnection trunking that has exceeded 512BHCCS. The information is Proprietary, provided under non-disclosure and is to be used solely for Interconnection network planning. 7.2.2.8.8 In addition to the above information, CLEC shall provide: a) Completed Qwest LIS Trunk Forecast Forms; and b) Any planned use of an alternate Tandem Switch provider. 7.2.2.8.9 In addition to the above information, the following information wil be available through the Local Exchange Routing Guide or the Interconnections (ICONN) Database. The LERG is available through Telcordia. ICONN is available through the Qwest web site. a) Qwest Tandem Switches and Qwest End Offce Switches (LERG); b) CLLI codes (LERG); c) Business/Residence line counts (ICONN); d) Switch type (LERG or ICONN); and e) Current and planned Switch generics (ICONN). Qwest wil notify CLEC six (6) months prior to LERG amendment, the anticipation of a new local Tandem Switch..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 62 Section 7 Interconnection .7.2.2.8.10 Qwest network disclosure of deployment information for specific technical capabilities (e.g., ISDN deployment, 64 CCC, etc.) shall be provided on Qwests web site, http://ww.qwest.com/disclosures. 7.2.2.8.11 When appropriate, Qwest wil notify CLEC through the Qwest Trunk Group Servicing Request (TGSR) process of the need to take action and place orders in accordance with the forecasted trunk requirements. CLEC shall respond to the TGSR within ten (10) business days of receipt. 7.2.2.8.12 The following terms shall apply to the forecasting process: 7.2.2.8.12.1 CLEC forecasts may be provided to Qwest as detailed in Qwests Trunk Forecast Form; 7.2.2.8.12.2 CLEC forecasts provided to Qwest, information provided by CLEC to Qwest outside of the normal forecasting process to modify the forecast, and forecasting information disclosed by Qwest to CLEC shall be deemed Confidential Information and the Parties may not distribute, disclose or reveal, in any form, this material other than as allowed and described in subsections 5.16.9.1 and 5.16.9.2. 7.2.2.8.13 To the extent that CLEC's historical trunking underutilization is such that it restricts Qwest from provisioning trunking to itself or other carriers without Qwest augmenting its switch for additional trunking capacity, Qwest reserves the right to reclaim the facilties for the purpose of providing capacity to itself or other carriers. Qwest shall not leave the CLEC-assigned trunk group with less than twenty five percent (25%) excess capacity. Ancilary trunk groups are excluded from this treatment. . 7.2.2.8.14 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.2.2.8.15 Each Party shall provide a specified point of contact for planning, forecasting and trunk servicing purposes. 7.2.2.8.16 Interconnection facilities provided on a route that involves extraordinary circumstances may be subject to the Construction Charges, as detailed in Section 19 of this Agreement. When Qwest claims extraordinary circumstances exist, it must apply to the Commission for approval of such charges by showing that CLEC alone is the sole cause of such construction. Qwest shall initiate such proceeding within ten (10) Days of notifying CLEC in writing that it wil not construct the requested facilities, or within ten (10) Days of notice from CLEC in writing that Qwest must either commence construction of the facilities or initiate such proceeding with the Commission. In this proceeding, Qwest shall not object to using the most expeditious procedure available under state law, rule or regulation. Qwest shall be relieved of its obligation of constructing such facilties during the pendency of the proceeding before the Commission. If the Commission approves such charges, Qwest and CLEC wil share costs in proportion to each Party's use of the overall capacity of the route involved. Qwest and CLEC may also choose to work in good faith to identify and locate alternative routes that can be used to accommodate CLEC forecasted build. Extraordinary circumstances include, but are not limited to, natural . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 63 .Section 7 Interconnection obstructions such as lakes, rivers, or steep terrain, and legal obstructions such as governmental, federal, Native American or private rights of way. The standard Owest forecast period of six (6) months may not apply under these circumstances. Construction Charges shall not apply in the event that construction is an augment of an existing route. 7.2.2.9 Trunking Requirements 7.2.2.9.1 The Parties wil provide designed Interconnection faciliies that meet the same technical criteria and service standards, such as probabilty of blocking in peak hours and transmission standards, in accordance with current industry standards. 7.2.2.9.1.1 Owest shall provide monthly reports to CLEC on all Interconnection trunk groups and quarterly reports on all interoffce trunk groups carrying EAS/Local traffc between Owest Tandem Switches and Owest End Offce Switches. The reports wil contain busy hour traffc data, including but not limited to, overflow and the number of trunks in each trunk group. 7.2.2.9.2 Intentionally Left Blank. . 7.2.2.9.3 Separate trunk groups may be established based on Biling, signaling, and network requirements. The following is the current list of traffc types that require separate trunk groups, unless specifically otherwise stated in this Agreement. a) Directory Assistance trunks (where the Switch type requires separation from operator services trunks); b) 911/E911 trunks; c) Operator services trunks (where the Switch type requires separation from Directory Assistance trunks); d) Mass callng trunks, if applicable. 7.2.2.9.3.1 Exchange Service (EAS/Local), ISP-Bound Traffc, IntraLATA LEC Toll, and Jointly Provided Switched Access may be combined in a single LIS trunk group at access tandems as appropriate per Section 7.2.2.9.6. Jointly Provided Switched Access may, upon request, be routed on a separate LIS trunk group with all other traffc combined on the other trunk group at access tandems as appropriate per Section 7.2.2.9.6. 7.2.2.9.3.2 CLEC may combine their originating Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc, terminating IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc and Switched Access FG D traffc on the same FG D trunk group. 7.2.2.9.3.2.1 CLEC wil order a two-way LIS trunk group to Owests access tandems for the purpose of exchanging originating.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 64 Section 7 Interconnection .and terminating Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc. 7.2.2.9.3.2.2 Owest wil send Qwest originating Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc, IntraLATA LEC Toll traffic and transit traffic on LIS trunks. 7.2.2.9.3.2.3 When CLEC chooses this option, CLEC wil send a letter to Qwest prior to ordering this service to alert Qwest of the CLEC's plan to order their service in this manner. This letter wil indicate the CLEC's timeframe, FG D Provider and BANS and states involved in this option. Qwest wil need up to two months lead time to ensure that the appropriate mechanized biling is set up. 7.2.2.9.4 Trunks wil be ordered in increments of DS1 for exchange of EAS/Local, and IntraLATA Toll/Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc. Directory Assistance, 911/E911, operator Busy Line Interrupt and Busy Line Verify trunks may be ordered in DSO. 7.2.2.9.5 The Parties wil provide Common Channel Signaling (CCS) to one another in conjunction with all trunk circuits, except as provided below. a) The Parties wil provision all trunking using SS7/CCS capabilities. Exceptions to this arrangement would be limited to operator services trunking, Directory Assistance trunking and 911 trunking. b) When the Parties interconnect via CCS for Jointly Provided Switched Access Service, the Tandem Switch provider wil provide MF/CCS interworking as required for Interconnection with Interexchange Carriers who use MF signaling. . 7.2.2.9.6 CLEC may interconnect at either the Qwest local Tandem Switch or the Qwest Access Tandem Switch for the delivery of local exchange traffc. When CLEC is interconnected at the Access Tandem Switch and where there would be a DS1's worth of local traffc (512 BHCCS) between CLEC's Switch and those Qwest End Offce Switches subtending a Qwest local Tandem Switch, CLE::C wil order a direct trunk group to the Qwest local Tandem Switch. 7.2.2.9.6.1 Qwest wil allow Interconnection for the exchange of local traffc at Qwests Access Tandem Switch without requiring Interconnection at the local Tandem Switch, at least in those circumstances when traffic volumes do not justify direct connection to the local Tandem Switch; and regardless of whether capacity at the Access Tandem Switch is exhausted or forecasted to exhaust. 7.2.2.9.7 To the extent Qwest is using a specific End Offce Switch to deliver limited Tandem Switch functionality to itself, a wireless service provider, another CLEC, or another ILEC, it wil arrange the same trunking for CLEC. 7.2.2.9.8 Alternate Traffc Routing. If CLEC has a LIS arrangement which provides two (2) paths to a Qwest End Offce Switch (one (1) route via a Tandem Switch and one (1) direct route), CLEC may elect to utilze alternate traffc . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 65 .Section 7 Interconnection routing. CLEC traffc wil be offered first to the direct trunk group (also referred to as the "primary high" route) and then overfow to the Tandem Switch group (also referred to as the "alternate final" route) for completion to Qwest End Office Switches. 7.2.2.9.9 Host-Remote. When a Qwest Wire Center is served by a remote End Office Switch, CLEC may deliver traffic to the host Central Offce or to the Tandem Switch. 7.2.2.10 Testing 7.2.2.10.1 Acceptance Testing. At the time of installation of a LIS trunk group, and at no additional charge, acceptance tests wil be performed to ensure that the service is operational and meets the applicable technical parameters. 7.2.2.10.2 Testing Capabilities 7.2.2.10.2.1 LIS Acceptance Testing is provided where equipment is available, with the following test lines: seven-digit access to balance (100 type), millwatt (102 type), nonsynchronous or synchronous, automatic transmission measuring (105 type), data transmission (107 type), loop-around, short circuit, open circuit, and non-inverting digital loop-back (108 type), and such other acceptance testing that may be needed to ensure that the service is operational and meets the applicable technical parameters..7.2.2.10.2.2 In addition to LIS acceptance testing, other tests are available (e.g., additional cooperative acceptance testing, automatic scheduled testing, cooperative scheduled testing, manual scheduled testing, and non-scheduled testing). Charges for such testing are identified in Section 7.3.5. 7.2.2.10.3 Repair Testing. At the time of repair of a LIS trunk group, at no additional charge, tests wil be performed to ensure that the service is operational and meets the applicable technical parameters. 7.2.2.11 Mileage Measurement. Where required, the mileage measurement for LIS rate elements is determined in the same manner as the mileage measurement for V&H methodology as outlined in NECA Tariff NO.4. 7.3 Intercarrier Compensation 7.3.1 Interconnection Facilty Options The Intercarrier Compensation provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the exchange of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc between CLEC's network and Qwests network. Where either Party acts as an IntraLATA Toll provider, each Part shall bil the other the appropriate charges pursuant to its respective tariff or price lists. Where either Party interconnects and delivers traffc to the other from third parties, each Party shall bil such third parties the appropriate charges pursuant to its respective tariffs, price lists or contractual offerings for such third party terminations. Absent a separately negotiated agreement to the contrary, the Parties.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 66 Section 7 Interconnection . will directly exchange traffc between their respective networks without the use of third party transit providers. 7.3.1.1 LIS Entrance Facilties 7.3.1.1.1 Recurring and nonrecurrng rates for LIS Entrance Facilities are specified in Exhibit A and wil apply for those DS1 or DS3 facilties dedicated to use as LIS. 7.3.1.1.2 If CLEC chooses to provision LIS facilties over an existing facilty purchased as private line transport service from the Qwest state or FCC access Tariffs, the rates from those Tariffs wil apply. 7.3.1.1.3 If the Parties elect to establish LIS two-way trunks, for reciprocal exchange of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc, the cost of the LIS two-way facilities shall be shared among the Parties by reducing the LIS two-way Entrance Facilty (EF) rate element charges as follows: 7.3.1.1.3.1 The provider of the LIS two-way Entrance Faciliy (EF) wil initially share the cost of the LIS two-way EF by assuming an initial relative use factor (RUF) of fift percent (50%) for a minimum of one (1) quarter if the Parties have not exchanged LIS traffc previously. Thenominal charge to the other Part for the use of the EF, as described in Exhibit A, shall be reduced by this initial relative use factor. Payments by the other Party wil be according to this initial relative use factor for a minimum of one (1) quarter. The initial relative use factor wil continue for both bil reduction and payments until the Parties agree to a new factor, based upon actual minutes of use data for non-ISP-Bound traffc to substantiate a change in that factor. For purposes of determining the relative use factor, the terminating carrier is responsible for ISP-Bound traffc and for VNXX traffc. If either Part demonstrates with traffc data that actual minutes of use during the previous quarter justifes a new relative use factor, that Party wil send a notice to the other Party. The new factor wil be calculated based upon Exhibit H. Once the Parties finalize a new factor, bil reductions and payments wil apply going forward from the date the original notice was sent. ISP-Bound traffc or traffc delivered to Enhanced Service providers is interstate in nature. . 7.3.1.2 Collocation 7.3.1.2.1 See Section 8. 7.3.2 Direct Trunked Transport 7.3.2.1 Party. Either Party may elect to purchase direct trunked transport from the other 7.3.2.1.1 Direct trunked transport (DTT) is available between the Serving Wire Center of the POI and the terminating and/or transiting Party's Tandem Switch or End Offce Switches. The applicable rates are described in Exhibit A. DTT facilties are provided as dedicated DS3, DS1 or DSO facilities.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 67 .Section 7 Interconnection 7.3.2.1.2 When Dn is provided to a local or Access Tandem Switch for Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc, or to an Access Tandem Switch for IntraLATA LEC Toll, or Jointly Provided Switched Access traffc, the applicable DTT rate elements apply between the Serving Wire Center and the Tandem Switch. Additional rate elements for delivery of traffc to the terminating End Offce Switch are tandem switching and tandem transmission. These rates are described below. 7.3.2.1.3 Mileage shall be measured for DTT based on V&H coordinates between the Serving Wire Center and the local/Access Tandem Switch or End Offce Switch. 7.3.2.1.4 Fixed Charges per DSO, DS1 or DS3 and per mile charges are defined for DTT in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 7.3.2.2 If the Parties elect to establish LIS two-way DTT trunks, for reciprocal exchange of Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc, the cost of the LIS two-way DTT facilties shall be shared among the Parties by reducing the LIS two-way DTT rate element charges as follows: . 7.3.2.2.1 The provider of the LIS two-way DTT facilty wil initially share the cost of the LIS two-way DTT facility by assuming an initial relative use factor of fifty percent (50%) for a minimum of one (1) quarter if the Parties have not exchanged LIS traffc previously. The nominal charge to the other Party for the use of the DTT facilty, as described in Exhibit A, shall be reduced by this initial relative use factor. Payments by the other Party wil be according to this initial relative use factor for a minimum of one (1) quarter. The initial relative use factor wil continue for both bil reduction and payments until the Parties agree to a new factor, based upon actual minutes of use data for non-ISP-Bound traffic to substantiate a change in that factor. For purposes of determining the relative use factor, the terminating carrier is responsible for ISP-Bound traffc and for VNXX traffc. If either Party demonstrates with traffc data that actual minutes of use during the previous quarter justifies a new relative use factor, that Party wil send a notice to the other Party. The new factor wil be calculated based upon Exhibit H. Once the Parties finalize a new factor, bil reductions and payments wil apply going forward from the date the original notice was sent. ISP-Bound traffc is interstate in nature. Owest has never agreed to exchange VNXX traffic with CLEC. 7.3.2.3 Multiplexing options (DS1/DS3 MUX or DSO/DS1 MUX) are available at the rates specified in Exhibit A. 7.3.3 Trunk Nonrecurring charges 7.3.3.1 Installation nonrecurring charges may be assessed by the provider for each LIS trunk ordered. Owest rates are specified in Exhibit A. 7.3.3.2 Nonrecurring charges for rearrangement may be assessed by the provider for each LIS trunk rearrangement ordered, at one-half (1/2) the rates specified in Exhibit A..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 68 Section 7 Interconnection .7.3.4 Exchange Service (EAS/Local) Traffic 7.3.4.1 End Offce Call Termination 7.3.4.1.1 The Parties agree that, because this State is a new market for CLEC, end offce call termination compensation for Exchange Service (EAS/Local) traffc shall be based upon the bil and keep compensationmechanism, whereby neither Part charges the other Party reciprocal compensation for the termination of EAS/Local traffc originated by the other Party. Bil and keep shall govern compensation for such traffc exchanged by the Parties in this State until the earlier of: (1) the expiration of the Agreement, or (2) further action by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), or a court of competent jurisdiction, vacates, replaces, modifies, or supersedes the applicable rules adopted in Order on Remand and Report and Order, CC Docket Nos. 96- 98,99-68, FCC 01-131 (reI. Apr. 27, 2001). 7.3.4.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.4.1.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.4.1.4 Neither Party shall be responsible to the other for call termination charges associated with third part traffc that transits such Party's network. 7.3.4.2 Tandem Switched Transport 7.3.4.2.1 For traffc delivered through a Owest or CLEC tandem Switch (as defined in the Agreement), the Parties agree that, because this State is a new market for CLEC, tandem switched transport functions for Exchange Service (EAS/Local) non-transit traffc shall be compensated based upon the bil andkeep compensation mechanism. Bill and keep wil apply to both the tandem switching rate and the tandem transmission rate. Bil and keep shall govern compensation for such traffc exchanged by the Parties in this State until the earlier of: (1) the expiration of the Agreement, or (2) further action by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), or a court of competent jurisdiction, vacates, replaces, modifies, or supersedes the applicable rules adopted in Order on Remand and Report and Order, CC Docket Nos. 96-98, 99-68, FCC 01-131 (reI. Apr. 27, 2001). . 7.3.4.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.4.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.4.2.4 When Owest receives an unqueried call from CLEC to a number that has been ported to another Switch within the EAS/Local Callng Area, and Owest performs the query, mileage sensitive tandem transmission rates wil apply which reflect the distance to the End Offce Switch to which the call has been ported. 7.3.4.2.4.1 To determine the responsible originating Carrier of unqueried calls for purposes of identification of the Carrier to bil LNP query charges, Owest and CLEC are required to utilze the Number . August 4, 2010/mms/Uberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 69 .Section 7 Interconnection Portability Administration Center (NPAC) database, or another database that is supported by OBF. 7.3.4.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.4.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 7.3.5 Miscellaneous Charges Miscellaneous Charges apply for the following miscellaneous services when provided with LIS trunks. Exhibit A includes a reference to the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other similar document that provides the amount of each Miscellaneous Charge. 7.3.5.1 Cancellation charges apply to cancelled LIS trunk orders based upon critical dates, terms and conditions in accordance with the Access Service Tariff Section 5.2.3 and trunk nonrecurring charges referenced in this Agreement. 7.3.5.2 Expedite requests for LIS trunk orders are available. Expedites are requests for intervals that are shorter than the interval defined in Qwests Service Interval Guide (SIG) or Individual Case Basis (ICB) Due Dates. When expedites are approved, expedite charges apply per order for every day that the Due Date interval is shortened, based on the standard interval in the SIG or based on ICB criteria for Due Dates. Expedite charges apply to LIS trunk orders based on the rates described in Exhibit A..7.3.5.2.1 CLEC wil request an expedite for LIS trunks, including an expedited Due Date, on the Access Service Request (ASR). 7.3.5.2.2 The request for an expedite wil be approved only when resources are available and the request meets the criteria outlned in the Pre- Approved Expedite Process in Qwests Product Catalog at Qwests wholesale web site. 7.3.5.3 Additional testing, including cooperative acceptance testing, automatic scheduled testing, cooperative scheduled testing, manual scheduled testing, and non- scheduled testing, is available for LIS trunks. 7.3.6 ISP-Bound Traffic 7.3.6.1 The Parties agree that ISP-bound traffic is Interstate traffic and governed by the FCC's Order on Remand and Report and Order (Intercarrier Compensation for ISP-bound Traffc) CC Docket 01-131 (FCC ISP Order), effective June 14, 2001. However, the Parties agree to exchange ISP-bound traffc utilizing the bil and keep compensation mechanism. Bil and keep wil apply to both end offce call termination and tandem switched transport of ISP-bound traffc. 7.3.7 Transit Traffc The following rates wil apply:.August 4, 2010/mmslLibert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 70 Section 7 Interconnection . 7.3.7.1 Local Transit: A per-minute-of-use rate wil be charged to the originating Party, as contained in Exhibit A. 7.3.7.2 IntraLATA Toll Transit: A per-minute-of-use rate wil be charged to the originating Party, as contained in Exhibit A. 7.3.7.3 Jointly Provided Switched Access: The applicable Switched Access rates wil be biled by the Parties to the IXC 'based on MECAB guidelines and each Party's respective FCC and state access Tariffs. 7.3.8 Signaling Parameters: Owest and CLEC are required to provide each other the proper signaling information (e.g., originating Callng Party Number (CPN), Charge Number (ChN) and destination called part number, etc.) per 47 C.F.R. § 64.1601 to enable each Party to issue bills in a complete and timely fashion. All CCS signaling parameters wil be provided including CPN, callng party category, ChN and Originating Line Information Parameter (OLlP) on calls destined for Interexchange Carners (IXCs). All privacy indicators wil be honored. Where SS7 connections exist, each Part shall pass all CCS signaling parameters, where available, on each EAS/Local and IntraLAT A toll call carried over Interconnection trunks. All EAS/Local and IntraLATA Toll calls exchanged without ChN and/or CPN information wil be biled as either EAS/Local Traffc or IntraLATA Toll Traffc in direct proportion to the minutes of use (MOU) of calls exchanged with ChN and/or CPN information for the preceding quarter when the calls traverse a Switched Access Feature Group D trunk group. If either Party fails to provide ChN and/or CPN (valid originating information), and cannot substantiate technical restrictions (i.e., MF signaling) such traffc wil be biled as Intrastate Switched Access when the calls traverse an interconnection trunk. Traffc sent to the other Party on its interconnection trunks without ChN and/or CPN (valid originating information) wil be handled in the following manner. The transit provider wil be responsible for only its portion of this traffc, which wil not exceed more than five percent (5%) of the total Exchange Service (EAS/Local) and IntraLATA LEC Toll traffc delivered to the other Part. The Switch owner wil provide to the other Part, upon request, information to demonstrate that Party's portion of no-CPN/ChN traffc does not exceed five percent (5%) of the total traffic delivered. The Parties wil coordinate and exchange data as necessary to determine the cause of the CPN/ChN failure and to assist its correction. . 7.4 Ordering 7.4.1 When ordering LIS, the ordering Part shall specify requirements on the Access Service Request (ASR): 1) the type and number of Interconnection facilities to terminate at the Point of Interconnection in the Serving Wire Center; 2) the type of interoffce transport, (i.e., direct trunked transport or tandem switched transport); 3) the number of Ports to be provisioned at an End Offce Switch or local Tandem Switch; and 4) any optional features. When the ordering Party requests facilties, routing, or optional features different than those determined to be available, the Parties wil work cooperatively in determining an acceptable configuration, based on available facilities, equipment and routing plans. 7.4.2 For each NXX Code assigned to CLEC by the NANPA, CLEC wil provide Owest with the CLLI codes of the Owest Tandem Switches and CLEC's Point of Interface to which traffc associated with the NXX wil be routed. For NXX Codes assigned to existing LIS trunk groups, CLEC wil also provide Owest with the Owest assigned two-six code (TGSN) to which each NXX will be routed. Information that is not currently available in the LERG may be provided via the NPA NXX Code Request Routing Form available on the Owest web site:. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 71 .Section 7 Interconnection http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/notices/npa_nxxProcess.html. Either Party shall respond to a special request for a NPA NXX Code Request Routing Form when a single Switch is served by multiple trunk groups. 7A.3 When either Party has ordered a DS3 Entrance Facilty or private line facility, that Party wil order the appropriate DS1 facilty required and identify the channels of the DS3 to be used to provide connecting facility assignments (CFA). Also, if either Party has provided or ordered a DS1 Entrance Facility or private line facilty, that Party wil be responsible for identification of the DSO channels of the DS1 private line to be used to provide CFA. 7 AA A joint planning meeting wil precede initial trunking orders. These meetings wil result in agreement and commitment that both Parties can implement the proposed plan and the transmittal of Access Service Requests (ASRs) to initiate order activity. The Parties wil provide their best estimate of the traffc distribution to each End Office Switch subtending the Tandem Switch. 7A.5 If CLEC uses a method of interconnection of one POi in the LATA or the access tandem for local traffc in accordance with Section 7.1.2 and/or 7.2.2.9.6, Qwest and CLEC wil work together to review CLEC's network configuration in order to ensure correct and complete ASR ordering. 7 A.6 Service intervals and Due Dates for initial establishment of trunking arrangements at each new Switch location of Interconnection between the Parties wil be determined on an Individual Case Basis..7A.7 Qwest wil establish intervals for the provision of LIS trunks that conform to the performance objectives set forth in Section 20. Qwest wil provide notice to CLEC of any changes to the LIS trunk intervals consistent with the Change Management Process (CMP) applicable to the PCAT. Operational processes within Qwest work centers are discussed as part of the CMP. Qwest agrees that CLEC shall not be held to the requirements of the PCAT. 7A.8 The ordering Party may cancel an order at any time prior to notification that service is available. If the ordering Party is unable to accept service within thirty (30) Days after the Service Date, the provider has the following options: a) The order wil be canceled; cancellation charges as specified in 7.3.5.1 apply unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties; b) Intentionally Left Blank. c) Biling for the service wil commence. In such instances, the cancellation date or the date Biling is to commence, depending on which option is selected, wil be the 31st Day after the Service Date. 7.5 Jointly Provided Switched Access Services 7.5.1 Jointly Provided Switched Access Service is described and governed by the FCC and state access Tariffs, Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billng (MECAB) and Multiple Exchange Carrier Ordering and Design (MECOD) Guidelines and based on LERG routing, and.August 4, 201 O/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 72 Section 7 Interconnection . is not modified by any provisions of this Agreement. Both Parties agree to comply with such guidelines. Qwest and CLEC agree that the originating, intermediate, and terminating LECs for switched access wil cooperatively determine the Jointly Provided Switched Access arrangements in which all parties concur. 7.5.2 Qwest wil agree to function as the Access Service Coordinator (ASC) as defined in the Multiple Exchange Carrier Ordering and Design Guidelines (MECOD) (Technical Reference SR-TAP-000984). Qwest wil provide the operational, technical and administrative support required in the planning, Provisioning and maintenance involved in the joint access Provisioning process to the IXCs. Qwest wil be unable to fulfill the role of ASC if CLEC does not fully comply with MECOD requirements, including filing CLEC's End Offce Switches and biled percentages (BPs) in the NECA 4 Tariff. 7.5.3 The ATIS Network Interconnection Interoperabilty Forum (NIIF) recommended methodologies must be adhered to by all Local Exchange Carriers (LECs) to provide timely notification to the industry of chånges in their access network architecture. 7.5.3.1 The ATIS document is titled Recommended Notification Procedures to Industry for Changes in Access Network Architecture 7.5.4 Qwest and CLEC wil each render a separate bil to the IXC, using the multiple bil, single tariff option. 7.5.5 A charge wil apply for Category 11-01-XX Access Services records sent in an EMI mechanized format. These records can be used to provide information necessary for each Party to bil the Interexchange Carrier for Jointly Provided Switched Access Services and 8XX database queries. The charge for each record created and transmitted is listed in Exhibit A of this Agreement. . 7.6 Transit Records 7.6.1 Qwest and CLEC wil exchange wireline network usage data originated by a wireline Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) where the NXX resides in a wireline LEC Switch, transits Qwests network, and terminates to CLEC's network when Tøchnically Feasible and commercially reasonable. Each Party agrees to provide to the other this wireline network usage data when Qwest or CLEC acts as a transit provider currently or in the future. The Parties understand that this information is Carrier protected information under Section 222 of the Telecommunications Act and shall be used solely for the purposes of Biling the wireline LEC. CLEC wil provide to Qwest information to enable Qwest to provide transit records on a mechanized basis when Technically Feasible. This includes, but is not limited to: service center information, operating company number, and state jurisdiction. Qwest and CLEC agree to exchange wireline network usage data as Category 11-01-XX. 7.6.2 Qwest and CLEC wil exchange wireless network usage data originated by a Wireless Service Provider (WSP) where the NXX resides in a WSP Switch, transits Qwests network, and terminates to CLEC's network when Technically Feasible and commercially reasonable. Each Party agrees to provide to the other this wireless network usage data when Qwest or CLEC acts as a transit provider currently or in the future. The Parties understand that this information is Carrier protected information under Section 222 of the Telecommunications Act and shall be used solely for the purposes of Biling the WSP. CLEC wil provide to Qwest information to be able to provide transit records on a mechanized basis when Technically . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-Q006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 73 .Section 7 Interconnection Feasible. This includes, but is not limited to: service center information, operating company number and state jurisdiction. Owest and CLEC agree to exchange wireless network usage data as Category 11-01-XX. 7.6.3 CLEC may order transit records from Owest and a charge wil apply for Category 11-01-XX transit records sent in an EMI mechanized format. These records can be used to provide information necessary for each Party to bill the originating Carrier for transit when Technically Feasible. The charge for each record created and transmitted is listed in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 7.7 Local Interconnection Data Exchange for Biling 7.7.1 There are certain types of calls or types of Interconnection that require exchange of Billng records between the Parties, including, for example, alternate biled and Toll Free Service calls. The Parties agree that all call types must be routed between the networks, accounted for, and settled among the Parties. Certain calls wil be handled via the Parties' respective operator service platforms. The Parties agree to utilize, where possible and appropriate, existing accounting and settlement systems to bil, exchange records and settle revenue. 7.7.2 The exchange of Billng records for alternate biled calls (e.g., callng card, bil-to- third-number and collect) wil be distributed through the existing CMDS processes, unless otherwise separately agreed to by the Parties. .7.7.3 Inter-Company Settlements (ICS) revenues wil be settled through the Callng Card and Third Number Settlement System (CATS). Each Party wil provide for its own arrangements for participation in the CATS processes, through direct participation or a hosting arrangement with a direct participant. 7.7.4 Non-ICS revenue is defined as IntraLATA collect calls, callng card calls, and biled to third number calls which originate on one (1) service provider's network and are biled by another service provider located within the same Owest geographic specific region. The Parties agree to negotiate and execute an agreement for settlement of non-ICS revenue. This separate arrangement is necessary since existing CATS processes do not permit the use of CATS for non-ICS revenue. The Parties agree that current message distribution processes, including the CMDS system or Owest in-region facilties, can be used to transport the call records for this traffic. 7.7.5 Both Parties will provide the appropriate call records to the IntraLATA Toll Free Service provider, thus permitting the service provider to bil its End User Customers for the inbound Toll Free Service. No adjustments to bils via tapes, disks or Network Data Mover (NDM) wil be made without the mutual agreement of the Parties. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 74 Section 8 Collocation . Section 8.0 . COLLOCATION As of the date of execution of this Agreement, CLEC does not intend to order any form of Collocation under this Section 8. In the event that CLEC wishes to order Collocation hereunder, the Parties wil amend this Agreement to include the provisions for Collocation. In addition CLEC wil comply with the Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance requirements contained in Section 5.6.1.4 of this Agreement. . . August 4, 2010/mms/liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 75 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements SECTION 9.0 . UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS 9.1 General Terms 9.1.1 Changes in law, regulations or other "Existing Rules" relating to Unbundled Network Elements (UNEs), including additions and deletions of elements Owest is required to unbundle and/or provide in a UNE Combination, shall be incorporated into this Agreement by amendment pursuant to Section 2.2. CLEC and Owest agree that the UNEs identified in Section 9 are not exclusive and that pursuant to changes in FCC rules, the Bona Fide Request Process, or Special Request Process (SRP), CLEC may identify and request that Owest furnish additional or revised UNEs to the extent required under Section 251 (c)(3) of the Act. Failure to list a UNE herein shall not constitute a waiver by CLEC to obtain a UNE subsequently defined by the FCC. 9.1.1.1 UNEs shall only be obtained for the provision of Telecommunications Services, which do not include telecommunications utilized by CLEC for its own administrative use. 9.1.1.2 CLEC may not access UNEs for the exclusive provision of Mobile Wireless Services or Interexchange Services. 9.1.1.3 If CLEC accesses and uses a UNE consistently with Section 9.1.2, CLEC may provide any Telecommunications Services over the same UNE. .9.1.1.4 To submit an order to obtain a high capacity Loop or transport UNE, CLEC must undertake a reasonably diligent inquiry and, based on that inquiry, self- certify that, to the best of its knowledge, its request is consistent with the requirements discussed in Sections iV, V, and Vi of the Triennial Review Remand Order and that it is therefore entitled to unbundled access to the particular Network Elements sought pursuant to Section 251 (c)(3) of the Act. As part of such reasonably diligent inquiry, CLEC shall ensure that a requested unbundled DS1 or DS3 Loop is not in a Wire Center identified on the list provided by Owest of Wire Centers that meet the applicable non- impairment thresholds as specified in Section 9.2, and that a requested unbundled DS1, DS3 and/or dark fiber transport circuit UNE is not between Wire Centers found identified on the list of Wire Centers that meet the applicable non-impairment threshold as specified in Section 9.6. 9.1.1.4.1 Upon receiving a request for access to a dedicated transport or high-capacity loop UNE that indicates that the UNE meets the relevant factual criteria discussed in sections V and Vi of the Triennial Review Remand Order, Owest must immediately process the request. To the extent that Owest seeks to challenge any other such UNEs, it subsequently can raise that issue through the dispute resolution procedures provided for in this Agreement. 9.1.1.4.2 Intentionally Left Blank 9.1.1.4.3 Additional Non-Impaired Wire Centers. When Owest fies a request(s) to add additional Wire Center(s) to the Owest Non-impaired Wire Center list, Owest will follow the procedures for making such requests as agreed to by Owest and certain CLECs in the Multi-state Settlement Agreement Regarding Wire Center Designations and Related Issues on June 20, 2007. If.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 76 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .the Commission approves the Wire Center(s) as non-impaired, fifteen (15) Days after Commission-approval CLEC wil no longer order impacted High Capacity Loops, high capacity transport UNEs and Dark Fiber Dedicated Transport UNEs in (for loops) or between (for transport) those Non-impaired Wire Centers. Owest and CLEC wil work together to identify those circuits impacted by such change. 9.1.1.4.3.1 Length of Transition Period for Additional Non-Impairment Designations. 9.1.1.4.3.1.1 When a wire center meets additional DS1 and DS3 loop or high capacity transport UNE non-impairment as described in Section 9.1.1.4.3, CLEC wil have ninety (90) Days from the effective date to transition the applicable Non-Impaired Facilities to an alternative service. 9.1.1.4.3.1.2 When a wire center meets additional Dark Fiber transport non-impairment as described in Section 9.1.1.4.3, CLEC wil have one-hundred and eighty (180) Days from the effective date to transition to an alternative arrangement. The Parties wil work together to identify those circuits impacted by such a change. 9.1.1.4.3.2 Rate During Transition Period for Additional Non- Impairment Designations. 9.1.1.4.3.2.1 For a ninety (90) Day period beginning on the effective date on which the Commission approves an addition to the Owest Non-impaired Wire Center list, any DS1 Loop UNEs, DS3 Loop UNEs, DS1 Dedicated Transport UNEs, and DS3 Dedicated Transport UNEs that CLEC leases from Owest as of that date, but which Owest is not obligated to unbundle, shall be available for lease from Owest at a rate equal to 115% of the UNE rates applicable as of the effective date on which the Commission adds the Wire Center to the Owest Non-impaired Wire Center list. . 9.1.1.4.3.2.2 For a one-hundred and eighty (180) Day period beginning on the effective date on which the Commission approves an addition to the Owest Non-impaired Wire Center list, any Dark Fiber Dedicated Transport UNEs that CLEC leases from Owest as of that date, but which Owest is not obligated to unbundle, shall be available for lease from Owest at a rate equal to 115% of the UNE rates applicable as of the effective date on which the Commission adds the Wire Center to the Owest Non- impaired Wire Center list. 9.1.1.4.3.2.3 The 115% rate described in Sections 9.1.1.4.3.2.1 and 9.1.1.4.3.2.2 wil be applied to CLEC bils on the following bil cycle, and may be applied as a manual adjustment. Any manual bil adjustment for the time period for which the facilities were in place wil be applied to each account based on the Billng Telephone Number (BTN) and/or Circuit (CKT) identification . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 77 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements number per Billng Account Number (BAN) with an effective bil date as of the effective date on which the Commission adds the Wire Center to the Owest Non-impaired Wire Center list. 9.1.1.4.3.2.4 For high capacity loops and high capacity transport UNE transitions, Owest wil assess the non-recurring charge contained in the appropriate Tariff. No additional non-recurring charges apply for the transition, other than OSS non-recurring charges if applicable. Owest shall not impose any recurring or nonrecurring OSS charges unless and until the Commission authorizes Owest to impose such charges and/or approves applicable rates at the completion of appropriate cost docket proceedings. 9.1.1.4.3.2.4.1 When Owests tariff rate exceeds $25, Owest wil provide a clearly identified lump sum credit within three (3) biling cycles that results in an effective net non-recurring charge of $25. This lump sum credit applies until July 31,2010. 9.1.1.4.3.2.5 Methodology: The Parties agree to use the methodology for non-impairment or tier designations adopted by the Commission in the Wire Center Docket..9.1.1.5 If it is determined by CLEC or Owest that CLEC's access to or use of UNEs is inconsistent with Existing Rules, except due to change of law, CLEC has thirty (30) Days to convert such UNEs to alternate service arrangements and CLEC is subjectto back biling for the difference between rates for the UNEs and rates for the Owest alternate service arrangements. CLEC is also responsible for all non-recurring charges associated with such conversions. 9.1.1.6 When CLEC submits an order to convert a special access circuit to a UNE and that circuit has previously been exempt from the special access surcharge pursuant to 47 C.F.R. § 69.115, CLEC shall document in its certification when and how the circuit was modified to permit interconnection of the circuit with a local exchange subscriber line. 9.1.1.7 To the extent it is Technically Feasible, CLEC may Commingle Telecommunications Services purchased on a resale basis with an Unbundled Network Element or combination of Unbundled Network Elements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not available for resale Commingling: a) Non-telecommunications services; b) Enhanced or Information services; c) Features or functions not offered for resale on a stand-alone basis or separate from basic Exchange Service; and d) Network Elements offered pursuant to Section 271..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 78 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.1.1.8 CLEC may Commingle UNEs and combinations of UNEs with wholesale services and facilities (e.g., switched and special access services offered pursuant to Tariff, and request Qwest to perform the necessary functions to provision such Commingling. CLEC wil be required to provide the CFA (Connecting Facility Assignment) of CLEC's network demarcation (e.g., Collocation or multiplexing facilties) for each UNE, UNE Combination, or wholesale service when requesting Qwest to perform the Commingling of such services. Qwest shall not deny access to a UNE on the grounds that the UNE or UNE Combination shares part of Qwests network with access services. 9.1.1.8.1 When a UNE and other service are Commingled, the service interval for each facility being Commingled wil apply only as long as a unique provisioning process is not required for the UNE or service due to the Commingling. Performance measurements and\or remedies do not applicable to the total Commingled arrangement but do apply to each facility or service ordered within the Commingled arrangement. Work performed by Qwest to provide Commingled services that are not subject to standard provisioning intervals wil not be subject to performance measures and remedies, if any, contained in this Agreement or elsewhere, by virtue of that service's inclusion in a requested Commingled service arrangement. Provisioning intervals applicable to services included within a requested Commingled service arrangement wil not begin to run until CLEC provides a complete and accurate service request, necessary CFAs to Qwest, and Qwest completes work required to perform the Commingling that is in addition to work required to provision the service as a stand-alone facility or service. 9.1.1.8.2 Qwest wil not combine or Commingle services or Network Elements that are offered by Qwest solely pursuant to Section 271 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, with Unbundled Network Elements or combinations of Unbundled Network Elements. . 9.1.1.8.3 Services are available for Commingling only in the manner in which they are provided in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other Telecommunications Services offerings. 9.1.1.8.3.1 Entrance Facilities and mid-span meet SPOI obtained pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement are not available for Commingling. 9.1.1.9 Ratcheting. To the extent that CLEC requests Qwest to commingle a UNE or a UNE Combination with one or more facilties or services that CLEC has obtained at wholesale from Qwest pursuant to a method other than unbundling under Section 251(c)(3) of the Act, Qwest wil not be required to bil that wholesale circuit at multiple rates, otherwise known as ratcheting. Such commingling wil not affect the prices of UNEs or UNE Combinations involved. 9.1 .1 .9.1 To the extent a multiplexed facility is included in a Commingled circuit then: (1) the multiplexed faciliy will be ordered and biled at the UNE rate if and only if all circuits entering the multiplexer are UNEs and (2) in all other situations the multiplexed facility wil be ordered and biled pursuant to the appropriate Tariff.. August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 79 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.1.1.10 Service Eligibilty Criteria. The following Service Eligibilty Criteria apply to combinations and/or Commingling of high capacity (DS1 and DS3) Loops and interoffce transport (high capacity EELs). This includes new UNE EELs, EEL conversions (including commingled EEL conversions), or new commingled EELs (e.g., high capacity loops attached to special access transport). 9.1.1.10.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.1.1.10, Owest shall provide access to Unbundled Network Elements and Combinations of Unbundled Network Elements without regard to whether CLEC seeks access to the Unbundled Network Elements to establish a new circuit or to convert an existing circuit from a service to Unbundled Network Elements. 9.1.1.10.2 CLEC must certify that the following Service Eligibilty Criteria are satisfied to: (1) convert a special access circuit to a high capacity EEL, (2) to obtain a new high capacity EEL; or (3) to obtain at UNE pricing any portion of a Commingled circuit that includes a high capacity Loop and transport facility or service. Such certification shall be in accordance with all of the following Sections. 9.1.1.10.2.1 State Certification. CLEC has received state certification to provide local voice service in the area being served or, in the absence of a state certification requirement, has complied with registration, tariffng, fiing fee, or other regulatory requirements applicable to the provision of local voice service in that area..9.1.1.10.2.2 Per Circuit Criteria. The following criteria are satisfied for each combined circuit, including each DS1 circuit, each DS1 EEL, and each DS1-equivalent circuit on a DS3 EEL: 9.1.1.10.2.3 Telephone Number Assignment. Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil be assigned a local telephone number prior to the provision of service over that circuit. This requires that each DS1 circuit must have at least one (1) local telephone number and each DS3 circuit has at least twenty-eight (28) local telephone numbers. The origination and termination of local voice traffc on each local telephone number assigned to a circuit shall not include a toll charge and shall not require dialing special digits beyond those normally required for a local voice call. 9.1.1.10.2.4 911 or E911. Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil have 911 or E911 capabilty prior to the provision of service over that circuit. 9.1.1.10.2.5 Collocation. a) Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil terminate in a Collocation arrangement that is established pursuant to Section 251 (c)(6) of the Act and located at Owests Premises within the same LATA as the End User Customer's premises, when Owest is not the collocator, and cannot be at an Interexchange Carrier POP or ISP POP location;.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 80 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . b) Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil terminate in a Collocation arrangement that is located at the third party's premises within the same LATA as the End User Customer's premises, when Owest is the collocator; and c) When a DS1 or DS3 EEL Loop is connected to a multiplexed facility, the multiplexed facilty must be terminated in a Collocation arrangement that is established pursuant to Section 251(c)(6) of the Act and located at Owests Premises within the same LATA as the End User Customer's premises, when Owest is not the collocator, and cannot be at an Interexchange Carrer POP or ISP POP location. 9.1.1.10.2.6 Interconnection Trunking. CLEC must arrange for the meaningful exchange of traffc which must include hand-offs of local voice calls that flow in both directions. Where CLEC does not arrange for a meaningful exchange of traffc, those arrangements cannot be attributed toward satisfaction of this criterion. At a minimum, each DS1 circuit must be served by a DSO equivalent LIS trunk in the same LATA as the End User Customer served by the circuit. For each twenty-four (24) DS1 circuits, CLEC must maintain at least one (1) active DS1 LIS trunk in the same LATA as the End User Customer served by the circuit. 9.1.1.10.2.6.1 Callng Part Number. Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil be served by an Interconnection trunk over which CLEC wil transmit the Callng Party Number in connection with calls exchanged over the trunk. For each twenty- four (24) DS1 EELs or other facilties having equivalent capacity, CLEC wil have at least one (1) active DS1 LIS trunk over which CLEC wil transmit the Callng Party Number in connection with calls exchanged over the trunk. If the Callng Party Number is not exchanged over an Interconnection trunk, that trunk shall not be counted towards meeting these criteria. . 9.1.1.10.2.7 End Offce Switch. Each circuit to be provided to each End User Customer wil be served by an End Offce Switch capable of switching local voice traffc. CLEC must certify that the switching equipment is either registered in the LERG as a Class 5 Switch or that it can switch local voice traffc. 9.1.1.10.3 CLEC must provide certification to Owest through a certification letter, or other mutually agreed upon communication, that each individual high capacity loop in combination, or Commingled, with a Owest-provided high capacity transport facility or service, meets the Service Eligibility Criteria set forth above before Owest wil provision or convert the high capacity facilty in combination or Commingled. 9.1.1.10.4 CLEC's high capacity combination or Commingled facilty Service Eligibility shall remain valid only so long as CLEC continues to meet the Service Eligibility Criteria set forth above. If CLEC's Service Eligibility on a given high capacity combination or Commingled facility is no longer valid, CLEC must submit a service order converting the facilty to the appropriate private . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 81 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements line/special access service within thirt (30) Days. 9.1.1.10.5 Service Eligibility Audits. In order to confirm reasonable compliance with these requirements, Owest may perform Service Eligibilty Audits of CLEC's records. Service Eligibility Audits shall be performed in accordance with the following guidelines: 9.1.1.10.5.1 Owest may, upon thirty (30) Days written notice to CLEC that has purchased high capacity combination and Commingled facilties, conduct a Service Eligibility Audit to ascertain whether those high capacity facilties were eligible for UNE treatment at the time of Provisioning or conversion and on an ongoing basis thereafter. 9.1.1.10.5.2 CLEC shall make reasonable efforts to cooperate with any Service Eligibility Audit by Owest and shall maintain and provide Owest with relevant records (e.g., network and circuit configuration data, local telephone numbers) which demonstrate that CLEC's high capacity combination and Commingled facilties meet the Service Eligibilty Criteria. . 9.1.1.10.5.3 An independent auditor hired and paid for by Owest shall perform any Service Eligibilty Audits, provided, however, that if a Service. Eligibility Audit reveals that CLEC's high capacity combination and Commingled facility circuit(s) do not meet or have not met the Service Eligibility Criteria, then CLEC shall reimburse Owest for the cost of the audit. To the extent the independent auditor's report concludes that CLEC complied in all material respects with the Service Eligibilty Criteria, Owest shall reimburse CLEC for its costs associated with the Service Eligibilty Audit. 9.1.1.10.5.4 An independent auditor must perform its evaluation in accordance with the standards established by the American Institute for Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) and during normal business hours, unless there is a mutual agreement otherwise. 9.1.1.10.5.5 Owest shall not exercise its Service Eligibility Audit rights with respect to CLEC (excluding Affliates), more than once in any calendar year, unless an audit finds non-compliance. If a Service Eligibility Audit does find non-compliance, Owest shall not exercise its Service Eligibility Audit rights for sixty (60) Days following that audit, and if any subsequent Service Eligibilty Audit does not find non-compliance, then Owest shall not exercise its Service Eligibilty Audit rights for the remainder of the calendar year. 9.1.1.10.5.6 At the same time that Owest provides notice of a Service Eligibility Audit to CLEC under this paragraph, Owest shall send a copy of the notice to the Federal Communications Commission. 9.1.1.10.5.7 Service Eligibiliy Audits conducted by Owest for the purpose of determining compliance with Service Eligibility Criteria shall not effect or in any way limit any audit or Dispute Resolution rights that.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 82 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Owest may have pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement. 9.1.1.10.5.8 Owest shall not use any other audit rights it may have under this Agreement to audit for compliance with the Service Eligibilty Criteria of this Section. Owest shall not require a Service Eligibility Audit as a prior prerequisite to Provisioning combination and Commingled facilities. 9.1.1.10.5.9 CLEC shall maintain appropriate records to support its Service Eligibilty Criteria. However, CLEC has no obligation to keep any records that it does not keep in the ordinary course of its business. 9.1.1.10.5.10 If a Service Eligibilty Audit demonstrates that a high capacity combination and Commingled faciliies do not meet the Service Eligibility Criteria above, the CLEC must convert all non-compliant circuits to private line/special access circuits and CLEC must true-up any difference in payments within thirt (30) days. 9.1.2 Owest shall provide non-discriminatory access to Unbundled Network Elements on rates, terms and conditions that are non-discriminatory, just and reasonable. The qualiy of an Unbundled Network Element Owest provides, as well as the access provided to that element, wil be equal between all Carriers requesting access to that element; second, where Technically Feasible, the access and Unbundled Network Element provided by Owest wil be provided in "substantially the same time and manner" to that which Owest provides to itself or to its Affliates. In those situations where Owest does not provide access to Network Elements to itself, Owest wil provide access in a manner that provides CLEC with a meaningful opportunity to compete. For the period of time Owest provides access to CLEC to an Unbundled Network Element, CLEC shall have exclusive use of the Network Element, except when the provisions herein indicate that a Network Element wil be shared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owest shall provide access and UNEs at the service performance levels set forth in Section 20. Notwithstanding specific language in other sections of this Agreement, all provisions of this Agreement regarding Unbundled Network Elements are subject to this requirement. In addition, Owest shall comply with all state wholesale service quality requirements. . 9.1.2.1 If facilities are not available, Owest wil build facilities dedicated tó an End User Customer if Owest would be legally obligated to build such facilties to meet its Provider of Last Resort (POLR) obligation to provide basic local Exchange Service or its Eligible Telecommunications Carrier (ETC) obligation to provide primary basic local Exchange Service. CLEC wil be responsible for any construction charges for which an End User Customer would be responsible. In other situations, Owest does not agree that it is obligated to build UNEs, but it wil consider requests to build UNEs pursuant to Section 9.19 of this Agreement. 9.1.2.1.1 Upon receipt of an LSR or ASR, Owest will follow the same process that it would follow for an equivalent retail service to determine if assignable facilities exist that fit the criteria necessary for the service requested. If available facilities are not readily identified through the normal assignment process, but facilities can be made ready by the requested Due Date, CLEC wil not receive an additional FOC, and the order Due Date wil not be changed. 9.1.2.1.2 If cable capacity is available, Owest wil complete incremental . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 83 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements facility work (Le., conditioning, place a drop, add a Network Interface Device, and other routine network modifications as described below) in order to complete facilities to the End User Customer's premises. 9.1.2.1.2.1 Owest shall make all routine network modifications to unbundled Loop and transport facilities used by CLEC where the requested loop or transport facility has already been constructed. Owest shall perform these routine network modifications to unbundled Loop or transport facilities in a non-discriminatory fashion, without regard to whether the Loop or transport facilty being accessed was constructed. on behalf, or in accordance with the specifications, of any carrier. . 9.1.2.1.2.2 A routine network modification is an activity that Owest regularly undertakes for its own retail End User Customers. Routine network modifications include, but are not limited to, rearranging or splicing of cable; adding an equipment case; adding a doubler or repeater; adding a smart jack; installng a repeater shelf; adding a line card; deploying a new multiplexer or reconfiguring an existing multiplexer; and attaching electronic and other equipment that Owest oroinarily attaches to a DS 1 loop to activate such loop for its own retail End User Customer. They also include activities needed to enable CLEC to light a dark fiber transport facility. Routine network modifications may entail activities such as accessing manholes, deploying bucket trucks to reach aerial cable, and installng equipment casings. Routine network modifications do not include the installation of new aerial or buried cable for CLEC. 9.1.2.1.3 During the normal assignment process, if no available facilities are identified for the UNE requested, Owest wil look for existing engineering job orders that could fil the request in the future. If an engineering job currently exists, Owest will add CLEC's request to that engineering job and send CLEC a jeoparçly notice. Upon completion of the engineering job, Owest wil send CLEC another FOC with a new Due Date. If facilties are not available and no engineering job exists that could fill the request in the future, Owest wil treat CLECs request as follows: 9.1.2.1.3.1 For UNEs that meet the requirements set forth in Section 9.1.2.1, CLEC wil receive a jeopardy notice. Owest wil initiate an engineering job order for delivery of primary service to the End User Customer. When the engineering job is completed, CLEC wil receive another FOC identifying a new Due Date when the Loop wil be ready for installation. Upon receipt of the second FOC, CLEC can request a different Due Date by submitting a supplemental order to change the Due Date to a later date. 9.1.2.1.3.2 For UNEs that do not meet the requirements in Section 9.1.2.1, Owest wil send CLEC a rejection notice canceling the LSR or ASR. Upon receipt of the rejection notice, CLEC may submit a request to build UNEs pursuant to Section 9.19 of this Agreement. 9.1.2.1.4 Owest wil provide CLEC notification of major Loop facilty builds.August 4, 2010/mmslLiberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 84 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . through the ICONN database. This notification shall include the identification of any funded outside plant engineering jobs that exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) in total cost, the estimated Ready for Service Date, the number of pairs or fibers added, and the location of the new facilities (e.g., Distribution Area for copper distribution, route number for copper feeder, and termination CLLI codes for fiber). CLEC acknowledges that Owest does not warrant or guarantee the estimated Ready for Service Dates. CLEC also acknowledges that funded Owest outside plant engineering jobs may be modified or cancelled at any time. 9.1.2.1.5 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.1.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.1.4 Owest wil provide a connection between Unbundled Network Elements and a Demarcation Point. Such connection is an Interconnection Tie Pair (ITP). An ITP is required for each Unbundled Network Element or ancilary service delivered to CLEC. The ITP provides the connection between the Unbundled Network Element and the ICDF or other Central Offce Demamation Point. The ITP is ordered in conjunction with a UNE. The charges for the ITP are contained in Exhibit A. The ITP may be ordered per termination. The Demarcation Point shall be: a) at CLEC-provided Cross Connection equipment located in CLEC's Virtual or Physical Collocation Space; or b) if CLEC elects to use ICDF Collocation, at the Interconnection Distribution Frame (ICDF); or . c) if CLEC elects to use an ICDF in association with Virtual or Physical Collocation, at the ICDF; or d) if CLEC elects to use a direct connection from its Collocation space to the distribution frame serving a particular element, at the distribution frame; or e) at another Central Offce Demarcation Point mutually-agreed to by the Parties. 9.1.5 CLEC may connect Network Elements in any Technically Feasible manner. Owest wil provide CLËC with the same features, functions and capabilities of a particular element or combinations of elements that Owest provides to itself. Owest wil provide CLEC with all of the features and functionalities of a particular element or combination of elements (regardless of whether such combination of elements is ordered from Owest in combination or as elements to be combined by CLEC), so that CLEC can provide any Telecommunications Services that can be offered by means of such element or combination of elements. Owest wil provide Unbundled Network Elements to CLEC in a manner that allows CLEC to combine such elements to provide any Telecommunications Services. Owest shall not in any way restrict CLEC's use of any element or combination of elements (regardless of whether such combination of elements is ordered from Owest in combination or as elements to be combined by CLEC) except as Owest may be expressly permitted or required by Existing Rules. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 85 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.1.6 Except as set forth in Section 9.23, the UNE Combinations Section, Qwest provides UNEs on an individual element basis. Charges, if any, for testing pursuant to this paragraph are contained in Exhibit A to this Agreement. 9.1.6.1 When elements are provisioned by Qwest on an individual element basis (whether or not such elements are combined by CLEC with other elements provided by Qwest or CLEC): a) Qwest will perform testing necessary or reasonably requested by CLEC, to determine that such UNE is capable of meeting the technical parameters established for each UNE. b) Qwest wil repair and maintain such element to ensure that UNE continues to meet the technical parameters established for each UNE. CLEC is responsible for the end-to-end transmission and circuit functionality testing for UNE Combinations created by CLEC. c) Qwest wil cooperate with CLEC in any Technically Feasible testing necessary or reasonably requested by CLEC to assist in determining end-to-end transmission and circuit functionality of such UNE. 9.1.6.2 When elements are provisioned by Qwest in combination: .a) Qwest wil perform testing necessary or reasonably requested by CLEC to determine that such combination and each UNE included in such combination is capable of meeting the technical parameters of the combination. b) Qwest wil repair and maintain such combination and each UNE included in such combination to ensure that such UNE continues to meet the technical parameters of the combination. c) Qwest wil cooperate with CLEC in any Technically Feasible testing necessary or reasonably requested by CLEC to determine end-to-end transmission and circuit functionality of such combination. 9.1.7 Installation intervals for Unbundled Network Elements are contained in Exhibit C. 9.1.8 Maintenance and repair is described herein. The repair center contact telephone numbers are provided in the PCAT, which is located on the Qwest web site. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 86 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.1.9 In order to maintain and modernize the network properly, Owest may make necessary modifications and changes to the UNEs in its network on an as needed basis. Such changes may result in minor changes to transmission parameters. Network maintenance and modernization activities wil result in UNE transmission parameters that are within transmission limits of the UNE ordered by CLEC. Owest shall provide advance notice of changes that affect network Interoperabilty pursuant to applicable FCC rules. Changes that affect network Interoperability include changes to local dialing from seven (7) to ten (10) digit, area code splits, and new area code implementation. FCC rules are contained in C.F.R. Parts 51 and 52. Owest provides such disclosures on an Internet web site. 9.1.10 Channel Regeneration. Owests design wil ensure the cable between the Owest-provided active elements and the DSX wil meet the proper signal level requirements. Channel regeneration wil not be charged for separately for Interconnection between a Collocation space and Owests network. Cable distance limitations are based on ANSI Standard T1.1 02-1993 "Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interface; Annex B." 9.1.11 Recurring and nonrecurring charges apply for Unbundled Network Elements, as provided under "Rate Elements" subsections of this Section 9. 9.1.12 Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services listed below in this Section, if such miscellaneous services are available with Unbundled Network Elements as provided under "Rate Elements" subsections of this Section 9. Miscellaneous services are provided at CLEC's request or are provided based on CLEC's actions that result in miscellaneous services being provided by Owest. Miscellaneous Charges are in addition to recurring and nonrecurring charges that apply under this Agreement. When more than one miscellaneous service is requested for the same Unbundled Network Element(s), Miscellaneous Charges for each miscellaneous service apply. Basic rates apply for miscellaneous services provided during Owests regular business hours, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays; overtime Miscellaneous Charges apply for such services provided between 5 p.m. and 8 a.m., local time, Monday through Friday, or any time Saturday, excluding holidays; and premium Miscellaneous Charges apply for such services provided any time on Sundays or holidays. . a) Additional engineering - engineering work including: 1) additional technical information after Owest has already provided the technical information normally on the design layout record; 2) customized service; or 3) review of Owest outside plant records. Basic or overtime rates apply. b) Additional labor - installation - installation work scheduled to be performed outside of Owests regular business hours. Overtime or premium rates apply. c) Additional labor - other - work not included in "additional labor - installation" above that involves labor only, including testing and maintenance that are not part of initially requested installation or maintenance, or, for example, for Optional Testing when CLEC reports trouble and provides no test results and authorizes Owest to perform tests on CLEC's behalf. Basic, overtime, or premium rates apply. d) Additional cooperative acceptance testing - performing specific tests requested by CLEC. Owests participation in such testing is subject to the availabilty of necessary qualified Owest personnel and test equipment at test locations, which normally include the Owest Central Offce and may include CLEC's specified location. Tests include, but . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 87 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements are not limited to, loop back, attenuation, intermodulation, phase jitter, noise, delay, echo, and frequency shift tests. Basic, overtime, or premium rates apply. e) Non-scheduled testing - performing specific tests requested by CLEC as described above under "cooperative testing" or "manual testing" on a non-scheduled basis. Tests include, but are not limited to, loss, noise, slope, delay, and echo. Such tests are performed as the result of a repair request and are in addition to tests required to isolate and repair trouble. Basic, overtime, or premium rates apply. f) Cancellation - cancellation of a pending order for the installation of services at any time prior to notification by Qwest that service is available for use. The cancellation date is the date Qwest receives notice from CLEC that the order is cancelled. If CLEC or CLEC's End User Customer is unable to accept service within thirty (30) Days after the original Due Date, the order wil be cancelled by Qwest. Additional information concerning the application of prices for cancellations can be found in Qwests Tariff FCC No.1, Section 5. g) Design change - information provided by CLEC or a request from CLEC that results in an engineering review and/or a design change to service on a pending service order, per order, per occurrence. Design changes include, but are not limited to: 1) changes to the address on a pending service order when the new address is in the same Qwest Wire Center as the original address; or 2) conversions from an Unbundled Network Element to a private line/Special Access circuit. In addition to a design change Miscellaneous Charge, an address change may result in the application of an expedite Miscellaneous Charge in order to retain the original Due Date..h) Dispatch - 1) information provided by CLEC, or a request from CLEC, in relation to installation of services, resulting in dispatch of a Qwest technician(s) when dispatch is not required for Qwest to complete its installation work; 2) information provided by CLEC resulting in dispatch, or a request from CLEC for dispatch, of a Qwest technician(s) in relation to a repair request where no trouble is found in Qwests facilities; and 3) a Qwest technician(s) is dispatched and CLEC or CLEC's End User Customer is not available or ready. i) Expedite - a Due Date that reflects a shorter service interval than is available in Qwests Service Interval Guide; or that is a request for an earlier Due Date than has been established on a pending order; or that is required to meet a Due Date on a pending order due to design or other changes submitted by CLEC. Qwest wil accommodate CLEC's request for an expedited installation if it can do so without delaying Due Dates or orders of other CLECs or End User Customers. Charges for expedited installations are in addition to nonrecurring charges for the service ordered. Prices for this miscellaneous service are market-based, using Qwests Tariffed, cataloged, price listed, or other similarly documented prices, and are subject to change. j) Maintenance of ServicelTrouble Isolation - work performed by Qwest when CLEC reports trouble to Qwest and no trouble is found in Qwests facilities. CLEC is responsible for payment of charges when the trouble is in equipment or systems provided by a party(ies) other than Qwest. Additionally, when CLEC reports trouble within a quantity of services and circuits, but fails to identify the specific service and circuit experiencing trouble, charges apply for the time spent by Qwest to isolate the trouble. A call-out of Qwest technician at a time not consecutive with that technician's.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 88 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .scheduled work period is subject to a minimum charge of four (4) hours. Failure of Owest personnel to find trouble in Owest facilties wil result in no charge if the trouble is subsequently found in those facilties. Charges apply per Owest technician, from the time of dispatch until the work is complete. Trouble Isolation Charges (TIC) apply for trouble isolation work on POTS and Maintenance of Service charges apply for trouble isolation work on other services. Dispatch Miscellaneous Charges may apply in addition to Maintenance of Service charges or TIC. Basic, overtime, or premium rates apply. 9.1.13 9.1.14 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. 9.1.15 Expedite requests for designed Unbundled Network Elements are available. Expedites are requests for intervals that are shorter than the interval defined in Owests Service Interval Guide (SIG) or Individual Case Basis (ICB) Due Dates. When expedites are approved, expedite charges apply per order for every day that the Due Date interval is shortened, based on the standard interval in the SIG or based on 1GB criteria for Due Dates. Expedite charges wil apply to Unbundled Network Elements orders based on the rates described in Exhibit A. 9.1.15.1 CLEC wil request an expedite for designed Unbundled Network Elements, including an expedited Due Date, on the Local Service Request (LSR) or the Access Service Request (ASR), as appropriate. 9.1.15.2 The request for an expedite wil be allowed only when resources are available and the request meets the criteria outlined in the Pre-Approved Expedite Process in Owests Product Catalog for expedites at Owests wholesale web site.. 9.1.16 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2 Unbundled Loops 9.2.1 Description The Unbundled Loop is defined as a transmission facilty between a distribution frame (or its equivalent) in a Owest Central Offce and the Loop Demarcation Point at an End User Customer's premises. The Unbundled Loop includes all features, functions, and capabilities of such transmission facilty. Those features, functions, and capabilties include, but are not limited to, attached electronics that are necessary for the full functionality of the loop (except those electronics used for the provision of Advanced Services, such as Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexers), and line conditioning. The Unbundled Loop includes DSO, DS1, and DS3 Loops. 9.2.1.1 Loop Demarcation Point - For purposes of this Section, Loop Demarcation Point is the point where Owest owned or controlled facilities cease, and CLEC, End User Customer, owner or landlord ownership of facilities begins. 9.2.1.2 FTTH and FTTC Loops. For purposes of this Section, a Fiber-to-the- Home (FTTH) loop is a local Loop consisting entirely of fiber optic cable, whether dark or lit, and serving an End User Customer's premises, or, in the case of predominantly residential multiple dwellng units (MDUs), a fiber optic cable, whether dark or lit, that extends to the MDU's minimum point of entry (MPOE). For purposes of this Section, a Fiber-to-the-Curb (FTTC) loop is a local loop consisting of fiber optic cable connecting to . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15. 2010 89 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements a copper distribution plant loop that is not more than 500 feet from the End User Customer's premises or, in the case of predominantly residential MDU, not more than 500 feet from the MDU's MPOE. The fiber optic cable in a FTTC must connect to a copper distribution plant loop at a serving area interface from which every other copper distribution Subloop also is not more than 500 feet \from the respective End User Customer's premises. 9.2.1.2.1 FTTH/FTTC New Builds. Qwest shall have no obligation to provide access to an FTTH/FTTC loop as an Unbundled Network Element in any situation where Qwest deploys such a loop to an End User Customer's premises that had not previously been served by any loop facility. . 9.2.1.2.2 FTTH/FTTC Overbuilds. Qwest shall have no obligation to provide access to an FTTH/FTTC loop as an Unbundled Network Element in any situation where Qwest deploys such a loop parallel to, or in replacement of, an existing copper loop facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where Qwest deploys a FTTH/FTTC loop parallel to, or in replacement of, an existing copper loop facility: 9.2.1.2.2.1 Qwest shall: (i) leave the existing copper loop connected to the End User Customer's premises after deploying the FTTH/FTTC loop to such premises, and (ii) upon request provide access to such copper loop as an Unbundled Network Element. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Qwest shall not be required to incur any expense to ensure that any such existing copper loop remains capable of transmitting signals prior to receiving a request from CLEC for access, as set forth above, in which case Qwest shall restore such copper loop to serviceable condition on an Individual Case Basis. Any such restoration shall not be subject to Performance Indicator Definition or other performance service measurement or intervals. Qwests obligations under this subsection 9.2.1.2.2 shall terminate when Qwest retires such copper Loop in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.1.2.3 below. 9.2.1.2.2.2 In the event Qwest, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.1.2.3 below, retires the existing copper loop connected to the End User Customer's premises, Qwest shall provide access, as an Unbundled Network Element, over the FTTH/FTTC loop to a 64 kbps transmission path capable of voice grade service. 9.2.1.2.3 Retirement of Copper Loops or Copper Subloops and Replacement with FTTH/FTTC Loops. In the event Owest decides to replace any copper loop or copper Subloop with a FTTH/FTTC Loop, Qwest wil: (i)provide notice of such planned replacement on its web site (ww.qwest.com/disclosures); (ii) provide e-mail notice of such planned retirement to CLECs; and (ii) provide public notice of such planned replacement to the FCC. Such notices shall be in addition to any applicable state Commission notification that may be required. Any such notice provided to the FCC shall be deemed approved on the ninetieth (90th) Day after the FCC's release of its public notice of the fiing, unless an objection is fied pursuant to the FCC's rules. In accordance with the FCC's rules: (i) CLEC objection to a Qwest notice that it plans to replace any copper Loop or copper Subloop with a FTTH/FTTC Loop.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 90 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . shall be fied with the FCC and served upon Owest no later than the ninth (9th) business day following the release of the FCC's public notice of the filing and (ii) any such objection shall be deemed denied ninety (90) Days after the date on which. the FCC releases public notice of the fiing, unless the FCC rules otherwise within that period. 9.2.1.3 Hybrid Loops. A "Hybrid Loop" is an Unbundled Loop composed of both fiber optic cable, usually in the feeder plant, and copper wire or cable, usually in the distribution plant. 9.2.1.3.1 Broadband Services. When CLEC seeks access to a Hybrid Loop for the provision of broadband services, including DS1 or DS3 capacity, but not DSL, Owest shall provide CLEC with non-discriminatory access on an unbundled basis to time division multiplexing features, functions, and capabilties of that Hybrid Loop, only where impairment has been found to exist to establish a complete transmission path between Owests Central Office and an End User Customer's premises. This access shall include access to all features, functions, and capabilties of the Hybrid Loop that are not used to transmit packetized information. 9.2.1.3.2 Narrowband Services. When CLEC seeks access to a Hybrid Loop for the provision of narrowband services, Owest may either: a) Provide non-discriminatory access, on an unbundled basis, to an entire Hybrid Loop capable of voice-grade service (Le., equivalent to DSO capacity), using time division multiplexing technology; or . b) Provide non-discriminatory access to a spare home-run copper loop serving that End User Customer on an unbundled basis. 9.2.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.2 Terms and Conditions 9.2.2.1 Owest shall provide CLEC, on a non-discriminatory basis, Unbundled Loops (unbundled from local switching and transport) of substantially the same quality as the Loop that Owest uses to provide service to its own End User Customers. For Unbundled Loops that have a retail analogue, Owest wil provide these Unbundled Loops in substantially the same time and manner as Owest provides to its own End User Customers. Unbundled Loops shall be provisioned in accordance with Exhibit C and the performance metrics set forth in Section 20 and with a minimum of service disruption. 9.2.2.1.1 Use of the word "capable" to describe Loops in Section 9.2 means that Owest assures that the Loop meets the technical standards associated with the specified Network Channel/Network Channel Interface codes, as contained in the relevant technical publications and industry standards. 9.2.2.1.2 Use of the word "compatible" to describe Loops in Section 9.2 means the Unbundled Loop complies with technical parameters of the specified Network Channel/Network Channel Interface codes as specified in the relevant technical publications and industry standards. Owest makes no assumptions as . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 91 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements to the capabilties of CLEC's Central Offce equipment or the Customer Premises Equipment. 9.2.2.2 Analog (Voice Grade) Unbundled Loops. Analog (voice grade) Unbundled Loops are available as a two-wire or four-wire voice grade, point-to-point configuration suitable for local exchange type services. For the two-wire configuration, CLEC must specify the signaling option. The actual Loop facilties may utilize various technologies or combinations of technologies. 9.2.2.2.1 If Owest uses Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) systems to provide the Unbundled Loop, Owest wil first attempt, to the extent possible, to make alternate arrangements such as Line and Station Transfers (LST), to permit CLEC to obtain a contiguous copper Unbundled Loop. If a LST is not available, Owest may also seek alternatives such as Integrated Network Access (INA), hair pinning, or placement of a Central Offce terminal, to permit CLEC to obtain an Unbundled Loop. If no such facilties are available, Owest wil make every feasible effort to provision Unbundled Loops over the IDLC in order to provide the Unbundled Loop for CLEC. . 9.2.2.2.1.1 In areas where Owest has deployed amounts of IDLC that are suffcient to cause reasonable concern about CLEC's abilty to provide service through available copper facilities on a broad scale, CLEC shall have the ability to gain access to Owest information suffcient to provide CLEC with a reasonably complete identification of such available copper facilties. Owest shall be entitled to mediate access in a manner reasonably related to the need to protect Confidential or Proprietary Information. CLEC shall be responsible for Owests incremental costs to provide such information or access mediation. 9.2.2.2.2 If there are state service quality rules in effect at the time CLEC requests an Analog Unbundled Loop, Owest wil provide an Analog Unbundled Loop that meets the state technical standards. If necessary to meet the state standards, Owest wil, at no cost to CLEC, remove load coils and Bridged Taps from the Loop in accordance with the requirements of the specific technicalstandard. . 9.2.2.3 Digital Capable Loops - DS1 and DS3 Capable Loops, Basic Rate (BRI) ISDN Capable Loops, 2/4 Wire Non-Loaded Loops and xDSL-1 Capable Loops. Unbundled digital Loops are transmission paths capable of carrying specifically formatted and line coded digital signals. Unbundled digital Loops may be provided using a variety of transmission technologies including, but not limited to, metallc wire, metallc wire based digital Loop carrier, and fiber optic fed digital carrier systems. Owest wil provision digital Loops in a non-discriminatory manner, using the same facilties assignment processes that Owest uses for itself to provide the requisite service. Digital Loops may use a single or multiple transmission technologies. DC continuity does not apply to digital capable Loops. If conditioning is required, then CLEC shall be charged for such conditioning as set forth in Exhibit A if it authorized Owest to perform such conditioning. 9.2.2.3.1 Intentionally Left Blank..August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-oo06 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 92 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.2.2.3.1.1 DS1 Unbundled Loops. Subject to the cap described in Section 9.2.2.3.1.1.1, Owest shall provide CLEC with non-discriminatory access to a DS1 Loop on an unbundled basis to any building not served by a Wire Center with at least 60,000 Business Lines and at least four (4) Fiber-based Collocators. Once a Wire Center exceeds both of these thresholds, no future DS1 Loop unbundling wil be required in that Wire Center. 9.2.2.3.1.1.1 Cap on Unbundled DS 1 Loop Circuits. CLEC may obtain a maximum of ten (10) unbundled DS1 Loops to any single building in which DS1 Loops are available as Unbundled Loops. 9.2.2.3.1.2 DS3 Unbundled Loops. Subject to the cap described in Section 9.2.2.3.1.2.1, Owest shall provide CLEC with non- discriminatory access to a DS3 Loop on an unbundled basis to any building not served by a Wire Center with at least 38,000 Business Lines and at least four (4) Fiber-based Collocators. If a Wire Center exceeds both of these thresholds, no future DS3 Loop unbundling is required in that Wire Center. 9.2.2.3.1.2.1 Cap on Unbundled DS3 Loop Circuits. CLEC may obtain a maximum of a single unbundled DS3 Loop to any single building in which DS3 Loops are available as unbundled Loops. 9.2.2.3.2 If CLEC orders a 2/4 wire non-loaded Unbundled Loop for an End User Customer served by a digital loop carrier system, Owest wil conduct an assignment process which considers the potential for an LST or alternative copper facilty. If no copper facility capable of supporting the requested service is available, then Owest wil reject the order. . 9.2.2.4 Non-Loaded Loops. CLEC may request that Owest provide a non-loaded Unbundled Loop. In the event that no such facilties are available, CLEC may request that Owest condition existing spare facilities. CLEC may indicate on the LSR that it pre- approves conditioning if conditioning is necessary. If CLEC has not pre-approved conditioning, Owest wil obtain CLEC's consent prior to undertaking any conditioning efforts. Upon CLEC pre-approval or approval of conditioning, and only if conditioning is necessary, Owest wil dispatch a technician to condition the Loop by removing load coils and excess Bridged Taps to provide CLEC with a non-loaded Loop. CLEC wil be charged the nonrecurring conditioning charge (Le., cable unloading and Bridged Taps removal), if applicable, in addition to the Unbundled Loop installation nonrecurring charge. 9.2.2.4.1 Where Owest fails to meet a Due Date for performing Loop conditioning, CLEC shall be entitled to a credit equal to the amount of any conditioning charges applied, where it does not secure the Unbundled Loop involved within three (3) months of such Due Date. Where Owest does not perform conditioning in accord with the standards applicable under this Agreement, CLEC shall be entitled to a credit of one-half (1/2) of the conditioning charges made, unless CLEC can demonstrate that the Loop as conditioned is incapable of substantially performing the functions normally within the parameters applicable to such Loop as this Agreement requires Owest to deliver . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 93 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements it to CLEC. In the case of such fundamental failure, CLEC shall be entitled to a credit of all conditioning charges, except where CLEC asks Qwest to cure any defect and Qwest does so. In the case of such cure, CLEC shall be entitled to the one-half (1/2) credit identified above. 9.2.2.5 When CLEC requests a Basic Rate ISDN capable or an xDSL-1 capable Loop, Qwest wil dispatch a technician, if necessary, to provide Extension Technology that takes into account for example: the additional regenerator placement, Central Offce powering, Mid-Span repeaters, if required, and BRITE cards in order to provision the Basic Rate ISDN capable and xDSL-1 capable Loop. Extension Technology may be required in order to bring the circuit to the specifications necessary to accommodate the requested service. If the circuit design requires Extension Technology, to bring it up to the design standards, it wil be added by Qwest, at no charge. Extension Technology can also be requested by CLEC to meet its specific needs. If Extension Technology is requested by CLEC, but is not required to meet the technical standards, then Qwest wil provide the requested Extension Technology and wil charge CLEC. Qwest wil provision ISDN (BRI) capable and xDSL-1 capable Loops using the specifications in the Technical Publiætion 77384. Refer to that document for more information. CLEC will be charged an Extension Technology recurring charge in addition to the Unbundled Loop recurring charge, if applicable, as specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement. The ISDN Capable Loop may also require conditioning (e.g., removal of load coils or Bridged Taps). .9.2.2.6 For DS1 or DS3 capable Loops, Qwest wil provide the necessary electronics at both ends, including any intermediate repeaters. In addition, CLEC wil have access to these terminations for testing purposes. 9.2.2.6.1 DS1 capable Loops provide a transmission path between a Central Offce network interface at a DS1 panel or equivalent in a Qwest serving Central Offce and the network interface at the End User Customer location. DS1 capable Loops transport bi-directional DS1 signals with a nominal transmission rate of 1.544 Mbitls. DS1 capable Loops shall meet the design requirements specified in Technical Publication 77384 (Unbundled Loops) and 77375 (DS1). 9.2.2.6.2 DS3 capable Loops provide a transmission path between a Qwest Central Office network interface and an equivalent network interface at an End User Customer location. DS3 capable Loops transport bi-directional DS3 signals with a nominal transmission rate of 44.736 Mbitls. DS3 capable Loops shall meet the design requirements specified in Technical Publications 77384 (Unbundled Loop) and 77324 (DS3). 9.2.2.7 Qwest is not obligated to provision BRI-ISDN, xDSL-I-capable, DS1 or DS3-capable Loops to End User Customers in areas served exclusively by Loop facilties or transmission equipment that are not compatible with the requested service. 9.2.2.8 Loop Qualification Tools. Qwest offers five (5) Loop qualification tools: the Loop Qualification Tool, Raw Loop Data Tool, POTS Conversion to Unbundled Loop Tool, MegaBit Qualification Tool, and ISDN Qualification TooL. These and any future Loop qualification tools Qwest develops wil provide CLEC access to Loop qualification information in a nondiscriminatory manner and wil provide CLEC the same Loop qualification information available to Qwest. CLEC may request an audit of Qwests.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726.0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 94 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . company records, back offce systems and databases pertaining to Loop information pursuant to Section 18 of this Agreement. 9.2.2.8.1 Loop Qualification TooL. CLEC may use the Loop Qualification tool to pre-qualify the requested circuit utilizing the existing telephone number or address to determine whether it meets DSL specifications. The qualification process screens the circuit for compliance with the design requirements specified in Technical Publication 77399. 9.2.2.8.2 Raw Loop Data Tools. Qwest offers two (2) types of Raw Loop Data TooL. If CLEC has a digital certificate, CLEC may access the Wire Center Raw Loop Data Tool via http://ecom.gwest.com. The Wire Center Raw Loop Data Tool provides CLEC the following information: Wire Center CLLI code, cable name, pair name, terminal address, ML T distance, segment (F1, F2), sub- segment (e.g., 1 of F1), segment length, segment gauge, Bridged Taps length by segment, Bridged Taps offset distance, load coil type, and pair gain type. CLEC may also access the IMA Raw Loop Data Tool for Loop specific information. The IMA Raw Loop Data Tool may be accessed through IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI. This tool provides CLEC the following information: Wire Center CLLI code, cable name, pair name, terminal address, ML T distance, segment (F1, F2), sub- segment (e.g., 1 of F1), segment length, segment gauge, Bridged Taps length by segment, Bridged Taps offset distance, load coil type, number of loads, and pair gain type. 9.2.2.8.3 POTS Conversion to Unbundled Loop TooL. The POTS Conversion to Unbundled Loop Tool is available to CLEC through IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI. This tool informs CLEC whether the facility is copper or pair gain and whether there are load coils on the Loop. . 9.2.2.8.4 DSL Qualification TooL. The DSL Qualification Tool is available to CLEC through IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI. This tool provides a "yes/no" answer regarding the Loop's ability to support Qwest DSL service. If the DSL Qualification Tool returns a "no" answer, it provides a bnef explanation. 9.2.2.8.5 ISDN Qualification TooL. The ISDN Qualification Tool is available to CLEC through IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI. This tool permits CLEC to view information on multiple lines and wil inform CLEC of the number of lines found. If an ISDN capable Loop is found, the tool identifies the facility and, if applicable, pair gain. 9.2.2.8.6 If the Loop make-up information for a particular facilty is not contained in the Loop qualification tools, if the Loop qualification tools return unclear or incomplete information, or if CLEC identifies any inaccuracy in the information returned from the Loop qualification tools, and provides Qwest with the basis for CLEC's belief that the information is inaccurate, then CLEC may request, and Qwest wil penorm a manual search of the company's records, back office systems and databases where Loop information resides. Qwest wil provide CLEC, via email, the Loop information identified during the manual search within forty-eight (48) hours of Qwests receipt of CLEC's request for manual search. The email wil contain the following Loop makeup information: composition of the Loop matenal; location and type of pair gain devices,the . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15,2010 95 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements existence of any terminals, such as Remote Terminals or digital loop terminals, Bridged Tap, and load coils; Loop length, and wire gauge. In the case of Loops served by digital loop carrier, the email wil provide the availabilty of spare feeder and distribution facilities that could be used to provision service to the End User Customer, including any spare facilities not connected to the Switch and Loop makeup for such spare facilities. After completion of the investigation, Qwest wil load the information into the Loop Facilties Assignment and Control System (LFACS) database, which wil populate this Loop information into the fields in the Loop qualification tools. 9.2.2.9 Provisioning Options. The following provisioning options are available for Unbundled Loop elements. Charges for these Provisioning options vary depending on the type of Loop requested. Rates are contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement. Testing parameters are described below and in Qwest Technical Publication 77384, Qwest Interconnection Service - Unbundled Loop. 9.2.2.9.1 Basic Installation. Basic Installation may be ordered for new or existing Unbundled Loops. Upon completion, Qwest wil call CLEC to notify CLEC that the Qwest work has been completed. 9.2.2.9.1.1 For an existing End User Customer, the Basic Installation option is a "lift and lay" procedure. The Central Office Technician (COT) "lifts" the Loop from its current termination and "lays" it on a new termination connecting to CLEC. There is no associated circuit testing performed..9.2.2.9.1.2 For new End User Customer service, the Basic Installation option involves the COT and Field Technician (CST/NT) completing circuit wiring and performing the required performance tests to ensure the new circuit meets the required parameter limits. The test results are NOT provided to CLEC. 9.2.2.9.1.3 For basic installation of existing 2/4 wire analog Loops, Qwest provides a Quick Loop with or without Local Number Portability (LNP) option, that enables CLEC to receive the Quick Loop installation interval as set forth in Exhibit C. Quick Loop installation without LNP includes only a simple lift and lay procedure. Quick Loop with LNP installation provides a lift and lay, and the LNP functions. Quick Loop is not available with cooperative testing, coordinated installation, or when unbundling from an IDLC to a copper alternative. 9.2.2.9.2 Basic Installation with Performance Testing. Basic Installation with Performance Testing may be ordered for new or existing Unbundled Loops. 9.2.2.9.2.1 For an existing End User Customer, Basic Installation with Performance Testing is a "lift and lay" procedure. The Central Offce Technician (COT) "lifts" the Loop from its current termination and "lays" it on a new termination connecting CLEC. The COT and ImplementorlTester perform the required performance tests to ensure that the new circuit meets required parameter limits..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 96 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.2.2.9.2.2 The Owest ImplementorlTester wil read the test results to CLEC on close-out and email the performance test results within two (2) business days to a single, designated CLEC offce email address. 9.2.2.9.2.3 For new End User Customer service, the Basic Installation with Performance Testing option requires a dispatch to the End User Customer premises. The COT and Field Technician complete circuit wiring and perform the required performance tests to ensure the new circuit meets the required parameter limits. These test results are read to CLEC by the Owest ImplementorlTester on close-out. Within two (2) business days, Owest wil email the performance test results to a . single, designated CLEC offce email address. 9.2.2.9.3 Coordinated Installation With Cooperative Testing. Coordinated Installation With Cooperative Testing may be ordered for new or existing service. For both new and existing service, CLEC must designate a specific "Appointment Time" when it submits the LSR. On the Due Date (DD), at CLEC's designated Appointment Time, the Owest Implementor/Tester contacts CLEC to ensure CLEC is ready for installation. If CLEC is not ready within thirty (30) minutes of the scheduled Appointment Time, then CLEC must reschedule the installation by submitting a supplemental LSR for a new Due Date and Appointment Time. If Owest is not ready within thirt (30) minutes of the scheduled Appointment Time, Owest wil waive the nonrecurring charge for the installation option, and the Parties wil attempt to set a new appointment for the same day. If Owest fails to perform cooperative testing due to Owests fault, Owest wil waive the nonrecurring charge for the installation option. If CLEC stil desires cooperative testing, the Parties wil attempt to set a new Appointment Time on the same day and, if unable to do so, Owest wil issue a jeopardy notice and a FOC with a new Due Date. . 9.2.2.9.3.1 For an existing End User Customer, Coordinated Installation With Cooperative Testing is a "lift and lay" procedure with cooperative testing. The COT completes the installation in the Central Offce and performs testing that CLEC requests. Upon completion of Owest performance testing, the Owest ImplementorlTester wil contact CLEC, read the Owest test results, and begin CLEC cooperative testing. Within two (2) business days, Owest wil email the Owest test results to a single, designated CLEC offce email address. CLEC wil be charged for any Provisioning test CLEC requests that is not defined in the Owest Technical Publication 77384. 9.2.2.9.3.2 For new End User Customer service, Coordinated Installation With Cooperative Testing may require a dispatch of a technician to the End User Customer premises. The COT and Field Technician complete circuit wiring and perform the required performance tests to ensure that the new circuit meets required parameter limits. Upon completion of Owest performance testing, the Owest Implementor/Tester wil contact CLEC, read the Owest test results, and begin CLEC cooperative testing. Within two (2) business days, Owest wil email the .Owest test results to a single, designated CLEC offce email . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 97 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements address. CLEC wil be charged for any Provisioning test not defined in the Owest Technical Publication 77384. 9.2.2.9.4 Coordinated Installation Without Cooperative Testing. Coordinated Installation Without Cooperative Testing may be ordered for new or existing service. For both new and existing service, CLEC must designate a specific "Appointment Time" when it submits the LSR. On the Due Date (DD), at CLEC's designated Appointment Time, the Owest ImplementorlTester contacts CLEC to ensure CLEC is ready for installation. If CLEC is not ready within thirty (30) minutes of the scheduled Appointment Time, then CLEC must reschedule the installation by submitting a supplemental LSR. If Owest is not ready within thirty (30) minutes of the scheduled Appointment Time, Owest wil waive the nonrecurring charge for the installation option and the Parties wil attempt to set a new Appointment Time on the same day and, if unable to do so, Owest wil issue a jeopardy notice and a FOC with a new Due Date. 9.2.2.9.4.1 For an existing Unbundled Loop this Coordinated Installation Without Cooperative Testing is a "lift and lay" procedure without a dispatch that offers CLEC the ability to coordinate the conversion activity. The Owest Implementor advises CLEC when the "lift and lay" procedure is complete. .9.2.2.9.4.2 For new Unbundled Loops, Owest may dispatch a technician to terminate the new circuit at the End User Customer premises. The Field Technician will not remain on the premises to perform the coordinated installation once the circuit is in place. The COT completes the installation in the Central Offce, and the COT and Implementor/Tester complete the required performance tests to ensure that the new circuit meets required parameter limits. CLEC wil not receive test results. When installation is complete, Owest wil notify CLEC. 9.2.2.9.5 Basic Installation With Cooperative Testing. Basic Installation With Cooperative Testing may be ordered for new or existing Unbundled Loops. 9.2.2.9.5.1 For an existing End User Customer, Basic Installation With Cooperative Testing is a "lift and lay" procedure with cooperative testing on the Due Date. The COT "lifts" the Loop from its current termination and "lays" it on a new termination connecting to CLEC. Upon completion of Owest performance testing, the Owest Implementor/Tester wil contact CLEC, read the Owest test results, and begin CLEC cooperative testing. Within two (2) business days, Owest wil email the Owest test results to a single, designated CLEC offce email address. CLEC and Owest wil perform a loop back acceptance test, accept the Loop and exchange demarcation information. 9.2.2.9.5.2 For new End User Customer service, Basic Installation With Cooperative Testing may require a dispatch to the End User Customer premises. The COT and Field Technician complete circuit wiring and perform the required performance tests to ensure the new circuit meets the required parameter limits..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 98 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.2.2.9.5.3 If Owest fails to perform cooperative testing due to Owests fault, Owest wil waive the nonrecurring charge for the installation option. If CLEC stil desires cooperative testing, the Parties wil attempt to set a new Appointment Time on the same day and, if unable to do so, Owest wil issue a jeopardy notice and a FOC with a new Due Date. 9.2.2.9.6 Performance Testing. performance tests for various Loop types: Owest performs the following a) 2-Wire and 4-Wire Analog Loops No Opens, Grounds, Shorts, or Foreign Volts Insertion Loss = 0 to -8.5 dB at 1004 Hz Automatic Number Identification (ANI) when dial-tone is present b) 2-Wire and 4-Wire Non-Loaded Loops No Load Coils, Opens, Grounds, Shorts, or Foreign Volts Insertion Loss = 0 to -8.5 dB at 1004 Hz . Automatic Number Identification (ANI) when dial-tone is present c) Basic Rate ISDN and xDSL-I-Capable Loops No Load Coils, Opens, Grounds, Shorts, or Foreign Volts . Insertion Loss = :: 40 dB at 40 kHz Automatic Number Identification (ANI) when dial-tone is present d) DS1-Capable Loops No Load Coils, Opens, Grounds, Shorts, or Foreign Volts e) DS3-Capable Loops Continuity Testing 9.2.2.9.7 Project Coordinated Installation: A Project Coordinated Installation permits CLEC to obtain a coordinated installation for Unbundled Loops with or without LNP, where CLEC orders Unbundled DS1-capable, Unbundled DS3-capable or twenty-five (25) or more DSO Unbundled Loops. 9.2.2.9.7.1 The date and time for the Project Coordinated Installation requires up-front planning and may need to be negotiated between Owest and CLEC. All requests will be processed on a first come, first served basis and are subject to Owests abilty to meet a reasonable demand. Considerations such as system down time, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibilty of other CLECs . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 99 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements requesting the same Frame Due Time (FDT) in the same Switch (Switch contention) must be reviewed. In the event that any of these situations would occur, Owest wil negotiate with CLEC for an agreed upon FDT, prior to issuing the Firm Order Confirmation (FOC). In special cases where CLEC is ordering Unbundled Loop with LNP, the FDT must be agreed upon, the interval to reach agreement wil not exceed two (2) days from receipt of an accurate LSR. In addition, standard intervals wil apply. 9.2.2.9.7.2 CLEC shall request a Project Coordinated Installation by submitting a Local Service Request (LSR) and designating this order as a Project Coordinated Installation in the remarks section of the LSR form. 9.2.2.9.7.3 CLEC wil incur additional charges for the Project Coordinated Installation dependent upon the coordinated time. The rates are based upon whether the request is within Owests standard installation hours or out of hours. Owest standard installation hours for Unbundled Loops are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (local time), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Where LNP is included, see Section 10.2.5.4 for rate elements. . 9.2.2.9.7.4 Owest wil schedule the appropriate number of employees prior to the cut, normally not to exceed four (4) employees, based upon information provided by CLEC. If the Project Coordinated Installation includes LNP, CLEC wil also have appropriate personnel scheduled for the negotiated FDT. If CLEC's information is modified during the installation, and, as a result, non-scheduled employees are required, CLEC shall be charged a three (3) hour minimum callout charge per each additional non-scheduled employee. If the installation is either cancelled, or supplemented to change the Due Date, within twenty-four (24) hours of the negotiated FDT, CLEC wil be charged a one (1) Personthree (3) hour minimum charge. For Project Coordinated Installations with LNP, if the Coordinated Installation is cancelled due to a Owest error or a new Due Date is requested by Owest, within twenty-four (24) hours of the negotiated FDT, Owest may be charged by CLEC one (1) Person three (3) hour minimum charge. 9.2.2.9.7.5 If CLEC orders Project Coordinated Installation with LNP and in the event the LNP conversion is not successful, CLEC and Owest agree to isolate and fix the problem in a timeframe acceptable to CLEC or the End User Customer. If the problem cannot be corrected within an acceptable timeframe to CLEC or the End User Customer, CLEC may request the restoral of Owest service for the ported End User Customer. Such restoration shall begin immediately upon request. If CLEC is in error then a supplemental order shall be provided to Owest. If Owest is in error, no supplemental order or additional order wil be required of CLEC. 9.2.2.9.7.6 If CLEC orders Project Coordinated Installation with LNP, Owest shall ensure that any LNP order activity requested in conjunction with a Project Coordinated Installation shall be implemented.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 100 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . in a manner that avoids interrupting service to the End User Customer. 9.2.2.10 CLEC may request Qwest to Commingle DS1 or DSO analog voice grade unbundled Loops with DS3 or DS1 multiplexed facilties ordered by CLEC from Qwests special access or private line Tariffs. Terms and conditions for this Commingled arrangement are provided in Section 9.25 of this Agreement. 9.2.2.11 In order to properly maintain and modernize the network, Qwest may make necessary modifications and changes to Unbundled Loops, ancilary and Finished Services in its network on an as needed basis. Such changes may result in minor changes to transmission parameters. Changes that affect network Interoperability require advance notice pursuant to the Notices Section of this Agreement. 9.2.2.12 If there is a conflct between an End User Customer (or its respective agent) and CLEC regarding the disconnection or Provisioning of Unbundled Loops, Qwest wil advise the End User Customer to contact CLEC, and Qwest wil initiate contact with CLEC. 9.2.2.13 Facilties and lines Qwest furnishes on the premises of CLEC's End User Customer up to and including the Loop Demarcation Point are the property of Qwest. Qwest shall have reasonable access to all such facilities for network management purposes. Qwest wil coordinate entry dates and times with appropriate CLEC personnel to accommodate testing, inspection repair and maintenance of such facilities and lines. CLEC wil not inhibit Qwests employees and agents from entering said premises to test, inspect, repair and maintain such facilities and lines in connection with such purposes or, upon termination or cancellation of the Unbundled Loop service, to remove such facilities and lines. Such entry is restricted to testing, inspection, repair and maintenance of Qwests property in that facility. Entry for any other purpose is subject to audit provisions in the Audit section of this Agreement. . 9.2.2.14 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.2.15 Reuse of Loop Facilities 9.2.2.15.1 When an End User Customer contacts Qwest with a request to convert their local service from CLEC to Qwest, Qwest wil notify CLEC of the loss of the End User Customer, and wil disconnect the Loop Qwest provided to CLEC. Qwest wil disconnect the Loop only where Qwest has obtained proper Proof of Authorization. 9.2.2.15.2 When CLEC contacts Qwest with a request to convert an End User Customer from their Current Service Provider to CLEC, CLEC is responsible for notifying the Current Service Provider of the conversion. Qwest wil disconnect the Loop Qwest provided the Current Service Provider and, at CLEC's request, where technically compatible, wil reuse the Loop for the service requested by CLEC (e.g., resale service). 9.2.2.15.3 When CLEC contacts Qwest with a request to convert an End User Customer from Qwest to CLEC, at CLEC request, Qwest wil reuse the existing Loop facilities for the service requested by CLEC to the extent those facilities are technically compatible with the service to be provided. Upon CLEC . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 101 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements request, Qwest wil condition the existing Loop in accordance with the rates set forth in Exhibit A. 9.2.2.15.4 Upon completion of the disconnection of the Loop, Qwest wil send a Loss Notification report to the original competitive Carrier signifying completion of the loss. 9.2.2.16 Lack of Facilties; Priority Right to Facilities. In the event Qwest notifies CLEC that facilities ordered are not available from Qwest at. the time of the order, Qwest shall maintain the order as pending for a period of thirty (30) business days. If facilities become available to fill the order within that thirty (30) business day period, Qwest shall notify CLEC of such availability. CLEC and Qwest acknowledge that the availability of facilties hereunder is on a first come, first served basis. Any facilty orders placed by any other provider, including Qwest, which predate CLEC's order shall have priority for any facilities made available under the terms of this section. 9.2.3 Rate Elements The following recurring and nonrecurring rates for Unbundled Loops are set forth in Exhibit A. Recurring charges vary based on CLEC selected installation options, conditioning, and extension technology. Exhibit A also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.2.3.1 2/4 Wire Analog Loop (Voice Grade) Recurring and Nonrecurring rates. 9.2.3.2 2/4 Wire Non-Loaded Loop Recurring and Nonrecurring rates..9.2.3.3 DS1 and DS3-Capable Loop, Basic Rate (BRI) ISDN and xDSL-I-Capable Loop Recurring and Nonrecurring rates. 9.2.3.3.1 DSO, DS1, and DS3-Capable Loop Conversion. Nonrecurring rates associated with the conversion of special access or private lines to Unbundled Loops. 9.2.3.4 Extension Technology Recurring and Nonrecurring rates for Digital Capable Loops, including Basic Rate (BRI) ISDN and xDSL-1 Capable Loops. 9.2.3.5 Conditioning Nonrecurring rates for 2/4 wire non-loaded Loops, Basic Rate (BRI) ISDN and xDSL-1 Capable Loop, as requested and approved by CLEC. 9.2.3.6 All miscellaneous services as described in Section 9.1.12 are available with Unbundled Loops. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services. 9.2.3.7 Miscellaneous Charges for Out of Hours Coordinated Installations. 9.2.3.7.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.3.7.2 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.3.7.3 9.2.3.7.4.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 102 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.2.3.7.5 For coordinated installations scheduled to commence Out of Hours, or rescheduled by CLEC to commence Out of Hours, CLEC wil incur additional labor - installation Miscellaneous Charges in addition to regular nonrecurring charges for the installation. 9.2.3.8 Conversions of private line/special access circuits to Unbundled Loops. 9.2.4 Ordering Process 9.2.4.1 Unbundled Loops are ordered via an LSR. Ordenng processes are contained in the Operational Support Systems Section of this Agreement. Detailed ordering processes are found on the Owest wholesale web site. 9.2.4.2 Prior to placing orders on behalf of the End User Customer, CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and have in its possession a Proof of Authorization. 9.2.4.3 Based on the pre-order Loop make-up, CLEC can determine if the circuit can meet the technical parameters for the specific service CLEC intends to offer. 9.2.4.3.1 Before submitting an order for a 2/4 wire non-loaded Loop, ISDN capable Loop or xDSL-1 capable Loop, CLEC should use one of Owests Loop make-up tools available via IMA-EDI, IMA-GUI, or the web-based application interface to obtain specific information about the Loop CLEC seeks to order. 9.2.4.3.1.1 Based on the Loop make up information provided through Owest tools, CLEC must determine whether conditioning is required to provide the xDSL service it intends to offer. If Loop conditioning is required, CLEC may authorize Owest to perform such Loop conditioning on its LSR. If CLEC does not pre-approve Loop conditioning, Owest wil assume that CLEC has determined that Loop conditioning is not necessary to provide the xDSL service CLEC seeks to offer. If CLEC or Owest determines that conditioning is necessary, and CLEC authorizes Owest to perform the conditioning, Owest wil perform the conditioning. CLEC wil be charged for the conditioning in accordance with the rates in Exhibit A. If Owest determines that conditioning is necessary and CLEC has not previously authorized Owest to perform the conditioning on the LSR, Owest wil send CLEC a rejection notice indicating the need to obtain approval for conditioning. CLEC must submit a revised LSR before the conditioning work wil commence. Once Owest receives the revised LSR, the fifteen (15) business day conditioning interval wil begin as described in Section 9.2.4.9. . 9.2.4.3.1.2 For a 2/4 wire non-loaded Loop, ISDN-capable Loop, and xDSL-I-capable Loop, or DS1-capable Loop, Owest wil return a Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) to CLEC within seventy-two (72) hours from receipt of a valid and accurate LSR. Return of such FOC wil indicate that Owest has identified a Loop assignment. Such FOC wil provide CLEC with a firm Due Date commitment or indication that appropriate facilities are not available to fill CLEC's order. 9.2.4.3.1.2.1 If CLEC has pre-approved Loop . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 103 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements conditioning, and conditioning is not necessary, Qwest wil return the FOC with the standard interval (Le., five (5) days). 9.2.4.3.1.2.2 If CLEC has not pre-approved Loop conditioning and Qwest determines that the Loop contains load coils, Qwest wil notify CLEC via a reject notification. CLEC must submit a new version of the LSR approving Loop conditioning. In this scenario, the Application Date wil correspond to the date the new version is received by Qwest. 9.2.4.3.1.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.9.2.4.3.1.2.4 9.2.4.4 Installation intervals for all Unbundled Loops are defined in Exhibit C. The interval wil start when Qwest receives a complete and accurate LSR. The LSR date is considered the start of the service interval if the order is received prior to 7:00 p.m. For service requests received after 7:00 p.m., the service interval wil begin on the next business day. . 9.2.4.4.1 When CLEC places an order for an Unbundled Loop with Qwest that is complete and accurate, Qwest wil reply to CLEC with a Firm Order Confirmation within the time specified in Section 20. The Firm Order Confirmation wil contain the Due Date that specifies the date on which Qwest wil provision the Loop. Qwest wil implement adequate processes and procedures to assure the accuracy of the commitment date. If Qwest must make changes to the commitment date, Qwest wil promptly issue a jeopardy notification to CLEC that wil clearly state the reason for the change in commitment date. Qwest wil also submit a new Firm Order Confirmation that wil clearly identify the new Due Date. 9.2.4.5 Installation intervals for Unbundled Loops apply when Qwest has facilties or network capacity available. 9.2.4.6 Upon CLEC request, Qwest wil convert special access or private line circuits to Unbundled Loops provided the service originates at CLEC's Collocation in the Serving Wire Center. The Loop conversion ordering process applies. 9.2.4.7 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.4.8 When ordering Unbundled Loops, CLEC is responsible for obtaining or providing facilities and equipment that are compatible with the service CLEC seeks to provide. 9.2.4.9 the Loop. The installation interval for xDSL Loops depends on the need to condition 9.2.4.9.1 When load coils and Bridged Taps do not exist, CLEC may request the standard Due Date interval, which wil apply upon submission of a complete and accurate LSR..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 104 Section 9 Unbundltl Network Elements . 9.2.4.9.2 When load coils and/or Bridged Taps do exist, CLEC wil request the minimum fifteen (15) business days Desired Due Date. CLEC can determine the existence of load coils or Bridged Taps by using one of the Loop make-up tools. CLEC may pre-approve line conditioning on the LSR and, by doing so, CLEC agrees to pay any applicable conditioning charges. If CLEC did not request the fifteen (15) day interval and Qwest determines that conditioning is required, then the fifteen (15) business day interval starts when the need for conditioning is identified and CLEC approves the conditioning charges. 9.2.4.10 Out of Hours Coordinated Installations 9.2.4.10.1 For purposes of this Section, Qwests standard installation hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (local time), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. CLEC may request an out of hours Coordinated Installation outside of Qwests standard installation hours. Installations requested outside of standard installation hours are considered to be out of hours Installations. 9.2.4.10.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.2.4.10.3 To request out of hours Coordinated Installations, CLEC will submit an LSR designating the desired appointment time. CLEC must specify an out of hours Coordinated Installation in the "remarks" section of the LSR. 9.2.4.10.4 The date and time for out of hours Coordinated Installations may need to be negotiated between Qwest and CLEC because of system downtime, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibility of other CLECs requesting the same appointment times in the same Switch (Switch contention).. 9.2.5 Maintenance and Repair 9.2.5.1 CLEC is responsible for its own End User Customer base and wil have the responsibility for resolution of any service trouble report(s) from its End User Customers. CLEC wil perform trouble isolation on the Unbundled Loop and any associated ancillary services prior to reporting trouble to Qwest. CLEC shall have access for testing purposes at the NID or Loop Demarcation Point. Qwest wil work cooperatively with CLEC to resolve trouble reports when the trouble condition has been isolated and found to be within a portion of Qwests network. Qwest and CLEC wil report trouble isolation test results to the other. For Unbundled Loops, each Party shall be responsible for the costs of performing trouble isolation on its facilties, subject to Sections 9.2.5.2 and 9.2.5.3. 9.2.5.2 When CLEC requests that Qwest perform trouble isolation with CLEC, a Maintenance of Service charge applies if the trouble is found to be on CLEC's side or on the End User Customer's side of the Loop Demarcation Point. If the trouble is on the End User Customer's side of the Loop Demarcation Point, CLEC is required to perform its own maintenance. 9.2.5.3 Before submitting a repair request to Qwest, CLEC wil isolate trouble to the Qwest network and must submit test results indicating the location of the trouble when submitting the repair request. If a trouble ticket with test results is accepted by Qwest, and Qwest determines that the trouble is on CLEC's or the End User Customer's . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 105 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements side of the Loop Demarcation Point, a Maintenance of Service charge applies. If CLEC elects not to perform trouble isolation and Qwest performs tests on the Unbundled Loop at CLEC's request, a Maintenance of Service charge applies. Maintenance and Repair processes are set forth in Section 12.3 of this Agreement. 9.2.5.4 Qwest wil maintain detailed records of trouble reports of CLEC-ordered Unbundled Loops, comparing CLEC provided data with internal data, and evaluate such reports on at a minimum of a quarterly basis to determine the cause of Loop problems. Qwest wil conduct a quarterly root cause analysis of problems associated with Loops provided to CLEC by Qwest. Based on this analysis, Qwest wil take corrective measure to fix persistent and recurrent problems, reporting to CLEC on the analysis and the process changes that are instituted implemented to fix the problems. 9.2.5.5 Qwest shall allow access to the NID for testing purposes where access at the Demarcation Point is not adequate to allow testing suffcient to isolate troubles; in the event that Qwest chooses not to allow such access, it shall waive any trouble isolation charges that may otherwise be applicable. 9.2.6 Spectrum Management . 9.2.6.1 Qwest wil provide 2/4 Wire non-loaded Loops, ISDN-capable Loops, xDSL-I-capable Loops, DS1-capable Loops, and DS3-capable Loops (collectively referred to in this Section 9.2.6 as "xDSL Loops") in a non-discriminatory manner to permit CLEC to provide Advanced Services to its End User Customers. Such Loops are defined herein and are in compliance with FCC requirements and guidelines recommended by the Network Reliabilty and Interoperability Council (NRIC) to the FCC, such as guidelines set forth in T1-417. 9.2.6.2 When ordering xDSL Loops, CLEC wil provide Qwest with appropriate information using NC/NCI codes to describe the Power Spectral Density Mask (PSD) for the type of technology CLEC wil deploy. CLEC also agrees to notify Qwest of any change in Advanced Services technology that results in a change in spectrum management class on the xDSL Loop. Qwest agrees CLEC need not provide the speed or power at which the newly deployed or changed technology wil operate if the technology fis within a generic PSD mask. 9.2.6.2.1 CLEC information provided to Qwest pursuant to Section 9.2.6.2 shall be deemed Confidential Information and Qwest may not distribute, disclose or reveal, in any form, this material other than as allowed and described in subsections of 9.2.6.2. 9.2.6.2.2 The Parties may disclose, on a need to know basis only, CLEC Confidential Information provided pursuant to Section 9.2.6.2, to legal personnel, if a legal issue arises, as well as to network and growth planning personnel responsible for spectrum management functions. In no case shall the aforementioned personnel who have access to such Confidential Information be involved in Qwests retail marketing, sales or strategic planning. 9.2.6.3 If CLEC wishes to deploy new technology not yet designated with a PSD mask, Qwest and CLEC agree to work cooperatively to determine Spectrum Compatibilty. Qwest and CLEC agree, as defined by the FCC, that technology is.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 106 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . presumed acceptable for deployment when it complies with existing industry standards, is approved by a standards body or by the FCC or Commission, of if technology has been deployed elsewhere without a "significant degradation of service". 9.2.6.4 Owest recognizes that the analog T1 service traditionally used within its network is a "known Disturber" as designated by the FCC. Owest wil place such T1 s, by whomever employed, within binder groups in a manner that minimizes interference. Where such placement is insuffcient to eliminate interference that disrupts other services being provided, Owest shall, whenever it is Technically Feasible, replace its T1 s with a technology that wil eliminate undue interference problems. Owest also agrees that any future "known Disturber" defined by the FCC or the Commission wil be managed as required by FCC rules. 9.2.6.5 If either Owest or CLEC claims a service is significantly degrading the performance of other Advanced Services or traditional voice band services, then that Party must notify the causing Carrier and allow the causing Carrier a reasonable opportunity to correct the problem. Upon notification, the causing Carrier shall promptly take action to bring its facilties/technology into compliance with industry standards. Upon request, within forty-eight (48) hours, Owest wil provide CLEC with binder group information including cable, pair, Carrier and PSD class to allow CLEC to notify the causing Carrier. 9.2.6.6 If CLEC is unable to isolate trouble to a specific pair within the binder group, Owest, upon receipt of a trouble resolution request, wil perform a main frame pair by pair analysis and provide results to CLEC within five (5) business days. 9.2.6.7 Intentionally Left Blank.. 9.2.6.8 Owest wil not have the authority to unilaterally resolve any dispute over spectral interference among Carriers. Owest shall not disconnect Carrier services to resolve a spectral interference dispute, except when voluntarily undertaken by the interfering Carrier or Owest is ordered to do so by the Commission or other authorized dispute resolution body. CLEC may submit any claims for resolution under Section 5.18 of this Agreement. 9.2.6.9 Where CLEC demonstrates to Owest that it has deployed Central Offce based DSL services serving a reasonably defined area, it shall be entitled to require Owest to take appropriate measures to mitigate the demonstrable adverse effects on such service that arise from Owests use of repeaters or remotely deployed DSL service in that area. It shall be presumed that the costs of such mitigation wil not be chargeable to any CLEC or to any other Customer; however, Owest shall have the right to rebut this presumption, which it may do by demonstrating to the Commission by a preponderance of the evidence that the incremental costs of mitigation would be sufficient to cause a substantial effect upon other Customers (including but not limited to CLECs securing UNEs) if charged to them. Upon such a showing, the Commission may determine how to apportion responsibility for those costs, including, but not limited to CLECs taking services under this Agreement. 9.2.7 Private line/special access circuits may be converted to Unbundled Loops subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the following criteria: 1) must be like-for-like facilities, e.g., DS1 private line to DS1 capable Unbundled Loop; 2) must . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 107 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements originate at CLEC's Collocation site in the serving Central Offce; and 3) must terminate at an End User Customer's premises. The provisioning intervals for converting from private line/special access to Unbundled Loop are located in the Service Interval Guide (SIG). Additional information can be found in the Product Catalog for Unbundled Loop. 9.3 Subloop Unbundling 9.3.1 Description . 9.3.1.1 An Unbundled Subloop is defined as the distribution portion of a copper Loop or hybrid Loop comprised entirely of copper wire or copper cable that acts as a transmission facilty between any point that it is Technically Feasible to access at terminals in Owests outside plant (originating outside of the Central Offce), including inside wire owned or controlled by Owest, and terminates at the End User Customer's premises. An accessible terminal is any point on the Loop where technicians can access the wire within the cable without removing a splice case to reach the wire within. Such points may include, but are not limited to, the pole, pedestal, Network Interface Device, minimum point of entry, single point of Interconnection, Remote Terminal, Feeder Distribution Interface (FDI), or Serving Area Interface (SAl). CLEC shall not have access on an unbundled basis to a feeder Subloop defined as facilities extending from the Central Offce to a terminal that is not at the End User Customer's premises or multiple tenant environment (MTE). CLEC shall have access to the feeder faciliies only to the extent it is part of a complete transmission path, not a Subloop, between the Central Offce and the End User Customer's premises or MTE. This section does not address Unbundled Dark Fiber MTE Subloop which is addressed in Section 9.7. 9.3.1.1.1 Building terminals within or physically attached to a privately owned building in a Multiple Tenant Environment (MTE) are one form of accessible terminaL. Throughout Section 9.3 the Parties obligations around such "MTE Terminals" are segregated because Subloop terms and conditions differ between MTE environments and non-MTE environments. 9.3.1.1.2 For any configuration not specifically addressed in this Agreement, the conditions of CLEC access shall be as required by the particular circumstances. These conditions include: (1) the degree of equipment separation required, (2) the need for separate cross connect devices, (3) the interval applicable to any Collocation or other provisioning requiring Owest performance or cooperation, (4) the security required to maintain the safety and reliability of the facilities of Owest and other CLECs, (5) the engineering and operations standards and practices to be applied at Owest facilities where they are also used by CLECs for Subloop element access, and (6) any other requirements, standards, or practices necessary to assure the safe and reliable operation of all Carriers' facilities. 9.3.1.1.3 Any Party may request, under any procedure provided for by this Agreement for addressing non-standard services or network conditions, the development of standard terms and conditions for any configuration(s) for which it can provide reasonably clear technical and operational characteristics and parameters. Once developed through such a process, those terms and conditions shall be generally available to any CLEC for any configuration fitting the requirements established through such process..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 108 9.3.1.2 a) b) c) d) 9.3.1.3 9.3.1.4 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.3.1.1.4 Prior to the development of such standard terms and conditions, Qwest shall impose in the six (6) areas identified in Section 9.3.1.1.2 above, only those requirements or intervals that are reasonably necessary, and shall make its determinations within ten (10) business days and shall apprise CLEC of the conditions for access. If there is a dispute regarding the conditions for access, Qwest shall attempt to accommodate access pending resolution of the specific issues in dispute. 9.3.1.1.4.1 MTE Terminals: Accessible terminals within a building in a MTE environment or accessible terminals physically attached to a building in a MTE environment. Qwest Premises located on real propert that constitutes a æmpus environment, yet are not within or physically attached to a non-Qwest owned building, are not considered MTE Terminals. 9.3.1.1.4.2 Detached Terminals: All accessible terminals other than MTE Terminals. 9.3.1.1.5 Intentionally Left Blank. Standard Subloops available. Two-Wire/Four Wire Unbundled Distribution Loop Intentionally Left Blank .Two~Wire/Four Wire Non-loaded Distribution Loop Intrabuilding Cable Loop Standard Subloop Access 9.3.1.3.1 Accessing Subloops in Detached Terminals: Subloop unbundling is available after a CLEC-requested Field Connection Point (FCP) has been installed within or adjacent to the Qwest accessible terminaL. The FCP is a Demarcation Point connected to a terminal block from which Cross Connections are run to Qwest Subloop elements. 9.3.1.3.2 Accessing Subloops in MTE Terminals: Subloop unbundling is available after CLEC has notified Qwest of its intention to Subloop unbundle in the MTE, during or after an inventory of CLEC's terminations has been created, and CLEC has constructed a cross connect field at the building terminaL. Field Connection Point 9.3.1.4.1 Field Connection Point (FCP) is a Demarcation Point that allows CLEC to interconnect with Qwest outside of the Central Offce location where it is Technically Feasible. The FCP interconnects CLEC facilties to a terminal block within the accessible terminaL. The terminal block allows a technician to access and combine Unbundled Subloop elements. When a FCP is required, it must be in place before Subloop orders are processed.. August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 109 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.3.1.4.2 Placement of a FCP within a Qwest Premises for the sole purpose of creating a cross connect field to support Subloop unbundling constitutes a "Cross Connect Collocation." 9.3.1.4.2.1 The terms, conditions, intervals and rates for Cross Connect Collocation are found within Section 9.3. 9.3.1.4.2.2 To the extent that CLEC places equipment in a Qwest Premises that requires power and or heat dissipation, such Collocation is governed by the terms of Section 8 and does not constitute a Cross Connect Collocation. 9.3.1.4.3 A FCP arrangement can be established either within a Owest accessible terminal, or, if space within the accessible terminal is legitimately exhausted and when Technically Feasible, CLEC may place the FCP in an adjacent terminaL. CLEC wil have access to the equipment placed within the Collocation for maintenance purposes. However, CLEC wil not have access to the FCP Interconnection point. 9.3.1.5 MTE Point of Interconnection (MTE-POI) . 9.3.1.5.1 A MTE~POI is necessary when CLEC is obtaining access to the Distribution Loop or Intrabuilding Cable Loop from an MTE TerminaL. CLEC must create the cross connect field at the building terminal that wil allow CLEC to connect its facilities to Qwests Subloops. The Demarcation Point between CLEC and Qwests facilties is the MTE-POI. 9.3.1.6 Once a state has determined that it is Technically Feasible to unbundle Subloops at a designated accessible terminal, Qwest shall either agree to unbundle at such access point or shall have the burden to demonstrate, pursuant to the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement, that it is not Technically Feasible, or that sufficient space is not available to unbundle Subloop elements at such accessible terminaL. 9.3.1.7 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.3.2 Standard Subloops Available 9.3.2.1 Distribution Loops 9.3.2.1.1 Two-Wire/Four-Wire Unbundled Distribution Loop: a Qwest- provided facility from the Qwest accessible terminal to the Demarcation Point or Network Interface Device (NID) at the End User Customer location. The Two- Wire/Four-Wire Unbundled Distribution Loop is suitable for local exchange-type services. CLEC can obtain access to this Unbundled Network Element at any Technically Feasible accessible terminaL. 9.3.2.1.2 Two-Wire/Four-Wire Non-Loaded Distribution Loop: a Qwest- provided facilty without load coils and excess Bridged Taps from the Qwest accessible terminal to the Demarcation Point or Network Interface Device (NID) at the End User Customer location. When CLEC requests a Non-Loaded.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 110 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Unbundled Distribution Loop and there are none available, Owest wil contact CLEC to determine if CLEC wishes to have Owest unload a Loop. If the response is affrmative, Owest wil dispatch a technician to "condition" the Distribution Loop by removing load coils and excess Bridged Taps (Le., "unload" the Loop). CLEC may be charged the cable unloading and Bridged Taps removal nonrecurring charge in addition to the Unbundled Loop installation nonrecurring charge. If a Owest technician is dispatched and no load coils or Bridged Taps are removed, the nonrecurring conditioning charge wil not apply. CLEC can obtain access to this Unbundled Network Element at any Technically Feasible accessible terminaL. 9.3.2.1.3 Intrabuilding Cable Loop: a Owest-provided facility from the building terminal inside a MTE to the Demarcation Point at the End User Customer premises inside the same building. This Subloop element only applies when Owest owns the intrabuilding cable. 9.3.2.1.4 To the extent CLEC accesses a Subloop in a campus environment from an accessible terminal that serves multiple buildings, CLEC can access the Subloop by ordering a Distribution Loop pursuant to either Section 9.3.2.1.1 or 9.3.2.1.2. A campus environment is one piece of property, owned by one (1) Peri:on or entity, on which there are multiple buildings. 9.3.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.3.2.2.1 Intentionally Left Blank..9.3.3 MTE Terminal Subloop Access: Terms and Conditions 9.3.3.1 Access to Distribution Loops or Intrabuilding Cable Loops at an MTE Terminal within a non-Owest owned MTE is done through an MTE-POI. Collocation is not required to access Subloops used to access the network infrastructure within an MTE, unless CLEC requires the placement of equipment in a Owest Premises. Cross Connect Collocation, as defined in Section 9.3, refers to creation of a cross connect field and does not constitute Collocation as defined in Section 8. The terms and conditions of Section 8 do not apply to Cross Connect Collocation if required at or near an MTE. 9.3.3.2 To obtain such access, CLEC shall complete the "MTE-Access Ordering Process" set forth in Section 9.3.5.4. 9.3.3.3 The optimum point and method to access Subloop elements wil be determined during the MTE Access Ordering Process. The Parties recognize a mutual obligation to interconnect in a manner that maintains network integrity, reliability, and security. CLEC may access the MTE Terminal as a test access point. 9.3.3.4 CLEC wil work with the MTE building owner to determine where to terminate its facilities within the MTE. CLEC wil be responsible for all work associated with bringing its facilties into and terminating the facilities in the MTE. CLEC shall seek to work with the building owner to create space for such terminations without requiring Owest to rearrange its facilities. 9.3.3.5 If there is space in the building for CLEC to enter the building and . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 111 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements terminate its facilties without Owest having to rearrange its facilities, CLEC must seek to use such space. In such circumstances, an inventory of CLEC's terminations within the MTE shall be input into Owests systems to support Subloop orders before Subloop orders are provisioned or in conjunction with the first Subloop order in the MTE. If CLEC requires immediate access to the Subloop, then CLEC may access the Subloop element prior to the completion of the inventory per Section 9.3.5.4.7. Owest shall have five (5) Days from receipt of a written request from CLEC, in addition to the interval set forth in Section 9.3.5.4.1, to input the inventory of CLEC's terminations into its systems. Owest may seek an extended interval if the work cannot reasonably be completed within the stated intervaL. In such cases, Owest shall provide written notifcation to CLEC of the extended interval Owest believes is necessary to complete the work. CLEC may dispute the need for, and the duration of, an extended interval, in which case Owest must request a waiver from the Commission to obtain the extended intervaL. If CLEC submits a Subloop order before Owest inputs the inventory into its systems, Owest shall process the order in accordance with Section 9.3.5.4.1. 9.3.3.6 If CLEC connects Owests Subloop element to CLEC's facilities using any temporary wiring or cut-over devices, CLEC shall remove any remaining temporary wiring or cut-over devices and install permanent wiring within ninety (90) Days. All wiring arrangements, temporary and permanent, must adhere to the National Electric Code. .9.3.3.7 If there is no space for CLEC to place its building terminal or no accessible terminal from which CLEC can access such Subloop elements, and Owest and CLEC are unable to negotiate a reconfigured Single Point of Interconnection (SPOI) to serve the MTE, Owest wil either rearrange facilities to make room for CLEC or construct a single point of access that is fully accessible to and suitable for CLEC. Owests obligation to construct a SPOI is limited to those MTEs where Owest has distribution facilities to that MTE and owns, controls, or leases the inside wire at the MTE. In addition, Owest shall have an obligation only when CLEC indicates that it intends to place an order for access to an unbundled Subloop Network Element via a SPOI. In such instances, CLEC shall pay the applicable charge, identified in Exhibit A, which shall be ICB, based on the scope of the work required. 9.3.3.7.1 If Owest must rearrange its MTE Terminal to make space for CLEC, Owest shall have forty-five (45) Days from receipt of a written request from CLEC to complete the rearrangement. Owest may seek an extended interval if the work cannot reasonably be completed within forty-five (45) Days. In such cases, Owest shall provide written notification to CLEC of the extended interval Owest believes is necessary to complete the work. CLEC may dispute the need for, and the duration of, an extended interval, in which case Owest must request a waiver from the Commission to obtain an extended intervaL. 9.3.3.7.2 If Owest must construct a new detached terminal that is fully accessible to and suitable for CLEC, the interval for completion shall be negotiated between the Parties on an Individual Case Basis. 9.3.3.7.3 CLEC may cancel a request to construct an FCP or SPOI prior to Owest completing the work by submitting a written notification via certified mail to its Owest account manager. CLEC shall be responsible for payment of all costs previously incurred by Owest as well as any costs necessary to restore the.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 112 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . property to its original condition. 9.3.3.8 At no time shall either Party rearrange the other Party's facilities within the MTE or otherwise tamper with or damage the other Party's facilities within the MTE. This does not preclude normal rearrangement of wiring or jumpers necessary to connect inside wire or intrabuilding cable to CLEC facilities in the manner described in the MTE Access Protocol. If such damage accidentally occurs, the Party responsible for the damage shall immediately notify the other and shall be financially responsible for restoring the facilities and/or service to its original condition. Any intentional damage may be reported to the proper authorities and may be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 9.3.4 Detached Terminal Subloop Access: Terms and Conditions 9.3.4.1 Except as to access at an MTE Terminal, access to unbundled Subloop elements at an accessible terminal must be made through a Field Connection Point (FCP) in conjunction with either a Cross Connect Collocation or, if power and/or heat dissipation is required, a Remote Collocation. 9.3.4.2 To the extent that the accessible terminal does not have adequate capacity to house the network interface associated with the FCP, CLEC may opt to use Adjacent Collocation to the extent it is Technically Feasible. Such adjacent access shall comport with NEBS Level 1 safety standards. 9.3.4.3 Field Connection Point .9.3.4.3.1 Owest is not required to build additional space for CLEC to access Subloop elements. When Technically Feasible, Owest shall allow CLEC to construct its own structure adjacent to Owests accessible terminal. CLEC shall obtain any necessary authorizations or rights of way required (which may include obtaining access to Owest rights of way, pursuant to Section 10.8 of this Agreement) and shall coordinate its facilty placement with Owest, when placing its facilties adjacent to Owest facilities. Obstacles that CLEC may encounter from cities, counties, electric power companies, property owners and similar third parties, when it seeks to interconnect its equipment at Subloop access points, wil be the responsibilty of CLEC to resolve with the municipality, utility, property owner or other third part. 9.3.4.3.2 The optimum point and method to access Subloop elements wil be determined during the Field Connection Point process. The Parties recognize a mutual obligation to interconnect in a manner that maintains network integrity, reliability, and security. 9.3.4.3.3 CLEC must identify the size and type of cable that wil be terminated in the Owest FCP location. Owest wil terminate the cable in the Owest accessible terminal if termination capacity is available. If termination capacity is not available, Owest wil expand the FDI at the request of CLEC if Technically Feasible, all reconfiguration costs to be borne by CLEC. In this situation only, Owest shall seek to obtain any necessary authorizations or rights of way required to expand the terminaL. It wil be the responsibilty of Owest to seek to resolve obstacles that Owest may encounter from cities, counties,. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 113 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements electric power companies, property owners and similar third parties. The time it takes for Owest to obtain such authorizations or rights of way shall be excluded from the time Owest is expected to provision the Collocation. CLEC will be responsible for placing the cable from the Owest FCP to its equipment. Owest wil perform all ofthe initial splicing at the FCP. 9.3.4.3.4 CLEC may cancel a Collocation associated with a FCP request prior to Owest completing the work by submittng a written notification via certified mail to its Owest account manager. CLEC shall be responsible for payment of all costs previously incurred by Owest. 9.3.4.3.5 If the Parties are unable to reach an agreement on the design of the FCP through the Field Connection Point Process, the Parties may utilize the Dispute Resolution process pursuant to the Dispute Resolution Section of this Agreement. Alternatively, CLEC may seek arbitration under Section 252 of the Act with the Commission, wherein Owest shall have the burden to demonstrate that there is insuffcient space in the accessible terminal to accommodate the FCP, or that the requested Interconnection is not Technically Feasible. 9.3.4.4 At no time shall either Party rearrange the other Party's facilties within the accessible terminal or otherwise tamper with or damage the other Party's facilities. If such damage accidentally occurs, the Party responsible for the damage shall immediately notify the other and shall be financially responsible for restoring the facilties and/or service to its original condition. Any intentional damage may be reported to the proper authorities and may be prosecuted to the full extent of the law..9.3.5 Ordering/Provisioning 9.3.5.1 All Subloop Types 9.3.5.1.1 CLEC may order Subloop elements through the Operational Support Systems described in Section 12. 9.3.5.1.2 CLEC shall identify Subloop elements by NC/NCI codes. This information shall be kept confidential and used solely for spectrum management purposes. 9.3.5.2 Additional Terms for Detached Terminal Subloop Access 9.3.5.2.1 CLEC may only submit orders for Subloop elements after the FCP is in place. The FCP shall be ordered pursuant to Section 9.3.5.5. CLEC wil populate the LSR with the termination information provided at the completion of the FCP process. 9.3.5.2.2 Owest shall dispatch a technician to run a jumper between its Subloop elements and CLEC's Subloop elements. CLEC shall not at any time disconnect Owest facilties or attempt to run a jumper between its Subloop elements and Owests Subloop elements without specific written authorization from Owest. 9.3.5.2.3 Once the FCP is in place, the Subloop Provisioning intervals.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CD8-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 114 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . contained in Exhibit C shall apply. 9.3.5.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.3.5.4 Additional Terms for MTE Terminal Subloop Access - MTE-Access Ordering Process 9.3.5.4.1 CLEC shall notify its account manager at Owest in writing, including via email, of its intention to provide access to End User Customers that reside within a MTE. Upon receipt of such request, Owest shall have up to ten (10) Days to notify CLEC and the MTE owner whether Owest believes it or the MTE owner owns the intrabuilding cable. In the event that there has been a previous determination of on-premises wiring ownership at the same MTE, Owest shall provide such notification within two (2) business days. In the event that CLEC provides Owest with a written claim by an authorized representative of the MTE owner that such owner owns the facilities on the End User Customer side of the terminal, the preceding ten (10) Day period shall be reduced to five (5) Days from Owests receipt of such claim. 9.3.5.4.1.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.3.5.4.2 If the MTE owner owns the facilities on the Customer side of the terminal, CLEC may obtain access to all facilities in the building in accordance with Section 9.5 concerning access to unbundled NIDs. 9.3.5.4.3 If Owest owns the facilties on the Customer side of the terminal and if CLEC requests space to enter the building and terminate its facilties and Owest must rearrange facilties or construct new facilities to accommodate such access, CLEC shall notify Owest. Upon receipt of such notification, the intervals set forth in Section 9.3.3 shall begin. 9.3.5.4.4 CLEC may only submit orders for Subloop elements after the facilities are rearranged and/or a new facility constructed, if either are necessary. CLEC wil populate the LSR with the termination information provided by CLEC at the completion of the inventory process except when submitting LSRs during the creation of the inventory. . 9.3.5.4.5 If CLEC orders Intrabuilding Cable Loop, CLEC shall dispatch a technician to run a jumper between its Subloop elements and Owests Subloop elements to make a connection at the MTE-POI in accordance with the MTE Access Protocol. If CLEC ordered a Subloop type other than Intrabuilding Cable Loop, Owest wil dispatch a technician to run a jumper between CLECs Subloop elements and Owests Subloop elements to make a connection at the MTE~POI. CLEC, at its option, may request that Owest run the jumper for intrabuilding cable in MTEs when the inventory is done and a complete LSR has been submitted. 9.3.5.4.5.1 When CLEC accesses a MTE Terminal, it shall employ generally accepted best engineering practices in accordance with industry standards. CLEC shall clearly label the cross connect wires it uses. CLEC wiring wil be neatly dressed. When CLEC accesses Subloops in MTE Terminals, it shall adhere to Owests Standard MTE . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 115 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements Access Protocol unless the Parties have negotiated a separate document for such Subloop access. If CLEC requests a MTE Access Protocol that is different from Owests Standard MTE Access Protocol, Owest shall negotiate with CLEC promptly and in good faith toward that end. 9.3.5.4.6 Once inventory is complete and, if necessary, the facilities are rearranged and or a new facility constructed and when Owest runs the jumper. the Subloop Provisioning intervals contained in Exhibit C shall apply. 9.3.5.4.7 For access to Owests on-premises MTE wire as a Subloop element, CLEC shall be required to submit an LSR, but need not include thereon the circuit-identifying information or await completion of LSR processing by Owest before securing such access. Owest shall secure the circuit-identifying information, and wil be responsible for entering it on the LSR when it is received. Owest shall be entitled to charge for the Subloop element as of the time of LSR submission by CLEC. 9.3.5.5 FCP Ordering Process 9.3.5.5.1 CLEC shall submit a Field Connection Point Request Form to Owest along with its Collocation Application. The FCP Request Form shall be completed in its entirety. .9.3.5.5.2 After construction of the FCP and Collocation are complete, CLEC wil be notified of its termination location, which wil be used for ordering Subloops. 9.3.5.5.2.1 The following constitute the intervals for provisioning Collocation associated with a FCP, which intervals shall begin upon completion of the FCP Request Form and its associated Collocation Application in their entirety: 9.3.5.5.2.1.1 Any Remote Collocation associated with a FCP in which CLEC wil install equipment requiring power and/or heat dissipation shall be in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 8.4. 9.3.5.5.2.1.2 A Cross Connect Collocation in a detached terminal shall be provisioned within ninety (90) Days from receipt of a written request by CLEC. 9.3.5.5.2.1.3 If Owest denies a request for Cross Connect Collocation in a Owest Premises due to space limitations. Owest shall allow CLEC representatives to inspect the entire Premises escorted by Owest personnel within ten (10) Days of CLECs receipt of the denial of space, or a mutually agreed upon date. Owest wil review the detailed space plans (to the extent space plans exist) for the Premises with CLEC during the inspection, including Owest reserved or optioned space. Such tour shall be without charge to CLEC. If. after the inspection of the Premises, Owest and CLEC disagree about whether space.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 116 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . limitations at the Premises make Collocation impractical, Qwest and CLEC may present their arguments to the Commission. In addition, if after the fact it is determined that Qwest has incorrectly identified the space limitations, Qwest wil honor the original Cross Connect Collocation Application date for determining RFS unless both Parties agree to a revised date. 9.3.5.5.2.1.4 Payment for the remaining nonrecurring charges shall be upon the RFS date. Upon completion of the construction activities and payment of the remaining nonrecurring charge, Qwest wil schedule with CLEC an inspection of the FCP with CLEC if requested. Upon completion of the Acceptance inspection, CLEC wil be provided the assignments and necessary ordering information. With prior arrangements, CLEC can request testing of the FCP at the time of the Acceptance inspection. If Qwest, despite its best efforts, including notification through the contact number on the Cross Connect Collocation Application, is unable to schedule the Acceptance inspection with CLEC within twenty-one (21) Days of the RFS, Qwest shall activate the applicable charges. 9.3.5.5.2.1.5 Qwest may seek extended intervals if the work cannot reasonably be completed within the set intervaL. In such cases, Qwest shall provide written notification to CLEC of the extended interval Qwest believes is necessary to complete the work. CLEC may dispute the need for and the duration of, an extended interval, in which case Qwest must request a waiver from the Commission to obtain an extended interval. . 9.3.6 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for Subloop and also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.3.6.1 All Subloop Types 9.3.6.1.1 Recurring Charges - CLEC wil be charged monthly recurring charges for each Subloop. 9.3.6.1.2 Nonrecurring Charges - One-time charges apply for specific work activities associated with installation of each Subloop. 9.3.6.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.3.6.3 Additional Rate Elements for Detached Terminal Sub loop Access 9.3.6.3.1 Cross Connect Collocation Charge: CLEC shall pay the full nonrecurring charge for creation of a Cross Connect Collocation upon submission of the Collocation Application. The FCP Request Form shall not be considered complete until complete payment is submitted to Qwest, as described in Section 8.1.1.8.1.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 117 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.3.6.3.2 Any Remote Collocation associated with a FCP in which CLEC wil install equipment requiring power and/or heat dissipation shall be charged for in accordance with the rate elements set forth in Section 8. 9.3.6.3.3 Subloop Nonrecurring Jumper Charge: CLEC wil be charged a nonrecurring basic installation charge for Owest running jumpers within the accessible terminal for each Subloop ordered by CLEC. 9.3.6.4 Additional Rate Elements for MTE Terminal Subloop Access 9.3.6.4.1 CLEC wil be charged the Subloop MTE - POI Site Inventory nonrecurring charge for Owest to complete an inventory of CLEC's facilties within the MTE such that Subloop orders can be submitted and processed. 9.3.6.4.2 CLEC wil be charged the MTE - POI Rearrangement of Facilties nonrecurring charge for Owest to complete a rearrangement of facilities to make room for an MTE for CLEC. 9.3.6.4.3 CLEC wil be charged the MTE - POI Construction of New SPOI nonrecurring charge for Owest to construct a new MTE SPOI for CLEC. 9.3.6.5 Nonrecurring charges apply for conditioning for Distribution Subloop. 9.3.6.6 All miscellaneous services as described in Section 9.1.12 are available with Subloop. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services..9.3.7 Repair and Maintenance 9.3.7.1 Detached Terminal Subloop Access: Owest wil maintain all of its facilties and equipment in the accessible terminal and CLEC wil maintain all of its facilties and equipment in the accessible terminaL. 9.3.7.2 MTE Terminal Subloop Access: Owest wil maintain all of its facilities and equipment in the MTE and CLEC wil maintain all of its facilities and equipment in the MTE. 9.4 Intentionally Left Blank 9.5 Network Interface Device (NID) 9.5.1 Description The Owest NID is defined as any means of Interconnection of on-premises wiring and Owests distribution plant, such as a cross connect device used for that purpose. Specifically, the NID is a single line termination device or that portion of a multiple line termination device required to terminate a single line or circuit at a premises. If CLEC seeks to access a NID as well as a Subloop connected to that NID, it may do so only pursuant to Section 9.3. If CLEC seeks to access only a NID (Le., CLEC does not wish to access a Subloop connected to that NID), it may only do so pursuant to this Section 9.5. Owest shall permit CLEC to connect its own Loop facilities to on-premises wiring through Owests NID, or at any other Technically Feasible point. The NID carries with it all features, functions and capabilities of the facilities used to connect the.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 118 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Loop distribution plant to the End User Customer's premises wiring, including access to the Cross Connection field, regardless of the particular design of the NID mechanism. Although the NID provides the connection to the End User Customets premises wiring, it may not represent the Demarcation Point where awest ownership or control of the intra-premises wiring ends. The NID contains a protective ground connection that protects the End User Customer's on- premises wiring against lightning and other high voltage surges and is capable of terminating media such as twisted pair cable. If CLEC orders Unbundled Loops on a reuse basis, the existing drop and awests NID, as well as any on premises wiring that awest owns or controls, wil remain in place and continue to carry the signal over the End User Customer's on-premises wiring to the End User Customer's equipment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unbundled Loop and any Subloop terminating at a NID shall include the existing drop and the functionality of the NID as more specifically set forth in Section 9.2. The NID is offered in three (3) varieties: 9.5.1.1 Simple NID - The modular NID is divided into two (2) components, one containing the over-voltage unit (protector) and the other containing the End User Customer's on-premises inside wiring termination, and a modular plug which connects the inside wire to the distribution plant or dial tone source. The non-modular NID is a protector block with the inside wire terminated directly on the distribution facilties. 9.5.1.2 Smart NID - To the extent awest has deployed "smart" devices in general meaning a terminating device that permits the service provider to isolate the Loop facilty from the premises wiring for testing purposes, and such devices have spare functioning capacity not currently used by awest or any other provider, awest shall provide unbundled access to such devices. awest shall also continue to allow CLEC, at its option, to use all features and functionality of the awest NID including any protection mechanisms, test capabilities, or any other capabilities now existing or as they may exist in the future regardless of whether or not CLEC terminates its own distribution facilty on the NID. . 9.5.1.3 Multi-Tenant (MTE) NID - The MTE NID is divided into two (2) functional components: one containing the over-voltage unit (protector) and the other containing the terminations of the on-premises inside wiring. Such devices contain the protectors for, and may be located externally or internally to the premises served. 9.5.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.5.2 Terms and Conditions 9.5.2.1 CLEC may use the existing awest NID to terminate its drop if space permits, otherwise a new NID or other Technically Feasible Interconnection point is required. If CLEC installs its own NID, CLEC may connect its NID to the awest NID by placing a cross connect between the two. When Provisioning a NID-to-NID connection, CLEC wil isolate the awest facilty in the NID by unplugging the modular unit. If CLEC requires that a non-modular unit be replaced with a modular NID, awest wil perform the replacement for the charge described in Section 9.5.3.1. If CLEC is a facilities-based provider up to and including its NID, the awest facilty currently in place, including the NID, wil remain in place. 9.5.2.1.1 awest shall allow CLEC to connect its Loops directly to the NID field containing the terminations of the on-premises inside wiring not owned or controlled by awest, without restriction. Where awest does not own or control . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 119 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements the on-premises inside wiring, CLEC and the landowner shall determine procedures for such access. 9.5.2.1.2 Owest shall allow CLEC to use all features and functionality of the Owest NID including any protection mechanisms, test capabilties, or any other capabilities now existing or as they may exist in the future. 9.5.2.1.3 Pursuant to generally acceptable work practices, and provided the inside wire re-termination is required to meet service requirements of either Parties' End User Customer, either Party may remove the inside wire from the NID and connect that wire to that Party's own NID. Future installation of Owest NIDs wil be such that it wil not unnecessarily impede access to the End User Customer's wiring. 9.5.2.1.4 CLEC may enter the subscriber access chamber or End User Customer side of a dual chamber NID enclosure for the purpose of NID-to-NID connections. . 9.5.2.1.5 Upon CLEC request, Owest wil make other rearrangements to the inside wire terminations or terminal enclosure. Charges wil be assessed per Section 9.5.3.4. No such charge shall be applicable if Owest initiates the rearrangement of such terminations. In all such instances, rearrangements shall be performed in a non-discriminatory fashion and timeframe and without an End User Customer's perceivable disruption in service. Owest wil not make any rearrangements of wiring that is provided by another Carrier that relocates the other Carrier's test access point without notifying the affected Carrier promptly after such rearrangement if CLEC has properly labeled its cross connect wires. 9.5.2.2 Owest wil retain sole. ownership of the Owest NID and its contents on Owests side. Owest is not required to proactively conduct NID change-outs, on a wide scale basis. At CLEC's request, Owest wil change the NID on an individual request basis by CLEC and charges wil be assessed per Section 9.5.3.5 except where Section 9.5.5.1 applies. Owest is not required to inventory NID locations on behalf of CLEC. 9.5.2.3 When CLEC accesses a Owest NID, it shall employ generally accepted best engineering practices and comply with industry standards should such standards exist when it physically connects its NID (or equivalent) to the Owest NID and makes Cross Connections necessary to provide service. At MTE NIDs, CLEC shall clearly label the cross connect wires it uses to provide service. Owest shall label its terminals when a technician is dispatched. 9.5.2.4 All services fed through a protector field in a Owest NID located inside a building wil interface on an industry standard termination block and then extend, via a Cross Connection to the End User Customer's in-premises wiring. All services fed through a protector field in a Owest NID that is attached to a building wil interface on industry standard lugs or a binding post type of termination and then extend, via a Cross Connection, to the End User Customer's on-premises wiring. 9.5.2.5 If so requested by CLEC, Owest shall allow CLEC to connect its Loops directly to the protector field at Owest NIDs that have unused protectors and are not used by Owest or any other Telecommunications Carrier to provide service to the.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, lLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 120 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . premises. If CLEC accesses the Qwest protector field, it shall do so on the distribution side of the protector field only where spare protector capacity exists.. In such cases, CLEC shall only access a Qwest NID protector field in cable increments appropriate to the NID. If twenty-five (25) or more metallc cable pairs are simultaneously terminated at the MTE NID, additions must be in increments of twenty-five (25) additional metallc pairs. In all cases, Telecommunications cables entering a Qwest NID must be terminated in compliance with FCC 88-57, section 315 of the National Electric Safety Code and section 800.30 of the National Electric Code. 9.5.3 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for access or modifications to an existing NID, and Exhibit A also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.5.3.1 If CLEC requests the current simple NID be replaced with a different . simple NID, pursuant to Section 9.5.2.1, additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges wil be assessed with CLEC paying only for the portion of the change-out that is specific to and for the functionality that supports CLEC requirements. 9.5.3.2 Recurring rates apply for unbundled access to the protector field in a Qwest NID, pursuant to Section 9.5.2.5. As of the Effective Date of this Agreement, Qwest has not implemented charges for this recurring rate element, but reserves the right to assess such a charge in the future. 9.5.3.3 When CLEC requests that Qwest perform the work to connect its NID to the Qwest NID, the costs associated with Qwest performing such work wil be charged to CLEC as additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges.. 9.5.3.4 When Qwest makes rearrangements to the inside wire terminations or terminal enclosure pursuant to Section 9.5.2.1.5, charges wil be assessed as additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges. 9.5.3.5 CLEC wil be charged for any change-out Qwest performs pursuant to Section 9.5.2.2. CLEC wil be biled only for the portion of the change-out that is specific to CLEC's request for modified/additional capacity. Charges wil be assessed as additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges. 9.5.4 Ordering Process 9.5.4.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.5.4.2 CLEC may access a MTE NID after determining that the terminal in question is a NID, per the process identified in Section 9.3. If the terminal is a NID and CLEC wishes to access the End User Customer field of the NID, no additional verification is needed by Qwest. CLEC shall tag its jumper wire. 9.5.4.2.1 When CLEC seeks to connect to a cross connect field other than to the End User Customer field of the NID, CLEC shall submit a LSR for connection to the NID. Qwest shall notify CLEC, within ten (10) business days, if the connection is not Technically Feasible. In such cases, Qwest shall inform CLEC of the basis for its claim of technical infeasibility and, at the same time,. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest FoUrteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 121 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements identify all alternative points of connection that Owest would support. CLEC shall have the option of employing the alternative terminal or disputing the claim of technical infeasibilty pursuant to the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement. No additional verifcation is needed by Owest and CLEC shall tag its jumper wire. 9.5.4.3 Subject to the terms of Section 9.5.4.2, CLEC may perform a NID-to-NID connection, according to Section 9.5.2.3, and access the End User Customer field of the NID without notice to Owest. CLEC may access the protector field of the NID by submitting a LSR. 9.5.5 Maintenance and Repair 9.5.5.1 If Owest is dispatched to an End User Customer's location on a maintenance issue and finds the NID to be defective, Owest will replace the defective element or, if beyond repair, the entire device at no cost to CLEC. If the facilities and lines have been removed from the protector field or damaged by CLEC, CLEC wil be responsible for all costs associated with returning the facilities and lines back to their original state. This work is biled to CLEC as additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges. Maintenance and Repair processes are contained in the Access to OSS Section of this Agreement. 9.6 Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT).Owest shall provide access to Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT) in a non- discriminatory manner according to the following terms and conditions. 9.6.1 Description 9.6.1.1 Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) provides CLEC with a Network Element of a single transmission path between Owest Wire Centers in the same LATA and state. UDIT provides a path between one (1) CLEC's Collocation in one (1) Owest Wire Center and a different CLEC's Collocation in another Owest Wire Center. UDIT is a distance-sensitive, flat-rated bandwidth-specific interoffice transmission path designed to a DSX in each Owest Wire Center. UDIT is available in DSO through DS3 bandwidths. CLEC can assign channels and transport its choice of voice or data. Specifications, interfaces and parameters are described in Owest Technical Publication 77389. 9.6.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.1.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2 Terms and Conditions 9.6.2.0 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2.0.1 Owest shall unbundle DS1 transport between any pair of Owest Wire Centers except where, through application of "Tier" classifications, as defined in Section 4 of this Agreement, both Wire Centers defining the Route are Tier 1 Wire Centers. As such, Owest must unbundle DS 1 transport if a Wire.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 122 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Center at either end of a requested Route is not a Tier 1 Wire Center, or if neither is a Tier 1 Wire Center. 9.6.2.0.1.1 On Routes for which no unbundling obligation for DS3 dedicated transport circuits exists but for which DS1 Dedicated Transport is available on an unbundled basis, CLEC may obtain a maximum of ten (10) unbundled DS1 Dedicated Transport circuits. 9.6.2.0.2 Qwest shall unbundle DS3 transport between any pair of Qwest Wire Centers except where, through application of "Tiet' classifications, as defined in Section 4 of this Agreement, both Wire Centers defining the Route are either Tier 1 or Tier 2 Wire Centers. As such, Qwest must unbundle DS3 transport if a Wire Center on either end of a requested Route is a Tier 3 Wire Center. 9.6.2.0.2.1 CLEC may obtain a maximum of twelve (12) unbundled DS3 dedicated transport circuits on each Route where DS3 dedicated transport is available on an unbundled basis. 9.6.2.0.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2.0.4 All services provided in this Section 9.6 are subject to the Ratcheting criteria as provided in Section 9.1.1.9 of this Agreement. 9.6.2.0.5 All services provided in this Section 9.6, when combined with high capacity Loops, are subject to the Service Eligibility Criteria as provided in Section 9.1.1.10 of this Agreement.. 9.6.2.1 To the extent that CLEC is ordering access to a UNE Combination, and Cross Connections are necessary to combine UNEs, Qwest wil perform requested and necessary Cross Connections between UNEs in the same manner that it would perform such Cross Connections for its End User Customers or for itself. If not ordered as a combination, CLEC is responsible for performing Cross Connections at its Collocation or other mutually determined Demarcation Point between UNEs and ancilary or Finished Services, and for transmission design work including regeneration requirements for such connections. Such Cross Connections wil not be required of CLEC when CLEC orders a continuous UDIT element from one point to another. 9.6.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2.3 With the exception of combinations provided through the UNE Combinations Section 9.23, CLEC may utilize any form of Collocation at both ends of the UDIT. Qwests design wil ensure the cable between the Qwest-provided active elements and the DSX wil meet the proper signal level requirements. Channel regeneration wil not be charged for separately for Interconnection between a Collocation space and Qwests network. Cable distance limitations are based on ANSI Standard T1.102.1993 "Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interface; Annex B." 9.6.2.4 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.9.6.2.5 . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLOIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15,2010 123 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.6.2.6 9.6.2.7 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2.8 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.2.9 Upon CLEC request, Owest wil convert special access or private line circuits to UDIT, provided the service originates at CLEC's Collocation in the Serving Wire Center. 9.6.3 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for UDIT and also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.6.3.1 DS1 UDIT includes the following rate elements: a) DS1 Transport Termination (Fixed) Rate Element. This recurring rate element provides a 1.544 Mbps termination at a DSX or DCS. In addition to the fixed rate element, a per-mile rate element, as described below, also applies. . b) DS1 Transport Facilities (Per Mile) Rate Element. This recurring rate element provides a transmission path of 1.544 Mbps between Owest Wire Centers. This is a mileage sensitive element based on the V&H coordinates of the DS1 UDIT. The mileage is calculated between the originating and terminating Owest Wire Centers. c) Intentionally Left Blank. d) DS1 Nonrecurring Charge. One-time charges apply for a specific work activity associated with installation of the DS1 service. e)Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.3.2 DS3 UDIT rates include the following rate elements: a) DS3 Transport Termination (Fixed) Rate Element. This recurring rate element provides a 44.736 Mbps termination. In addition to the fixed rate element, a per-mile rate element, as described below, also applies. b) DS3 Transport Facilties (Per Mile) Rate Element. This recurring rate element provides an interoffce transmission path of 44.736 Mbps between Owest Wire Centers. This is a mileage sensitive element based on the V&H coordinates of the DS3 UDIT. The mileage is calculated between the originating and terminating Owest Wire Centers. c) Intentionally Left Blank. d) DS3 Nonrecurring Charge. One-time charges apply for a specific work activity associated with installation of the DS3 service. e) Intentionally Left Blank..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 124 9.6.3.3 9.6.3.4 9.6.3.5 9.6.3.6 9.6.3.7 9.6.3.8 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .DSO UDIT includes the following rate elements: a) DSO Transport Termination (Fixed). This recurring rate element provides a 64 Kbps termination. In addition to the fixed rate element, a per-mile rate element, as described below, also applies. b) DSO Transport Facilties (Per Mile). This recurring rate element provides a transmission path of 64 Kbps between Qwest Wire Centers. This is a mileage sensitive element based on the V&H coordinates of the DSO UDIT. The mileage is calculated between the originating and terminating Qwest Wire Centers. c) DSO Nonrecurring Charges. One-time charges apply for a specific work activity associated with installation of the DSO service. d) Low Side Channelization. Recurring charges apply for low side multiplexed channel cards and settings at each end of the DSO UDIT. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.3.5.1 Intentionally Left Blank. Nonrecurring charges apply for rearrangements of UDIT. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. . 9.6.3.9 The following miscellaneous services, as described in Section 9.1.12, are available with UDIT. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services. a)Additional labor - other b)Cancellation c)Design Change d)Dispatch e)Expedite f)Maintenance of Service. 9.6.3.10 A nonrecurring charge is applied to the conversion of an existing private line/Special Access circuit to UDIT. 9.6.4.1 9.6.4 Ordering Process Ordering processes and installation intervals are as follows:.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 125 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.6.4.1.1 UDIT is ordered via the Access Service Request (ASR) process. Ordering processes are contained in the Access to OSS Section of this Agreement. 9.6.4.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.4.1.3 The interval wil start when Qwest receives a complete and accurate ASR. This date is considered the start of the installation interval if the order is received prior to 3:00 p.m. The installation interval wil begin on the next business day for service requests received after 3:00 p.m. The installation intervals have been established and are set forth in Exhibit C of this Agreement. 9.6.4.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.4.1.5 An order may be canceled any time up to and including the Due Date/Service Date. Cancellation Miscellaneous Charges apply for such cancellations except when: a) The original Due Date or CLEC-initiated subsequent Due Date was, or CLEC has been notified by Qwest that such Due Date wil be, delayed ten (10) business days or longer; or b) The original Due Date has been scheduled later than the expiration of the standard interval set forth in Exhibit C and CLEC cancels its order no later than ten (10) days before such original Due Date..9.6.4.1.6 Definitions of the most common critical dates that occur during the ordering and installation process are included in the Definitions Section of this Agreement. 9.6.4.2 UDIT is ordered with basic installation. Qwest wil install the UDIT extending connections to CLEC Demarcation Point and wil notify CLEC when the work activity is complete. 9.6.4.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.4.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.6.4.5 Qwest wil perform industry standard tests, set forth in Technical Publication 77389, when installng UDIT service. 9.6.4.6 To convert an existing private line/special access circuit to UDIT, CLEC must submit two (2) ASRs to change the circuit identification, Network Channel Interface Code (NCI) and biling. 9.6.4.7 CLEC wil submit an Access Service Request (ASR) for rearrangement including appropriate termination information (e.g., Connecting Facility Assignment (CFA) or Network Channel Codes/Network Channel Interface Codes (NC/NCI) codes). .August 4; 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15,2010 126 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.6.5 Maintenance and Repair 9.6.5.1 The Parties wil perform cooperative testing and trouble isolation to identify where trouble points exist. CLEC Cross Connections wil be repaired by CLEC and Owest Cross Connections wil be repaired by Owest. Maintenance and Repair processes are contained in the Access to OSS Section of this Agreement. 9.6.6 Rearrangement 9.6.6.1 CLEC can submit requests through the ASR process to move or rearrange UDIT terminations on CLEC's Demarcation Point or to change UDIT options. These rearrangements are available through a single Wire Center or dual Wire Center request. Single Wire Center rearrangements are limited to the change in options or movement of terminations within a single Wire Center. Dual Wire Center rearrangements are used to change options or movement of terminations in two (2) Wire Centers. Rearrangement is only available for in-place and working UDITs. 9.6.6.2 The rearrangement of terminations or option changes are completed as an "uncoordinated change" (basic request) and wil be completed within the normal intervals outlned in Exhibit C. If CLEC desires a coordinated rearrangement of terminations or options changes, additional labor installation as identified in Exhibit A shall apply. 9.6.6.3 CLEC wil submit an ASR with the rearrange USOC and appropriate termination information (e.g., CFA) or NC/NCI codes (Network Channel Codes/Network Channel Interface Codes).. 9.7 Unbundled Dark Fiber Dedicated dark fiber shall be made available to CLEC on an unbundled basis as set forth below. Dark fiber transport consists of unactivated optical interoffce transmission facilities. 9.7.1 Description Unbundled Dark Fiber (UDF) is a deployed, unlit strand or strands of fiber that connects two (2) Wire Centers within Owests network within the same LATA or state. UDF exists in two (2) distinct forms: (a) UDF interoffce facilty (UDF-IOF), which constiutes a deployed route between two (2) Owest Wire Centers; and (b) UDF MTE Subloop that begins at or near an MTE premises to provide access to MTE premises wiring. Deployed Dark Fiber facilities shall include all local exchange Dark Fiber Owest owns directly or to which it has a right to access under agreements with any other party affliated or not, that do not prohibit Owests abilty to provide access to another Person or entity. Deployed Dark Fiber facilities shall not be limited to facilities owned by Owest, but wil include in place and easily called into service facilities to which Owest has otherwise obtained a right of access, including but not limited to capitalized Indefeasible Right to Use (IRUs) or capitalized leases. Owest shall not be required to extend access in a manner that is inconsistent with the restrictions and other terms and conditions that apply to Owests access; however, in the case of access obtained from an Affliate: (a) the actual practice and custom as between Owest and the Affliate shall apply, in the event that it provides broader access than does any documented agreement that may exist, and (b) any terms restricting acæss by CLEC that are imposed by the agreement with the Affliate (excluding good-faith restrictions imposed by any agreement with a third party from whom the Affliate has gained rights of access). August 4, 201 O/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 127 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements shall not be applied to restrict CLEC access. 9.7.2 Terms and Conditions 9.7.2.0 Owest shall unbundle dark fiber transport between any pair of Owest Wire Centers except where, through application of "Tier" classifications described in Section 4 of this Agreement, both Wire Centers defining the Route are either Tier 1 or Tier 2 Wire Centers. As such, Owest must unbundle dark fiber transport if a Wire Center on either end of a requested Route is a Tier 3 Wire Center. 9.7.2.1 Owest wil provide CLEC with non-discriminatory access to UDF in accordance with Section 9.1. Owest wil provide UDF of substantially the same quality as the fiber facilities that Owest uses to provide retail service to its own End User Customers. 9.7.2.2 Owest provides access to unbundled Dark Fiber at: 9.7.2.2.1 Accessible terminations such as fiber distribution panels. . 9.7.2.2.2 A point of technically feasible access is any point in Owests outside plant at or near an MTE premises where a technician can access the wire or fiber within the cable without removing a splice case to reach the wire or fiber within to access the wiring in the MTE premises. Such points include, but are not limited to, a pole or pedestal, the network interface device, the minimum point of entry, the single point of interconnection, and the feeder/distribution interface. 9.7.2.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.3 Owest wil provide CLEC with access to deployed Dark Fiber facilties. CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and connecting electronic equipment, whether light generating or light terminating equipment, to the Dark Fiber at both ends, provided that if CLEC requests Owest to obtain and connect the electronic equipment, Owest wil follow the requirements of Section 9.19 in deciding whether or not to build the facilities for CLEC. 9.7.2.4 Owest wil provide Unbundled Dark Fiber to CLEC in increments of one (1) or two (2) strands. CLEC may obtain up to twenty-five percent (25%) of available Dark Fibers or four (4) Dark Fiber strands, whichever is greater, in each fiber cable segment over a twelve (12) month period. Before CLEC may order additional UDF on such fiber cable segment, CLEC must demonstrate efficient use of existing fiber in each cable segment. Efficient use of interoffce cable segments is defined as providing a minimum of OC-12 termination on each fiber pair. Effcient use of UDF MTE Subloop fiber is defined as providing a minimum of OC-3 termination on each fiber pair. CLEC may designate five percent (5%) of its fibers along a fiber cable segment, or two (2) strands, whichever is greater, for maintenance spare, which fibers or strands are not subject to the termination requirements in this paragraph. 9.7.2.5 Owest shall not have an obligation to unbundle Dark Fiber in the following circumstances:.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 128 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . a) Qwest wil not unbundle Dark Fiber that Qwest utilzes for maintenance or reserves for maintenance spare for Qwests own use. Qwest shall not reserve more than five percent (5%) of the fibers in a sheath, or two (2) strands, whichever is greater, for maintenance or maintenance spare for Qwests own use. b) Qwest wil not be required to unbundle Dark Fiber if Qwest demonstrates to the Commission by a preponderance of the evidence that such unbundling would create a likely and foreseeable threat to its ability to meet its Carrier of last resort obligations as established by any regulatory authority. Qwest shall initiate such proceeding within seven (7) Days of denying CLEC's request (by written notice) to unbundle Dark Fiber where such fiber is available. In this proceeding, Qwest shall not object to using the most expeditious procedure available under state law, rule or regulation. Qwest shall be relieved of its unbundling obligations, related to the specific Dark Fiber at issue, pending the proceeding before the Commission. If Qwest fails to initiate such pending proceeding within such seven (7) Day period, CLEC's request to unbundle Dark Fiber shall be reinstated and the ordering and Provisioning processes of Section 9.7.3 shall continue. 9.7.2.6 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.7 Specifications, interfaces and parameters for Dark Fiber are described in Qwests Technical Publication 77383. 9.7.2.8 Qwest. CLEC is responsible for trouble isolation before reporting trouble to . 9.7.2.9 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.10 Upon thirty (30) Days notification to CLEC, Qwest may initiate a proceeding to reclaim Dark Fiber strands from CLEC that were not serving End User Customers at the time of Qwests notice to CLEC. In such proceeding, Qwest shall have the burden to prove that Qwest needs such fiber strands in order to meet its Carrier of last resort obligations as established by any regulatory authority. In such proceeding, CLEC shall not object to using the most expeditious procedure available under state law, rule or regulation. CLEC shall be entitled to retain such strands of UDF for any purpose permitted under this Agreement pending the proceeding before the Commission; provided, however, that such use shall be at CLEC's sole risk of any reclamation approved by the Commission, including the risk of termination of service to End User Customers. CLEC may designate five percent (5%) of its fibers along a fiber cable segment, or two (2) strands, whichever is greater, for maintenance spare, which fibers or strands are not subject to the reclamation requirements in this paragraph. 9.7.2.11 Intentionally Left Blank. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 129 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.7.2.12 CLEC must have established Collocation or other Technically Feasible means of network demarcation pursuant to Section 9.1.4 of this Agreement at both terminating points of the UDF-IOF. No Collocation is required in intermediate Wire Centers within a UDF or at Wire Centers where CLEC's UDFs are cross connected. CLEC has no access to UDF at those intermediate Wire Centers. 9.7.2.12.1 CLEC-to-CLEC connections with UDF for the mutual exchange of traffc is permissible pursuant to the provisions in Section 9.7. 9.7.2.13 CLEC is responsible for all work activities at the MTE premises. All negotiations with the premises End User Customer and or premises owner are solely the responsibilty of CLEC. 9.7.2.14 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.15 Access to Dark Fiber MTE Subloops at or near an MTE Terminal within a non-Owest owned MTE is done through an MTE-POI. Collocation is not required to access MTE Subloops. 9.7.2.16 CLEC wil incur all costs associated with disconnecting the UDF from its side of the network Demarcation Point. .9.7.2.17 Owest and CLEC wil jointly participate in continuity testing within the Provisioning interval established in Exhibit C. Owest and CLEC must coordinate on the date and time for this continuity testing. As part of their respective duties regarding this continuity test, Owest shall furnish a light detector at one (1) termination point of the UDF, and CLEC shall furnish light generating equipment at the other termination point of the UDF as described below: 9.7.2.17.1 CLEC may identify on its order the Wire Center at which Owest must provide a light detector and the Wire Center at which CLEC wil provide light generating equipment. If CLEC does not identify the Wire Center on its order, Owest and CLEC shall mutually agree on the Wire Center at which CLEC wil provide the light generating equipment. 9.7.2.17.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.17.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.18 If, within ten (10) Days of the date Owest provisioned an order for UDF, CLEC demonstrates that the UDF pair(s) provisioned over requested route do not meet the minimum parameters set forth in Technical Publication 77383, and if the trouble is in the Owest UDF facility, not due to fault on the part of CLEC, then Owest wil at no additional cost, attempt to repair the UDF as it relates to Owest cross connects and jumpers. If Owest cannot repair the UDF to the minimum parameters set forth in Technical Publication 77383, Owest wil replace the UDF if suitable UDF pair(s) are available, at no additional nonrecurring charge. If Owest cannot replace the UDF upon receipt of CLEC's disconnect order, Owest wil refund the nonrecurring charges associated with the Provisioning excluding IRI, FVOP and Field Verification and wil discontinue all recurring charges..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 130 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .9.7.2.19 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.2.20 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.3 Ordering Processes Ordering processes and installation intervals are as follows: 9.7.3.1 The first step of the UDF ordering process is the inquiry process. The UDF inquiry is used to determine the availabilty of UDF. 9.7.3.1.1 CLEC must submit a UDF inquiry and CLEC must specify the two (2) locations and the number of fibers requested. 9.7.3.1.2 Qwest wil notify CLEC, within the interval set forth in Exhibit C of this Agreement, that: (i) UDF is available to satisfy CLEC's request, (ii) UDF is not available to satisfy CLEC's request; or (iii) Qwest, in writing, denies CLEC's request pursuant to Section 9.7.2.5(b). Qwest shall provide written notice of denials pursuant to (ii) above. 9.7.3.1.3 If there is UDF available, the UDF simple inquiry response and the complex inquiry response wil contain up to five (5) available UDF routes between the CLEC-specified end locations. If additional routes are available, Qwest wil notify CLEC that such additional routes exist and negotiate how that additional information wil be made available. 9.7.3.2 CLEC wil establish network Demarcation Points to accommodate UDF optical terminations via Collocation or other Technically Feasible means or network demarcation pursuant to Section 9.1.4 of this Agreement. If Collocation and or other network demarcation arrangements have not been completed, CLEC must have obtained preliminary APOT address information (CFA - Connecting Facilty Assignment) for its network Demarcation Points in each Qwest Wire Center where the UDF terminates prior to placing an order for UDF. When preliminary APOT has been established and delivered to CLEC, Qwest can begin processing the UDF Provisioning order upon receipt of the UDF Provisioning request. If the preliminary APOT address is changed by CLEC, a new Provisioning time line for UDF must be established. . 9.7.3.3 Based on the CLEC request, (UDF-IOF or UDF MTE Subloop), there are two (2) possible termination scenarios. 9.7.3.3.1 Termination at an MTE. CLEC shall access the UDF MTE Subloop on the MTE Premises at a Technically Feasible point if possible. If access is not Technically Feasible on the MTE Premises, then CLEC may request access to UDF MTE Subloop at a Technically Feasible point near the MTE Premises. Qwest wil prepare and submit to CLEC a quotation along with the original Field Verification Quote Preparation form (FVQP) within the interval set forth in Exhibit C. Quotations are on an Individual Case Basis (ICB) and wil include costs and an interval in accordance with Exhibit C. 9.7.3.3.2 Intentionally Left Blank.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 131 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.7.3.3.3 Termination at Qwest Wire Center. If spare fiber is available, and CLEC chooses to proceed, and the request is for UDF terminations at a Qwest Wire Center, Qwest wil begin the Provisioning process upon notification from CLEC to proceed and the receipt of fifty percent (50%) of the nonrecurring charges. The notification to proceed is accomplished by completing, signing and returning the original inquiry request to the account manager. Provisioning intervals for this type of request are set forth in Exhibit C. CLEC wil be notified that Provisioning is complete and the remaining nonrecurring charges and associated recurring charges wil be biled. 9.7.3.4 An order may be canceled any time up to and including the Service Date. 9.7.3.5 CLEC may reserve Dark Fiber for CLEC during Collocation builds. Prior to reserving space, CLEC must place an inquiry pursuant to Section 9.7.3.1 of this Agreement and receive a UDF inquiry response that reflects that the route to be reserved is available. CLEC is also strongly encouraged to request a field verification that the route to be reserved is available. If CLEC does not obtain a field verification, CLEC assumes the risk that records upon which the UDF inquiry response is based may be in error. CLEC may reserve UDF for thirty (30), sixty (60), or ninety (90) Days. CLEC may extend or renew reservations if there is delay in completion of the Collocation build. All applicable UDF recurring charges specified in Section 9.7.5.2 wil be assessed at the commencement of the reservation. Nonrecurring charges for Provisioning and cross connects wil be assessed at the time of installation. 9.7.4 Maintenance and Repair.9.7.4.1 The Parties wil perform cooperative testing and trouble isolation to identify where trouble points exist. CLEC Cross Connections wil be repaired by CLEC and Qwest Cross Connections wil be repaired by Qwest. Maintenance and Repair processes are contained in the Access to OSS Section of this Agreement. 9.7.4.2 If it is determined that the UDF does not meet the minimum parameters of Technical Publication 77383 without fault of CLEC, and if the trouble is in the Qwest UDF facility, then Qwest wil attempt to repair the UDF as it relates to Qwest cross connects and jumper at no additional cost. If Qwest cannot repair the UDF to the minimum parameters set forth in Technical Publication 77383, then Qwest wil replace the UDF at no additional cost if suitable UDF pair(s) are available. If Qwest cannot replace the UDF with available pairs, then it, upon receipt of CLEC's disconnect order, wil discontinue the recurring charges effective as of the date of the commencement of the trouble. 9.7.5 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for Dark Fiber and also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.7.5.1 Dark Fiber includes the following rate elements: a) Initial Records Inquiry (IRI). This rate element is a pre-order work effort that investigates the availability of UDF. This is a one-time charge for each route check requested by CLEC. A simple IRI determines if UDF is.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 132 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . available between two (2) Owest Wire Centers. A complex IRI is used to determine if a UDF MTE Subloop. is available. Owest wil bil CLEC the IRI immediately upon receipt of the inquiry. The IRI is a record search and does not guarantee the availability of UDF. b) Field Verification and Quote Preparation (FVQP). This rate element is a pre-order work effort to estimate the cost of providing UDF access to CLEC at locations other than Qwest Wire Centers. Qwest wil prepare a quotation which wil explain what work activities, timeframes, and additional costs, including recurnng and non-recurring costs, are associated with providing access to this FDP location. This quotation wil be good for thirt (30) Days. The FVQP is not necessary when the request is between Qwest Wire Centers (Le., simple IRI). If FVQP is applicable pursuant to this section and CLEC orders UDF that has been reserved after a Field Verification has been performed, then the charge for FVQP wil be reduced by the amount of the Engineering Verification charge assessed in the context of the reservation. c) Engineering Verification. This rate element is an additional records check for Unbundled Dark Fiber MTE Subloop. 9.7.5.2 The following rate elements are used once the availabilty of UDF has been established and CLEC chooses to access UDF. 9.7.5.2.1 Unbundled Dark Fiber - Single Strand - 10F Rate Elements a) UDF-IOF Termination (Fixed) Rate Element. This rate element is a recurring rate element and provides a termination at the interoffce FDP within the Qwest Wire Center. Two (2) UDF-IOF terminations apply per cross connect provided on the facilty. Termination charges apply for each intermediate offce terminating at an FDP or like cross connect point. . b) UDF-IOF Fiber Transport, (Per Strand) Rate Element. This recurring rate element applies per strand. This rate element provides a transmission path between Qwest Wire Centers. This rate element is mileage sensitive based on the route miles of the UDF rounded up to the next mile. c) UDF-IOF Fiber Cross Connect Rate Element. This rate element has both a recurring and nonrecurring component and is used to extend the optical connection from the 10F FDP to CLEC's optical Demarcation Point (ICDF). A minimum of two (2) UDF-IOF fiber cross connects apply per strand. Cross connect charges apply for each intermediate offce terminating at an FDP or like cross connect point. The nonrecurring rate wil not be charged for cross connects already in place prior to CLEC's order for UDF-IOF. 9.7.5.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.7.5.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 133 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.7.5.2.4 Order. Unbundled Dark Fiber - Order Charge, First Strand/Route, Per 9.7.5.2.4.1 This rate element is the nonrecurring component assessed for installation of Unbundled Dark Fiber, by the strand. The element applies for the first strand that is requested to terminate at a single location. 9.7.5.2.5 Unbundled Dark Fiber - Order Charge, Each Additional Strand/Route, Per Order. 9.7.5.2.5.1 This rate element is the nonrecurring component assessed for installation of each additional Unbundled Dark Fiber strand. The element applies to each additional strand ordered to the same location, on the same request. 9.7.5.2.6 Unbundled Dark Fiber per Pair - 10F Rate Elements 9.7.5.2.6.1 UDF-IOF Termination (Fixed) Rate Element. This rate element is a recurring rate element and provides a termination at the interoffce FDP within the Owest Wire Center. Two UDF-IOF terminations apply per pair at each end of the facility. Termination charges apply for each intermediate Central Offce terminating at an FDP or like cross connect point..9.7.5.2.6.2 UDF-IOF Fiber Transport, (Pair) Rate Element. This rate element is a recurring component and applies per pair. This rate element provides a transmission path between Owest Wire Centers. The recurring component of this rate element is mileage sensitive based on the route miles of the UDF rounded up to the next mile. 9.7.5.2.7 UDF-IOF Fiber Cross Connect Rate Element. 9.7.5.2.7.1 This rate element has both a recurring and nonrecurring component and is used to extend the optical connection from the IOF FDP to CLEC's optical Demarcation Point. A minimum of two (2) UDF- IOF fiber cross connects apply per pair. Cross connect charges apply for each intermediate Central Offce terminating at an FDP or like cross connect point. The nonrecurring rate wil not be charged for cross connects already in place prior to CLEC's order for UDF-IOF. 9.7.5.2.8 Order. Unbundled Dark Fiber - Order Charge, First Pair/Route, Per 9.7.5.2.8.1 This rate element is the nonrecurring component assessed for installation of Unbundled Dark Fiber, by the pair. The element applies for the first pair that is requested to terminate at a single location. 9.7.5.2.9 Unbundled Dark Fiber- Order Charge, Each Additional Pair/Route, Per Order, Per Location, Per Request..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 134 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.7.5.2.9.1 This rate element is the nonrecurring component assessed for installation of each additional Unbundled Dark Fiber pair. The element applies to each additional pair ordered to the same location, or subsequent locations for CLEC. 9.7.5.2.10 Unbundled Dark Fiber Splice. 9.7.5.2.10.1 This rate element is the nonrecurring charge assessed for the splice location, if required, to make the UDF MTE Subloop accessible. This rate element is for the work performed at the accessible first manhole or splicing location associated with an UDF MTE Subloop order. 9.7.5.2.11 Unbundled Dark Fiber MTE Subloop. 9.7.5.2.11.1 This rate element includes recurring and nonrecurring charges assessed for the UDF MTE Subloop and it is ICB (Individual Case Basis). 9.7.5.2.12 Miscellaneous Services. The following miscellaneous services, as described in Section 9.1.12, are available with Dark Fiber. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services. a) Cancellation b) c) Dispatch .Maintenance of Service. 9.8 Intentionally Left Blank 9.9 Intentionally Left Blank 9.10 Intentionally Left Blank 9.11 Intentionally Left Blank 9.12 Intentionally Left Blank 9.13 Intentionally Left Blank 9.14 Intentionally Left Blank 9.15 Intentionally Left Blank 9.16 Intentionally Left Blank 9.17 Intentionally Left Blank 9.18 Additional Unbundled Elements . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 135 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements CLEC may request non-discriminatory access to and, where appropriate, development of, additional UNEs not covered in this Agreement pursuant to the Bona Fide Request Process. 9.19 Construction Charges Qwest wil assess whether to build for CLEC in the same manner that it assesses whether to build for itself. Qwest wil conduct an individual financial assessment of any request that requires construction of network capacity, facilities, or space for access to or use of UNEs. When Qwest constructs to fulfill CLEC's request for UNEs, Qwest wil bid this construction on a case-by-case basis. Qwest wil charge for the construction through nonrecurring charges as described in this Section 9.19. When CLEC orders the same or substantially similar service available to Qwest End User Customers, nothing in this Section shall be interpreted to authorize Qwest to charge CLEC for special construction where such charges are not provided for in a Tariff or where such charges would not be applied to a Qwest End User Customer. 9.19.1 Qwest reserves the right to determine if Qwest wil undertake requested construction. Some circumstances under which Qwest wil reject a construction request include, but are not limited to, if it is determined that the requested element wil jeopardize the reliabilty of Qwests existing network, endanger Qwests employees or consumers, is not consistent with the National Electrical Code (NEC), or does not meet Network Equipment Building Standards (NEBS) requirements. If Qwest agrees to construct a network element, the following wil apply. .9.19.2 CLEC may request that Qwest construct new facilities for use in providing services offered as Unbundled Network Elements (UNEs) using the CLEC-Requested Unbundled Network Elements Construction ("CRUNEC") method. CRUNEC is not required for requests that can be resolved through facility work or assignments. CRUNEC is not available for requests for facilties that are not offered as UNEs. Qwests CRUNEC applies to the following Wholesale products and services: · Enhanced Extended Loop (EEL) · Unbundled Subloop . Unbundled Dark Fiber (UDF) . Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) . Unbundled Local Loop 9.19.2.1 To make a request for construction of facilties, CLEC must submit a CRUNEC request by contacting the Qwest service manager. 9.19.3 Rates for CRUNEC 9.19.3.1 A Records Quote Preparation Fee (RQPF) applies, and is a nonrecurring charge assessed prior to preparation of a Records Quotation, which is a high level overview and estimate of the cost of construction. This construction estimate is based on records only and is not binding on Qwest. Credit in the amount of the RQPF wil be applied to the Construction Quote Preparation Fee that is described below. 9.19.3.2 The Construction Quote Preparation Fee (CQPF) is a nonrecurring charge assessed prior to preparation of the CRUNEC quotation. The CRUNEC quotation provides the amount CLEC wil pay should it agree to pursue construction..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 136 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .Credit in the amount of the CQPF wil be applied to the cost of construction if CLEC accepts the quoted CRUNEC price and agrees to pursue construction. 9.19.3.2.1 CLEC may choose to first receive a Records Quotation, or may choose to forego the Records Quotation and pay the CQPF for the CRUNEC quotation, at any time after receiving notification that facilities are not available to complete a service request. 9.19.3.3 Qwest wil retain the CQPF if CLEC chooses not to proceed with the construction. At any point after remitting payment for construction, if CLEC decides to begin but then to discontinue construction, Qwest wil refund the Construction payment, excluding expenditures already incurred by Qwest for work completed (including work Engineered, Furnished and/or Installed (EF&I)). Qwest wil provide a brief description of work completed. 9.19.3.3.1 EF&I is defined as: · Engineering labor to analyze the needs for the requested UNE and design and issue the required work orders · Furnished material cost · Installation labor costs to complete the work order 9.19.3.4 The amount of the CRUNEC quotation is determined using the same financial analysis criteria, and costs to recover for EF&I, that Qwest uses to assess whether to build the equivalent facilities for itself. 9.19.3.5 Rates are included in Exhibit A to this Agreement.. 9.20 Intentionally Left Blank 9.21 Line Splitting 9.21.1 Description Line Splitting provides CLEC/DLEC with the opportunity to offer advanced data service simultaneously with voice service when CLEC obtains switching as a Network Element pursuant to a separate written agreement. Line Splitting uses the frequency range above the voice band on a single Loop for the advanced data service. The advanced data service may be provided by the Customer of record or another data service provider chosen by the Customer of record. A Splitter must be inserted into the Loop to accommodate establishment of the advanced data service. The Splitter separates the voice and data traffic and allows the copper Loop to be used for simultaneous DLEC data transmission and CLEC provided voice service to the End User. "CLEC" wil herein be referred to as the voice service provider while "DLEC" wil be referred to as the advanced data service provider. CLEC and DLEC may be the same entity. 9.21.2 Terms and Conditions 9.21.2.1 General 9.21.2.1.1 The Customer of record (the voice service provider) wil order the insertion of a Splitter. Qwest is not responsible for providing the Splitter, filter(s) August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 137 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements and/or other equipment necessary for the End User to receive separate voice and data service across a single copper Loop. 9.21.2.1.2 To order Line Splitting, CLEC/DLEC must have a Splitter installed in the Owest Wire Center that serves the End User. The POTS Splitter must meet the requirements for Central Offce equipment Collocation set by the FCC or be compliant with ANSI T1.413. 9.21.2.1.3 CLEC/DLEC may provide any xDSL services that are compatible with CLEC's voice service in accordance with ANSI T1.413 or IEEE 820 or other industry standards. 9.21.2.1.4 There may be only one DLEC at any given time that provides advanced data service on any given Line Splittng arrangement. 9.21.2.1.5 The Customer of record wil be able to request conditioning on the Unbundled Loop portion of the Line Splittng arrangement. Owest wil perform requested conditioning of shared Loops to remove load coils and excess Bridged Taps. If CLEC requests conditioning and such conditioning significantly degrades the voice services on the Loop to the point that it is unacceptable to CLEC, CLEC shall pay the conditioning rate set forth in Exhibit A to recondition the Loop. .9.21.2.1.6 Splitters may be installed in Owest Wire Centers at the discretion of CLEC/DLEC: via the standard Collocation arrangements set forth in the Collocation Section; of this Agreement. Under either option, Splitters wil be appropriately hard-wired or pre-wired so that Owest is not required to inventory more than two (2) points of termination. For Line Splitting, Owest shall use the same number of Cross Connections and the same length of the tie pairs as it uses for other split services under this Agreement. 9.21.2.1.7 Intentionally Left Blank 9.21.2.1.8 Splitter Collocation requirements are covered in the Shared Loop Section of this Agreement. 9.21.3 Rate Elements The following Line Splitting rate elements are contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 9.21.3.1 Recurring Rates for Line Splitting. 9.21.3.1.1 Interconnection TIE Pairs (ITP). A monthly recurring charge to recover the costs associated with the use of 2 ITPs, one for voice and one for voice/data. 9.21.3.1.2 OSS Charge - A monthly recurring charge to recover the cost of the OSS modifications necessary to provide access to the high frequency portion of the Loop. See Section 9.4.4 of Exhibit A. 9.21.3.2 Nonrecurring Rates for the Line Splittng.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 138 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.21.3.2.1 Basic Installation Charge for Line Splitting - A nonrecurring charge for each Line Splitting arrangement installed wil apply. 9.21.3.2.2 Charge for conditioning Loop associated with Line Splitting - A nonrecurring charge for either conditioning the Loop by removing load coils and/or excess Bridged Taps; or reconditioning the line if necessary to assure the quality of the voice service on the voice service. 9.21.3.3 Nonrecurring Rates for Maintenance and Repair 9.21.3.3.1 Trouble Isolation Charge - A nonrecurring charge for Trouble isolation wil be applied in accordance with the Access to OSS- Maintenance and Repair Section. 9.21.3.3.2 Additional Testing - The Customer of record may request Qwest to perform additional testing, and Qwest may decide to perform the requested testing on a case-by-case basis. A nonrecurring charge wil apply in accordance with Exhibit A, Section 9.20.4. 9.21.3.4 Rates for Splitter Collocation are included in Section 8.1.20 of Exhibit A of this Agreement. 9.21.3.5 Exhibit A identifies the rates that have been approved by the Commission. The other rates are interim and wil be subject to true-up based on either mutually agreed permanent rates or permanent rates established in a cost proceeding conducted by the Commission. In the event interim rates are established by the Commission before permanent rates are set, the interim rates set forth in Exhibit A wil be changed to reflect the interim rates set by the Commission; however, no true up wil be performed until mutually agreed to permanent rates are established or permanent rates are established by the Commission. . 9.21.4 Ordering Process 9.21.4.1 Line Splitting 9.21.4.1.1 As a part of the pre-order process, CLEC/DLEC may access Loop characteristic information through the Loop Qualification and Raw Loop Data Tools described in the Support Functions Section. The Customer of record wil determine, in its sole discretion and at its risk, whether to add data services to any specific Loop. 9.21.4.1.2 The Customer of record wil provide on the LSR, the appropriate frame terminations that are dedicated to Splitters. Qwest wil administer all cross connects/jumpers on the COSMIC/MDF and IDF. 9.21.4.1.3 Basic Installation "lift and lay" procedure wil be used for all Line Splitting orders. Under this approach, a Qwest technician "lifts" the Loop from its current termination in a Qwest Wire Center and "lays" it on a new termination connecting to CLEC's/DLEC's collocated equipment in the same Wire Center.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 139 . 9.21.5 9.21.6 . 9.21.7. Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.21.4.1.4 The Customer of record shall not place orders for Line Splitting unti all work necessary to provision Line Splitting in a given Owest Wire Center, including, but not limited to, Splitter installation and tie cable reclassification or augmentation has been completed. 9.21.4.1.5 If the voice service is disconnected on a Line Splitting arrangement, the Line Splitting arrangement shall terminate. CLEC may arrange to provide DSL service to the End User Customer through purchase of another product. 9.21.4.1.6 The Customer of record (the voice service provider) shall submit the appropriate LSR's associated with establishing Line Splitting. Biling 9.21.5.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.21.5.2 Owest shall bil the Customer of record for all recurring and nonrecurring Line Splitting rate elements. Repair and Maintenance 9.21.6.1 Owest wil allow CLEC/DLEC to access Line Splittng at the point where the combined voice and data Loop is cross-connected to the Splitter. 9.21.6.2 The Customer of record wil be responsible for reporting to Owest voice service troubles provided over Line Splitting. Owest wil be responsible to repair troubles on the physical line between Network Interface Devices at the Customer premises and the demarcation point in Owest Wire Centers. CLEC/DLEC wil be responsible for repairing data services provided on Line Splitting. Owest, CLEC and DLEC each wil be responsible for maintaining its equipment. The entity that controls the Splitters wil be responsible for their maintenance. 9.21.6.3 Intentionally Left Blank 9.21.6.4 When Splitters are installed in Owest Wire Centers via Common Area Splitter Collocation, CLEC/DLEC wil order and install additional Splitter cards as necessary to increase the capacity of the Splitters. CLECIDLEC wil leave one (1) unused, spare Splitter card in every shelf to be used for repair and maintenance until such time as the card must be used to fill the shelf to capacity. 9.21.6.5 When Splitters are installed in Owest Wire Centers via standard Collocation arrangements, CLEC/DLEC may install test access equipment in its Collocation areas in those Wire Centers for the purpose of testing Line Splittng. This equipment must meet the requirements for Central Office equipment set by the FCC. 9.21.6.6 Owest, CLEC and DLEC wil work together to address End User initiated repair requests and to prevent adverse impacts to the End User. Customer of Record and Authorized Agents August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 140 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.21.7.1 "Customer of record" is defined for purposes of this section as the CLE C that is providing the voice service. Owest wil bil the Customer of Record for Line Splitting. The Customer of record may designate an authorized agent pursuant to the terms of sections 9.21.7.2 and 9.21.7.3 to perform Ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions. 9.21.7.2 In order for the authorized agent of the Customer of record to perform ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions, the Customer of record must provide its authorized agent the necessary access and security devices, including but not limited to user identifications, digital certificates and SecurlD cards, that wil allow the authorized agent to access the records of the Customer of record. Such access wil be managed by the Customer of Record. 9.21.7.3 The Customer of Record shall hold Owest harmless with regard to any harm to Customer of Record as a direct and proximate result of the acts or omissions of the authorized agent of the Customer of Record or any other person who has obtained from the Customer of Record the necessary access and security devices through the Customer of Record, including but not limited to user identifications, digital certificates and SecurlD cards, that allow such person to access the records of the Customer of Record unless such access and security devices were wrongfully obtained by such Person through the wilful or negligent behavior of Owest. 9.22 Intentionally Left Blank 9.23 Unbundled Network Element Combinations .9.23.1 General Terms 9.23.1.1 Owest shall provide CLEC with non-discriminatory access to combinations of Unbundled Network Elements, including but not limited to, Enhanced Extended Loop (EEL), according to the following terms and conditions. 9.23.1.2 Owest wil offer to CLEC UNE Combinations, on rates, terms and conditions that are just, reasonable and non-discriminatory in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the requirements of Section 251 and Section 252 of the Act, the applicable FCC rules, and other Applicable Laws. The methods of access to UNE Combinations described in this section are not exclusive. Owest wil make available any other form of access requested by CLEC that is consistent with the Act and the regulations thereunder. CLEC shall be entitled access to all combinations functionality as provided in FCC rules and other Applicable Laws. Owest shall not require CLEC to access any UNE Combinations in conjunction with any other service or element unless specified in this Agreement or as required for Technical Feasibilty reasons. Owest shall not place any use restrictions or other limiting conditions on UNE Combinations accessed by CLEC, except as specified in this Agreement or required by Existing Rules. 9.23.1.2.1 Changes in law, regulations or other "Existing Rules" relating to UNEs and UNE Combinations, including additions and deletions of elements Owest is required to unbundle and/or provide in a UNE Combination, shall be incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.2. CLEC and Owest agree that the UNEs identified in Section 9 are not exclusive and that pursuant to . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 141 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements changes in FCC rules, or the Bona Fide Request process, CLEC may identify and request that Qwest furnish additional or revised UNEs to the extent required under Section 251 (c)(3) of the Act. Failure to list aUNE herein shall not constitute a waiver by CLEC to obtain a UNE subsequently defined by the FCC. 9.23.1.2.2 CLEC may Commingle UNEs and combinations of UNEs with wholesale services and facilties (e.g., switched and special access services offered pursuant to Tariff), and request Qwest to perform the necessary functions to provision such Commingling. CLEC wil be required to provide the Connecting Facility Assignment (CFA) of CLEC's network demarcation (e.g., Collocation or multiplexing facilties) for each UNE, UNE Combination, or wholesale service when requesting Qwest to perform the Commingling of such services. Qwest shall not deny access to a UNE on the grounds that the UNE or UNE Combination shares part of Qwests network with access services. All requests for combinations and Commingling wil be subject to the terms and conditions in Section 9.1. In addition to the UNE Combinations provided by Qwest to CLEC hereunder, Qwest shall permit CLEC to combine any UNE provided by Qwest with another UNE provided by Qwest or with compatible network components provided by CLEC or provided by third parties to CLEC in order to provide Telecommunications Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CLEC can connect its UNE Combination to Qwests Directory Assistance and operator services platforms. .9.23.1.3 When ordered as combinations of UNEs, Network Elements that are currently combined and ordered together wil not be physically disconnected or separated in any fashion except for technical reasons or if requested by CLEC. Network Elements to be provisioned together shall be identified and ordered by CLEC as such. When CLEC orders in combination UNEs that are currently interconnected and functional, such UNEs shall remain interconnected or combined as a working service without any disconnection or disruption of functionality. 9.23.1.4 When ordered in combination, Qwest wil combine for CLEC UNEs that are ordinarily combined in Qwests network, provided that facilities are available. 9.23.1.5 When ordered in combination, Qwest wil combine for CLEC UNEs that are not ordinarily combined in Qwests network, provided that facilities are available and such combination: 9.23.1.5.1 Is Technically Feasible; 9.23.1.5.2 Would not impair the ability of other Carriers to obtain access to UNEs or to interconnect with Qwests network; and 9.23.1.5.3 Would not impair Qwests use of its network. 9.23.1.6 When ordered in combination, Qwest wil combine CLEC UNEs with Qwest UNEs, provided that facilities are available and such combination: 9.23.1.6.1 Is Technically Feasible; 9.23.1.6.2 Shall be performed in a manner that provides Qwest access to.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 142 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . necessary facilities; 9.23.1.6.3 Would not impair the abilty of other Carriers to obtain access to UNEs or to interconnect with Qwests network; and 9.23.1.6.4 Would not impair Qwests use of its network. 9.23.2 Description UNE Combinations are available in, but not limited to, the following standard products: EEL, subject to the limitations set forth below. If CLEC desires access to a different UNE Combination, CLEC may request access through the Special Request Process set forth in this Agreement. Qwest wil provision UNE Combinations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement without requiring an amendment to this Agreement, provided that all of the UNEs included in the combination request, and their associated Billng rate elements are contained in this Agreement. If Qwest develops additional UNE Combination products, CLEC can order such products without using the Special Request Process, but CLEC may need to submit a New Customer Questionnaire and execute an amendment before ordering such products. 9.23.3 Terms and Conditions 9.23.3.1 Qwest shall provide non-discriminatory access to UNE Combinations on rates, terms and conditions that are non-discriminatory, just and reasonable. The quality of a UNE Combination Qwest provides, as well as the access provided to that UNE Combination, wil be equal between all Carriers requesting access to that UNE Combination; and, where Technically Feasible, the access and UNE Combination provided by Qwest wil be provided in "substantially the same time and manner" to that which Qwest provides to itself. In those situations where Qwest does not provide access to UNE Combinations itself, Qwest wil provide access in a manner that provides CLEC with a meaningful opportunity to compete. . 9.23.3.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.3 9.23.3.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.5 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.9.23.3.6 9.23.3.7 Enhanced Extended Loop (EEL) -- EEL is a combination of Loop and dedicated interoffice transport and may also include multiplexing. EEL transport and Loop facilties may utilze DSO through DS3 bandwidths. The terms and conditions of Section 9.6 shall apply to the Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport portion of the EEL. The terms and conditions of Section 9.2 shall apply to the Loop portion of the EEL. EEL is offered as a conversion from private line/special access or as new installation subject to the terms of Section 9.1.1. 9.23.3.7.1 Service Eligibility Criteria in Section 9.1.1.10 apply to combinations of high capacity (DS 1 and DS3) Loops and interoffice transport . August 4, 2010/mms/liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 143 '.Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements (high capacity EELs). This includes new UNE EELs, EEL conversions (including commingled EEL conversions) or new commingled EELs (e.g., high capacity loops attached to special access transport). CLEC cannot utilze combinations of Unbundled Network Elements that include DS1 or DS3 Unbundled Loops and DS1 or DS3 Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) to create high capacity EELs unless CLEC certifies to Owest that the EELs meet the Service Eligibilty Criteria in Section 9.1.1.10. 9.23.3.7.2 Intentionally Left Blank. . 9.23.3.7.2.1 Intenti~nally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.5 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.6 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.7 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.8 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.9 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.10 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.11 CLEC may request the conversion of an existing private line/special access service to an EEL. Retail and/or resale private line circuits (including multiplexing) may be converted to EEL if the conversion is Technically Feasible and they meet the terms of Section 9.1.1. Owest wil provide CLEC with conversions to EELs according to the standard intervals set forth in Exhibit C. Work performed by Owest to provide Commingled EELs at CLEC's request or to provide services that are not subject to standard provisioning intervals wil not be subject to performance measures and remedies, if any, contained in this Agreement or elsewhere, by virtue of that service's inclusion in a requested Commingled EEL service arrangement. Provisioning intervals applicable to services included in a requested Commingled service arrangement wil not begin to run until CLEC provides a complete and accurate service request, necessary CFAs to Owest, and Owest completes work required to provide for the Commingling that is in addition to work required to provision the service as a stand-alone facility or service. 9.23.3.7.2.11.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.12 EEL is a combination of Loop and dedicated interoffce transport used for the purpose of connecting an End User.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 144 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Customer to CLEC's Collocation. EEL can also be ordered as a new installation of circuits for the purpose of CLEC providing services to End User Customers. 9.23.3.7.2.12.1 9.23.3.7.2.12.2 Terms and Conditions Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.12.3 One (1) end of the interoffice facilty of a high capacity EEL must originate at CLEC's Collocation in a Wire Center other than the Serving Wire Center of the Loop. 9.23.3.7.2.12.4 EEL combinations consist of Loops and interoffce transport of the same bandwidth (Point-to-Point EEL). High capacity point-to-point EELs must originate. from CLEC's Collocation in a Wire Center other than the Serving Wire Center of the Loop. When multiplexing is requested, EEL may consist of Loops and interoffce transport of different bandwidths (multiplexed EEL). 9.23.3.7.2.12.5 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.7.2.12.6 Installation intervals are set forth in Exhibit C and in the Service Interval Guide (SIG) on the following web site address: http://ww.qwest.com/carrier/guides/sig/index.html. 9.23.3.7.2.12.7 Intentionally Left Blank.. 9.23.3.7.2.12.8 EEL is available only where existing facilties are available. 9.23.3.8 9.23.3.7.2.12.9 Rearrangements may be requested for work to be performed by Owest on an existing EEL or on some private line/special access circuits when coupled with a conversion-as- specified request to convert to EEL. Ordering 9.23.3.8.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.8.2 CLEC wil submit EEL orders using the LSR process. 9.23.3.8.3 Owest wil install the appropriate channel card based on the DSO EEL Loop LSR order and apply the charges. 9.23.3.8.4 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.8.5 One (1) LSR is required when CLEC orders Point-to-Point EEL. Multiplexed EEL and EEL Loops must be ordered on separate LSRs. 9.23.3.8.6 Out of Hours Project Coordinated Installations: CLEC may request project coordinated installations outside of Owests standard installation . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 145 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements hours. This permits CLEC to obtain a coordinated installation for EEL where CLEC requests work to be performed outside of Owests standard installation hours. For purposes of this Section, Owests standard installation hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (local time), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. Installations commencing outside of these hours are considered to be out of hours project coordinated installations. 9.23.3.8.6.1 The date and time for the out of hours project coordinated installation requires up-front planning and shall be negotiated between Owest and CLEC. All requests wil be processed on a first come, first served basis and are subject to Owests ability to meet a reasonable demand. Considerations such as volumes, system down time, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibilty of other CLECs requesting the same appointment times in the same Switch (Switch contention) must be reviewed. 9.23.3.8.6.2 To request out of hours project coordinated installations, CLEC wil submit an LSR designating the desired appointment time. CLEC must specify an out of hours project coordinated Installation in the "remarks" section of the LSR. 9.23.3.9 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for EEL and also provides Miscellaneous Charges..9.23.3.9.1 EEL Loop. The EEL Loop is the Loop connection between the End User Customer premises and the Serving Wire Center. EEL Loop is available in DSO, DS1, and DS3 bandwidths. Recurring and nonrecurring charges apply. 9.23.3.9.2 EEL Transport. EEL Transport consists of the dedicated interoffce facilties between Owest Wire Centers. EEL Transport is available in DSO, DS1, and DS3 bandwidths. Recurring charges apply. 9.23.3.9.3 EEL Multiplexing. EEL multiplexing is offered in DS3 to DS1 and DS1 to DSO configurations. EEL multiplexing is ordered with EEL Transport. Recurring and nonrecurring charges apply. 9.23.3.9.4 DSO Low Side Channelization and DSO MUX Low Side Channelization. EEL DSO Channel Cards are required for each DSO EEL Loop. Channel Cards are available for Analog Loop Start, Ground Start, Reverse Battery, and No Signaling. 9.23.3.9.5 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.9.6 Rearrangements. Nonrecurring charges apply for work performed by Owest on an existing EEL or on private line/special access circuits when coupled with a conversion-as-specified request to convert to EEL. .August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 146 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.23.3.9.7 Nonrecurring charges apply for conversions of private line/Special Access to EEL. 9.23.3.9.8 Miscellaneous Charges. The following miscellaneous services, as described in Section 9.1.12, are available with EEL. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services. a) Additional labor - installation Miscellaneous Charges apply for out- of-hours project coordinated installations scheduled to commence out of hours, or rescheduled by CLEC to commence out of hours, in addition to standard nonrecurring charges for the installation b) Additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges apply for Optional Testing c)Cancellation d)Design change e)Dispatch f)Expedite g)Maintenance of Service. 9.23.3.10 CLEC may request access to and, where appropriate, development of, additional UNE Combinations. For UNEs Owest currently combines in its network, CLEC can use the Special Request Process (SRP) set forth in Exhibit F. For UNEs that Owest does not currently combine, CLEC must use the Bona Fide Request Process (BFR). In its BFR or SRP request, CLEC must identify the specific combination of UNEs, identifying each individual UNE by name as described in this Agreement. . 9.23.3.11 Intentionally Left Blank. 9.23.3.12 If CLEC is obtaining services from Owest under an arrangement or agreement that includes the application of termination liabilty assessment (TLA) or minimum period charges, and if CLEC wishes to convert such services to UNEs or a UNE Combination, the conversion of such services wil not be delayed due to the applicability of TLA or minimum period charges. The applicability of such charges is governed by the terms of the original agreement, Tariff or arrangement. Nothing herein shall be construed as expanding the rights otherwise granted by this Agreement or by law to elect to make such conversions. 9.23.3.13 For installation of new UNE Combinations, CLEC wil not be assessed UNE rates for UNEs ordered in combination until access to all UNEs that make up such combination have been provisioned to CLEC as a combination. 9.23.3.14 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.9.23.3.15 . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 147 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.23.3.16 In the event Owest terminates the Provisioning of any UNE Combination service to CLEC for any reason, CLEC shall be responsible for providing any and all necessary notice to its End User Customers of the termination. In no case shall Owest be responsible for providing such notice to CLEC's End User Customers. Owest shall only be required to notify CLEC of Owests termination of the UNE Combination service on a timely basis consistent with Commission rules and notice requirements. 9.23.3.17 CLEC, or CLEC's agent, shall act as the single point of contact for its End User Customers' service needs, including without limitation, sales, service design, order taking, Provisioning, change orders, training, maintenance, trouble reports, repair, post- sale servicing, Biling, collection and inquiry. CLEC shall inform its End User Customers that they are End User Customers of CLEC. CLEC's End User Customers contacting Owest wil be instructed to contact CLEC, and Owests End User Customers contacting CLEC wil be instructed to contact Owest. In responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging remarks about each other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls received by either Party wil be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Owest or CLEC from discussing its products and services with CLEC's or Owests End User Customers who call the other Party seeking such information. 9.23.4 Rates and Charges 9.23.4.1 The rates and recurring and nonrecurring charges for the individual Unbundled Network Elements that comprise UNE Combinations are contained in Exhibit A, and Exhibit A also provides Miscellaneous Charges...9.23.4.1.1 Recurring monthly charges for each Unbundled Network Element that comprise the UNE Combination shall apply when a UNE Combination is ordered. 9.23.4.1.2 Nonrecurring charges, if any, wil apply based upon the cost to Owest of Provisioning the UNE Combination and providing access to the UNE Combination. 9.23.4.1.3 Miscellaneous Charges wil apply based upon Owest providing miscellaneous services, if made available, with UNE combination. 9.23.4.2 If the Commission takes any action to adjust the rates previously ordered, Owest wil make a compliance filing to incorporate the adjusted rates into Exhibit A. Upon the compliance fiing by Owest, the Parties wil abide by the adjusted rates on a going-forward basis, or as ordered by the Commission. 9.23.4.3 CLEC shall be responsible for Biling its End User Customers served over UNE Combinations for surcharges required of CLEC by statute, regulation or otherwise required. 9.23.4.4 9.23.4.5 9.23.4.6 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. Owest shall have a reasonable amount of time to implement system or.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 148 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . other changes necessary to bil CLEC for Commission-ordered rates or charges associated with UNE Combinations. 9.23.5 Ordering Process 9.23.5.1 UNE Combinations and associated products and services are ordered via an LSR or ASR, as appropriate. Ordering processes are contained in this Agreement and in the PCAT. The following is a high-level description of the ordering process: 9.23.5.1.1 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.9.23.5.1.2 9.23.5.1.3 Step 1: Complete product questionnaire with account team representative. 9.23.5.1.4 Step 2: Obtain Billng Account Number (BAN) through account team representative. 9.23.5.1.5 Step 3: Allow two (2) to three (3) weeks from Qwests receipt of a completed questionnaire for accurate loading of UNE Combination rates to the Qwest Biling system. 9.23.5.1.6 Step 4: After account team notification, place UNE Combination orders via an LSR or ASR, as appropriate. 9.23.5.1.7 Additional information regarding the ordering processes is located in the Qwest Product Catalog (PCAT).. 9.23.5.2 Prior to placing an order on behalf of each End User Customer, CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and have in its possession a Proof of Authorization as set forth in this Agreement. 9.23.5.3 Standard service intervals for each EEL are set forth in Exhibit C. For UNE Combinations with appropriate retail analogues, CLEC and Qwest wil use the standard Provisioning interval for the equivalent retail service. CLEC and Qwest can separately agree to Due Dates other than the standard intervaL. 9.23.5.4 Due Date intervals are established when Qwest receives a complete and accurate Local Service Request (LSR) or Access Service Request (ASR) made through the IMA, EDI or Exact interfaces or through facsimile. For EEL, the date the LSR or ASR is received is considered the start of the service interval if the order is received on a business day prior to 3:00 p.m. For EEL, the service interval wil begin on the next business day for service requests received on a non-business day or after 3:00 p.m. on a business day. Business days exclude Saturdays, Sundays, New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day (4th of July), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. 9.23.5.5 9.23.5.6 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 149 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.23.5.7 For EELs, CLEC shall provide Owest and Owest shall provide CLEC with points of contact for order entry, problem resolution, repair, and in the event special attention is required on service request. 9.23.6 Biling 9.23.6.1 Owest shall provide CLEC, on a monthly basis, within seven (7) to ten (10) Days of the last day of the most recent Biling period, in an agreed upon standard electronic Biling format, Billng information including (1) a summary bil, and (2) individual End User Customer sub-account information consistent with the samples available for CLEC review. 9.23.7 Maintenance and Repair 9.23.7.1 Owest wil maintain facilities and equipment that comprise the service provided to CLEC as a UNE Combination. CLEC or its End User Customers may not rearrange, move, disconnect or attempt to repair Owest facilities or equipment, other than by connection or disconnection to any interface between Owest and the End User Customer, withoutlhe written consent of Owest. 9.24 Loop Splitting 9.24.1 Description .Loop Splitting provides CLEC/DLEC with the opportunity to offer advanced data service simultaneously with voice service over an existing Unbundled Loop by using the frequency range above the voice band on the copper Loop. The advanced data service may be provided by the Customer of Record (the voice service provider) or another data service provider chosen by the Customer of Record. The Splitter separates the voice and data traffc and allows the copper Loop to be used for simultaneous DLEC data transmission and CLEC provided voice service to the End User Customer. "CLEC" wil herein be referred to as the voice service provider while "DLEC" wil be referred to as the advanced data service provider. CLEC and DLEC may be the same entity. 9.24.1.1 With regard to Owests current requirement that Loop Splitting be offered over an existing Unbundled Loop, Owest acknowledges that there are ongoing industry discussions regarding the Provisioning of Loop Splitting over a new Unbundled Loop. If as a result of those discussions, a process is developed for Loop Splitting over a new Loop, Owest wil amend its Agreement to eliminate the limitation of Loop Splitting to existing Unbundled Loops. 9.24.2 Terms and Conditions 9.24.2.1 General 9.24.2.1.1 Owest is not responsible for providing the Splitter, fiter(s) and/or other equipment necessary for the End User Customer to receive separate voice and data service across a single copper Loop. 9.24.2.1.2 To order Loop Splitting, CLEC/DLEC must have a Splitter installed in the Owest Wire Center that serves the End User Customer. The.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 150 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . Splitter must meet the requirements for Central Offce equipment Collocation set by the FCC or be compliant with ANSI T1.413. 9.24.2.1.3 There may only be one DLEC at any given time that provides advanced data service on any given Unbundled Loop. 9.24.2.1.4 If Loop Splitting is requested for an analog Loop, the Loop must be converted to a 2/4 wire non-loaded Loop. 9.24.2.1.4.1 The Customer of Record wil be able to request conditioning of the Unbundled Loop. awest wil perform requested conditioning of Unbundled Loops to remove load coils and excess Bridged Taps under the terms and conditions associated with Loop conditioning contained in Section 9.2 of this Agreement. 9.24.2.1.4.2 If requested conditioning significantly degrades the existing service over the Unbundled Loop to the point that it is unacceptable to CLEC, Customer of Record shall pay to convert back to an analog Loop. 9.24.2.1.5 Splitters may be installed in awest Wire Centers at the discretion of CLEC/DLEC via the standard or Common Area Splitter Collocation arrangements set forth in the Collocation Section of this Agreement. Under either option, Splitters wil be appropriately hard-wired or pre-wired so that points of termination are kept to a minimum. For Loop Splitting, awest shall use the same length of tie pairs as it uses for other split services provided under this Agreement, except for the additional CLEC-to-CLEC connection, which is required for Loop Splittng. . 9.24.3 Rate Elements Recurring and nonrecurring charges for the following Loop Splitting rate elements are contained in Exhibit A, and Exhibit A also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.24.3.1 Recurring Rates 9.24.3.1.1 Interconnection Tie Pairs (ITP) - A monthly recurring charge to recover the costs associated with the use of ITPs. 9.24.3.1.2 OSS Charge - A monthly recurring charge to recover the cost of the OSS modifications necessary to provide access to the high frequency portion of the Unbundled Loop. 9.24.3.2 Nonrecurring Rates 9.24.3.2.1 Basic Installation Charge - A nonrecurring charge for Loop Splitting installed wil apply. 9.24.3.3 Miscellaneous Charges. All miscellaneous services as described in Section 9.1.12 are available with Subloop. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 151 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.24.3.4 Rates for Splitter Collocation are included in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 9.24.3.5 All of these rates are interim and wil be subject to true-up based on either mutually agreed permanent rates or permanent rates established in a cost proceeding conducted by the Commission. In the event interim rates are established by the Commission before permanent rates are set, the interim rates set forth in Exhibit A wil be changed to reflect the interim rates set by the Commission; however, no true up wil be performed until mutually agreed to permanent rates are established or permanent rates are established by the Commission. 9.24.4 Ordering Process 9.24.41 Loop Splitting 9.24.4.1.1 As a part of the pre-order process, CLEC/DLEC may access Loop characteristic information through the Loop Information Tool described in the Access to OSS Section. The Customer of Record wil determine, in its sole discretion and at its risk, whether to add data services to any specific Unbundled Loop. 9.24.4.1.2 The Customer of Record wil provide on the LSR, the appropriate frame terminations that are dedicated to Splitters. Owest wil administer all cross connects/jumpers on the COSMIC/MDF and IDF..9.24.4.1.3 Basic Installation "lift and lay" procedure wil be used for all Loop Splittng orders. Under this approach, a Owest technician "lifts" the Loop from its current termination in a Owest Wire Center and "lays" it on a new termination connecting to CLEC's/DLEC's collocated equipment in the same Wire Center. 9.24.4.1.4 The Customer of Record shall not place orders for Loop Splitting until all work necessary to provision Loop Splitting in a given Owest Wire Center, including, but not limited to, Splitter installation and tie cable reclassification or augmentation has been completed. 9.24.4.1.5 The Customer of Record shall submit the appropriate LSRs associated with establishing Unbundled Loop and Loop Splitting. 9.24.4.1.6 If the voice service is disconnected on a Loop Splitting arrangement, the Loop Splitting arrangement shall terminate. CLEC may arrange to provide DSL service to the End User Customer through purchase of another product. 9.24.5 Biling 9.24.5.1 Owest shall provide a bil to the Customer of Record, on a monthly basis, within seven (7) to ten (10) Days of the last day of the most recent Biling period, in an agreed upon standard electronic Billng format. 9.24.5.2 Owest shall bil the Customer of Record for all recurring and nonrecurring Loop Splitting rate elements. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 152 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements . 9.24.6 Repair and Maintenance 9.24.6.1 Owest wil allow CLEC/DLEC to access Loop Splitting at the point where the combined voice and data Loop is cross connected to the Splitter. 9.24.6.2 The Customer of Record wil be responsible for reporting to Owest service troubles provided over Loop Splitting. Owest wil be responsible to repair troubles on the physical line between Network Interface Devices at the End User Customer premises and the point of demarcation in Owest Wire Centers. Owest, CLEC and DLEC each wil be responsible for maintaining its equipment. The entity that controls the Splitters will be responsible for their maintenance. 9.24.6.3 Owest, CLEC and DLEC wil continue to develop repair and maintenance procedures for Loop Splitting and agree to document final agreed to procedures in a methods and procedures document that wil be made available on Owests web site. 9.24.7 Customer of Record and Authorized Agents 9.24.7.1 "Customer of Record" is defined for the purposes of this section as the voice service provider. Owest wil bil the Customer of Record for Loop Splitting. The Customer of Record may designate an authorized agent pursuant to the terms of sections 9.24.7.2 and 9.24.7.3 to perform ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions. 9.24.7.2 In order for the authorized agent of the Customer of Record to perform ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions, the Customer of Record must provide its authorized agent the necessary access and security devices, including but not limited to user identifications, digital certificates and SecurlD cards, that wil allow the authorized agent to access the records of the Customer of Record. Such access wil be managed by the Customer of Record. . 9.24.7.3 The Customer of Record shall hold Owest harmless with regard to any harm Customer of Record receives as a direct and proximate result of the acts or omissions of the authorized agent of the Customer of Record or any other Person who has obtained from the Customer of Record the necessary access and security devices, including but not limited to user identifications, digital certificates and SecurlD cards, that allow such Person to access the records of the Customer of Record unless such access and security devices were wrongfully obtained by such Person through the wilful or negligent behavior of Owest. 9.25 Loop-Mux Combination (LMC) 9.25.1 Description 9.25.1.1 Loop-Mux combination (LMC) is an unbundled Loop as defined in Section 9.2 of this Agreement (referred to in this Section as an LMC Loop) Commingled with a private line (PLT), or with a special access (SA), Tariffed DS1 or DS3 multiplexed facility with no interoffce transport. The PLT/SA multiplexed facility is provided as either an Interconnection Tie Pair (ITP) or Expanded Interconnection Termination (EICT) from the high side of the multiplexer to . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty.Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 153 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements CLEC's Collocation. The multiplexer and the Collocation must be located in the same Qwest Wire Center. 9.25.1.2 LMC provides CLEC with the ability to access End User Customers and aggregate DS1 or DSO unbundled Loops to a higher bandwidth via a PLT/SA DS1 or DS3 multiplexer. There is no interoffce transport between the multiplexer and CLEC's Collocation. 9.25.1.3 Qwest offers the LMC Loop as a biling conversion or as new provisioning. 9.25.2 Terms and Conditions 9.25.2.1 An Extended Enhanced Loop (EEL) may be commingled with the PLT/SA multiplexed facilty. ,'-9.25.2.2 available. LMC Loops wil be provisioned where existing facilities are 9.25.2.3 The PL T/SA DS1 or DS3 multiplexed facilty must terminate in a Collocation. 9.25.2.4 The multiplexed facility is subject to all terms and conditions (ordering, provisioning, and biling) of the appropriate Tariff..9.25.2.5 The multiplexer and the Collocation must be located in the same Qwest Wire Center. 9.25.2.6 Rearrangements may be requested for work to be performed by Qwest on an existing LMC Loop, or on some private line/special access circuits, when coupled with a conversion-as-specified request to convert to LMC Loop. 9.25.3 Rate Elements Exhibit A provides recurring and nonrecurring rates for LMC and also provides Miscellaneous Charges. 9.25.3.1 The LMC Loop is the Loop connection between the End User Customer Premises and the multiplexer in the serving Wire Center where CLEC is Collocated. LMC Loop is available in DSO and DS1. Recurring and non- recurring charges apply. 9.25.3.2 DSO Mux Low Side Channelization. LMC DSO channel cards are required for each DSO LMC Loop connected to a 1/0 LMC multiplexer. Channel cards are available for analog loop start, ground start, reverse battery, and no signaling. See channel performance for recurring charges. 9.25.3.3 Nonrecurring charges apply for billng conversions to LMC Loop. 9.25.3.4 Nonrecurring charge apply for rearrangements of an existing LMC Loop, or on some private line/special access circuits, when coupled with a.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 154 Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements .conversion-as-specified request to convert to LMC Loop. 9.25.3.5 Nonrecurring charges apply for conversion of private line/special access to LMC. 9.25.3.6 Miscellaneous Charges. The following miscellaneous services, as described in Section 9.1.12, are available with LMC. Miscellaneous Charges apply for miscellaneous services. a) Additional labor - installation Miscellaneous Charges apply for out- of-hours project coordinated installations scheduled to commence out of hours, or rescheduled by CLEC to commence out of hours, in addition to standard nonrecurring charges for the installation b) Additional labor - other Miscellaneous Charges apply for Optional Testing c)Cancellation d)Design change e)Dispatch f)Expedite g)Maintenance of Service .9.25.4 Ordering Process 9.25.4.1 Ordering processes for LMC Loop(s) are contained in this Agreement and in Qwests Product Catalog (PCAT). The following is a high-level description of the ordering process: 9.25.4.1.1 Step 1: Complete product questionnaire for LMC Loop(s) with account team representative. 9.25.4.1.2 Step 2: Obtain biling account number (SAN) through account team representative. 9.25.4.1.3 Step 3: Allow two (2) to three (3) weeks from Qwests receipt of a completed questionnaire for accurate loading of LMC rates to the Qwest biling system. 9.25.4.1.4 Step 4: After account team notification, place LMC Loop orders via an LSR. 9.25.4.2 Prior to placing an order on behalf of each End User Customer, CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining and have in its possession a Proof of Authorization (POA) as set forth in this Agreement. 9.25.4.3 Standard service intervals for LMC Loops are in the Service Interval Guide (SIG) available at ww.qwest.com/wholesale.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-BeU Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 155 .Section 9 Unbundled Network Elements 9.25.4.4 Due date intervals are established when Owest receives a complete and accurate LSR made through the IMA or EDI interfaces or through facsimile. For LMC Loops, the date the LSR is received is considered the start of the service interval if the order is received on a business day prior to 3:00 p.m. For LMC Loops, the service interval wil begin on the next business day for service requests received on a non-business day or after 3:00 p.m. on a business day. Business days exclude Saturdays, Sundays, New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day (4th of July), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. . 9.25.4.5 Out of Hours Project Coordinated Installations: CLEC may request an out of hours project coordinated Installation. This permits CLEC to obtain a coordinated installation for LMC Loops with installation work performed by Owest outside of Owests standard installation hours. For purposes of this Section, Owests standard installation hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (local time), Monday through Friday, except holidays. Installations commencing outside of these hours are considered to be out of hours project .coordinated installations. 9.25.4.5.1 The date and time for the out of hours project coordinated installation requires up-front planning and shall be negotiated between Owest and CLEC. All requests wil be processed on a first come, first served basis and are subject to Owests ability to meet a reasonable demand. Considerations such as volumes, system down time, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibilty of other CLECs requesting the same appointment times in the same Switch (Switch contention) must be reviewed. 9.25.4.5.2 To request out of hours project coordinated installations, CLEC wil submit an LSR designating the desired appointment time. CLEC must specify an out of hours project coordinated Installation in the "remarks" section of the LSR. 9.25.5 Biling 9.25.5.1 Owest shall provide CLEC, on a monthly basis, within seven to ten (7 to 10) Days of the last day of the most recent biling period, in an agreed upon standard electronic biling format, biling information including (1) a summary bil, and (2) individual End User Customer sub-account information. 9.25.6 Maintenance and Repair 9.25.6.1 Owest wil maintain facilities and equipment for LMC Loops provided under this Agreement. Owest wil maintain the multiplexed facilty pursuant to the Tariff. CLEC or its End User Customers may not rearrange, move, disconnect or attempt to repair Owest facilities or equipment, other than by connection or disconnection to any interface between Owest and the End User Customer, without the prior written consent of Owest. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 156 Section 10 Ancilary Services . Section 10.0 - ANCILLARY SERVICES 10.1 Interim Number Portabilty 10.1.1 Description 10.1.1.1 Interim Number Portabilty (INP) service is an arrangement that allows an End User Customer to retain its dialed telephone number when switching to another service provider. INP service can be provided by Qwest to CLEC or by CLEC to Qwest. For the purposes of this section, the Part porting traffc to the other Party shall be referred to as the "INP Providet' and the Part receiving INP traffc for termination shall be referred to as the "INP Requestor." 10.1.1.2 INP applies to those situations where an End User Customer elects to transfer to a New Service Provider and such End User Customer also wishes to retain its existing telephone number. INP consists of INP Provider's provision to the INP Requestor the capabilty to route calls placed to telephone numbers assigned to the INP Provider's Switches to the INP Requestots Switches. INP is available only for working telephone numbers assigned to the INP Provider's End User Customers who request to transfer to the INP Requestor's service. Local Interconnect Service (LIS) is required for INP. 10.1.1.3 INP is available as INP-Remote Call Forwarding (INP-RCF), Direct Inward Dialing (DID), and Directory Number Route Index (DNRI) and NXX Migration. DNRI is available as either direct to an End Offce Switch or through a Tandem Switch, also referred to as DNRI Tandem (RIPH) or portability hub. NXX Migration, or Local Exchange Routing Guide Reassignment, reassigns the entire Central Offce Code (NXX) to CLEC's Switch if the NXX Code is used solely for one (1) End User Customer. . 10.1.1.4 Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) 10.1.1.4.1 RCF permits a call to an INP Provider's assigned telephone number to be translated to the INP Requestor's dialable local telephone number. With the RCF solution. a permanent RCF is established in Qwests Switch forwarding any incoming call to the telephone number assigned and maintained in CLEC's Switch. 10.1.1.4.2 INP via RCF also requires office equipment (OE). on a per telephone number basis. The INP Requestor wil need to provide a forecast of deployment sites and estimated quantities of ported telephone numbers to assist in an assessment of available porting methods. Each request for INP via RCF wil be analyzed by the Infrastructure Availability Center. lAC, to determine if OE is available. 10.1.1.5 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) DID permits incoming calls to be ported to the INP Requestor's Switch via a DID trunk configuration. Each DID trunk group used for INP is dedicated to carrying DID INP traffc between Qwests End Offce Switch and CLEC's End Offce Switch. The traffc on these trunks cannot overfow to other trunks. In addition, inter-Switch signaling for DID is limited to multi-frequency (MF). This precludes passing the Callng Line ID to CLEC's . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 157 .Section 10 Ancilary Services End Offce Switch. With DID, because there is no SS7 capability, there are CLASS feature limitations. For DID, the INP Provider wil deliver the dialed telephone number to the INP Requestor's Central Offce. 10.1.1.6 Directory Number Route Indexing (DNRI) DNRI permits incoming calls to be ported to the INP Requestor's End Offce Switch via a route index. A permanent route index is assigned to the End User Customer's ported telephone number in the INP Provider's End Offce Switch. The INP Provider wil deliver the dialed seven digit telephone number to the INP requestor's Central Offce. INP Requestor may terminate the call as desired. Additional capacity for simultaneous call forwarding is available where Technically Feasible. The INP Requestor wil need to specify the number of simultaneous calls to be forwarded for each telephone number ported. DNRI Tandem Switch routing requires an additional thirty (30) Days lead time to establish technical requirements for routing the ported calls. 10.1.2 Terms and Conditions 10.1.2.1 Qwest and CLEC wil provide INP service in a non-discriminatory manner and with as litte impairment of functioning, quality, reliability and convenience as possible. 10.1.2.2 Qwest wil coordinate INP with Unbundled Loop cutovers in a reasonable amount of time and with minimum service disruption..10.1.2.3 The Parties shall provide INP on a reciprocal basis to each other to the extent Technically Feasible, and in accordance with rules and regulations as, from time to time, prescribed by the FCC and/or the Commission. 10.1.2.4 Until the long term number portability solution, referred to as Local Number Portability (LNP), is implemented by the industry pursuant to regulations issued by the FCC or the Commission, the Parties agree to provide INP to each other through RCF, DID, DNRI and NXX migration. Local Interconnect Service (LIS) is required for INP. 10.1.2.5 Once Local Number Portability has been implemented within a Wire Center, INP wil no longer be available for ordering within that Wire Center. 10.1.2.6 Upon LNP implementation, the INP offerings wil be withdrawn subject to advance notice to the other Party. Both Parties wil conform to the Western Region LNP Technical and Operations team guidelines and agreements for completion of INP to LNP conversion activity. 10.1.2.7 The INP Requestor's designated INP End Office Switch must return answer and disconnect supervision to the INP Provider's End Offce Switch. 10.1.2.8 The INP Requestor wil provide to the E911 database provider the network telephone number that the INP Requestor assigned to the INP Provider- assigned, ported telephone number. Updates to and maintenance of the INP information to the E911 database are the responsibility of the INP Requestor. For consistency in administration, the INP Requestor shall enter into a separate agreement.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 158 Section 10 Ancilary Services . with the E911 database provider. 10.1.2.9 Owest wil update its Line Information Database (UDS) listings for ported telephone numbers as directed by CLEC. Owest wil restrict Of cancel callng cards associated with these ported telephone numbers. UDB updates shall be completed by the Parties on the same business day each INP arrangement is activated. 10.1.2.10 An INP telephone number may be assigned by INP Requestor only to the INP Requestor's End User Customers located within the INP Provider's Local Callng Area and toll rating area that is associated with the NXX Code of the ported telephone number. 10.1.2.11 INP is applicable only if the INP Requestor is engaged in a reciprocal traffc exchange arrangement with the INP Provider. 10.1.2.12 Only the existing INP Provider assigned End User Customer telephone number may be used as a ported telephone number for INP. 10.1.2.13 An INP telephone number must be active and assigned to an End User Customer to accommodate INP. 10.1.2.14 INP services shall not be re-sold, shared or assigned by either Party to another LEC or CLEC. 10.1.2.15 INP is not offered for NXX Codes 555, 976, 960, and coin telephones, and Service Access Codes (Le., 500, 700, 8XX, 900). INP is not available for Feature Group A seven-digit telephone numbers, including Foreign Exchange. Furthermore, INP telephone numbers may not be used for mass callng events. . 10.1.2.16 The ported telephone number wil be returned to the End Office Switch which originally had the ported telephone number when the End User Customer disconnects service from the INP Requestor. The INP Requestor shall not retain it and reassign it to another End User Customer. The normal intercept announcement wil be provided by the INP Provider for the period of time until the telephone number is reassigned by the INP Provider. 10.1.2.17 Forecasts for INP must be included in the forecasting process detailed in Section 7 of this Agreement. 10.1.2.18 NXX Migration, or Local Exchange Routing Guide Reassignment, reassigns the entire Central Office Code (NXX) to CLEC's End Offce Switch if the NXX Code is used solely for one (1) End User Customer. Where one Party has activated an entire NXX Code for a single End User Customer, or activated a substantial portion of an NXX Code for a single End User Customer with the remaining telephone numbers in that NXX Code either reserved for future use or otherwise unused, if such End User Customer chooses to receive service from the other Party, the first Party shall cooperate with the second Part to have the entire NXX Code reassigned to an End Offce Switch operated by the second Party through the NANP administrator. In addition, both Parties agree to cooperate in arranging necessary updates and industry notification in the LERG (and associated industry databases, routing tables, etc.). Such transfer wil be accomplished with appropriate coordination between the Parties and subject to . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 159 .Section 10 Ancilary Services appropriate industry lead-times (as identified in the LERG guidelines and the Central Offce Code Administration guidelines) for movement of NXX Codes from one End Offce Switch to another. Other applications of NXX Code migration wil be discussed by the Parties as circumstances arise. 10.1.3 Ordering 10.1.3.1 Both Parties shall comply with ordering standards as developed by the industry. INP service is ordered via a Local Service Request and associated Number Portability forms. Specific details regarding the ordering of INP service is contained in the PCAT. 10.1.3.2 CLEC may order INP service either manually or through an electronic interface. The electronic gateway solution for ordering service is described in Section 12 of this Agreement. 10.1.3.3 Service intervals for INP are described below. These intervals apply when facilties and network capacity is available. Where facilties or network capacity is not available, intervals are on an Individual Case Basis (ICB). Orders received after 3:00 P.M. are considered the next business day. The following service intervals have been established for Interim Number Portabilty: 10.1.3.4 Qwest wil provide FOCs to CLECs within a reasonable time, no later than 48 hours after receipt of complete and accurate orders for regular POTS or simple business End User Customers. The FOC interval for all other complex orders wil be within a reasonable time, no later than 8 business days from receipt of complete and accurate orders. The FOe for ICB orders wil reflect an ICB FOC date. 10.1.3.5 For purposes of this Section, Qwests normal business hours are 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., local time, Monday through Friday. CLEC may also request a Frame Due Time (FDT) of 5:00 a.m. as a normal business hour, Monday through. Friday..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 160 Section 10 Ancilary Services .Requests for Frame Due Times other than the 5:00 a.m. or 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. normal business hours shall be considered an out of hours cut. 10.1.3.6 CLEC shall request service within the normal business hours by submitting. a Local Service Request (LSR) and designating the requested Frame Due Time. Requests for Frame Due Times within normal business hours wil be proactively managed by Qwest to ensure that the Frame Due Time is met. 10.1.3.7 Out of Hours Cut 10.1.3.7.1 Out-of-hours cuts permit CLEC to select either a coordinated or non-coordinated cut for INP service outside of Qwests normal business hours. For planning purposes, CLEC shall provide Qwest with a forecast of out-of-hours coordinated cuts at least two weeks prior to CLEC placing an order in a particular state. Forecasts should include the anticipated Frame Due Times and volumes to be ported out of hours. 10.1.3.7.2 CLEC shall request out of hours cuts by submitting a Local Service Request (LSR) and designating the desired FDT outside of the normal business hours. In the Remarks section of the LSR, CLEC must specify an Out of Hours cut and the type of cut (coordinated or non-coordinated). 10.1.3.7.3 The date and time for the coordinated cut may need to be negotiated between Qwest and CLEC because of system downtime, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibilty of other CLECs requesting the same FDT in the same Switch (Switch contention). Because of this up-front coordination and FDT negotiation efforts, Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) of the FDT wil require additional time. In the event that this situation would occur, Qwest wil negotiate with CLEC to provide the FOC within a reasonable time frame. . 10.1.3.7.4 Non-Coordinated Out of Hours Cut 10.1.3.7.4.1 CLEC shall request out of hours non-coordinated cuts by submitting a LSR and designating a 1 :00 a.m. FDT (Due Date) which is outside of the normal business hours. Non-coordinated cuts allow CLEC to request a Qwest FDT of 1 :00 a.m. where the actual cut occurs between the hours of 1 :00 a.m. and 7:00 a.m., with the cut completed by 7:30 a.m. of that Day (if the requested date is a business day, or by 7:30 a.m. of the next business day). 10.1.3.7.4.2 Conversion desk activities and escalation processes for non-coordinated out of hour cuts are accomplished during the business day prior to the cut. 10.1.3.7.4.3 CLEC wil not incur additional charges for non- coordinated out of hours cuts. 10.1.3.7.5 Coordinated Out of Hours Cut 10.1.3.7.5.1 CLECs shall request a coordinated out of hours cut . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 161 .Section 10 Ancilary Services by submittng a LSR and designating the requested FDT. 10.1.3.7.5.2 Out of hours coordinated cuts wil be managed by a Qwest project manager. Coordination of this effort requires an up-front internal planning session. Any changes to the original FDT wil be negotiated with CLEC and wil occur prior to issuing an FOC. 10.1.3.7.5.3 out of hours cuts. CLEC wil incur additional charges for coordinated 10.1.3.8 End User Customer Impacts 10.1.3.8.1 The INP Requestor is responsible for all dealings with and on behalf of its End User Customers, including all End User Customer account activity (e.g., End User Customer inquiries and complaints). 10.1.3.8.2 Each Part is responsible for obtaining a Proof of Authorization from its End User Customers who request a transfer of the End User Customer's telephone number from the other Party. 10.1.3.8.3 The INP Provider wil work cooperatively with the INP Requestor to ensure a smooth End User Customer transition and to provide for coordination with other facilities (e.g., Loops). .10.1.3.8.4 If an End User Customer requests transfer of service from the INP Requestor back to the INP Provider, the INP Provider may rely on that End User Customer request to institute cancellation of the INP service. The INP Provider wil provide at least 48 hours notice to the INP Requestor of the cancellation of INP service, and wil work cooperatively with the INP Requestor to ensure a smooth End User Customer transition and to provide for coordination with other facilties (e.g., Loops). 10.1.3.8.5 The INP Requestor wil submit to the INP Provider a disconnect order for each ported telephone number that is relinquished by the INP Requestor's End User Customers. Qwest wil provide an electronic interface for the purpose of ordering INP service. This interface may be accomplished by either a GUI (Graphical User Interface) or EDI (Electronic Data Interchange). 10.1.4 Maintenance and Repair 10.1.4.1 CLEC is responsible for its own End User Customers and wil have the responsibilty for resolution of any service trouble report(s) from its End User Customers. End User Customers of CLEC wil be instructed to report all cases of trouble to their Service Provider. 10.1.4.2 CLEC and Qwest wil provide to their respective End User Customers the correct telephone numbers to call for access to their respective repair bureaus. CLEC and Qwest wil provide their repair contact telephone numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis. 10.1.4.3 Qwest wil work cooperatively with CLEC to resolve trouble reports when.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 162 Section 10 Ancilary Services .the trouble condition has been isolated and found to be within a portion of the Qwest network. Qwest wil perform standard tests to isolate and repair the trouble. For INP trouble reports, Qwest wil not be responsible for testing the Unbundled Loop leased by CLEC. 10.1.4.4 The trouble ticket wil be closed by the functional group that corrected the trouble. This group wil also contact CLEC to inform them that the ticket has been closed. Current trouble codes and analysis codes wil be entered to the trouble ticket. 10.1.5 Rate Elements 10.1.5.1 INP Rate Elements In accordance with Commission requirements, Qwest recovers an appropriate allocation of its INP costs through charges to CLEC for each NXX Code assigned to CLEC. Per Commission Orders, a true-up wil be completed semi-annually. The true-up is a mechanism for readjusting the monthly charge based on forecasted quantities, to account for actual quantities during the year. The Parties wil comply with the FCC rules and Commission decisions on cost recovery for Interim Number Portabilty. Exhibit A of this Agreement contains Interim Number Portabilty rates. 10.1.5.1.1 In accordance with Commission requirements, Owest recovers an appropriate allocation of its INP costs through charges to CLEC for each NXX Code assigned to CLEC. Per Commission Orders, a true-up wil be completed semi-annually. The true-up is a mechanism for readjusting the monthly charge based on forecasted quantities, to account for actual quantities during the year.. 10.1.5.1.2 Charges for Coordinated Out of Hours Cuts. Charges for coordinated out of hours cuts shall be based upon actual hours worked at Qwests overtime rate, time and one-half rates for timeframes outside of Qwests normal hours except for Sundays and Holidays. Charges for coordinated out of hours cuts on Sundays and Holidays shall be based upon Qwests overtime premium rate, which is double time. Overtime rates wil be multiplied by the number of Qwest personnel actively participating in the cut, multiplied by the number of hours required for the cut. Exhibit A of this Agreement contains overtime rates for coordinated out of hours cuts. 10.1.5.1.2.1 Owest wil schedule the appropriate number of employees prior to the cut, based upon information provided by CLEC. If such information requires modification during the cut and, as a result, non-scheduled employees are required, CLEC shall be charged a four hour minimum callout. 10.1.5.2 Switched Access Revenues. Qwest wil comply with the FCC and Commission rules regarding the sharing of terminating Switched Access revenues. Once the End Offce Switch is converted to long term number portability (LNP), CLEC has the ability to directly bil the Interexchange Carrier, and no sharing of terminating Switched Access revenues is required. 10.1.5.2.1 The Switched Access rate elements are identified in Qwests Switched Access Tariff.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 163 .Section 10 Ancilary Services 10.1.5.2.2 Qwest wil use ARMIS data to determine the average Minutes of Use (MOU) by jurisdiction. ARMIS data is updated on a yearly basis. 10.1.5.2.3 The number of lines to be used in determining the amount of terminating Switched Access wil be extracted from the Qwest corporate data warehouse once each month. This database contains biled information for posted orders. 10.1.5.2.4 The calculation of the terminating Switched Access charges, along with the appropriate data for the preceding month wil be provided to CLEC to support the payment. Qwest wil pay the pass through amounts to CLEC within one month. Disputes wil be processed as though this credited amount were a biled amount under this Agreement. 10.2 Local Number Portabilty 10.2.1 Description . 10.2.1.1 Local Number Portabilty (LNP) is defined by the FCC as the abilty of users of Telecommunications Services to retain, at the same location, existing Telecommunications numbers without impairment of quality, reliability, or convenience when switching from one Telecommunications Carrier to another. Qwest will allow CLEC to port telephone numbers for its End User Customers in the same manner as Qwest ports telephone numbers for Qwest End User Customers. CLEC may port telephone numbers into and out of Qwest End Offce Switches on behalf of an End User Customer using the FCC rules and industry guidelines as described in the following Sections. 10.2.1.2 Qwest uses the Location Routing Number (LRN) architecture. Under the LRN architecture, each End Offce Switch is assigned a unique ten-digit LRN, the first six digits of which identify the location of that End Offce Switch. The LRN technology is a triggering and addressing method which allows the re-homing of individual telephone numbers to other End Offce Switches and ensures the proper routing of calls to ported telephone numbers through the use of a database and the signaling network. The LRN solution interrupts call processing through the use of an Advanced Intellgent Network (AIN) trigger, commonly referred to as the LRN trigger. During this interruption, a query is launched to the LNP database in the signaling network and the call is re-addressed using the LRN information for the ported telephone number. The LRN wil route the call to the proper End Offce Switch destination. The actual routing of the call with either the dialed telephone number, for calls to non-ported telephone numbers, or the LRN, for calls to ported telephone numbers, observes the rules, protocols and requirements of the existing Public Offce Dialing Plan (PODP). 10.2.2 Terms and Conditions 10.2.2.1 Qwest wil provide Local Number Portability (LNP), also known as long- term number portability, in a non-discriminatory manner in compliance with the FCC's rules and regulations and the guidelines of the FCC's North American Numbering Council's (NANC) Local Number Portability Administration (LNPA) Working Group and the Industry Numbering Committee (INC) of the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS). Unless specifically excluded in Section 10.2.2.6, all telephone.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 164 Section 10 Ancilary Services .numbers assigned to an End User Customer are available to be ported through LNP. Mass callng events shall be handled in accordance with the industry's non-LRN recommendation (NANC's High Volume Call-In Networks dated February 18, 1998). 10.2.2.2 Each Party shall use reasonable efforts to faciliate the expeditious deployment of LNP. The Parties shall comply with the processes and implementation schedules for LNP deployment prescribed by the FCC. In accordance with industry guidelines, the publications of LNP capable End Offce Switches and the schedule and status for future deployment wil be identified in the Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG). 10.2.2.3 In connection with the provision of LNP, the Parties agree to support and comply with all relevant requirements or guidelines that are adopted by the FCC, or that are agreed to by the Telecommunications industry as a national industry standard. 10.2.2.4 Qwest wil coordinate LNP with Unbundled Loop cutovers in a reasonable amount of time and with minimum service disruption, pursuant to Unbundled Loop provisions identified in Section 9 of this Agreement. CLEC wil coordinate with Qwest for the transfer of the Qwest Unbundled Loop coincident with the transfer of the End User Customer's service to Qwest in a reasonable amount of time and with minimum service disruption. For coordination with Loops not associated with Qwests Unbundled Loop offering, CLEC may order the LNP managed cut, as described in Section 10.2.5.4. 10.2.2.4.1 Parties understand that LNP order activity must be coordinated with facilties cutovers in order to ensure that the End User Customer is provided with uninterrupted service. If the Party porting the telephone number experiences problems with its port or provision of its Loop, and needs to delay or cancel the port and any Loop disconnection, that Part shall notify the other Party immediately. Parties wil work cooperatively and take prompt action to delay or cancel the port and any Loop disconnection in accordance with industry (LNPA's National Number Porting Operations Team), accepted procedures to minimize End User Customer service disruptions. . 10.2.2.4.2 Parties shall transmit a port create subscription or port concurrence message to the NPAC, in accordance with the FCC's LNPA Working Group's guidelines. Qwest wil routinely send a concurrence message within the time frames established by the industry. 10.2.2.5 The Parties agree to implement LNP within the guidelines set forth by the generic technical requirements for LNP as specified in Section 21 of this Agreement. 10.2.2.6 Neither Party shall be required to provide Local Number Portability for telephone numbers that are excluded by FCC rulings (e.g. 500 and 900 NPAs, 950 and 976 NXX number services). 10.2.2.7 After an End Offce Switch becomes equipped with LNP, all NXXs assigned to that End Offce Switch wil be defined as portable, to the extent Technically Feasible, and translations wil be changed in each Party's Switches so that the portable NXXs are available for LNP database queries. When an NXX is defined as portable, it wil also be defined as portable in all LNP-capable End Office Switches that have direct trunks to the End Offce Switch associated with the portable NXX.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 165 .Section 10 Ancilary Services 10.2.2.8 Each Party shall offer Local Number Portability to End User Customers for any portion of an existing DID block without being required to port the entire block of DID telephone numbers. Each Party shall permit End User Customers who port a portion of DID telephone numbers to retain DID service on the remaining portion of the DID telephone numbers. 10.2.2.9 At the time of porting a telephone number via LNP from Owest, Owest shall ensure that the LIDS entry for that telephone number is de-provisioned if the Owest LIDS is not being used by CLEC. 10.2.2.10 Soth Parties agree to follow the LNP End Offce Switch request process established by the Parties and in compliance with industry guidelines. . 10.2.2.11 NXX Migration, or Local Exchange Routing Guide Reassignment, reassigns the entire Central Office Code (NXX) to CLEC's End Offce Switch if the code is used solely for one End User Customer. Where one Party has activated an entire NXX for a single End User Customer, or activated a substantial portion of an NXX for a single End User Customer with the remaining telephone numbers in the NXX either reserved for future use or otherwise unused, if such End User Customer chooses to receive service from the other Party, the first Party shall cooperate with the second Party to have the entire NXX reassigned to an End Offce Switch operated by the second Party through the NANP administrator. In addition, both Parties agree to cooperate in arranging necessary updates and industry notification in the LERG (and associated industry databases, routing tables, etc.). Such transfer wil be accomplished with appropriate coordination between the Parties and subject to appropriate industry lead- times (as identified in the LERG and the Central Offce Code Administration guidelines) for movement of NXXs from one End Offce Switch to another. Other applications of NXX migration wil be discussed by the Parties as circumstances arise. 10.2.2.12 In connection with all LNP requests, the Parties agree to comply with the National Emergency Number Association (NENA) recommended standards for service provider Local Number Portability (NENA-02-011), as may be updated from time to time, regarding unlocking and updating End User Customers' telephone number records in the 911/Automatic Location Information (ALI) database. The Current Service Provider shall send the 911 unlock record on the completion date of the order to the 911 database administrator. 10.2.2.13 Porting of Reserved Numbers. The End User Customers of each Party may port Reserved Numbers from one Party to the other Party via LNP. Owest wil port telephone numbers previously reserved by the End User Customer via the appropriate retail Tariffs until these reservations expire. Owest wil reserve telephone numbers in accordance with the FCC's rules. 10.2.2.14 Limits on Subscriber Relocation. Owest and CLEC agree that an End User Customer may geographically relocate at the same time as it ports its telephone number, using LNP, to the New Service Provider; provided, however, that the Current Service Provider may require that the End User Customer's relocation at the time of the port to the New Service Provider be limited to the geographic area represented by the NXX of the ported telephone number. The Current Service Provider may not impose a relocation limitation on the New Service Provider or the New Service Provider's subscribers that is more restrictive than that which the Current Service Provider would.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 166 Section 10 Ancilary Services . impose upon its own subscribers with telephone numbers having the same NXX as the telephone number(s) being ported. In addition, the Current Service Provider may not impose any restrictions on relocation within the same Rate Center by a ported End User Customer while that End User Customer is served by the New Service Provider. 10.2.3 Service Management System 10.2.3.1 Each Part shall sign the appropriate NPAC user agreement(s) and obtain certification from the appropriate NPAC administrator(s) that the Party or the Party's Service Order Administration (SOA) and Local Service Management System (LSMS) vendor(s) has systems and equipment that are compatible with the NPAC'sestablished protocols and that the application of such systems and equipment is compatible with the NPAC. 10.2.3.2 Each Party shall cooperate to facilitate the administration of the SMS through the process prescribed in the documents referenced in Section 21. 10.2.4 Database and Query Services 10.2.4.1 The LNP database provides the call routing information used by Qwests End Offce Switches and Tandem Switches to route CLEC's End User Customer's calls to a ported telephone number or to terminate calls to CLEC's End User Customers using a ported telephone number. Qwest shall penorm default LNP queries where CLEC is unable to penorm its own query. CLEC shall penorm default LNP queries where Qwest is unable to penorm its own query. Qwest query services and charges are defined in FCC Tariff #5, including End Offce and Tandem Switch Default Query Charges which are contained in Tariff Section 13 (Miscellaneous Service) and Database Query Charges which are contained in Tariff Section 20 (CCSAC Service Applications). 10.2.4.2 For local calls to a NXX in which at least one (1) telephone number has been ported via LNP at the request of CLEC, the Party that owns the originating Switch shall query an LNP database as soon as the call reaches the first LNP-capable Switch in the call path. The Part that owns the originating Switch shall query on a local call to a NXX in which at least one (1) telephone number has been ported via LNP prior to any attempts to route the call to any other Switch. Prior to the first telephone number in a NXX being ported via LNP at the request of CLEC, Qwest may query all calls directed to the NXX, subject to the Biling provisions as discussed in Section 10.2.4.1 and provided that Qwest queries shall not adversely affect the quality of service to CLEC's End User Customers as compared to the service Qwest provides its own End User Customers. . 10.2.4.3 A Party shall be charged for a LNP query by the other Party only if the Party to be charged is the N-1 Carrier and it was obligated to penorm the LNP query but failed to do so. Parties are not obligated to penorm the LNP query prior to the first port requested in a NXX. 10.2.4.4 On calls originating from a Party's network, the Party wil populate, if Technically Feasible, the Jurisdiction Information Parameter (JIP) with the first six digits of the originating LRN in the SS7 Initial Address Message. 10.2.4.5 Each Party shall cooperate in the process of porting telephone numbers from one Carrier to another so as to limit service outage for the ported End User . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 167 .Section 10 Ancilary Services Customer. Owest shall update its LNP database from the NPAC SMS data within fifteen (15) minutes of receipt of a download from the NPAC SMS. 10.2.5 Ordering 10.2.5.1 Both Parties shall comply with ordering standards as developed by the industry and as described in Section 12 of this Agreement. LNP service is ordered via a Local Service Request and associated LNP forms. CLEC may order LNP either manually or through an electronic interface. The electronic gateway solution for ordering service is described in Section 12 of this Agreement. 10.2.5.2 Standard Due Date Intervals. Service intervals for LNP are described below. These intervals include the time for Firm Order Confirmation (FOC). Orders received after 7:00 p.m. (Mountain time) are considered the next business day. The following service intervals have been established for LNP: Telephone Numbers To Port Interval* Simple (1 FR/1 FB)1-5 3 business days (includes FOC 24 hr interval) 6-50 4 business days (includes FOC 24 hr interval).51 or more Project Basis Complex (PBX Trunks, ISDN, Centrex) 1-25 5 business days (includes FOC 24 hr interval) 26 or more Project Basis *Intervals for LNP with Unbundled Loops shall be governed by Section 9.2 of the Agreement. 10.2.5.3 Most LNP order activity is flow-through, meaning that the ten (10) digit unconditional trigger, or Line Side Attribute (LSA) trigger, can be set automatically. CLEC may request any Due Date/Frame Due Time (DD/FDT) where the trigger can be set automatically, although there may be some instances when Owest or the Number Portabilty Administration Center/Service Management System (NPAC/SMS) wil provide prior electronic notice of specific blocks of time which cannot be used as a DD/FDT due to scheduled maintenance or other circumstances. If the DD/FDT on a flow-though cut is outside Owests normal business hours for LNP, Owest wil have personnel available in the repair center to assist in the event that CLEC experiences problems during the cut. In addition, Owest allows CLEC to request a managed cut on a 24 X 7 basis in those situations where a cut would otherwise have been flow-through, but where CLEC has a business need to have Owest personnel dedicated to the cut. The terms and conditions for managed cuts are described in 10.2.5.4..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 168 Section 10 Ancilary Services . 10.2.5.3.1 Qwest wil set the ten (10) digit unconditional trigger for telephone numbers to be ported, unless technically infeasible, by 11 :59 p.m. (local time) on the business day preceding the scheduled port date. (A 10-digit unconditional trigger cannot be set for DID services in AXE10 and DMS10 End Offce Switches thus managed cuts are required, at no charge.) The ten (10) digit unconditional trigger and End Offce Switch translations associated with the End User Customer's telephone number wil not be removed, nor wil Qwest disconnect the End User Customer's Billng and account information, unti 11 :59 p.m. (local time) of the next business day after the Due Date. CLEC is required to make timely notifications of Due Date changes or cancellations by 8:00 p.m. (mountain time) on the Due Date through a supplemental LSR order. In the event CLEC does not make a timely notification, CLEC may submit a late notification to Qwest as soon as possible but in no event later than 12:00 p.m. (mountain time) the next business day after the Due Date to Qwests Interconnect Service Center in the manner set forth below. For a late notification properly submitted, Qwest agrees to use its best efforts to ensure that the End User Customets service is not disconnected prior to 11 :59 p.m. of the next business day following the new Due Date or, in the case of a cancellation, no disruption of the End User Customets existing service. Late notifications must be made by callng Qwests Interconnect Service Center followed by CLEC submitting a confirming supplemental LSR order. 10.2.5.4 LNP Managed Cut With CLEC-Provided Loop: A managed cut permits CLEC to select a project managed cut for LNP. Managed cuts are offered on a 24 X 7 basis. 10.2.5.4.1 The date and time for the managed cut requires up-front planning and may need to be coordinated between Qwest and CLEC. All requests wil be processed on a first come, first served basis and are subject to Qwests abilty to meet a reasonable demand. Considerations such as system downtime, Switch upgrades, Switch maintenance, and the possibility of other CLECs requesting the same FDT in the same End Offce Switch (Switch contention) must be reviewed. In the event that any of these situations would occur, Qwest wil coordinate with CLEC for an agreed upon FDT, prior to issuing the Firm Order Confirmation (FOG). In special cases where a FDT must be agreed upon, the interval to reach agreement wil not exceed two (2) days. In addition, standard intervals wil apply. 10.2.5.4.2 CLEC shall request a managed cut by submittng a Local Service Request (LSR) and designating this order as a managed cut in the remarks section of the LSR form. . 10.2.5.4.3 CLEC wil incur additional charges for the managed cut dependent upon the FDT. The rates are based upon whether the request is within Qwests normal business hours or out of hours. Qwests normal business hours are 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., End User Customer local time, Monday through Friday. The rate for managed cuts during normal business hours is the standard rate. The rate for managed cuts out of hours, except for Sundays and Holidays, is the overtime rate. Sundays and Holidays are at premium rate. 10.2.5.4.4 Charges for managed cuts shall be based upon actual hours . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 169 .Section 10 Ancillary Services worked in one-half ('Y) hour increments. Exhibit A of this Agreement contains the rates for managed cuts. CLEC understands and agrees that in the event CLEC does not make payment for managed cuts, unless disputed as permitted under Section 5.4 of this Agreement, Owest shall not accept any new LSR requests for managed cuts. 10.2.5.4.5 Owest wil schedule the appropriate number of employees prior to the cut, normally not to exceed three (3) employees, based upon information provided by CLEC. CLEC wil also have appropriate personnel scheduled for the negotiated FDT. If CLEC's information is modified during the cut, and, as a result, non-scheduled employees are required, CLEC shall be charged a three (3) hour minimum callout charge per each additional non-scheduled employee. If the cut is either cancelled, or supplemented to change the Due Date, within twenty-four (24) hours of the negotiated FDT, CLEC wil be charged a one person three (3) hour minimum charge. If the cut is cancelled due to a Owest error or a new Due Date is requested by Owest within twenty-four (24) hours of the negotiated FDT, Owest may be charged by CLEC one person three (3) hour minimum charge as set forth in Exhibit A. . 10.2.5.4.6 In the event that the LNP managed cut conversion is not successful, CLEC and Owest agree to isolate and fix the problem in a timeframe acceptable to CLEC or the End User Customer. If the problem cannot be corrected within an acceptable timeframe to CLEC or the End User Customer, CLEC may request the restoral of Owest service for the ported End User Customer. Such restoration shall begin immediately upon request. If CLEC is in error then a supplemental order shall be provided to Owest. If Owest is in error, no supplemental order or additional order wil be required of CLEC. 10.2.5.4.7 Owest shall ensure that any LNP order activity requested in conjunction with a managed cut shall be implemented in a manner that avoids interrupting service to the End User Customer, including, without limitation, ensuring that the End User Customer's Owest Loop wil not be disconnected prior to confirmation that CLEC's Loop has been successfully installed. 10.2.6 Maintenance and Repair 10.2.6.1 Each Party is responsible for its own End User Customers and wil have the responsibilty for resolution of any service trouble report(s) from its End User Customers. End User Customers wil be instructed to report all cases of trouble to their Current Service Provider. 10.2.6.2 Each Party wil provide its respective End User Customers the correct telephone numbers to call for access to its respective repair bureau. Each Party wil provide its repair contact telephone numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis. 10.2.6.3 Owest wil work cooperatively with CLEC to isolate and resolve trouble reports. When the trouble condition has been isolated and found to be within a portion of the Owest network, Owest wil penorm standard tests and isolate and repair the trouble within twenty-four (24 ) hours of receipt of the report. 10.2.6.4 Owest wil proactively test new Switch features and service offerings to.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotíations Template, July 15, 2010 170 Section 10 Ancilary Services . ensure there are no problems with either the porting of telephone numbers or calls from Owest End User Customers to CLEC End User Customers with ported telephone numbers or vice versa. 10.2.7 Rate Elements 10.2.7.1 Owest wil comply with FCC and Commission rules on cost recovery for Local Number Portabilty. 10.3 911/E911 Service 10.3.1 Description 10.3.1.1 911 and E911 provides an End User Customer access to the applicable emergency service bureau, where available, by dialing a 3-digit universal telephone number (911 ). 10.3.1.2 Automatic Location Identification/Data Management System (AU/DMS). The AU/DMS database contains End User Customer information (including name, address, telephone number, and sometimes special information from the Current Service Provider or End User Customer) used to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the cali. The AU/DMS database is used to provide more routing flexibilty for E911 calls than Basic 911. 10.3.1.3 Basic 911 directly connects to the PSAP all 911 calls from one or more local exchange End Office Switches that serve a geographic area. E911 provides additional Selective Routing flexibilty for 911 calls. E911 uses End User Customer data, contained in the AU/DMS, to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the calL. . 10.3.2 Terms and Conditions 10.3.2.1 Owest wil provide nondiscriminatory access to the same Basic 911 or Enhanced 911 features, functions and services that Owest provides to its End User Customers. E911 functions provided to CLEC shall be at the same level of accuracy and reliabilty as for such support and services that Owest provides to its End User Customers for such similar functionality. 10.3.2.2 In counties where Owest has obligations under existing agreements as the primary provider of the 911 system to the county, CLEC wil participate in the provision of the 911 System as described in Section 10.3. 10.3.2.3 services. Owest shall conform to all state regulations concerning emergency 10.3.2.4 Owest shall route E911 calls to the appropriate PSAP. 10.3.2.5 Each Party wil be responsible for those portions of the 911 system for which it has total control, including any necessary maintenance to each Party's portion of the 911 system.. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 171 .Section 10 Ancillary Services 10.3.2.6 Owest wil provide CLEC with the identification of the Owest 911 controllng offce that serves each geographic area served by CLEC. 10.3.2.7 Owest wil provide CLEC with the ten-digit telephone numbers of each PSAP agency, for which Owest provides the 911 function, to be used by CLEC to acquire emergency telephone numbers for operators to handle emergency calls in those instances where CLEC's End User Customer dials "0" instead of "911". It shall be the responsibilty of CLEC to verify or confirm the appropriate use of the contact information provided by Owest with each PSAP prior to offering 911 calls or publication of such data. 10.3.2.8 If a third part is the primary service provider to a county, CLEC wil negotiate separately with such third party with regard to the provision of 911 service to the county. All relations between such third party and CLEC are separate from this Agreement and Owest makes no representations on behalf of the third party. 10.3.2.9 If CLEC is the primary service provider to the county, CLEC and Owest wil negotiate the specific provisions necessary for providing 911 service to the county and will include such provisions in an amendment to this Agreement. 10.3.2.10 CLEC wil separately negotiate with each county regarding the collection and reimbursement to the county of applicable End User Customer taxes for 911 service. .10.3.2.11 CLEC is responsible for network management of its network components in compliance with the Network Reliabilty Council Recommendations and meeting the network standard of Owest for the 911 call delivery. 10.3.2.12 The Parties shall provide a single point of contact to coordinate all activities under this Agreement. 10.3.2.13 Neither Party wil reimburse the other for any expenses incurred in the provision of E911 services. All costs incurred by the Parties for 911/E911 services shall be biled to the appropriate PSAP. 10.3.2.14 Owests designated E911 database provider, an independent third party, wil be responsible for maintaining the E911 database. CLEC shall have non- discriminatory unbundled access to the E911 database, including the listings of other LECs for purposes of providing 911 services related to the public health, safety and welfare. 10.3.3 E911 Database Updates 10.3.3.1 CLEC exchanges to be included in Owests E911 Database wil be indicated via written notice to the appropriate 911 authority (state agency or PSAP administrator or county) and wil not require an amendment to this Agreement. 10.3.3.2 Owests designated E911 database provider, an independent third party, wil be responsible for maintaining the E911 database. Owest, or its designated database provider, wil provide to CLEC an initial copy of the most recent Master Street Address Guide (MSAG), and subsequent versions on a quarterly basis, at no charge. MSAGs provided outside the quarterly schedule wil be provided and charged on an.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 172 Section 10 Ancilary Services .Individual Case Basis. The data wil be provided in computer readable format. Qwest shall provide CLEC access to the Master Street Address Guide at a level of accuracy and reliability that is equivalent to the access Qwest provides to itself. 10.3.4 E911 Database Updates for Facilties-Based CLECs 10.3.4.1 Qwest wil ensure that the 911 database entries for CLEC wil be maintained with the same accuracy and reliabilty that Qwest maintains for Qwests own End User Customers. 10.3.4.2 For Selective Routing table updates, facilties-based CLECs wil negotiate directly with Qwests database provider for the input and validation of End User Customer data into the Qwest Automatic Location Identification (ALI) database. CLEC will negotiate directly with the PSAP (or PSAP agency's) DMS/ALI provider for input of End User Customer data into the ALI database. In most cases the Selective Routing table updates and the ALI database wil be managed by the same provider. CLEC assumes all responsibilty for the accuracy of the data that CLEC provides for MSAG preparation and E911 Database operation. 10.3.4.3 If it is facilities-based, CLEC wil provide End User Customer data to Qwests agent for the Qwest ALI database utilzing NENA-02-010 Recommended Formats and Protocols For ALI Data Exchange standards. Qwest wil furnish CLEC any variations to NENA recommendations required for ALI database input. 10.3.4.4 If it is facilities-based, CLEC wil provide End User Customer data to Qwests database provider for Qwests ALI database that is MSAG valid and meets all components of the NENA-02-011 Recommended Data Standards for Local Exchange Carriers, ALI Service Providers and 9-1-1 Jurisdictions standard format, as specified by Qwest. . 10.3.4.5 If it is facilties-based, CLEC wil update its End User Customer records provided to Qwests database provider for Qwests ALI database to agree with the 911 MSAG standards for its service areas. 10.3.4.6 Qwests E911 database administrator, an independent third party, shall resolve failed Local Number Portabilty migrate records in accordance with the NENA standard, NENA-02-011 Sections 22B.1-2, for Qwest records where Qwest is the donor company as defined in the NENA standard. The Qwest E911 database administrator wil compare CLEC's (i.e., recipient company as defined in the NENA standard) failed migrate records to the Regional Number Portabilty Administration Center's (NPAC) database once each business day to determine if the migrate record (i.e., ported telephone number) has been activated by the recipient company. If the migrate record has been activated by CLEC in the NPAC, the record shall be unlocked and the migrate record processed. If, at the end of ten (10) business days, the NPAC database does not show the migrate record as activated or the record owner identification does not match, the migrate record wil be rejected. The E911 database administrator wil send reports regarding CLEC's failed migrate records (i.e., 755 error code) and rejected migrate records (i.e., 760 error code) to CLEC or CLEC's designated database administrator. Qwests E911 database administrator wil also resolve failed migrate records for CLEC, if valid based on the NPAC database. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 173 .Section 10 Ancilary Services 10.3.5 E911 Database Updates for Resale Based CLECs 10.3.5.1 For resold services, Owest, or its designated database provider, wil provide updates to the ALI database in a manner that is at the same level of accuracy and reliabilty as such updates are provided for Owests End User Customers. For resold accounts, CLEC shall provide Owest with accurate End User Customer location information to be updated to the ALl/DMS database. Owest shall use its current process to update and maintain End User Customer information in the ALl/DMS database. 10.3.6 E911 Database Accuracy 10.3.6.1 E911 Database accuracy shall be measured jointly by the PSAPs and Owests database provider in a format supplied by Owest. The reports shall be forwarded to CLEC by Owests database provider when relevant and wil indicate incidents when incorrect or no ALI data is displayed. The reports provided to CLEC shall contain CLEC-specific information regarding CLEC's accounts. . 10.3.6.2 Each discrepancy report wil be jointly researched by Owest and CLEC. Corrective action wil be taken immediately by the responsible Part. 10.3.6.3 Each Part providing updates to the E911 database wil be responsible for the accuracy of its End User Customer records. Each Party providing updates specifically agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other Party from any claims, damages, or suits related to the accuracy of End User Customer data provided for inclusion in the E911 Database..10.3.6.4 Owest and its vendor wil provide non-discriminatory error correction for records submitted to the Automatic Location Identification (ALI) database. For resold accounts, if vendor detects errors, it wil attempt to correct them. If vendor is unable to correct the error, vendor wil contact Owest for error resolution. For errors referred to Owest, Owest wil provide the corrections in a non-discriminatory manner. If Owest is unable to resolve the error, Owest wil contact the Resale-CLEC for resolution. In the case of facilities-based CLECs, the vendor wil interface directly with CLEC to resolve record errors. . 10.3.7 E911 Interconnection 10.3.7.1 If required by CLEC, Owest shall interconnect direct trunks from CLEC's network to the Basic 911 PSAP, or the E911 tandem. Such trunks may alternatively be provided by CLEC. If provided by Owest, such trunks wil be provided on a non- discriminatory basis. Owest shall provide special protection identification for CLEC 911 circuits in the same manner as Owest provides for its 911 circuits. 10.3.7.1.1 The Parties shall establish a minimum of two (2) dedicated trunks from CLEC's Central Offce to each Ow'est 911/E911 Selective Router (Le., 911 Tandem Offce) that serves the areas in which CLEC provides Exchange Service, for the provision of 911/E911 services and for access to all subtending PSAPs (911 Interconnection Trunk Groups). CLEC can order diverse routing for 911/E911 circuits, if facilties are available. When Owest facilities are available, Owest wil comply with diversity of facilities and systems as ordered by CLEC. Where there is alternate routing of 911/E911 calls to a PSAP in the event of.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 174 Section 10 Ancilary Services . failures, Owest shall make that alternate routing available to CLEC. 10.3.7.1.2 911 Interconnection Trunk Groups must be, at a minimum, DSO level trunks configured as a 2-wire analog interface or as part of a digital (1.544 Mbps) interface. Either configuration must use Centralized Automatic Message Accounting (CAMA) type signaling with MF tones that wil deliver Automatic Number Identification (ANI) with the voice portion of the call, or Signaling System 7 (SS7) if available (Le., other signaling technology as available). All 911 Interconnection trunk groups must be capable of transmitting and receiving Baudot code necessary to support the use of Telecommunications Devices for the Deaf (TTY/TDDs). 10.3.7.1.3 Owest shall begin restoration of 911/E911 trunking facilties immediately upon notification of failure or outage. Owest must provide priority restoration of trunks or network outages on the same terms and conditions it provides itself. CLEC wil be responsible for the isolation, coordination, and restoration of all 911 network maintenance problems to CLEC's demarcation. Owest wil be responsible for the coordination and restoration of all 911 network maintenance problems beyond the demarcation. Owest repair service includes testing and diagnostic service from a remote location, dispatch of or in-person visit(s) of personneL. Where an on-site technician is determined to be required, a technician wil be dispatched without delay. CLEC is responsible for advising Owest of the circuit identification when notifying Owest of a failure or outage. The Parties agree to work cooperatively and expeditiously to resolve any 911 outage. Owest wil refer network trouble to CLEC if no defect is found in Owests network. The Parties agree that 911 network problem resolution wil be managed in an expeditious manner at all times.. 10.3.7.2 For CLEC-identified 911 trunk blockages, Owest agrees to take corrective action using the same trunking service procedures used for Owests own E911 trunk groups. 10.3.7.3 The Parties wil cooperate in the routing of 911 traffic in those instances where the AU/ANI information is not available on a particular 911 calL. 10.3.7.4 For facilities-based CLEC using its own switch(es), Owest shall provide 911 Interconnection, including the provision of dedicated trunks from CLEC End Offce Switch to the 911 control offce, at Panty with what Owest provides itself. 10.3.7.5 For CLEC's resale local exchange lines, Owest shall provide access to the same 911 trunks used for Owests retail End User Customers which extend from the Owest End Offce Switch to the Basic 911 PSAP or the E911 Tandem Switch. CLEC access to such 911 trunks shall be on a shared, non-discriminatory basis. 10.3.8 E911 and Number Portabilty 10.3.8.1 When a Owest telephone number is ported out, receiving CLEC shall be responsible to update the AU/DMS database. When CLEC's telephone number is ported in, Owest shall be responsible to update the AU/DMS database. 10.3.8.2 When Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) is used to provide number . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 175 .Section 10 Ancilary Services portability to the End User Customer and a remark or other appropriate field information is available in the database, the shadow or "forwarded-to" number and an indication that the number is ported shall be added to the End User Customer record by CLEC. 10.4 White Pages Directory Listings Service 10.4.1 Description White Pages Directory Listings Service consists of Owest placing the names, addresses and telephone numbers of CLEC's End User Customers in Owest's Listings database, based on End User Customer information provided to Owest by CLEC. Owest is authorized to use CLEC End User Customer Listings as noted below. 10.4.2 Terms and Conditions 10.4.2.0 White Pages Directory Listings Service is provided to reseller CLEC with CLEC's resold local exchange lines, and such Listings include terms and conditions (except prices) for Listings in Owests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a conflict arises between the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price Iist,or other retail Telecommunications Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be controllng. White Pages Directory Listings Service is available to facilties-based CLEC as described in this Section. .10.4.2.1 Reseller CLEC and facilties-based CLEC using Owests switching services to provide local Exchange Service wil provide, and facilities-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) may provide, to Owest, in standard format, by mechanized or by manual transmission to Owest, its primary, premium and privacy Listings. 10.4.2.1.1 Owest wil accept one (1) primary Listing for each main telephone number belonging to CLEC's resale and facilities-based End User Customers at no monthly recurring charge. 10.4.2.1.2 CLEC wil be charged for its resale premium Listings (e.g., additional, foreign, cross-reference) and privacy Listings (Le., nonlisted and nonpublished) at Owests General Exchange Listing Tariff rates, less the wholesale discount, if any, as described in Exhibit A. CLEC wil be charged for its facilities-based premium Listings (e.g., additional, foreign, cross-reference) and privacy Listings (Le., non listed and nonpublished) at market-based prices contained in Exhibit A. Primary Listings and other types of Listings are defined in the Owest General Exchange Tariffs. 10.4.2.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.4.2.3 Information on submitting and updating Listings is available in "Facilty Based CLECs and Reseller/Unbundled Network CLECs Directory Listings User Document." Owest wil furnish CLEC Listings format specifications. Directory publishing schedules and deadlines for Owests official directory publisher wil be provided to CLEC. 10.4.2.4 If CLEC provides its End User Customer's Listings to Owest, CLEC.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, llCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 176 Section 10 Ancilary Services . grants Qwest access to CLEC's End User Customer Listings information for use in its Directory Assistance Service as described in Section 10.5, and in its Directory Assistance List Service as described in Section 10.6, and for other lawful purposes, except that CLEC's Listings supplied to Qwest by CLEC and marked as non published or nonlisted Listings shall not be used for marketing purposes subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Qwest wil incorporate CLEC End User Customer Listings in the Directory Assistance Database. Qwest wil incorporate CLEC's End User Customer Listings information in all existing and future Directory Assistance applications developed by Qwest. Should Qwest cease to be a Telecommunications Carrier, by virtue of a divestiture, merger or other transaction, this access grant automatically terminates. 10.4.2.5 CLEC End User Customer Listings wil be treated the same as Qwests End User Customer Listings. Prior written authorization from CLEC, which authorization may be withheld, shall be required for Qwest to sell, make available, or release CLEC's End User Customer Listings to directory publishers, or other third parties other than Directory Assistance providers. No prior authorization from CLEC shall be required for Qwest to sell, make available, or release CLEC's End User Customer Directory Assistance Listings to Directory Assistance providers. Listings shall not be provided or sold in such a manner as to segregate End User Customers by Carrier. Qwest wil not charge CLEC for updating and maintaining Qwests Listings databases. CLEC wil not receive compensation from Qwest for any sale of Listings by Qwest as provided for under this Agreement. 10.4.2.6 To the extent that state Tariff(s) limit Qwests liability with regard to Listings, the applicable state Tariff(s) is incorporated herein and supersedes the Limitation of Liability section of this Agreement with respect to Listings only.. 10.4.2.7 Qwest is responsible for maintaining Listings, including entering, changing, correcting, rearranging and removing Listings in accordance with CLEC orders. 10.4.2.8 Qwest provides non-discriminatory appearance and integration of white pages directory Listings for all CLEC's and Qwests End User Customers. All requests for white pages directory listings, whether for CLEC or Qwest End User Customers, follow the same processes for entry into the Listings database. 10.4.2.9 Qwest wil take reasonable steps in accordance with industry practices to accommodate CLEC's nonpublished and nonlisted Listings provided that CLEC has supplied Qwest the necessary privacy indicators on such Listings. 10.4.2.10 CLEC's white pages directory listings wil be in the same font and size as Listings for Qwest End User Customers, and wil not be separately classified. 10.4.2.11 Qwest processes for publication of white pages Directory Listings wil make no distinction between CLEC's and Qwests subscribers. CLEC's Listings wil be provided with the same accuracy and reliability as Qwests End User Customer Listings. Qwest wil ensure CLEC's Listings provided to Qwest are included in the white pages directory published on Qwests behalf using the same methods and procedures, and under the same terms and conditions, as Qwest uses for its own End User Customer Listings.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 177 .Section 10 Ancillary Services 10.4.2.12 For CLEC's End User Customers whose Listings CLEC provides to Owest for submission to its offcial directory publisher, Owest shall ensure its third party publisher distributes appropriate alphabetical and classified directories (white and yellow pages) and recycling services to such CLEC End User Customers at Parity with Owest End User Customers, including providing directories a) upon establishment of new service; b) during annual mass distribution; and c) upon End User Customer request. 10.4.2.13 CLEC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Listings provided to Owest are accurate and complete. All third party Listings information is provided AS IS, WITH ALL FAULTS. CLEC further represents that it shall review all Listings information provided to Owest, including End User Customer requested restrictions on use, such as nonpublished and nonlisted restrictions. 10.4.2.14 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.4.2.15 CLEC shall be solely responsible for knowing and adhering to state laws or rulings regarding Listings and for supplying Owest with the applicable Listing information. Owest understands that certain states, including, but not necessarily limited to, Minnesota, South Dakota, and Washington, have enacted statutes that impose certain requirements upon the provision of wireless listings, and CLEC represents and warrants that listings CLEC submits to Owest reflect and are provided in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to, laws and regulations applicable to wireless listings. .10.4.2.16 CLEC agrees to provide to Owest its End User Customer names, addresses and telephone numbers in a standard mechanized or manual format, as specified by Owest. 10.4.2.17 CLEC wil supply its ACNAICIC or CLCC/OCN, as appropriate, with each order to provide Owest the means of identifying Listings ownership. 10.4.2.18 Prior to placing Listings orders on behalf of End User Customers, CLEC shall be responsible for obtaining, and have in its possession, Proof of Authorization (POA), as set forth in Section 5.3 of this Agreement. 10.4.2.19 For Listings that CLEC submits to Owest, Owest wil provide monthly Listing verification proofs that provide the data to be displayed in the published white pages directory and available on Owests Directory Assistance Service. Verification proofs containing nonpublished and nonlisted Listings are also available upon request on the same monthly schedule. 10.4.2.20 Owest wil provide CLEC a reasonable opportunity to verify the accuracy of its Listings to be included in the white pages directory and in Owests Directory Assistance Service. 10.4.2.21 CLEC may review and if necessary edit its white page Listings prior to the close date for publication in the directory. 10.4.2.22 CLEC is responsible for all dealings with, and on behalf of, CLEC's End User Customers, including: .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 178 Section 10 Ancilary Services .10.4.2.22.1 All End User Customer account activity (e.g., End User Customer queries and complaints); 10.4.2.22.2 All account maintenance activity (e.g., additions, changes, issuance of orders for Listings to Owest); 10.4.2.22.3 Determining privacy requirements and accurately coding the privacy indicators for CLEC's End User Customer information (if End User Customer information provided by CLEC to Owest does not contain a privacy indicator, no privacy restrictions wil apply); and 10.4.2.22.4 Customers. Any additional services requested by CLEC's End User 10.4.2.23 Pursuant to Sections 222 (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the Telecommunications Act, Owest wil provide subscriber list information gathered in Owests capacity as a provider of local Exchange Service on a timely basis, under non- discriminatory and reasonable rates, terms and conditions to CLEC upon request for the purpose of publishing directories in any format. Rates may be subject to federal or state law or rules, as appropriate. Upon request by CLEC, Owest shall enter into negotiations with CLEC for CLEC's use of subscriber list information for purposes other than publishing directories, and Owest and CLEC wil enter into a written contract if agreement is reached for such use. 10.4.2.23.1 Owest shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its retail End User Customer Listings provided to CLEC are accurate and complete. Any third party Listings are provided AS iS, WITH ALL FAULTS. Owest further represents that it shall review all its retail End User Customer Listings information provided to CLEC including End User Customer requested restrictions on use, such as nonpublished and nonlisted restrictions. . 10.4.2.24 Owest represents and warrants that any arrangement for the publication of white pages Directory Listings with an Affliate or contractor, requires such Affliate or contractor to publish the Directory Listings of CLEC contained in Owests Listings database so that CLEC's Directory Listings are non-discriminatory in appearance and integration, and have the same accuracy and reliability that such Affilate or contractor provides to Owests End User Customers. 10.4.2.25 Owest further agrees that any arrangements for the publication of white pages Directory Listings with an Affliate or contractor shall require such Affilate or contractor to include in the customer guide pages of the white pages directory, a notice that End User Customers should contact their Current Service Provider to request any modifications to their existing Listing or to request a new Listing. 10.4.2.26 Owest agrees that any arrangement with an Affliate or contractor for the publication of white pages directory Listings shall require such Affliate or contractor to provide CLEC space in the customer guide pages of the white pages directory for the purpose pf notifying End User Customers how to reach CLEC to: (1) request service; (2) contact repair service; (3) dial Directory Assistance; (4) reach an account representative; (5) request buried cable locate service; and (6) contact the special needs center for End User Customers with disabilities.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 179 .Section 10 Ancilary Serviæs 10.4.2.27 If CLEC submits its End User Customer Listings to Qwest through a service bureau or other type of third party (agent), CLEC and the agent shall execute a Letter of Authorization (LOA), in a form acceptable to Qwest, that shall include, but not be limited to, the following terms: 10.4.2.27.1 That the agent is authorized by CLEC to submit Listings to Qwest on its behalf and to work with Qwest in resolving any issues surrounding its Listing submissions; and 10.4.2.27.2 That the agent wil comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement in submitting CLEC's End User Customers' Listings to Qwest. 10.4.2.27.3 CLEC's use of an agent in submitting its End User Customers' Listings to Qwest shall not alter CLEC's obligations under this Agreement and CLEC shall remain primarily liable for covenants and responsibilities under this Agreement. 10.4.3 Rate Elements The following rate elements apply to white pages directory Listings and are contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 10.4.3.1 Primary Listings; and 10.4.3.2 Premium and Privacy Listings..10.4.4 Ordering Process 10.4.4.1 Qwest provides training on white pages directory Listings requests and submission processes. The ordering process is similar to the service ordering process. 10.4.4.2 CLEC Listings can be submitted for inclusion in Qwest white pages directories according to the directions in the Qwest Listings User Documents for Facilty- Based and Reseller CLECs, which is available on-line through the PCAT (http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/pcatl) or wil be provided in hard copy to CLEC upon request. Initial information and directions are available in the PCAT. 10.4.4.3 CLEC can submit the OBF forms incorporated in the Local Service Request via the IMA-EDI, IMA-GUI, or by facsimile. 10.5 Directory Assistance Service 10.5.1 Description 10.5.1.1 Directory Assistance Service is a voice service that Qwest provides to its own End User Customers, reseller and/or facilities-based CLEC, and to other Telecommunications Carriers. Directory Assistance Service provided to CLEC includes non-discriminatory access to Qwests Directory Assistance centers, services, and Directory Assistance Databases. Directory Assistance Service provides voice callers published and non listed listing information, which is comprised of name and telephone number, and address if available, as contained in Qwests then-current Directory Assistance Database and in the national Directory Assistance Database that is accessed by Qwest. Directory Assistance Service is available with CLEC-specific branding,.August 4, 201 O/mms/Libert~Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-1 00726~0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 180 Section 10 Ancilary Services . genenc branding and with Directory Assistance Call Completion service options, where available. If facilities-based CLEC chooses to access Qwests Directory Assistance Service, it is provided to CLEC under this Agreement pursuant to Section 251(b)(3) of the Act. As such, the pricing requirements of Section 252( d)( 1) of the Act are not applicable. 10.5.1.1.1 Directory Assistance Service. 10.5.1.1.1.1 Local Directory Assistance Service. Provides CLEC's End User Customers published and non-listed Listing information within the callets LATA that are included in Qwests then-current Directory Assistance Database. 10.5.1.1.1.2 National Directory Assistance Service. Provides CLEC's End User Customers published and nonlisted listing information from the database of the national Directory Assistance Services vendor selected and accessed by Qwest. 10.5.1.1.1.3 Call Branding Service. Provides CLEC Local and national Directory Assistance Service that is branded with the brand of CLEC (CLEC-specific branding), where Technically Feasible, or with a generic brand. CLEC-specific Call Branding announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the start and completion of the calL. Generic branding does not announce any provider's name. CLEC- specific Call Branding and genenc branding are optional services available to CLEC.. a) Front End CLEC-specific Call Branding - Announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the start of the calL. b) Back End CLEC-specific Call Branding - Announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the completion of the calL. c) Intentionally Left Blank. d) Qwest wil record CLEC's specific brand message: 10.5.1.1.1.4 Call completion service allows CLEC's End User Customers' 10cal/intraLATA calls to be completed, where available. 10.5.1.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.10.5.1.1.3 10.5.2 Terms and Conditions 10.5.2.0 Directory Assistance Service accessed over CLEC's resold local exchange lines includes terms and conditions (except prices) for Directory Assistance Service in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 181 .Section 10 Ancilary Services Telecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a conflict anses between the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other retail Telecommunications Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be controllng. Directory Assistance Service is available to facilities-based CLEC as described in this Section unless otherwise noted. If facilties-based CLEC chooses to access Owests Directory Assistance Service, it is provided to CLEC under this Agreement pursuant to Section 251(b)(3) of the Act. As such, the pricing requirements of Section 252(d)(1) of the Act are not applicable. Directory Assistance Service is available to CLEC as a facilities-based provider at the market-based prices contained in Exhibit A. 10.5.2.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.5.2.2 Owests Directory Assistance Database is the database owned and maintained by Owest which contains only those published and non-listed telephone number Listings obtained by Owest from its own End User Customers, other Telecommunications Carriers and Providers. 10.5.2.3 Owest wil provide access to Directory Assistance Service for facilities- based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) via dedicated multi-frequency (MF) operator service trunks. CLEC may purchase operator service trunks from Owestor provide them itself. These operator service trunks wil be connected directly to a Owest Directory Assistance host or remote Switch. CLEC wil be required to order or provide at least one (1) operator services trunk for each NPA served..10.5.2.4 Owest wil perform Directory Assistance Services for CLEC in accordance with operating methods, practices, and standards in effect for all Owest End User Customers. Owest wil provide the same priority of handling for CLEC's End User Customer calls to Owests Directory Assistance Service as it provides for its own End User Customer calls. Calls to Owests Directory Assistance Service are handled on a first come, first served basis, without regard to whether calls are originated by CLEC or Owest End User Customers. 10.5.2.5 CLEC-specific Call Branding for Directory Assistance requires recording CLEC's name. 10.5.2.6 10.5.2.7 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. 10.5.2.8 Reseller CLEC's End User Customers wil use the same dialing pattern to access Directory Assistance Service as used by Owests End User Customers (Le., 411, 555-1212, or NPA+555-1212). 10.5.2.9 Facilities-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) may choose to have its End User Customers dial a unique number or use the same dialing pattern as Owest End User Customers use to access Owest Directory Assistance Service. 10.5.2.10 Owest wil timely enter into its directory assistance database updates of CLEC's Listings that CLEC provides to Owest as described in Section 10.4. Owest wil.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 182 Section 10 Ancilary Services . incorporate CLEC End User Customer Listings in the Directory Assistance Database. Qwest wil incorporate CLEC's End User Customer Listings information in all existing and future Directory Assistance applications developed by Qwest. Qwest wil implement quality assurance procedures such as random testing for listing accuracy. Qwest wil identify itself to End User Customers callng its Directory Assistance Service provided for itself either by company name or operating company name or operating company number so that End User Customers have a means to identify with whom they are dealing. 10.5.2.10.1 In accordance with Section 18, where CLEC supplies its Listings to Qwest, CLEC may request a comprehensive audit of Qwests use of CLEC's Listings for Directory Assistance Service. In addition to the terms specified in Section 18, the following also apply: as used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of the other Party's delivery and use of the Listings for Directory Assistance Service provided hereunder and such other Party's performance of its obligations under this Agreement. CLEC may perform up to two (2) audits per twelve (12) month period commencing with the Effective Date of this Agreement of Qwests use of CLEC's Listings in Qwests Directory Assistance Service. CLEC shall be entitled to "seed" or specially code some or all of the Listings for Directory Assistance Service that it provides hereunder in order to trace such information during an Audit and ensure compliance with the disclosure and use restrictions set forth in this Agreement. 10.5.2.11 Qwest shall use CLEC's Listings supplied to Qwest by CLEC under the terms of this Agreement for purposes of providing Directory Assistance Service and for other lawful purposes, except that CLEC's Listings supplied to Qwest by CLEC and marked as nonpublished or nonlisted Listings shall not be used for marketing purposes, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. . 10.5.3 Rate Elements The following rate elements apply to Directory Assistance Service. Directory Assistance Service is provided to CLEC for resale with resold local exchange lines at the Qwest retail price less the wholesale discount contained in Exhibit A, if any. Directory Assistance Service is provided to CLEC as a facilities-based provider at the market-based prices contained in Exhibit A. 10.5.3.1 A per-call rate applies for Local Directory Assistance and for national Directory Assistance Services. 10.5.3.2 Intentionally Left Blank 10.5.3.3 A per-call rate is applicable for call completion service. 10.5.4 Ordering Process CLEC wil order Directory Assistance Service by completing the questionnaire entitled "Qwest Operator Services/Directory Assistance Questionnaire for Competitive Local Exchange Carriers." This questionnaire may be obtained from CLEC's Qwest account manager. . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/I D/CDS-1 00726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 183 .Section 10 Ancilary Services 10.5.5 Billng 10.5.5.1 Owest wil track and bil CLEC for the number of calls placed to Owests Directory Assistance Service by CLEC's End User Customers as well as for the number of requests for call completion service. 10.5.5.2 For purposes of determining when CLEC is obligated to pay the per call rate, the call shall be deemed made and CLEC shall be obligated to pay when the call is received by the operator services Switch. An End User Customer may request and receive no more than two (2) telephone numbers per Directory Assistance calL. Owest wil not credit, rebate or waive the per call charge due to any failure to provide a telephone number. 10.5.5.3 Call completion service will be charged at the per call rate when the End User Customer completes the required action (Le., "press the number one," "stay on the line," etc.). 10.6 Directory Assistance List 10.6.1 Description . 10.6.1.1 Directory Assistance List (DAL) information consists of name, address and telephone number information for all End User Customers of Owest and other LECs and Provider Subscribers that are contained in Owests Directory Assistance Database and, where available, related elements required in the proviSion of Directory Assistance Service to CLEC's End User Customers. No prior authorization from CLEC shall be required for Owest to sell, make available, or release CLEC's End User Customer Directory Assistance Listings to Directory Assistance providers. In the case of End User Customers and/or Provider Subscribers who have non-published Listings, Owest shall provide the End User Customer's and/or Provider Subscriber's local Numbering Plan Area (NPA), address, and an indicator to identify the non-published status of the Listing; however, Owest wil not provide the non-published telephone number in DAL information. DAL information includes privacy and use restriction indicators as requested by Owests retail End User Customers and by Carriers and Providers. Except for DAL information of Provider Subscribers, DAL information is provided pursuant to Section 251 (b)(3) of the Act. As such, the pricing requirements of Section 252(d)(1) of the Act are not applicable. DAL information shall be provided to CLEC at market-based prices contained in Exhibit A. 10.6.1.2 Owest wil provide DAL information via initial loads and daily updates by means of Network Data Mover (NDM) or as otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Owest wil provide all changes, additions or deletions to the DAL information overnight on a daily basis after database updates have been processed. The Parties wil use a mutually agreed upon format for the data loads. 10.6.1.3 DAL information shall specify whether the Qwest End User Customer is a residential, business, or government subscriber, and the Listings of other Carriers and/or Providers wil specify such information where it has been provided on the Carrier's or Provider's Listing order. 10.6.1.4 In the event CLEC requires a reload of DAL information from Qwests.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 184 Section 10 Ancillary Serviæs .database in order to validate, synchronize or reconcile its database, a reload wil be made available according to the rate specified in Exhibit A. 10.6.1.5 Owest and CLEC wil cooperate in the designation of a location to which the data wil be provided. 10.6.2 Terms and Conditions 10.6.2.1 If CLEC purchases use of DAL information under this Agreement, Owest grants to CLEC, as a competing provider of telephone Exchange Service and telephone toll service, access to DAL information for purposes of providing Directory Assistance Services and for other lawful purposes subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. CLEC is solely responsible for its lawful use of DAL information obtained under this Agreement pursuant to Section 251 (b)(3) of the Act, including, but not limitedto, use of such information only for purposes permitted, or not prohibited by, the Act, federal and state laws, rules, and regulations, the FCC's orders, rules and regulations, and the Commission's orders, rules, and regulations. As it pertains to the use of DAL information in this Agreement, "Directory Assistance Services" shall mean the provision by CLEC, via telephone, via a live operator or mechanized system, of telephone number and address information for an identified name or the name and/or address for an identified telephone number. Should CLEC cease to be a Telecommunications Carrier or a competing provider of telephone Exchange Service or telephone toll service, or this Agreement is terminated, this access grant automatically terminates. 10.6.2.1.1 Owest shall make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Listings belonging to Owest retail End User Customers provided to CLEC in DAL information are accurate and complete. All third part DAL information is provided AS IS, WITH ALL FAULTS. Owest shall review all of its End User Customer Listings information provided to CLEC, including, but not limited to, End User Customer requested restrictions on use, such as non-published and non-listed restrictions. . 10.6.2.1.2 CLEC must not and wil not (i) use DAL information for purposes of directory publishing or (ii) sublicense, sell, provide or otherwise transfer DAL information to directory publishers for purposes of directory publishing. 10.6.2.1.3 Listings included in Owests DAL information and marked to indicate a restriction on use, or to indicate a restriction on inclusion of DAL information in Directory Assistance Services appliætions, shall be used by CLEC only in a manner that is consistent with each such restriction and that does not violate a restriction, including, but not limited to the following. 10.6.2.1.3.1 Restriction indicators on DAL information include: . Privacy indicators, including, but not limited to, non published and non listed indicators; . No solicitation indicators; . Omit from address directories indicators; and . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15. 2010 185 .Section 10 Ancilary Services . Omit from telemarketing, direct mail, and e-mail lists indicators. 10.6.2.1.3.2 . Nonpublished Listings information provided in DAL information shall not be used for any purpose except for providing Directory Assistance Services. When used in Directory Assistance Services applications, nonpublished Listings shall not be used for any purpose other than in matching a search query. The non published subscriber name and address, while supplied to CLEC in DAL information, shall not be provided to any person other than the operator responding to the End User Customer Directory Assistance Services query. 10.6.2.2 If CLEC purchases use of DAL information under this Agreement, CLEC wil obtain and timely enter into its directory assistance database daily updates of the' DAL information, wil implement quality assurance procedures such as random testing for directory assistance Listing accuracy, and wil identify itself to End User Customers callng its Directory Assistance Services either by company name or operating company number so that End User Customers have a means to identify with whom they are dealing. 10.6.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank. .10.6.2.4 Owest shall retain all right, title, interest and ownership in and to the DAL information it provides under this Agreement. CLEC acknowledges and understands that while it may disclose the names, addresses, and telephone numbers (or an indication of non-published status) of End User Customers and/or Provider Subscribers to a third part callng its Directory Assistance Services for such information, the fact that such End User Customers and/or Provider Subscribers subscribe to Owests or another Carrier's Telecommunications Services or to a Provider's services is Confidential and Proprietary Information and shall not be disclosed to any third party. 10.6.2.5 Each Party shall take commercially reasonable and prudent measures to prevent unlawful use of DAL information at least equal to the measures it takes to protect its own confidential and proprietary information, including but not limited to implementing adequate computer security measures to prevent unauthorized access to DAL information when contained in any database. 10.6.2.5.1 Unauthorized use of DAL information, or any disclosure to a third party of the fact that an End User Customer or Provider Subscriber, whose Listing is furnished in the DAL information, subscribes to Qwests or another Carrier's Telecommunications Services or to a Provider's services, shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement and shall be resolved under the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement. 10.6.2.6 Within five (5) Days after the termination of this Agreement, CLEC shall (a) return and cease using any and all DAL information which it has in its possession or control, (b) extract and expunge any and all copies of such DAL information, any portions thereof, and any and all information extracted therefrom, from its files and records, whether in print or electronic form or in any other media whatsoever, and (c) provide a written certification to Owest from CLEC's offcer that all of the foregoing actions have been completed. A copy of this certifcation may be provided to third party.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 186 Section 10 Ancilary Services . Carriers and/or Providers if the certification pertains to such Carriers' and/or Providers' DAL information contained in Qwests Directory Assistance Database. 10.6.2.7 CLEC is responsible for ensuring that it has proper security measures in place to protect the privacy of the End User Customer and/or Provider Subscriber information contained within the DAL information. CLEC must remove from its database any telephone number for an End User Customer or a Provider Subscriber whose Listing has become non-published when so notified by Qwest or such End User Customer or Provider Subscriber. 10.6.2.8 Audits -- In accordance with Section 18, Qwest may request a comprehensive audit of CLEC's use of the DAL information. In addition to the terms specified in Section 18, the following also apply: 10.6.2.8.1 As used herein, "Audit" shall mean a comprehensive review of the other Party's delivery and use of the DAL information provided under this Agreement and such other Party's performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Either Party (the Requesting Party) may perform up to two (2) Audits per twelve (12) month period commencing with the Effective Date of this Agreement. Qwest shall be entitled to "seed" or specially code some or all of the DAL information that it provides under this Agreement in order to trace such information during an Audit and ensure compliance with the disclosure and use restrictions set forth in this Section 10.6. 10.6.2.8.2 All paper and electronic records wil be subject to Audit..10.6.2.9 CLEC recognizes that certain Carriers and/or Providers who have provided DAL information that is included in Qwests Directory Assistance Database may be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement for purposes of enforcing any terms and conditions of the Agreement other than payment terms with respect to their DAL information. 10.6.2.9.1 CLEC indemnifies Qwest for any and all loss, debt, liability, damage, obligation, claim, demand, judgment, or settlement of any nature or kind, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated including, but not limited to, reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees) raised by these Carriers and/or Providers, whether formal or informal and wil handle all communications with these Carriers and/or Providers regarding this matter. 10.6.2.10 Qwest wil provide a non-discriminatory process and procedure for contacting End User Customers and/or Provider Subscribers with non-published telephone numbers in emergency situations for non-published telephone numbers that are included in Qwests Directory Assistance Database. Such process and procedure wil be available to CLEC for CLEC's use when CLEC provides its own Directory Assistance Services and purchases Qwests DAL product. 10.6.2.11 All of the provisions of Section 10.6.2 of this Agreement wil survive expiration or termination of this Agreement. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 187 .Section 10 Ancilary Services 10.6.3 Rate Elements Recurring and nonrecurring rate elements for DAL information are described below and rates are contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 10.6.3.1 Initial Database Load -- A "snapshot" of data in the Directory Assistance Database or portion of the database at the time the order is received. 10.6.3.2 Reload -- A "snapshot" of the data in the Directory Assistance Database or portion of the database required in order to refresh the data in CLEC's database. 10.6.3.3 Daily Updates -- Daily change activity affecting DAL information in the Directory Assistance Database. 10.6.3.4 One-Time Set-Up Fees -- Charges for database loads. 10.6.3.5 Output Charges -- Media charges resulting from the electronic transmission of the DAL information. 10.6.4 Ordering . 10.6.4.1 CLEC may order the initial DAL information load or update fies for Qwests local Exchange Service areas in its 14 state operating territory or, on a state- specific basis, or, where Technically Feasible, CLEC may order the initial DAL information load or update fies by Qwest White Page Directory Code or NPA. 10.6.4.2 Special requests for data at specific geographic levels (such as NPA) must be negotiated in order to address data integrity issues. 10.6.4.3 CLEC shall use the DAL Order Form found in the PCAT. 10.7 Toll and Assistance Operator Services 10.7.1 Description 10.7.1.1 Toll and assistance operator services (operator services) are a family of offerings that assist CLEC's resale and facilities-based End User Customers in making and receiving EAS/local and IntraLAT A toll calls. Operator services provided to CLEC include non-discriminatory access to Qwest operator service centers, services, and personneL. If facilties-based CLEC using Qwests, its own, or a third part's Switch(es) chooses to access Qwests operator services, they are provided to CLEC under this Agreement pursuant to Section 251 (b)(3) of the Act. As such, the pricing requirementsof Section 252(d)(1) of the Act are not applicable. Operator services shall be provided to CLEC as a facilties-based provider at the market-based rates contained in Exhibit A. 10.7.1.1.1 EAS/Local and IntraLATA Assistance. Assists CLEC End User Customers requesting help or information on making and receiving EAS/local and IntraLATA toll calls, connects CLEC End User Customers to Qwests Directory Assistance Service, and provides other information and guidance, including referral to the business offce and repair, as may be consistent with Qwests customary practice for providing End User Customer assistance..August 4, 2010/mms/liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 188 Section 10 Ancilary Services . 10.7.1.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.7.1.1.3 Emergency Assistance. Provides assistance for handling CLEC's End User Customets EASllocal and IntraLATA toll calls to emergency agencies, including but not limited to, police, sheriff, highway patrol and fire. CLEC is responsible for providing Qwest with the appropriate emergency agency numbers and updates. 10.7.1.1.4 Busy Line Verification (BLV) is performed when CLEC's End User Customers request assistance from the operator bureau to determine if a called line is in use. The operator wil not complete the call for the callng party initiating the BLV inquiry. Only one BLV attempt wil be made per call, and a charge shall apply. 10.7.1.1.5 Busy Line Interrupt (BLI) is performed when CLEC's End User Customers request assistance from the operator to interrupt a telephone call in progress. The operator wil interrpt. the busy line and inform the called party that there is a call waiting. The operator wil not connect the callng and called parties. The operator wil make only one BLI attempt per call and the applicable charge applies whether or not the called part releases the line. 10.7.1.1.6 Quote Service - Provides time and charges to hotel/motel and other CLEC End User Customers for guest/account identification. 10.7.1.1.7 CLEC-Specific Call Branding Service. Provides CLEC's End User Customers the operator services listed in this Section branded with the brand of CLEC (CLEC-specific branding), where Technically Feasible, or with a generic brand. CLEC-specific Call Branding announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the start and completion of the calL. Generic branding does not announce any providets name. CLEC-specific and generic Call Branding are optional services available to CLEC. . 10.7.1.1.7.1 Front End CLEC-specific Call Branding -- Announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the start of the calL. 10.7.1.1.7.2 Back End CLEC-specific Call Branding -- Announces CLEC's name to CLEC's End User Customer at the completion of the calL. 10.7.2 Terms and Conditions 10.7.2.0 Operator services accessed over CLEC's resold local exchange lines include terms and conditions (except prices) for operator services in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a conflct arises between the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other retail Telecommunications Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be controllng. Operator services are available to facilities-based CLEC as described in this Section 10.7, unless otherwise noted. 10.7.2.0.1 Qwest does not authorize CLEC to offer Qwest the incumbent Local Exchange Carrier (ILEC) as a Local Primary Interexchange Carrier (LPIC). August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 189 .Section 10 Ancilary Services to its existing or new End User Customers on Qwests behalf. If CLEC assigns Qwest the ILEC, LPIC 5123, to CLEC's existing or new End User Customers, Qwest wil bil reseller CLEC for IntraLATA Toll services at the Qwest retail rate less the wholesale discount contained in Exhibit A, if any, and wil bil facilties- based CLEC at the rates contained or referenced in Exhibit A, and Qwest wil not directly bil CLEC's End User Customers for such IntraLATA Toll services. 10.7.2.0.2 If CLEC assigns Qwest the ILEC, PIC 5123, to CLEC's existing or new End User Customers, transport beyond Qwests local interoffce network for IntraLATA Toll services wil be provided over Qwests IntraLATA Toll network. Routing tables resident in Qwests Switch(es) wil direct CLEC's traffc over Qwests interoffce message trunk network. 10.7.2.0.3 If, during the term of this Agreement, Qwest the ILEC offers IntraLATA Toll services directly to CLEC's End User Customers, Qwest wil establish its own billng relationship with such End User Customers, and Qwest wil not bil CLEC, and CLEC shall have no obligation to pay Qwest, for such IntraLATA Toll services Qwest provides to CLEC's End User Customers. 10.7.2.1 For facilities-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es), Interconnection to Qwests operator services Switch is Technically Feasible at two (2) distinct points on the Trunk Side of the Switch. The first connection point is an operator services trunk connected directly to the Qwest operator services host Switch. The second connection point is an operator services trunk connected directly to a remote Qwest operator services Switch..10.7.2.2 Trunk Provisioning and facility ownership must follow Qwest guidelines. 10.7.2.3 In order for CLEC to use Qwests operator services as a facilities-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es), CLEC must provide an operator service trunk between CLEC's End Offce Switch and the Interconnection point on the Qwest operator services Switch for each NPA served. 10.7.2.4 The technical requirements of operator service trunk are covered in the Operator Services Systems Generic Requirement (OSSGR), Telcordia document FR- NWT-000271, Section 6 (Signaling) and Section 10 (System Interfaces) in general requirements form. 10.7.2.5 Each Party's operator bureau shall accept BLV and BLI inquiries from the operator bureau of the other Party in order to allow transparent provision of BLV/BLI traffc between the Parties' networks. 10.7.2.6 Facilities-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) wil provide separate no-test trunks (not the 10cal/lntraLATA trunks) to the Qwest BLV/BLI hub or to the Qwest operator services Switches. 10.7.2.7 Qwest wil perform operator services in accordance with operating methods, practices, and standards in effect for all its End User Customers, including making and receiving EAS/local and IntraLATA Toll calls. Qwest wil respond to CLEC's End User Customer calls to Qwests operator services according to the same priority scheme as it responds to Qwests End User Customer calls. Calls to Qwests operator.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 190 Section 10 Ancilary Services . services are handled on a first come, first served basis, without regard to whether calls are originated by CLEC or Qwest End User Customers. 10.7.2.8 Qwest wil provide operator services to CLEC where Technically Feasible and facilities are available. Qwest may from time-to-time modify and change the nature, extent, and detail of specific operator serviæs available to its retail End User Customers, and to the extent it does so, Qwest wil provide notice to CLEC on a timely basis consistent with Commission rules and notiæ requirements. 10.7.2.9 Qwest shall maintain adequate equipment and personnel to reasonably perform the operator services. Facilties-based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) shall provide and maintain the facilties necessary to connect its End User Customers to the locations where Qwest provides the operator services and to provide all information and data needed or reasonably requested by Qwest in order to perform the operator services. 10.7.2.10 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.7.2.11 CLEC-specific Call Branding for operator services includes recording and settng up CLEC's brand message and loading the brand message into Qwests Switch(es). Qwest wil record CLEC's brand message. 10.7.2.12 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.7.2.13 Reseller CLEC's End User Customers dial the same number Qwests own End User Customers dial to access operator services, including "0" or "0+." Facilities- based CLEC using its own or a third party's Switch(es) may choose to have its End User Customers access Qwest operators by dialing a unique number or by using the same dialing pattern as used by Qwest End User Customers. . 10.7.3 Rate Elements The following rate elements apply to operator services. Operator services are provided to CLEC for resale with resold local exchange lines at the Qwest retail price less the wholesale discount contained in Exhibit A, if any. Operator services are provided to CLEC as a facilities- based provider at the market-based prices contained in Exhibit A. 10.7.3.1 Operator services are priced on a per call basis, as follows. 10.7.3.1.1 Operator Services Calls - Charges apply for each completed call handled by operator services, including EAS/local calls and IntraLAT A toll calls made, or received and accepted, by CLEC's End User Customer. 10.7.3.1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 10.7.3.1.3 10.7.3.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank. Intentionally Left Blank.10.7.3.1.5 . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 191 .Section 10 Ancillary Services 10.7.3.1.6 Busy Line Verify - Charges apply for each call where the operator determines that conversation exists on a line. 10.7.3.1.7 Busy Line Interrupt - Charges apply for each call where the operator interrupts conversation on a busy line and requests release of the line. 10.7.3.1.8 Operator Assistance - Charges apply for operator assistance whether a call is completed or not, that does not otherwise generate an operator surcharge as described in this Section. These calls include, but are not limited to: calls given the DDD rate because of transmission problems; calls where the operator has determined there should be no charge, such as Busy Line Verify attempts where conversation was not found on the line; calls where CLEC's End User Customer requests information from the operator and no attempt is made to complete a call; and calls for quotation service. 10.7.3.1.9 "Completed call" as used in this Section shall mean that CLEC's End User Customer makes contact with the location, telephone number, person or extension designated by the End User Customer. 10.7.3.2 Intentionally Left Blank. . 10.7.3.3 CLEC-Specific Call Branding Nonrecurring Charges. Qwest wil charge CLEC a nonrecurring set-up and recording fee for establishing CLEC-specific Call Branding, and for loading CLEC's brand message in Qwests Switch(es). CLEC must pay such nonrecurring charges prior to commencement of CLEC-specific branding. The nonrecurring charges apply each time CLEC's brand message is changed. The nonrecurring charge to load the Switches with CLEC's branded message wil be assessed each time there is any change to the Switch. 10.7.4 Ordering Process CLEC wil order operator services by completing the "Qwest Operator Services/Directory Assistance Questionnaire for Competitive Local Exchange Carriers." Copies of this questionnaire may be obtained from CLEC's designated Qwest account manager. 10.7.5 Biling 10.7.5.1 Qwest wil track usage and bil CLEC for the calls made and received by CLEC's End User Customers and facilities. 10.7.5.2 Qwest will compute CLEC's invoice based on calls made and received by CLEC's End User Customers. 10.7.5.3 If, due to equipment malfunction or other error, Qwest does not have available the necessary information to compile an accurate Billng statement, Qwest may render a reasonably estimated bil, but shall notify CLEC of such estimate and cooperate in good faith with CLEC to establish a fair, equitable estimate. Qwest shall render a bil reflecting actual billable quantities when and if the information necessary for the Biling statement becomes available. 10.7.5.4 Qwest shall provide to CLEC usage information within Qwests control with respect to calls originated by or terminated to CLEC's End User Customers in the.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 192 Section 10 Ancilary Services . form of the actual information that is comparable to the information Qwest uses to bil its own End User Customers. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Qwest shall provide CLEC with Daily Usage Feed (DUF) biling information. 10.7.5.5 Qwest wil provide DUF records for all usage bilable to CLEC's lines, including Busy Line Verify (BLV), Busy Line Interrupt (BLI), and Qwest-ILEC-provided intraLAT A tolL. These records wil be provided as Category 01 or Category 10 EMI records. 10.7.5.6 If CLEC assigns Qwest the ILEC to provide IntraLATA Toll services for its End User Customers, Qwest shall bil CLEC and CLEC shall pay Qwest for such services in accordance with Exhibit A. 10.8 Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way As of the date of execution of this Agreement, CLEC does not intend to access PDR. If during the Term of this Agreement CLEC seeks to access PDR, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions for PDR, in accordance with Applicable Law. Any issues that the Parties cannot resolve through negotiations may be brought before the Commission for resolution pursuant to Section 252. . . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 193 .Section 11 Network Security Section 11.0 - NETWORK SECURITY 11.1 Protection of Service and Property. Each Party shall exercise the same degree . of care to prevent harm or damage to the other Party and any third parties, its employees, agents or End User Customers, or their property as it employs to protect its own personnel, End User Customers and property, etc. 11.2 Each Party is responsible to provide security and privacy of communications. This entails protecting the confidential nature of Telecommunications transmissions between End User Customers during technician work operations and at all times. Specifically, no employee, agent or representative shall monitor any circuits except as required to repair or provide service of any End User Customer at any time. Nor shall an employee, agent or representative disclose the nature of overheard conversations, or who participated in such communications or even that such communication has taken place. Violation of such security may entail state and federal criminal penalties, as well as civil penalties. CLEC is responsible for covering its employees on such security requirements and penalties. 11.3 The Parties' Telecommunications networks are part of the national security network, and as such, are protected by federal law. Deliberate sabotage or disablement of any portion of the underlying equipment used to provide the network is a violation of federal statutes with severe penalties, especially in times of national emergency or state of war. The Parties are responsible for covering their employees on such security requirements and penalties. .11.4 Owest and CLEC share responsibility for security and network protection for each Collocation arrangement. Each Party's employees, agents or representatives must secure its own portable test equipment, spares, etc. and shall not use the test equipment or spares of other parties. Use of such test equipment or spares without written permission constitutes theft and may be prosecuted. Exceptions are the use of Owest ladders in the Wire Center, either rollng or track, which CLEC may use in the course of work operations. Owest assumes no liability to CLEC, its agents, employees or representatives, if CLEC uses a Owest ladder available in the Wire Center. 11.5 Each Party is responsible for the physical security of its employees, agents or representatives. Providing safety glasses, gloves, etc. must be done by the respective employing Party. Hazards handling and safety procedures relative to the Telecommunications environment is the training responsibility of the employing Party. Proper use of tools, ladders, and test gear is the training responsibility of the employing Party. 11.6 In the event that one Party's employees, agents or representatives inadvertently damage or impair the equipment of the other Party, prompt notification wil be given to the damaged Party by verbal notification between the Parties' technicians at the site or by telephone to each Party's 24 x 7 security numbers. 11.7 Each Party shall comply at all times with Owest security and safety procedures and requirements while performing work activities on Owests Premises. 11.8 Owest wil allow CLEC to inspect or observe spaces which house or contain CLEC equipment or equipment enclosures at any time and to furnish CLEC with all keys, entry codes, lock combinations, or other materials or information which may be needed to gain entry .into any secured CLEC space, in a manner consistent with that used by Owest..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 194 Section 11 Network Security .11.9 Owest wil limit the keys used in its keying systems for enclosed collocated spaces which contain or house CLEC equipment or equipment enclosures to its employees and representatives to emergency access only. CLEC shall further have the right to change locks where deemed necessary for the protection and security' of such spaces. 11.10 Keys may entail either metallc keys or combination electronic ID/key cards. It is solely the responsibility of CLEC to ensure keys are not shared with unauthorized personnel and recover keys and electronic ID/keys promptly from discharged personnel, such that offce security is always maintained. Owest has similar responsibilty for its employees. 11.11 CLEC wil train its employees, agents and vendors on Owest security policies and guidelines. 11.12 When working on Owest ICDF Frames or in Owests common or CLEC equipment line-ups, Owest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors agree to adhere to Owest quality and performance standards provided by Owest and as specified in this Agreement. 11.13 CLEC shall report all material losses to Owest Security. All security incidents are to be referred directly to local Owest Security - 1-888-879-7328. In cases of emergency, CLEC shall call 911 and 1-888-879-7328. 11.14 Owest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors wil display the identification/access card above the waist and visible at all times. 11.15 Owest and CLEC shall ensure adherence by their employees, agents and vendors to all applicable Owest environmental health and safety regulations. This includes all fire/life safety matters, OSHA, EPA, Federal, State and local regulations, including evacuation plans and indoor air quality. . 11.16 and gates. Owest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors wil secure and lock all doors 11.17 CLEC wil report to Owest all property and equipment losses immediately, any lost cards or keys, vandalism, unsecured conditions, security violations, anyone who is unauthorized to be in the work area or is not wearing the Owest identification/access card. 11.18 Owest and CLEC's employees, agents and vendors shall comply with Owest Central Offce fire and safety regulations, which include but are not limited to, wearing safety glasses in designated areas, keeping doors and aisles free and clean of trip hazards such as wire, checking ladders before moving, not leaving test equipment or tools on rollng ladders, not blocking doors open, providing safety straps and cones in installation areas, using electrostatic discharge protection, and exercising good housekeeping. 11.19 Smoking is not allowed in Owest buildings, Wire Centers, or other Owest facilties. No open flames shall be permitted anywhere within the buildings, Wire Centers or other facilties. Failure to abide by this restriction may result in denial of access for that individual and may constitute a violation of the access rules, subjecting CLEC employee, agent or vendor to denial of unescorted access. Owest shall provide written notice within five (5) Days of CLEC violation of this provision to CLEC prior to denial of access and such notice shall include: 1) identification of the violation of this provision and the personnel involved, 2) August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 195 .Section 11 Network Security identification of the safety regulation violated, and 3) date and location of such violation. CLEC wil have five (5) Days to remedy any such violation for which it has received notice from Owest. In the event that CLEC fails to remedy any such violation of which it has received notice within such five (5) Days following receipt of such notice, CLEC shall be denied unescorted access to the affected Premises. In the event CLEC disputes any action Owest seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this provision, CLEC may pursue immediate resolution by expedited Dispute Resolution. 11.20 No flammable or explosive fluids or materials are to be kept or used anywhere within the Owest buildings or on the grounds. 11.21 No weapons of any type are allowed on Owest Premises. Vehicles on Owest propert are subject to this restriction as welL. 11.22 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, CLEC's employees, agents or vendors may not make any modifications, alterations, additions or repairs to any space within the building or on the grounds, provided, however, nothing in Section 11 shall prevent CLEC, its employees or agents from performing modifications, alterations, additions or repairs to its own equipment or facilities. . 11.23 Owest employees may request CLEC's employees, agents or vendors to stop any work activity that in their reasonable judgment is a jeopardy to personal safety or poses a potential for damage to the Owest Premises, Owest equipment or Owest services within the facility until the situation is remedied. CLEC employees may report any work activity that in their reasonable judgment is a jeopardy to personal safety or poses a potential for damage to the building, CLEC equipment or CLEC services within the facility, to Owest Service Assurance (800-713-3666) and the reported work activity wil be immediately stopped until the situation is remedied. In the event such non-compliant activity occurs in a Owest Central Offce, notification of the non-compliant activity may be made to the Central Offce supervisor, and the Central Offce supervisor shall immediately stop the reported work activity until the situation is remedied. The compliant Party shall provide immediate notice of the non-compliant work activity to the non-compliant Party and such notice shall include: 1) identification of the non-compliant work activity, 2) identification of the safety regulation violated, and 3) date and location of safety violation. If such non-compliant work activities pose an immediate threat to the safety of the other Party's employees, interference with the performance of the other Party's service obligations, or pose an immediate threat to the physical integrity of the other Party's facilties, the compliant Party may perform such work and/or take action as is necessary to correct the condition at the non-compliant Party's expense. In the event the non-compliant Party disputes any action the compliant Party seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this provision, the non- compliant Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited Dispute Resolution. If the non- compliant Party fails to correct any safety non-compliance within ten (10) Days of written notice of non-compliance, or if such non-compliance cannot be corrected within ten (10) Days of written notice of non-compliance, and if the non-compliant Party fails to take all appropriate steps to correct as soon as reasonably possible, the compliant Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited Dispute Resolution. 11.24 Owest is not liable for any damage, theft or personal injury resulting from CLEG's employees, agents or vendors parking in a Owest parking area. 11.25 CLEC's employees, agents or vendors outside the designated CLEC access area, or without proper identification may be asked to vacate the Premises and Owest security.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 196 Section 11 Network Security .may be notified. Continued violations may result in termination of access privileges. Qwest shall provide immediate notice of the security violation to CLEC and such notice shall include: 1) identification of the security violation, 2) identification of the security regulation violated, and 3) date and location of security violation. CLEC wil have five (5) Days to remedy any such alleged security violation before any termination of access privileges for such individuaL. In the event CLEC disputes any action Qwest seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this provision, CLEC may pursue immediate resolution by expedited or other Dispute Resolution. 11.26 Centers: Building related problems may be referred to the Qwest Work Environment 800-879-3499 (CO, WY, AZ, NM) 800-201-7033 (all other Qwest states) 11.27 CLEC wil submit a Qwest Collocation Access Application form for individuals needing to access Qwest facilities. CLEC and Qwest wil meet to review applications and security requirements. 11.28 CLEC employees, agents and vendors wil utilze only corridors, stairways and elevators that provide direct access to CLEC's space or the nearest restroom facility. Such access wil be covered in orientation meetings. Access shall not be permitted to any other portions of the building. 11.29 CLEC wil collect identification/access cards for any employees, agents or vendors no longer working on behalf of CLEC and forward them to Qwest Security. If cards or keys cannot be collected, CLEC wil immediately notify Qwest at 800-210-8169.. 11.30 CLEC wil assist Qwest in validation and verification of identification of its employees, agents and vendors by providing a telephone contact available seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a Day. 11.31 Qwest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors wil notify Qwest Service Assurance (800-713-3666) prior to gaining access into a Central Offce after hours, for the purpose of disabling Central Office alarms for CLEC access. Normal business hours are 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 11.32 CLEC wil notify Qwest if CLEC has information that its employee, agent or vendor poses a safety. and/or security risk. Qwest may deny access to anyone who in the reasonable judgment of Qwest threatens the safety or security of facilities or personneL. 11.33 CLEC wil supply to Qwest Security, and keep up to date, a list of its employees, agents and vendors who require access to CLEC's space. The list wil include names and social security numbers. Names of employees, agents or vendors to be added to the list wil be provided to Qwest Security, who wil provide it to the appropriate Qwest personneL. 11.34 Revenue Protection. Qwest shall make available to CLEC all present and future fraud prevention or revenue protection features. These features include, but are not limited to, screening codes, information digits '29' and '70' which indicate prison and COCOT pay phone originating line types respectively; call blocking of domestic, international, 800, 888, 900, NPA- 976, 700 and 500 numbers. Qwest shall additionally provide partitioned access to fraud August 4, 2010/mms/libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 197 .Section 11 Network Security prevention, detection and control fu(lctionality within pertinent Operations Support Systems which include but are not limited to LIDS Fraud monitoring systems. 11.34.1 Uncollectable or unbilable revenues resulting from, but not confined to, Provisioning, maintenance, or signal network routing errors shall be the responsibility of the Party causing such error or malicious acts, if such malicious acts could have reasonably been avoided. 11.34.2 Uncollectible or unbilable revenues resulting from the accidental or malicious alteration of softare underlying Network Elements or their subtending Operational Support Systems by unauthorized third parties that could have reasonably been avoided shall be the responsibiliy of the Part having administrative control of access to said Network Element or operational support system software. 11.34.3 Owest shall be responsible for any direct uncollectible or un bilable revenues resulting from the unauthorized physical attachment to Loop facilities from the Main Distribution Frame up to and including the Network Interface Device, including clip- on fraud, if Owest could have reasonably prevented such fraud. . 11.34.4 To the extent that incremental costs are directly attributable to a revenue protection capability requested by CLEC, those costs wil be borne by CLEC. 11.34.5 To the extent that either Party is liable to any toll provider for fraud and to the extent that either Party could have reasonably prevented such fraud, the Party who could have reasonably prevented such fraud must indemnify the other for any fraud due to compromise of its network (e.g., clip-on, missing information digits, missing toll restriction, etc.). 11.34.6 If Owest becomes aware of potential fraud with respect to CLEC's accounts, Owest wil promptly inform CLEC and, at the direction of CLEC, take reasonable action to mitigate the fraud where such action is possible. 11.35 Law Enforcement Interface. Owest provides emergency assistance to 911 centers and law enforcement agencies seven (7) Days a week/twenty-four (24) hours a Day. Assistance includes, but is not limited to, release of 911 trace and subscriber information; in- progress trace requests; establishing emergency trace equipment, release of information from an emergency trap/trace or *57 trace; requests for emergency subscriber information; assistance to law enforcement agencies in hostage/barricade situations, kidnappings, bomb threats, extortion/scams, runaways and life threats. 11.36 Owest provides trap/trace, pen register and Title III assistance directly to law enforcement, if such assistance is directed by a court order. This service is provided during normal business hours, Monday through Friday. Exceptions are addressed in the above paragraph. The charges for these services wil be biled directly to the law enforcement agency, without involvement of CLEC, for any lines served from Owest Wire Centers or cross boxes. 11.37 In all cases involving telephone lines served from Owest Wire Centers or cross boxes, whether the line is a resold line or Unbundled Loop element, Owest wil perform trap/trace Title III and pen register assistance directly with law enforcement. CLEC wil not be involved or notified of such actions, due to non-disclosure court order considerations, as well as timely response duties when law enforcement agencies are involved. Exceptions to the above.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/i D/CDS-1 00726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 198 Section 11 Network Security .wil be those cases, as yet undetermined, where CLEC must participate due to technical reasons wherein its circuitry must be accessed or modified to comply with law enforcement, or for legal reasons that may evolve over time. CLEC wil provide Owest with a twenty-four (24) hours a Day, seven (7) Days a week contact for processing such requests, should they occur. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 199 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) Section 12.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) 12.1 Description 12.1.1 Owest has developed and shall continue to provide Operational Support System (OSS) interfaces using electronic gateways and manual processes. These gateways act as a mediation or control point between CLEC's and Owests OSS. These gateways provide security for the interfaces, protecting the integrity of the Owest OSS and databases. Owests OSS interfaces have been developed to support Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair and Billng. This section describes the interfaces and manual processes that Owest has developed and shall provide to CLEC. Additional technical information and details shall be provided by Owest in training sessions and documentation and support, such as the "Interconnect Mediated Access User's Guide." Owest wil continue to make improvements to the electronic interfaces as technology evolves, Owests legacy systems improve, or CLEC needs require. Owest shall provide notification to CLEC consistent with the provisions of the Change Management Process (CMP) set forth in Section 12.2.6. . 12.1.2 Through its electronic gateways and manual processes, Owest shall provide CLEC non-discriminatory access to Owests OSS for Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair, and Billng functions. For those functions with a retail analogue, such as pre-ordering and ordering and Provisioning of resold services, Owest shall provide CLEC access to its OSS in substantially the same time and manner as it provides to itself. For those functions with no retail analogue, such as pre-ordering and ordering and Provisioning of Unbundled Elements, Owest shall provide CLEC access to Owests OSS suffcient to allow an effcient competitor a meaningful opportunity to compete. Owest wil comply with the standards for access to OSS set forth in Section 20. Owest shall deploy the necessary systems and personnel to provide suffcient access to each of the necessary OSS functions. Owest shall provide assistance for CLEC to understand how to implement and use all of the available OSS functions. Owest shall provide CLEC suffcient electronic and manual interfaces to allow CLEC equivalent access to all of the necessary OSS functions. Through its web site, training, disclosure documentation and development assistance, Owest shall disclose to CLEC any internal business rules and other formatting information necessary to ensure that CLEC's requests and orders are processed effciently. Owest shall provide training to enable CLEC to devise its own course work for its own employees. Through its documentation available to CLEC, Owest wil identify how its interface differs from national guidelines or standards. Owest shall provide OSS designed to accommodate both current demand and reasonably foreseeable demand. 12.2 OSS Support for Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning 12.2.0 Owest wil establish interface contingency plans and disaster recovery plans for the interfaces described in this Section. Owest wil work cooperatively with CLECs through the CMP to consider any suggestions made by CLECs to improve or modify such plans. CLEC- specific requests for modifications to such plans wil be negotiated and mutually agreed upon between Owest and CLEC. 12.2.0.1 Ordering and Provisioning 12.2.0.1.1 Ordering and Provisioning - Owest wil provide access to ordering and status functions. CLEC wil populate the service request to identify what.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 200 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS). features, services, or elements it wishes Owest to provision in accordance with Owests published business rules. 12.2.0.1.2 Owest wil provide all Provisioning services to CLEC during the same business hours that Owest provisions services for its End User Customers. Owest wil provide out-of-hours Provisioning services to CLEC on a non- discriminatory basis, as it provides such Provisioning services to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates or any other Party. Owest shall disclose the business rules regarding out-of-hours Provisioning on its wholesale web site. 12.2.0.1.3 When CLEC places a manual order, Owest wil provide CLEC with a manual Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) notice. The confirmation notice will follow industry-standard formats. 12.2.0.1.4 Business rules regarding rejection of Local Service Requests (LSR) or Access Service Requests (ASR) are subject to the provisions of Section 12.2.6. 12.2.0.1.5 When Owest provides installation on behalf of CLEC, Owest wil advise CLEC's End User Customer to notify CLEC immediately if the End User Customer requests a service change at the time of installation. 12.2.1 Ordering Process 12.2.1.1 Local Service Requests (LSR).12.2.1.1.1 Owest shall provide electronic interface gateways for submission of LSRs, including both an application-to-application interface and a Graphical User Interface (GUI). 12.2.1.1.2 The interface guidelines for the application-to-application interface are based upon the Order & Biling Forum (OBF) Local Service Order Guidelines (LSOG), and the appropriate electronic transmission standards. Exceptions to the above guidelines/standards shall be specified in the Interconnect Mediated Access (IMA) disclosure documents. 12.2.1.1.3 The GUI shall provide a single interface for Pre-order and Order transactions from CLEC to Owest and is browser based. The GUI interface shall be based on the LSOG and utilizes a WEB standard technology, Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), JAVA and the Transmission Control Protocolllnternet Protocol (TCP/IP) to transmit messages. 12.2.1.1.4 Functions Pre-ordering - Owest wil provide real time, electronic access to pre~order functions to support CLEC's ordering via the electronic interfaces described herein. Owest wil make the following real time pre-order functions available to CLEC: 12.2.1.1.4.1 Features, services and Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) options for IntraLATA toll and InterLATA toll available at a valid service address; August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 201 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) 12.2.1.1.4.2 Access to Customer Service Records (CSRs) for Qwest retail or resale End User Customers. The information wil include Biling name, service address, Biling address, service and feature subscription, Directory Listing information, and Long Distance Carrier identity; 12.2.1.1.4.3 Telephone number request and selection; 12.2.1.1.4.4 Reservation of appointments for service installations requiring the dispatch of a Qwest technician on a non-discriminatory basis; 12.2.1.1.4.5 Information regarding whether dispatch is required for service installation and available installation appointments; 12.2.1.1.4.6 Service address verifcation; 12.2.1.1.4.7 Facilty availabilty, Loop qualification and Loop make-up information, including, but not limited to, Loop length, presence of Bridged Taps, repeaters, and loading coils; 12.2.1.1.4.8 A list of valid available CFAs for Unbundled Loops; 12.2.1.1.4.9 A list of one to five (1-5) individual Meet Points or a range of Meet Points for shared Loops;.12.2.1.1.4.10 Design Layout Record (DLR) Query which provides the layout for the local portion of a circuit at a particular location where applicable; 12.2.1.1.4.11 NC/NCI combinations supported by IMA flow-through can be addressed; 12.2.1.1.4.12 Raw Loop Data can be validated in IMA and QORA and retrieved by segments and sub-segments; and 12.2.1.1.4.13 Loop Qualification for ISDN and Qwest DSL services can be performed using IMA Loop Qualification TooL. 12.2.1.1.5 When CLEC places an electronic order, Qwest wil provide CLEC with an electronic FOC. The FOC wil follow industry-standard formats and contain the Qwest Due Date for order completion. Upon completion of the order, Qwest supplies two (2) completion notices: 1) service order completion (SOC) which notifies CLEC when the service order record was completed, and 2) Biling completion that notifies CLEC that the service order has posted to the Billng system. 12.2.1.1.6 When CLEC places an electronic order, Qwest wil provide notification electronically of any instances when 1) Qwests Committed Due Date is in jeopardy of not being met by Qwest, or 2) an order is rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 20. .August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-OQ06 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 202 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS). 12.2.1.1.7 When CLEC places a manual order, Owest provide notification of any instances when 1) Owests committed Due Date is in jeopardy of not being met by Owest on any service, or 2) an order is rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 20. 12.2.1.1.8 Dial-Up Capabilties 12.2.1.1.8.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 12.2.1.1.8.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 12.2.1.1.8.3 When CLEC requests from Owest more than fifty (50) SecurlDs for use by CLEC Customer service representatives at a single CLEC location, CLEC shall use a T1 line instead of dial-up access at that location. If CLEC is obtaining the line from Owest, then CLEC shall be able to use SecurlDs until such time as Owest provisions the T1 line and the line permits pre-order and order information to be exchanged between Owest and CLEC. 12.2.1.1.9 Application-to-application Facilties-based Listing Process. Owest shall provide an application-to-application facilties-based listing interface to enable CLEC's listing data to be translated and passed into the Owest listing database. This interface is based upon OBF LSOG and the appropriate electronic transmission standards. Owest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines/standards in writing in suffcient time for CLEC to adjust system requirements.. 12.2.1.2 Access Service Request (ASR) 12.2.1.2.1 Owest shall provide a computer-to-computer batch fie interface, an application-to-application interface, and a GUI interface for submission of ASRs based upon the OBF Access Service Order Guidelines (ASOG). Owest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines in writing in suffcient time for CLEC to adjust system requirements. 12.2.1.2.2 Functions Pre-ordering. Owest wil provide real time, electronic access to pre-order functions to support CLEC's ordering via the electronic interfaces described in this Section. Owest wil make the following real time pre- order functions available to CLEC: 12.2.1.2.2.1 Service Address validation; 12.2.1.2.2.2 CFA validation; 12.2.1.2.2.3 NC-NCI validation; 12.2.1.2.2.4 BAN validation; and 12.2.1.2.2.5 12.2.1.2.3 CLLI validation. When CLEC places an electronic or manual order, August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 203 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) Owest wil provide notification of any instances when 1) Owests committed Due Date is in jeopardy of not being met by Owest, or 2) an order is rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 20. 12.2.1.2.4 When CLEC places an electronic order, Owest wil provide CLEC with an electronic Firm Order Confirmation notice (FOC). The FOC wil follow industry-standard formats and contain the Owest Due Date for order completion. 12.2.2 Maintenance and Repair 12.2.2.1 Owest shall provide electronic interface gateways, including an Electronic Bonding interface and a GUI interface, for reviewing an End User Customer's trouble history at a specific location, conducting testing of an End User Customer's service where applicable, and reporting trouble to faciltate the exchange of updated information and progress reports between Owest and CLEC while the Trouble Report (TR) is open and a Owest technician is working on the resolution. CLEC may also report trouble through manual processes. For designed services, the TR wil not be closed prior to verification by CLEC that trouble is cleared. 12.2.3 Intenace Availabilty .12.2.3.1 Owest shall make its OSS interfaces available to CLEC during the hours listed in the Gateway Availability PIDs in Section 20. 12.2.3.2 Owest shall notify CLEC in a timely manner regarding system downtime through mass email distribution and pop-up windows as applicable. 12.2.4 Biling 12.2.4.1 For products biled out of the Owest Interexchange Access Biling System (lABS), Owest wil utilize the existing CABS/BOS format and technology for .the transmission of bils. 12.2.4.2 For products biled out of the Owest Customer Record Information System (CRIS), Owest wil utilize the existing EDI standard for the transmission of monthly local Billng information. EDI is an established standard under the auspices of the ANSI/ASC X12 Committee. A proper subset of this specification has been adopted by the Telecommunications Industry Forum (TCIF) as the "811 Guidelines" specifically for the purposes of Telecommunications Billng. Any deviance from these standards and guidelines shall be documented and accessible to CLEC. 12.2.5 Outputs Output information wil be provided to CLEC in the form of bils, fies, and reports. Bils wil capture all regular monthly and incremental/usage charges and present them in a summarized format. The fies and reports delivered to CLEC come in the following categories: .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 204 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS). Usage Record File Line Usage Information Loss and Completion Order Information Category 11 Facility Based Line Usage Information SAG/FAM Street Address/Facility Availabilty Information 12.2.5.1 Bils 12.2.5.1.1 CRIS Summary Bil - The CRIS Summary Bil represents a monthly summary of charges for most wholesale products sold by Owest. This bil includes a total of all charges by entity plus a summary of current charges and adjustments on each sub-account. Individual sub-accounts are provided as Billng detail and contain monthly, one-time charges and incremental/call detail information. The Summary Bil provides one bil and one payment document for CLEC. These bils are segmented by state and bil cycle. The number of bils received by CLEC is dictated by the product ordered and the Owest region in which CLEC is operating. 12.2.5.1.2 lABS Bil - The lABS Bil represents a monthly summary of charges. This bil includes monthly and one-time chårges plus a summary of any usage charges. These bils are segmented by product, LATA, Biling account number (BAN) and bil cycle. 12.2.5.2 Files and Reports . 12.2.5.2.1 Daily Usage Record File provides the accumulated set of call information for a given Day as captured or recorded by the network Switches. This fie wil be transmitted Monday through Friday, excluding Owest holidays. This information is a fie of unrated Owest originated usage messages and rated CLEC originated usage messages. It is provided in ATIS standard Electronic Message Interface (EMI) format. This EMI format is outlined in the document SR-320; which can be obtained directly from ATIS. The Daily Usage Record File contains multi-state data for the Data Processing Center generating this information. Individual state identification information is contained with the message detaiL. Owest wil provide this data to CLEC with the same level of precision. and accuràcy it provides itself. This fie wil be provided for resale products. 12.2.5.2.2 The charge for this Daily Usage Record File is contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement. 12.2.5.2.3 Routing of in-region IntraLATA Collect, Callng Card, and Third Number Biled Messages - Owest wil distribute in-region IntraLAT A collect, callng card, and third number biled messages to CLEC and exchange with other CLECs operating in region in a manner consistent with existing inter-company processing agreements. Whenever the daily usage information is transmitted to a Carrier, it wil contain these records for these types of calls as well. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 205 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) 12.2.5.2.4 Loss Report provides CLEC with a daily report that contains a list of accounts that have had lines and/or services disconnected. This may indicate that the End User Customer has changed CLECs or removed services from an existing account. This report also details the order number, service name and address, and date this change was made. Individual reports wil be provided for resale, Unbundled Loop, and Interim Number Portability products. 12.2.5.2.5 Completion Report provides CLEC with a daily report. This report is used to advise CLEC that the order(s) for the service(s) requested is complete. It details the. order number, service name and address and date this change was completed. Individual reports wil be provided for resale and Unbundled Loop products. 12.2.5.2.6 Category 11 Records are Exchange Message Records (EMR) which provide mechanized record formats that can be used to exchange access usage information between Owest and CLEC. Category 1101 series records are used to exchange detailed access usage information. 12.2.5.2.7 Intentionally Left Blank. 12.2.5.2.8 SAG/FAM Files. The SAG (Street Address Guide)/FAM (Features Availability Matrix) fies contain the following information: .a) SAG provides Address and Serving Central Offce Information. b) FAM provides USOCs and descriptions by state (POTS services only), and USOC availabilty by NPA-NXX with the exception of Centrex. InterLATNlntraLATA Carriers by NPA-NXX. These fies are made available via a download process. They can be retrieved by FTP (File Transfer Protocol), NDM connectivity, or a Web browser. 12.2.6 Change Management. Owest agrees to maintain a change management process, known as (CMP), that is consistent with or exceeds industry guidelines, standards and practices to address Owests OSS, products and processes. The CMP shall include, but not be limited to, utilization of the following: (i) a forum for CLEC and Owest to discuss CLEC and Owest change requests (CR), CMP notifications, systems release life cycles, and communications; (ii) provide a forum for CLECs and Owest to discuss and prioritize CRs, where applicable pursuant to the CMP Document; (iii) a mechanism to track and monitor CRs and CMP notifications; (iv) established intervals where appropriate in the process; (v) processes by which CLEC impacts that result from changes to Owests OSS, products or processes can be promptly and effectively resolved; (vi) processes that are effective in maintaining the shortest timeline practicable for the receipt, development and implementation of all CRs; (vii) sufficient dedicated Owest processes to address and resolve in a timely manner CRs and other issues that come before the CMP body; (viii) processes for OSS Interface testing; (ix) information that is. clearly organized and readily accessible to CLECs, including the availability of web-based tools; (x) documentation provided by Owest that is effective in enabling CLECs to build an electronic gateway; and (xi) a process for changing CMP that calls for collaboration among CLECs and Owest and requires agreement by the CMP participants. Pursuant to the scope and procedures set forth in the CMP Document, Owest wil submit to CLECs through the CMP, among other things, modifications to existing products and technical documentation available to.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 206 Section 12 Accss to Operational Support Systems (OSS). CLECs, introduction of new products available to CLECs, discontinuance of products available to CLECs, modifications to pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning, maintenance/repair or biling processes, introduction of pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning, maintenance/repair or biling processes, discontinuance of pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning, maintenance/repair or billng processes, modifications to existing OSS interfaces, introduction of new OSS interfaces, and retirement of existing ass interfaces. Qwest wil maintain as part of CMP an escalation process so that CMP issues can be escalated to a Qwest representative authorized to make a final decision and a process for the timely resolution of disputes. The governing document for CMP, known as the "Change Management Process" Document is the subject of ongoing negotiations between Qwest and CLECs in the ongoing CMP. The CMP Document wil continue to be changed through those discussions. The CMP Document reflects the commitments Qwest has made regarding maintaining its CMP and Qwest commits to implement agreements made in the CMP process as soon as practicable after they are made. The CMP Document wil be subject to change through the CMP, as set forth in the CMP Document. Qwest wil maintain the most current version of the CMP Document on its wholesale web site. 12.2.6.1 In the course of establishing operational ready system interfaces between Qwest and CLEC to support local service delivery, CLEC and Qwest may need to define and implement system interface specifications that are supplemental to existing standards. CLEC and Qwest wil submit such specifications to the appropriate standards committee and wil work towards their acceptance as standards. 12.2.6.2 Release updates wil be implemented pursuant to the CMP. 12.2.6.3 Intentionally Left Blank..12.2.7 CLEC Responsibilities for Implementation of ass Intenaces 12.2.7.1 Before CLEC implementation can begin, CLEC must completely and accurately answer the New Customer Questionnaire as required in Section 3.2. 12.2.7.2 Once Qwest receives a complete and accurate New Customer Questionnaire, Owest and CLEC wil mutually agree upon time frames for implementation of connectivity between CLEC and the OSS interfaces. 12.2.8 Qwest Responsibilties for On-going Support for OSS Intenaces Owest wil support previous application-to-application releases for six (6) months after the next subsequent release has been deployed. 12.2.8.1 release. Qwest wil provide written notice to CLEC of the need to migrate to a new 12.2.8.2 Qwest wil provide an Implementation Coordinator to work with CLEC for business scenario re-certification, migration and data conversion strategy definition. 12.2.8.3 Re-certification is the process by which CLEC demonstrates the ability to generate correct functional transactions for enhancements not previously certified. Qwest wil provide the suite of tests for re-certification to CLEC with the issuance of the disclosure document. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 207 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) 12.2.8.4 Qwest shall provide training mechanisms for CLEC to pursue in educating its intemal personneL. Qwest shall provide training necessary for CLEC to use Qwests OSS interfåces and to understand Qwests documentation, including Qwests business rules. 12.2.9 CLEC Responsibilties for On-going Support for ass Interfaces 12.2.9.1 If using the GUI interface, CLEC wil take reasonable efforts to train CLEC personnel on the GUI functions that CLEC wil be using. 12.2.9.2 An application-to-application exchange protocol wil be used to transport electronically-formatted content. CLEC must perform certification testing of exchange protocol prior to using the application-to-application interface. 12.2.9.3 Qwest wil provide CLEC with access to a stable testing environment that mirrors production to certify that its OSS wil be capable of interacting smoothly and effciently with Qwests OSS. Qwest has established the following test processes to assure the implementation of a solid interface between Qwest and CLEC: . 12.2.9.3.1 Connectivity Testing - CLEC and Qwest wil conduct connectivity testing. This test wil establish the abilty of the trading partners to send and receive electronic messages effectively. This test verifies the communications between the trading partners. Connectivity is established during each phase of the implementation cycle. This test is also conducted prior to controlled production and before going live in the production environment if CLEC or Qwest has implemented environment changes when moving into production. 12.2.9.3.2 Stand-Alone Testing Environment (SATE) regression testing: Qwests stand-alone testing environment wil take pre-order and order requests, pass them to the stand-alone database, and return responses to CLEC during its development and implementation of application-to-application interface. Regression testing-SATE provides CLEC the opportunity to validate its technical development efforts built via Qwest documentation without the need to schedule test times. This testing verifies CLEC's ability to send correctly formatted electronic transactions through the IMA system edits successfully for both new and existing releases. SATE uses test account data supplied by Qwest. Qwest wil make additions to the test beds and test accounts as it introduces new OSS electronic interface capabilities, including support of new products and services, new interface features, and functionalities. All SATE pre-order queries and orders are subjected to the same edits as production pre-order and order transactions. This testing phase is optionaL. 12.2.9.3.3 SATE-progression testing: CLEC has the option of participating with Qwest in progression testing to provide CLEC with the opportunity to validate technical development efforts and to quantify processing results. Progression testing provides CLEC the opportunity to validate its technical development efforts built via Qwest documentation without the need to schedule test times. This testing verifies CLEC's abilty to send correctly formatted electronic transactions through IMA system edits successfully for both new and existing releases. SATE uses test account data supplied by Qwest. Qwest wil.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15,2010 208 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS).make additions to the test beds and test accounts as it introduces new OSS electronic interface capabilties, including support of new products and services, new interface features, and functionalities. All SATE pre-order queries and orders are subjøcted to the same edits as production pre-order and order transactions. This testing phase is required. 12.2.9.3.4 Controlled Production - Qwest and CLEC wil perform controlled production. The controlled production process is designed to validate the ability of CLEC to transmit electronic data that completely meets the appropriate electronic transmission standards and complies with all Qwest business rules. Controlled production consists of the controlled submission of actual CLEC production requests to the Qwest production environment. Qwest treats these pre-order queries and orders as production pre-order and order transactions. Qwest and CLEC use controlled production results to determine operational readiness. Controlled production requires the use of valid account and order data. All certification orders are considered to be live orders and wil be provisioned. 12.2.9.3.5 If CLEC is using the application-to-application interface, Qwest shall provide CLEC with a pre-allotted amount of time to complete certification of its business scenarios. Qwest wil allow CLEC a reasonably suffcient amount of time during the day and a reasonably suffcient number of days during the week to complete certification of its business scenarios consistent with CLEC's business plan. It is the sole responsibility of CLEC to schedule an appointment with Qwest for certification of its business scenarios. CLEC must make every effort to comply with the agreed upon dates and times scheduled for the certification of its business scenarios. If the certification of business scenarios is delayed due to CLEC, it is the sole responsibility of CLEC to schedule new appointments for certification of its business scenarios. Qwest wil make reasonable efforts to accommodate CLEC schedule. Conflcts in the schedule could result in certification being delayed. If a delay is due to Qwest, Qwest wil honor CLEC's schedule through the use of alternative hours. 12.2.9.4 If CLEC is using the application-to-application interface, CLEC must work with Qwest to certify the business scenarios that CLEC wil be using in order to ensure successful transaction processing. Qwest and CLEC shall mutually agree to the business scenarios for which CLEC requires certification. Certification wil be granted for the specified release of the interface. If CLEC is certifying multiple products or services, CLEC has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in parallel where Technically Feasible. . 12.2.9.4.1 For a new softare release or upgrade, Qwest wil provide CLEC a stable testing environment that mirrors the production environment in order for CLEC to test the new release. For softare releases and upgrades, Qwest has implemented the testing processes set forth in Sections 12.2.9.3.2, 12.2.9.3.3 and 12.2.9.3.4. 12.2.9.5 New releases of the application-to-application interface may require re- certification of some or all business scenarios. A determination as to the need for re- certification wil be made by the Qwest coordinator in conjunction with the release manager of each IMA release. Notice of the need for re-certification wil be provided to August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0û06 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 209 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) CLEC as the new release is implemented. The suite of re-certification test scenarios wil be provided to CLEC with the disclosure document. If CLEC is certifying multiple products or services, CLEC has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in parallel, where Technically Feasible. 12.2.9.6 CLEC wil contact the Owest Implementation Coordinator to initiate the migration process. CLEC may not need to certify to every new IMA application-to- application release, however, CLEC must complete the re-certification and migration to the new release within six (6) months of the deployment of the new release. CLEC wil use reasonable efforts to provide suffcient support and personnel to ensure that issues that arise in migrating to the new release are handled in a timely manner. 12.2.9.6.1 The following rules apply to initial development and certification of IMA application-to-application interface versions and migration to subsequent application-to-application interface versions: 12.2.9.6.1.1 SATE regression or SATE progression interoperability testing must begin on the prior release before the next release is implemented. Otherwise, CLEC wil be required to move its implementation plan to the next release. . 12.2.9.6.1.2 New IMA application-to-application users must be certified and in production with at least one (1) product and one (1) order activity type on a prior release two (2) months after the implementation of the next release. Otherwise, CLEC wil be required to move its implementation plan to the next release. 12.2.9.6.1.3 Any IMA application-to-application user that has been placed into production on the prior release not later than two (2) months after the next release implementation may continue certifying additional products and activities until two (2) months prior to the retirement of the release. To be placed into production, the products/order activities must have been tested in the SATE environment before two (2) months after the implementation of the next release. 12.2.9.7 CLEC wil be expected to execute the re-certification test cases in the stand alone test environment. CLEC wil provide Purchase Order Numbers (PONs) of the successful test cases to Owest. 12.2.9.8 In addition to the testing set forth in other sections of Section 12.2.9, upon request by CLEC, Owest shall enter into negotiations for comprehensive production test procedures. In the event that agreement is not reached, CLEC shall be entitled to employ, at its choice, the Dispute Resolution procedures of this Agreement or expedited resolution through request to the state Commission to resolve any differences. In such cases, CLEC shall be entitled to testing that is reasonably necessary to accommodate identified business plans or operations needs, accounting for any other testing relevant to those plans or needs. As part of the resolution of such dispute, there shall be considered the issue of assigning responsibility for the costs of such testing. Absent a finding that the test scope and activities address issues of common interest to the CLEC community, the costs shall be assigned to CLEC requesting the test procedures..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 210 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS). 12.2.10 CLEC Support 12.2.10.1 Qwest shall provide documentation and assistance for CLEC to understand how to implement and use all of the available OSS functions. Qwest shall provide to CLEC in writing any internal business rules and other formatting information necessary to ensure that CLEC's requests and orders are processed effciently. This assistance wil include, but is not limited to, contacts to the CLEC account team, training, documentation, and CLEC Help Desk. Qwest wil also supply CLEC with an escalation level contact list in the event issues are not resolved via contacts to the CLEC account team, training, documentation and CLEC Help Desk. 12.2.10.2 CLEC Help Desk 12.2.10.2.1 The CLEC Systems Help Desk wil provide a single point of entry for CLEC to gain assistance in areas involving connectivity, system availability, and fie outputs. The CLEC Systems Help Desk areas are further described below. 12.2.10.2.1.1 Connectivity covers trouble with CLEC's access to the Qwest system for hardware configuration requirements with relevance to application-to-application and GUI interfaces; software configuration requirements with relevance to application-to-application and GUI interfaces; modem configuration requirements, T1 configuration and dial- in string requirements, firewall access configuration, web-services configuration, SecurlD configuration, Profile Setup, and password verification.. 12.2.10.2.1.2 System Availabilty covers system errors generated during an attempt by CLEC to place orders or open trouble reports through application-to-application and GUI interfaces. These system errors are limited to: Resale/POTS; UNE POTS; Design Services and Repair. 12.2.10.2.1.3 File Outputs covers CLEC's output fies and reports produced from its usage and order activity. File outputs system errors are limited to: Daily Usage File; Loss / Completion File, lABS Bil, CRIS Summary Bil, Category 11 Report and SAG/FAM Reports. 12.2.10.3 Additional assistance to CLEC is available through various public web sites. These web sites provide electronic interface training information and user documentation and technical specifications and are located on Qwests wholesale web site. Qwest wil provide Interconnect Service Center Help Desks which wil provide a single point of contact for CLEC to gain assistance in areas involving order submission and manual processes. 12.2.11 Compensation/Cost Recovery Recurring and nonrecurring ass charges, as applicable, wil be biled at rates set forth in Exhibit A. Any such rates wil be consistent with Existing Rules. Qwest shall not impose any recurring or nonrecurring ass charges unless and unti the Commission authorizes Qwest to August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 211 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) impose such charges and/or approves applicable rates at the completion of appropriate cost docket proceedings. 12.3 Maintenance and Repair 12.3.1 Service Levels 12.3.1.1 Owest wil provide repair and maintenance for all services covered by this Agreement in substantially the same time and manner as that which Owest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Owest shall provide CLEC repair status information in substantially the same time and manner as Owest provides for its retail services. 12.3.1.2 During the term of this Agreement, Owest wil provide necessary maintenance business process support to allow CLEC to provide similar service quality to that provided by Owest to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.1.3 Owest wil perform repair service that is substantially the same in timeliness and quality to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Trouble calls from CLEC shall receive response time priority that is substantially the same as that provided to Owest, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party and shall be handled in a nondiscriminatory manner. 12.3.2 Branding.12.3.2.1 Owest shall use unbranded Maintenance and Repair forms while interfacing with CLEC End User Customers. Upon request, Owest shall use CLEC provided and branded Maintenance and Repair forms. Owest may not unreasonably interfere with branding by CLEC. 12.3.2.2 Except as specifically permitted by CLEC, in no event shall Owest provide information to CLEC subscribers about CLEC or CLEC product or services. 12.3.2.3 This section shall confer on Owest no rights to the service marks, trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection with services offered by CLEC or its Affilates, except as expressly permitted by CLEC. 12.3.3 Service Interruptions 12.3.3.1 The characteristics and methods of operation of any circuits, facilties or equipment of either Party connected with the services, facilities or equipment of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not: 1) interfere with or impair service over any facilities of the other Party, its affliated companies, or its connecting and concurring Carriers involved in its services; 2) cause damage to the plant of the other Party, its affliated companies, or its connecting concurring Carriers involved in its services; 3) violate any Applicable Law or regulation regarding the invasion of privacy of any communications carried over the Party's facilities; or 4) create hazards to the employees of either Party or to the public. Each of these requirements is hereinafter referred to as an "Impairment of Service". .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 212 Section 12 Acæss to Operational Support Systems (OSS). 12.3.3.2 If it is confirmed that either Part is causing an Impairment of Service, as set forth in this Section, the Party whose network or service is being impaired (the "Impaired Party") shall promptly notify the Party causing the Impairment of Service (the "Impairing Party") of the nature and location of the problem. The Impaired Party shall advise the Impairing Party that, unless promptly rectified, a temporary discontinuance of the use of any circuit, facility or equipment may be required. The Impairing Party and the Impaired Party agree to work together to attempt to promptly resolve the Impairment of Service. If the Impairing Part is unable to promptly remedy the Impairment of Service, the Impaired Party may temporarily discontinue use of the affected circuit, facility or equipment. 12.3.3.3 To facilitate trouble reporting and to coordinate the repair of the service provided by each Party to the other under this Agreement, each Party shall designate a repair center for such service. 12.3.3.4 Each Party shall furnish a trouble reporting telephone number for the designated repair center. This number shall give access to the location where records are normally located and where current status reports on any trouble reports are readily available. If necessary, alternative out-of-hours procedures shall be established to ensure access to a location that is staffed and has the authority to initiate corrective action. 12.3.3.5 Before either Part reports a trouble condition, it shall use its best efforts to isolate the trouble to the other's facilties. 12.3.3.5.1 In cases where a trouble condition affects a significant portion of the other's service, the Parties shall assign the same priority provided to CLEC as itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. . 12.3.3.5.2 The Parties shall cooperate in isolating trouble conditions. 12.3.4 Trouble Isolation 12.3.4.1 CLEC is responsible for its own End User Customer base and wil have the responsibility for resolution of any service trouble report(s) from its End User Customers. CLEC wil perform trouble isolation on services it provides to its End User Customers to the extent the capability to perform such trouble isolation is available to CLEC, prior to reporting trouble to Owest. CLEC shall have access for testing purposes at the Demarcation Point, NID, or Point of Interface. Owest wil work cooperatively with CLEC to resolve trouble reports when the trouble condition has been isolated and found to be within a portion of Owests network. Owest and CLEC wil report trouble isolation test results to the other. Each Party shall be responsible for the costs of performing trouble isolation on its facilties, subject to Sections 12.3.4.2 and 12.3.4.3. 12.3.4.2 When CLEC requests that Owest perform trouble isolation with CLEC, a Maintenance of Service Miscellaneous Charge or a Trouble Isolation charge applies if the trouble is found to be on CLEC's side or on the End User Customer's side of the Demarcation Point. If the trouble is on the End User Customer's side of the Demarcation Point, CLEC is required to perform its own maintenance. 12.3.4.3 Before submitting a repair request to Owest, CLEC wil isolate trouble to August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 213 .Section 12 Access to Operational Suppor Systems (OSS) the Owest network and must submit test results indicating the location of the trouble when submitting the repair request. If a trouble ticket with test results is accepted by Owest, and Owest determines that the trouble is on the CLEC or the End User Customer's side of the Loop Demarcation Point, a Maintenance of Service Miscellaneous Charge or a Trouble Isolation Charge applies. When CLEC elects not to perform trouble isolation and Owest performs tests at CLEC request, a Maintenance of Service Miscellaneous Charge or a Trouble Isolation charge applies if the trouble is not in Owests facilities, including Owests facilties leased by CLEC. When trouble is found on Owests side of the Demarcation Point, or Point of Interface, during the investigation of the initial or repeat trouble report for the same line or circuit within thirty (30) Days, Maintenance of Service Miscellaneous Charges or Trouble Isolation Charges shall not apply. 12.3.5 Inside Wire Maintenance Except where specifically required by state or federal regulatory mandates, or as may be provided for under Section 6 of this Agreement, Owest wil not perform any maintenance of inside wire (premises wiring beyond the End User Customer's Demarcation Point) for CLEC or its End User Customers. . 12.3.6 TestinglTest Requests/Coordinated Testing/UNEs 12.3.6.1 Where CLEC does not have the ability to diagnose and isolate trouble on a Owest line, circuit, or service provided in this Agreement that CLEC is utilzing to serve an End User Customer, Owest wil conduct testing, to the extent testing capabilties are available to Owest, to diagnose and isolate a trouble in substantially the same time and manner that Owest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.6.2 Prior to Owest conducting a test on a line, circuit, or service provided in this Agreement that CLEC is utilizing to serve an End User Customer, Owest must receive a trouble report from CLEC. 12.3.6.3 On manually reported trouble for non-designed services, Owest wil provide readily available test results to CLEC or test results to CLEC in accordance with any applicable Commission rule for providing test results to End User Customers or CLECs. On manually reported trouble for designed services provided in this Agreement, Owest wil provide CLEC test results upon request. For electronically reported trouble, Owest will provide CLEC with the abilty to obtain basic test results in substantially the same time and manner that Owest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affilates, or any other party. 12.3.6.4 CLEC shall isolate the trouble condition to Owests portion of the line, circuit, or service provided in this Agreement before Owest accepts a trouble report for that line, circuit or service. Once Owest accepts the trouble report from CLEC, Owest shall process the trouble report in substantially the same time and manner as Owest does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.6.5 Owest shall test to ensure electrical continuity of all UNEs, including Central Office Demarcation Point, and services it provides to CLEC prior to closing a trouble report..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 214 Section 12 Accss to Operational Support Systems (OSS).12.3.7 Work Center Intenaces 12.3.7.1 Owest and CLEC shall work cooperatively to develop positive, close working relationships among corresponding work centers involved in the trouble resolution processes. 12.3.8 Misdirected Repair Calls 12.3.8.1 CLEC and Owest wil employ the following procedures for handling misdirected repair calls: 12.3.8.1.1 CLEC and Owest wil provide their respective End User Customers with the correct telephone numbers to call for access to their respective repair bureaus. 12.3.8.1.2 End User Customers of CLEC shall be instructed to report all cases of trouble to CLEC. End User Customers of Owest shall be instructed to report all cases of trouble to Owest. 12.3.8.1.3 To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected repair calls wil be referred to the proper provider of Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Owest or CLEC from discussing its products and services with CLEC's or Owests End User Customers who call the other Party seeking such information. 12.3.8.1.4 CLEC and Owest wil provide their respective repair contact numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis. . 12.3.8.1.5 In responding to repair calls, CLEC's End User Customers contacting Owest in error wil be instructed to contact CLEC; and Owests End User Customers contacting CLEC in error wil be instructed to contact Owest. In responding to calls, neither Part shall make disparaging remarks about each other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls received by either Party wil be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Owest or CLEC from discussing its products and services with CLEC's or Owests End User Customers who call the other Part seeking such information. 12.3.9 Major Outages/RestorallNotification 12.3.9.1 Owest wil notify CLEC of major network outages in substantially the same time and manner as it provides itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. This notification wil be via e-mail to CLEC's identified contact. With the minor exception of certain Proprietary Information such as Customer information, Owest wil utilize the same thresholds and processes for external notification as it does for internal purposes. This major outage information wil be sent via e-mail on the same schedule as is provided internally within Owest. The email notification schedule shall consist of initial report of abnormal condition and estimated restoration time/date, abnormal condition updates, and final disposition. Service restoration wil be non- discriminatory, and wil be accomplished as quickly as possible according to Owest August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 215 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) and/or industry standards. 12.3.9.2 Qwest wil meet with associated personnel from CLEC to share contact information and review Qwests outage restoral processes and notification processes. 12.3.9.3 Qwests emergency restoration process operates on a 7X24 basis. 12.3.10 Protective Maintenance 12.3.10.1 Qwest wil perform scheduled maintenance of substantially the same type and qualiy to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.10.2 Qwest wil work cooperatively with CLEC to develop industry-wide processes to provide as much notice as possible to CLEC of pending maintenance activity. Qwest shall provide notice of potentially CLEC Customer impacting maintenance activity, to the extent Qwest can determine such impact, and negotiate mutually agreeable dates with CLEC in substantially the same time and manner as it does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. . 12.3.10.3 Qwest shall advise CLEC of non-scheduled maintenance, testing, monitoring, and surveilance activity to be performed by Qwest on any services, including, to the extent Qwest can determine, any hardware, equipment, software, or system providing service functionality which may potentially impact CLEC and/or CLEC End User Customers. Qwest shall provide the maximum advance notice of such non- scheduled maintenance and testing activity possible, under the circumstances; provided, however, that Qwest shall provide emergency maintenance as promptly as possible to maintain or restore service and shall advise CLEC promptly of any such actions it takes. 12.3.11 Hours of Coverage 12.3.11.1 Qwests repair operation is seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a day. Not all functions or locations are covered with scheduled employees on a 7X24 basis. Where such 7X24 coverage is not available, Qwests repair operations center (always available 7X24) can call-out technicians or other personnel required for the identified situation. 12.3.12 Escalations 12.3.12.1 Qwest wil provide trouble escalation procedures to CLEC. Such procedures wil be substantially the same type and quality as Qwest employs for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Qwest escalations are manual processes. 12.3.12.2 Qwest repair escalations may be initiated by either callng the trouble reporting center or through the electronic interfaces. Escalations sequence through five tiers: tester, duty supervisor, manager, director, vice president. The first escalation point is the tester. CLEC may request escalation to higher tiers in its sole discretion. Escalations status is available through telephone and the electronic interfaces. Electronic escalation is not available for non-designed products..August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 216 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS).12.3.12.3 Owest shall handle chronic troubles on non-designed services, which are those greater than three (3) troubles in a rollng thirt (30) Day period, pursuant to Section 12.2.2.1. 12.3.13 Dispatch 12.3.13.1 Owest wil provide maintenance dispatch personnel in substantially the same time and manner as it provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.13.2 Upon the acceptance of a complete and accurate trouble report from CLEC, Owest wil follow internal processes and industry standards, to resolve the repair condition. Owest wil dispatch repair personnel on occasion to repair the condition. It wil be Owests decision whether or not to send a technician out on a dispatch. Owest reserves the right to make this dispatch decision based on the best information available to it in the trouble resolution process. It is not always necessary to dispatch to resolve trouble; should CLEC require a dispatch when Owest believes the dispatch is not necessary, appropriate Miscellaneous Charges for dispatch wil be biled by Owest to CLEC if Owest can demonstrate that the dispatch was in fact unnecessary to the clearance of trouble or the trouble is identified to be caused by CLEC facilties or equipment. 12.3.13.3 For POTS lines and designed service circuits, Owest is responsible for all Maintenance and Repair of the line or circuit and wil make the determination to dispatch to locations other than the CLEC Customer premises without prior CLEC authorization. For dispatch to the CLEC Customer premises Owest shall obtain prior CLEC authorization with the exception of major outage restoration, cable rearrangements, and MTE terminal maintenance/replacement. . 12.3.14 Trouble Reporting 12.3.14.1 CLEC may submit trouble reports through the Electronic Bonding or GUI interfaces provided by Owest. Trouble tickets created electronically in CEMR may be viewed at any time after creation. 12.3.14.2 Manually reported trouble tickets may be accessed by CLEC through electronic interfaces when the ticket has been closed. CLEC wil only be able to view the history on the account. 12.3.15 Intervals/Parity 12.3.15.1 Similar trouble conditions, whether reported on behalf of Owest End User Customers or on behalf of CLEC End User Customers, wil receive commitment intervals in substantially the same time and manner as Owest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.16 Jeopardy Management 12.3.16.1 Owest wil notify CLEC, in substantially the same time and manner as Owest provides this information to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party, that a trouble report commitment (appointment or interval) has been or is August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 217 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) likely to be missed. At CLEC option, notification may be sent by email or fax through the electronic interface. CLEC may telephone Owest repair center or use the electronic interfaces to obtain jeopardy status. A jeopardy, caused by either CLEC or Owest, endangers completing provisioning and/or installation processes and impacts meeting the schedule due date of CLEC's service request. When CLEC's service request is in jeopardy, Owest notifies CLEC via a status update, email, jeopardy notification, telephone call, and/or FOC (Firm Order Confirmation). The purpose of the jeopardy notification is to identify jeopardy conditions to CLEC that impact meeting the scheduled due date of CLEC's service requests. 12.3.17 Trouble Screening 12.3.17.1 CLEC shall screen and test its End User Customer trouble reports completely enough to insure, to the extent possible, that it sends to Owest only trouble reports that involve Owest facilties. For services and facilities where the capability to test all or portions of the Owest network service or facility rest with Owest, Owest wil perform test isolation and test the service and facilty on behalf of CLEC. 12.3.17.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 12.3.18 Maintenance Standards 12.3.18.1 Owest will cooperate with CLEC to meet the maintenance standards outlined in this Agreement..12.3.18.2 On manually reported trouble, Owest wil inform CLEC of repair completion in substantially the same time and manner as Owest provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. On electronically reported trouble reports the electronic system wil automatically update status information, including trouble completion, across the joint electronic gateway as the status changes. 12.3.19 End User Customer Intenace Responsibilties 12.3.19.1 CLEC wil be responsible for all interactions with its End User Customers including service call handling and notifying its End User Customers of trouble status and resolution. 12.3.19.2 All Owest employees who perform repair service for CLEC End User Customers wil be trained in non-discriminatory behavior. 12.3.19.3 Owest wil recognize the designated CLEC/DLEC as the Customer of Record for all services ordered by CLEC/DLEC and wil send all notices, invoices and pertinent information directly to CLEC/DLEC. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Customer of Record shall be Owests single and sole point of contact for all CLEC/DLEC End User Customers. 12.3.20 Repair Call Handling 12.3.20.1 Manually-reported repair calls by CLEC to Owest wil be answered with the same quality and speed as Owest answers calls from its own End User Customers. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006\Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template. July 15, 2010 218 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS). 12.3.21 Single Point of Contact 12.3.21.1 Qwest wil provide a single point of contact for CLEC to report maintenance issues and trouble reports seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a day. A single 7X24 trouble reporting telephone number wil be provided to CLEC for each category of trouble situation being encountered. 12.3.22 Network Information 12.3.22.1 Qwest maintains an information database, available to CLEC for the purpose of allowing CLEC to obtain information about Qwests NPAs, LATAs, Access Tandem Switches and Central Offces. 12.3.22.2 This database is known as the ICONN database, available to CLEC via Qwests web site. 12.3.22.3 database. CPNI Information and NXX activity reports are also included in this 12.3.22.4 ICONN data is updated in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest updates the same data for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. 12.3.23 Maintenance Windows 12.3.23.1 Generally, Qwest performs major Switch maintenance activities off-hours, during certain "maintenance windows". Major Switch maintenance activities include Switch conversions, Switch generic upgrades and Switch equipment additions. . 12.3.23.2 Generally, the maintenance window is between 10:00 p.m. through 6:00 a.m. Monday through Friday, and Saturday 10:00 p.m. through Monday 6:00 a.m., Mountain Time. Although Qwest normally does major Switch maintenance during the above maintenance window, there wil be occasions where this wil not be possible. Qwest wil provide notification of any and all maintenance activities that may impact CLEC ordering practices such as embargoes, moratoriums, and quiet periods in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides this information to itself, its End User Customers, its Affilates, or any other part. 12.3.23.3 Intentionally Left Blank. 12.3.23.4 Planned generic upgrades to Qwest Switches are included in the ICONN database, available to CLEC via Qwests web site. 12.3.24 Switch and Frame Conversion Service Order Practices 12.3.24.1 Switch Conversions. Switch conversion activity generally consists of the removal of one Switch and its replacement with another. Generic Switch software or hardware upgrades, the addition of Switch line and trunk connection hardware and the addition of capacity to a Switch do not constitute Switch conversions. 12.3.24.2 Frame Conversions. Frame conversions are generally the removal and August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 . 219 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) replacement of one or more frames, upon which the Switch Ports terminate. 12.3.24.3 Conversion Date. The "Conversion Date" is a Switch or frame conversion planned day of cut-over to the replacement frame(s) or Switch. The actual conversion time typically is set for midnight of the Conversion Date. This may cause the actual Conversion Date to migrate into the early hours of the day after the planned Conversion Date. 12.3.24.4 Conversion Embargoes. A Switch or frame conversion embargo is the time period that the Switch or frame Trunk Side facilty connections are frozen to facilitate conversion from one Switch or frame to another with minimal disruption to the End User Customer or CLEC services. During the embargo period, Owest wil reject orders for Trunk Side facilities (see Section 12.3.24.4.1) other than conversion orders described in Section 12.3.24.4.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent Owest provisions trunk or trunk facility related service orders for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party during embargoes, Owest shall provide CLEC the same capabilities. . 12.3.24.4.1 ASRs for Switch or frame Trunk Side facility augments to capacity or changes to Switch or frame Trunk Side facilities must be issued by CLEC with a Due Date prior to or after the appropriate embargo interval as identified in the ICONN database. Owest shall reject Switch or frame Trunk Side ASRs to augment capacity or change facilties issued by CLEC or Owest, its End User Customers, its Affliates or any other party during the embargo period, regardless of the order's Due Date except for conversion ASRsdescribed in Section 12.3.24.4.3. 12.3.24.4.2 For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, Owest shall provide CLEC with conversion trunk group service requests (TGSR) no less than ninety (90) Days before the Conversion Date. 12.3.24.4.3 For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, CLEC shall issue facility conversion ASRs to Owest no later than thirty (30) Days before the Conversion Date for Iike-for-like, where CLEC mirrors their existing circuit design from the old Switch or frame to the new Switch or frame, and sixty (60) Days before the Conversion Date for addition of trunk capacity or modifcation of circuit characteristics (Le., change of AMI to B8ZS). 12.3.24.5 . Frame Embargo Period. During frame conversions, service orders and ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilities connected to the affected frame. For conversion of trunks where CLEC mirrors their existing circuit design from the old frame to the new frame on a like-for-like basis, such embargo period shall extend from thirty (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date unti five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. If CLEC requests the addition of trunk capacity or modification of circuit characteristics (Le., change of AMI to B8ZS) to the new frame, new facility ASRs shall be placed, and the embargo period shall extend from sixty (60) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an embargo period, Owest shall identify the particular dates and locations for frame conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and manner as Owest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affliates, or any other party..August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 220 Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS).12.3.24.6 Switch Embargo Period. During Switch conversions, service orders and ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilties associated with the Trunk Side of the Switch. For conversion of trunks where CLEC mirrors their existing circuit design from the old Switch to the new Switch on a like-for-like basis, such embargo period shall extend from thirt (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. If CLEC requests the addition of trunk capacity or modification of circuit characteristics to the new Switch, new facilty ASRs shall be placed, and the embargo period shall extend from sixt (60) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an embargo period, Qwest shall identify the particular dates and locations for Switch conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affiiates, or any other party. 12.3.24.7 Switch and Frame Conversion Quiet Periods for LSRs. Switch and frame conversion quiet periods are the time period within which LSRs may not contain Due Dates, with the exception of LSRs that result in disconnect orders, including those related to LNP orders, record orders, Billng change orders for non-switched products, and emergency orders. 12.3.24.7.1 LSRs of any kind issued during Switch or frame conversion quiet periods create the potential for loss of End User Customer service due to manual operational processes caused by the Switch or frame conversion. LSRs of any kind issued during the Switch or frame conversion quiet periods wil be handled as set forth below, with the understanding that Qwest shall use its best efforts to avoid the loss of End User Customer service. Such best efforts shall be substantially the same time and manner as Qwest uses for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other part. .. 12.3.24.7.2 The quiet period for Switch conversions, where no LSRs except those requesting order activity described in 12.3.24.7 are processed for the affected location, extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2) Days after the conversion and is identified in the ICONN database. 12.3.24.7.3 The quiet period for frame conversions, where no LSRs except those requesting order activity described in 12.3.24.7 are processed or the affected location, extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2) Days after the conversion. 12.3.24.7.4 LSRs, except those requesting order activity described in 12.3.24.7, (i) must be issued with a Due Date prior to or after the conversion quiet period and (ii) may not be issued during the quiet period. LSRs that do not meet these requirements wil be rejected by Qwest. 12.3.24.7.5 LSRs requesting disconnect activity issued during the quiet period, regardless of requested Due Date, wil be processed after the quiet period expires. 12.3.24.7.6 CLEC may request a Due Date change to a LNP related disconnect scheduled during quiet periods up to 12:00 noon Mountain Time the Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change. Such changes shall August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiatíons Template, July 15, 2010 . 221 .Section 12 Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS) be handled as emergency orders by Owest. 12.3.24.7.7 CLEC may request a Due Date change to a LNP related disconnect order scheduled during quiet periods after 12:00 noon Mountain Time the Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date until 12 noon Mountain Time the Day after the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change and contacting the Interconnect Service Cente'r. Such changes shall be handled as emergency orders by Owest. 12.3.24.7.8 In the event that CLEC End User Customer service is disconnected in error, Owest wil restore service in substantially the same time and manner as Owest does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Restoration of CLEC End User Customer service wil be handled through the LNP escalations process. 12.3.24.8 Switch Upgrades. Generic Switch softare and hardware upgrades are not subject to the Switch conversion embargoes or quiet periods described above. If such generic Switch or software upgrades require significant activity related to translations, an abbreviated embargo and/or quiet period may be required. Owest shall implement service order embargoes and/or quiet periods during Switch upgrades in substantially the same time and manner as Owest does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, and any other party..12.3.24.9 Switch Line and Trunk Hardware Additions. Owest shall use its best efforts to minimize CLEC service order impacts due to hardware additions and modifications to Owests existing Switches. Owest shall provide CLEC substantially the same service order processing capabilities as Owest provides itself, its End User Customers, Affilates, or any other party during such Switch hardware additions. .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 222 Section 13 Access to Telephone Numbers . Section 13.0 - ACCESS TO TELEPHONE NUMBERS 13.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed in any manner to limit or otherwise adversely impact either Party's right to request an assignment of any NANP number resources including, but not limited to, Central Offce (NXX) Codes pursuant to the Central Office Code Assignment Guidelines published by the Industry Numbering Committee (INC) as INC 95-0407- 008 (formerly ICCF 93-0729-010) and Thousand Block (NXX-X) Pooling Administration Guidelines INC 99-0127-023, when these Guidelines are implemented by the FCC or Commission Order. The latest version of the Guidelines wil be considered the current standard. 13.2 North American Numbering Plan Administration (NANPA) has transitioned to NeuStar. Both Parties agree to comply with industry guidelines and Commission rules, including those sections requiring the accurate reporting of data to the NANPA. 13.3 It shall be the responsibilty of each Party to program and update its own Switches and network systems pursuant to the Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG) to recognize and route traffc to the other Part's assigned NXX or NXX-X codes. Neither Party shall impose any fees or charges on the other Part for such activities. The Parties wil cooperate to establish procedures to ensure the timely activation of NXX assignments in their respective networks. 13.4 Each Party is responsible for administering numbering resources assigned to it. Each Party wil cooperate to timely rectify inaccuracies in its LERG data. Each Party wil maintain/revise the LERG to reflect current homing arrangements, which includes subtending arrangements for local and access tandems. Each Part is responsible for updating the LERG data for NXX codes assigned to its End Offce Switches. Each Party shall use the LERG published by Telcordia or its successor for obtaining routing information and shall provide through an authorized LERG input agent, all required information regarding its network for maintaining the LERG in a timely manner. . 13.5 Each Party shall be responsible for notifying its End User Customers of any changes in numbering or dialing arrangements to include changes such as the introduction of new NPAs. . August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 223 .Section 14 Local Dialing Parity Section 14.0 - LOCAL DIALING PARITY 14.1 The Parties shall provide local Dialing Parity to each other as required under Section 251 (b)(3) of the Act. Owest wil provide local Dialing Parity to competing providers ofTelephone Exchange Service and telephone toll service, and wil permit all such providers to have non-discriminatory access to telephone numbers, operator services, Directory Assistance, and Directory Listings, with no unreasonable dialing delays. CLEC may elect to route all of its End User Customers' calls in the same manner as Owest routes its End User Customers' calls, for a given call type (e.g., 0, 0+, 1 +,411). . .August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 224 Section 15 Qwests Offcial Directory Publisher . Section 15.0 - QWEST'S OFFICIAL DIRECTORY PUBLISHER 15.1 Owest and CLEC agree that certain issues outside the provision of basic white page Directory Listings, such as yellow pages advertising, yellow pages Listings, directory coverage, access to call guide pages (phone service pages), applicable Listings criteria, white page enhancements and publication schedules wil be the subject of negotiations between CLEC and directory publishers, including Owests Offcial Directory Publisher. Owest acknowledges that CLEC may request Owest to faciltate discussions between CLEC and Owests Offcial Directory Publisher. . . August 4, 2010lmms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 225 .Section 16 Referral Announcement Section 16.0 - REFERRAL ANNOUNCEMENT 16.1 When an End User Customer changes from Qwest to CLEC, or from CLEC to Qwest, and does not retain its original main/iisted telephone number, the Party formerly providing service to the End User Customer wil provide a transfer of service announcement on the abandoned telephone number. Each Party wil provide this referral service consistent with its tariff. This announcement wil provide details on the new number that must be dialed to reach the End User Customer. . .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 226 Section 17 Bona Fide Request Process . Section 17.0 - BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS 17.1 Any request for Interconnection or access to an Unbundled Network Element or ancilary service that is not already available as described in other sections of this Agreement, including but not limited to Exhibit F or any other interconnection agreement, Tariff or otherwise defined by Owest as a product or service shall be treated as a Bona Fide Request (BFR). Owest shall use the BFR Process to determine the terms and timetable for providing the requested Interconnection, access to UNEs or ancilary services, and the technical feasibilty of new/different points of Interconnection. Owest wil administer the BFR Process in a non- discriminatory manner. 17.2 A BFR shall be submitted in writing and on the appropriate Owest form for BFRs. CLEC and Owest may work together to prepare the BFR form and either Part may request that such coordination be handled on an expedited basis. This form shall be accompanied by the processing fee specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement. Owest wil refund one-half (1/2) of the processing fee if the BFR is cancelled within ten (10) business days of the receipt of the BFR form. The form wil request, and CLEC wil need to provide, the following information, and may also provide any additional information that may be reasonably necessary in describing and analyzing CLEC's request: 17.2.1 a technical description of each requested Network Element or new/different points of Interconnection or ancilary services; 17.2.2 the desired interface specification; 17.2.3 each requested type of Interconnection or access;. 17.2.4 a statement that the Interconnection or Network Element or ancilary service wil be used to provide a Telecommunications Service; 17.2.5 the quantity requested; and 17.2.6 the specific location requested. 17.3 Within two (2) business days of its receipt, Owest shall acknowledge receipt of the BFR and in such acknowledgment advise CLEC of missing information, if any, necessary to process the BFR. Thereafter, Owest shall promptly advise CLEC of the need for any additional information required to complete the analysis of the BFR. If requested, either orally or in writing, Owest wil provide weekly updates on the status of the BFR. 17.4 Within twenty-one (21) Days of its receipt of the BFR and all information necessary to process it, Owest shall provide to CLEC an analysis of the BFR. The analysis shall specify Owests conclusions as to whether or not the requested Interconnection or access to an Unbundled Network Element complies with the unbundling requirements of the Act or state law. 17.5 If Owest determines during the twenty-one (21) Day period that a BFR does not qualify as an Unbundled Network Element or Interconnection or ancillary service that is required to be provided under the Act or state law, Owest shall advise CLEC as soon as reasonably possible of that fact, and Owest shall promptly, but in no case later than the twenty-one (21) Day period, provide a written report setting forth the basis for its conclusion.. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 227 .Section 17 Bona Fide Request Process 17.6 If Owest determines during such twenty-one (21) Day period that the BFR qualifies under the Act or state law, it shall notify CLEC in writing of such determination within ten (10) Days, but in no case later than the end of such twenty-one (21) Day period. 17.7 As soon as feasible, but in any case within forty-five (45) Days after Owest notifies CLEC that the BFR qualifies under the Act, Owest shall provide to CLEC a BFR quotation. The BFR quotation wil include, at a minimum, a description of each Interconnection, Network Element, and ancillary service, the quantity to be provided, any interface specifications, and the applicable rates (recurring and nonrecurring) including the separately stated development costs and construction charges of the Interconnection, Unbundled Network Element or ancillary service and any minimum volume and term commitments required, and the timeframes the request wil be provisioned. 17.8 CLEC has sixty (60) business days upon receipt of the BFR quotation, to either agree to purchase under the quoted price, or cancel its BFR. 17.9 If CLEC has agreed to minimum volume and term commitments under the preceding paragraph, CLEC may cancel the BFR or volume and term commitment at any time, but may be subject to termination liability assessment or minimum period charges. 17.10 If either Party believes that the other Party is not requesting, negotiating or processing any BFR in good faith, or disputes a determination or quoted price or cost, it may invoke the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement..17.11 All time intervals within which a response is required from one Party to another under this Section are maximum time intervals. Each Party agrees that it wil provide all responses to the other Party as soon as the Party has the information and analysis required to respond, even if the time interval stated herein for a response is not over. 17.12 In the event CLEC has submitted a request for Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or any combinations thereof, or ancilary services and Owest determines in accordance with the provisions of this Section 17 that the request is Technically Feasible, subsequent requests or orders for substantially similar types of Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof or ancillary services by CLEC shall not be subject to the BFR process. To the extent Owest has deployed or denied a substantially similar Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof or ancilary services under a previous BFR, a subsequent BFR shall not be required and the BFR application fee shall be refunded immediately. Owest may only require CLEC to complete a New Product Questionnaire before ordering such Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof, or ancillary services. ICB pricing and intervals wil still apply for requests that are not yet standard offerings. For purposes of this Section 17.12, a "substantially similar" request shall be one with substantially similar characteristics to a previous request with respect to the information provided pursuant to Subsections 17.2.1 through 17.2.8 of Section 17.2 above. The burden of proof is upon Owest to prove the BFR is not substantially similar to a previous BFR. 17.13 The total cost charged to CLEC shall not exceed the BFR quoted price. 17.14 Upon request, Owest shall provide CLEC with Owests supporting cost data and/or studies for the Interconnection, Unbundled Network Element or ancilary service that CLEC wishes to order within seven (7) business days, except where Owest cannot obtain a.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 228 Section 17 Bona Fide Request Process . release from its vendors within seven (7) business days, in which case Owest wil make the data available as soon as Owest receives the vendor release. Such cost data shall be treated as Confidential Information, if requested by Owest under the non-disclosure sections of this Agreement. 17.15 Owest wil provide notice to CLECs of all BFRs which have been deployed or denied, provided, however, that identifying information such as the name of the requesting CLEC and the location of the request shall be removed. Owest shall make available a topical list of the BFRs that it has received from CLECs. The description of each item on that list shall be suffcient to allow CLEC to understand the general nature of the product, service, or combination thereof that has been requested and a summary of the disposition of the request as soon as it is made. Owest shall also be required upon the request of CLEC to provide suffcient details about the terms and conditions of any granted requests to allow CLEC to take the same offering under substantially identical circumstances. Owest shall not be required to provide information about the request initially made by CLEC whose BFR was granted, but must make available the same kinds of information about what it offered in response to the BFR as it does for other products or services available under this Agreement. CLEC shall be entitled to the same offering terms and conditions made under any granted BFR, provided that Owest may require the use of ICB pricing where it makes a demonstration to CLEC of the need therefore. . . August 4, 201 O/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 229 .Section 18 Audit Process Section 18.0 - AUDIT PROCESS 18.1 Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit or expand the Audit provisions in the Performance Assurance Plan (PAP). Nothing in the PAP shall limit or expand the Audit provisions in this Section 18. For purposes of this section the following definitions shall apply: 18.1.1 "Audit" shall mean the comprehensive review of the books, records, and other documents used in providing services under this Agreement. The term "Audit" also applies to the investigation of company records, back offce systems and databases pertaining to Loop information. 18.1.2 "Examination" shall mean an inquiry into a specific element or process related to the above. Commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement, either Party may perform Examinations as either Party deems necessary. 18.2 This Audit shall take place under the following conditions: 18.2.1 Either Party may request to perform an Audit or Examination. 18.2.2 The Audit or Examination shall occur upon thirty (30) business days written notice by the requesting Party to the non-requesting Party. .18.2.3 The Audit or Examination shall occur during normal business hours. However, such Audit wil be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner and both Parties wil work to minimize disruption to the business operations of the Party being audited. 18.2.4 There shall be no more than two (2) Audits requested by each Party under this Agreement in any twelve (12) month period. Either Party may audit the other Party's books, records and documents more frequently than twice in any twelve (12) month period (but no more than once in each quarter) if the immediately preceding audit found previously uncorrected net variances, inaccuracies or errors in invoices in the audited Party's favor with an aggregate value of at least two percent (2%) of the amounts payable for the affected services during the period covered by the Audit. 18.2.5 The requesting Party may review the non-requesting Party's records, books and documents, as may reasonably contain information relevant to the operation of this Agreement. 18.2.6 The location of the Audit or Examination shall be the location where the requested records, books and documents are retained in the normal course of business. 18.2.7 All transactions under this Agreement which are over twenty-four (24) months prior to the date of request wil be considered accepted and no longer subject to Audit. In the event an audit is initiated, the Parties agree to retain records of all transactions under this Agreement for at least twenty-four (24) months and all subsequent transactions wil also be subject to audit. 18.2.8 Audit or Examination Expenses 18.2.8.1 Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with.August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 230 Section 18 Audit Process . conduct of the Audit or Examination. The requesting Part wil pay for the reasonable cost of special data extractions required by the Part to conduct the Audit or Examination. For purposes of this section, a "Special Data Extraction" means the creation of an output record or informational report (from existing data fies) that is not created in the normal course of business. If any program is developed to the requesting Party's specification and at that Party's expense, the requesting Party wil specify at the time of request whether the program is to be retained by the other Party for reuse for any subsequent Audit or Examination. 18.2.8.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-requesting Party shall pay all of the requesting Part's commercially reasonable expenses in the event an Audit or Examination identifies a difference between the amount biled and the amount determined by the Audit that exceeds five percent (5%) of the amount biled and results in a refund and/or reduction in the Billing to the requesting Party. 18.2.9 The' Part requesting the Audit may request that an Audit be conducted by a mutually agreed-to independent auditor, which agreement wil not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by the non-requesting Part. Under this circumstance, the costs of the independent auditor shall be paid for by the Party requesting the Audit subject to Section 18.2.8.2. 18.2.10 In the event that the non-requesting Party requests that the Audit be performed by an independent auditor, the Parties shall mutually agree to the selection of the independent auditor. Under this circumstance, the costs of the independent auditor shall be shared equally by the Parties. The portion of this expense borne by the requesting Party shall be borne by the non-requesting Party if the terms of Section 18.2.8.2 are satisfied. . 18.2.11 Adjustments, credits or payments wil be made and any corrective action must commence within thirty (30) Days after the Parties' receipt of the final Audit report to compensate for any errors and omissions which are disclosed by such Audit or Examination and are agreed to by the Parties. The interest rate payable shall be in accordance with Commission requirements. In the event that any of the following circumstances occur within thirty (30) business days after completion of the Audit or Examination, they may be resolved at either Part's election, pursuant to the Dispute Resolution Process; (i) errors detected by the Audit or Examination have not been corrected; (ii) adjustments, credits or payments due as a result of the Audit or Examination have not been made, or (iii) a dispute has arisen concerning the Audit or Examination. 18.2.12 Neither the right to examine and Audit nor the right to receive an adjustment wil be affected by any statement to the contrary appearing on checks or otherwise. 18.2.13 This Section wil survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years after expiration or termination of the Agreement. 18.3 All information received or reviewed by the requesting Party or the independent auditor in connection with the Audit is to be considered Proprietary Information as defined by this Agreement in Section 5.16. The non-requesting Party reserves the right to require any non-. August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLCIID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 231 .Section 18 Audit Process employee who is involved directly or indirectly in any Audit or the resolution of its findings as described above to execute a nondisclosure agreement satisfactory to the non-requesting Party. To the extent an Audit involves access to information of other competitors, CLEC and Qwest wil aggregate such competitors' data before release to the other Party, to insure the protection of the proprietary nature of information of other competitors. To the extent a competitor is an Affliate of the Party being audited (including itself and its subsidiaries), the Parties shall be allowed to examine such Affliate's disaggregated data, as required by reasonable needs of the Audit. Information provided in an Audit or Examination may only be reviewed by individuals with a need to know such information for purposes of this Section 18 and who are bound by the nondisclosure obligations set forth in Section 5.16. In no case shall the Confidential Information be shared with the Parties' retail marketing, sales or strategic planning. 18.3.1 Either Party may request an Audit of the other's compliance with this Agreement's measures and requirements applicable to limitations on the distribution, maintenance, and use of proprietary or other protected information that the requesting Party has provided to the other. Those Audits shall not take place more frequently than once in every three (3) years, unless cause is shown to support a specifically requested Audit that would otherwise violate this frequency restriction. Examinations wil not be permitted in connection with investigating or testing such compliance. All those other provisions of this Section 18 that are not inconsistent herewith shall apply, except that in the case of these Audits, the Party to be audited may also request the use of an independent auditor. . .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 232 Section 19 Construction Charges . Section 19.0 - CONSTRUCTION CHARGES 19.1 All rates, charges and initial service periods specified in this Agreement contemplate the provision of network Interconnection services and access to Unbundled Loops or ancilary services to the extent existing facilties are available. Except for modifications to existing facilties necessary to accommodate Interconnection and access to Unbundled Loops or ancilary services specifically provided for in this Agreement, Qwest wil consider requests to build additional or further facilities for network Interconnection and access to Unbundled Loops or ancilary services, as described in the applicable section of this Agreement. 19.2 All necessary construction wil be undertaken at the discretion of Qwest, consistent with budgetary responsibilities, consideration for the impact on the general body of End User Customers and without discrimination among the various Carriers. 19.3 A quotation for CLEC's portion of a specific job wil be provided to CLEC. The quotation wil be in writing and wil be binding for ninety (90) business days after the issue date. When accepted, CLEC wil be biled the quoted price and construction wil commence after receipt of payment. If CLEC chooses not to have Qwest construct the facilities, Qwest reserves the right to bil CLEC for the expense incurred for producing the engineered job design. 19.4 In the event a construction charge is applicable, CLEC's service Application Date wil become the date upon which Qwest receives the required payment. . . August 4, 2010/mms/Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 233 .Section 20 Service Performance Section 20.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE 20.1 Performance Indicator Definitions (PIDs), in their current form are included in Exhibit B of this Agreement. Subsequent changes to these PIDs submitted to the Commission shall be incorporated into Exhibit B as soon as they are effective either by operation of law or Commission order, whichever occurs first and without further Amendment to this Agreement. 20.2 The Qwest Performance Assurance Plan (QPAP) is attached as Exhibit K of this Agreement. Subsequent changes to the QPAP submitted to the Commission wil be incorporated into Exhibit K as soon as they are effective by operation of law or the effective date as approved by Commission order, whichever is applicable, and without further Amendment to this Agreement. . .August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 234 Section 21 Network Standards . Section 21.0 - NETWORK STANDARDS 21.1 The Parties recognize that Owest services and Network Elements have been purchased and deployed, over time, to Telcordia and Owest technical standards. Specification of standards is built into the Owest purchasing process, whereby vendors incorporate such standards into the equipment Owest purchases. Owest supplements generally held industry standards with Owest Technical Publications. 21.2 The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may manufacture Telecommunications equipment that does not fully incorporate and may differ from industry standards at varying points in time (due to standards development processes and consensus) and either Party may have such equipment in place within its network. Except where otherwise explicitly stated within this Agreement, such equipment is acceptable to the Parties, provided said equipment does not pose a security, service or safety hazard to Persons or property. 21.3 Generally accepted and developed industry standards which the Parties agree to support include, but are not limited to: 21.3.1 Switching GR-1428-CORE Common Channel Signaling (CCS) Specification Supporting Toll Free Service Network Interface GR-1432-CORE Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting SCCP and TCAP .GR-317-CORE LSSGR: Switching System Generic Requirements for Call Control Using the Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP) GR-905-CORE CCSNIS Supporting Network Interconnection, Message Transfer Part (MTP), and ISDNUP GR-1357-CORESwitched Fractional DS1 GR-540-CORE LSSGR Tandem Supplement GR-305-CORE GR-1429-CORE CCSNIS Supporting Call Management Services FR-64 LATA Switching System Generic Requirement (LSSGR) GR-334-CORE Switched Access Service TR-NWT -000335 Voice Grade Special Access Services GR-529-CORE LSSGR Public Safety GR-505-CORE Call Processing FR-NWT-000271 Operator Services Systems Generic Requirements (OSSGR) August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 235 . .Section 21 Network Standards GR-1156-CORE OSSGR Section 21: Operator Subsystems SR-1171 Methods and Procedures for System Reliability Analysis 21.3.2 Transport FR-440 Transport System Generic Requirements (TSGR) GR-499-CORE Transport Systems Generic Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements GR-820-CORE Generic Transmission Surveilance; DS1 and DS3 Performance GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria GR-507-CORE LSSGR: Transmission, Section 7 TR-NWT-000776 NID for ISDN Subscriber Access GR-342-CORE High Capacity Digital Special Access Service Transmission Perimeter Limits and Interface Combinations ST-TEC-000051 & 52 Telecommunications Transmission Engineering Handbooks Volumes 1 & 2 . ANSI T1.1 02-1993 Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interface, Annex B 21.3.3 Loops GR-57-CORE Functional Criteria for Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) Systems TR-NWT-000393 Generic Requirements for ISDN Basic Access Digital Subscriber Lines GR-253-CORE SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria GR-303-CORE Integrated Digital Loop Carrier System Generic Requirements Objectives and Interface TR- TSY -000008 Digital Interface Between the SLC 96 Digital Loop Carrier System and a Local Digital Switch TA-TSY-000120 Subscriber Premises or Network Ground Wire GR-49-CORE Generic Requirements for Outdoor Telephone Network Interface Devices TR-NWT-000937 Generic Requirements for Outdoor and Indoor Building Entrance Terminals (BETs) TR-NWT-000133 Generic Requirements for Network Inside Wiring.August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/lD/CDS-100726-0006 Owest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 236 Section 21 Netwrk Standards .ANSI T1.417, Spectrum Management for Loop Transmission Systems 21.3.4 Local Number Portabilty Number Portability Generic Switching and Signaling Requirements for Number Portabilty, Issue 1.00, February 12, 1996 (Editor - Lucent Technologies, Inc.); Generic Requirements for SCP Application and GTT Function for Number Portabilty, Issue 0.95, Final Draft, September 4, 1996 (Editor - Ameritech Inc.); Generic Operator Services Switching Requirements for Number Portability, Issue 1.00, Final Draft, April 12, 1996 (Editor - Nortel); ATIS, TRQ NO.1, Technical Requirements for Number Portability Operator Services Switching Systems, April 1999; ATIS, TRQ NO.2, Technical Requirements for Number Portability Switching Systems, April 1999; ATIS, TRQ NO.3, Techniæl Requirements for Number Portability Database and Global Title Translation, April 1999; FCC First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking; FCC 96-286; CC Docket 95-116, RM 8535; Released July 2,1996; FCC First Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration; FCC 97-74; CC Docket 95-116, RM 8535; Released March 11, 1997. FCC Second Report and Order, FCC 97-298; CC Docket 95-116, RM 8535; Released August 18, 1997. . 21.4 The Parties wil cooperate in the development of national standards for Interconnection elements as the competitive environment evolves. Recognizing that there are no current national standards for Interconnection Network Elements, Qwest has developed its own standards for some Network Elements. Details of these standards are documented in the Qwest Technical Publications. Qwest Technical Publications have been developed to support service offerings, inform End User Customers and suppliers, and promote engineering consistency and deployment of developing technologies. Qwest provides all of its Technical Publications at no charge via web site: http://ww.qwest.com/techpub/. August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 237 . . . . Section 22.0 . SIGNATURE PAGE Section 22 Signature Page By signing below, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree to abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this Interconnection Agreement. Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC Signature Nigel Alexander Name Printedrryped Manager Title 'Sud 20 IQ Date Qw:£FcLC - Signature L.T. Christensen Name Printedrryped Director - Wholesale Contracts Title Date ~ItR'loi 7 August 4, 2010/mms/Liberty-Bell Telecom, LLC/ID/CDS-100726-0006 Qwest Fourteen State Negotiations Template, July 15, 2010 238 . . . Libert.BelI Telecom. LLC Exhibit A Idaho EAS / Local Traffic Reciprocal Compensation Election /New.Notes 6.0 Resale Wholesale Wholesale Discount Discount Percentage Percentage Recurring Nonrecurrng Charoes Charoes 6.1 Wholesale Discount Rates 6.1.1 Southern Idaho 6.1.1.1 Basic Exchanne Residential Line Serviæ 18.25%18.25%B B6.1.1.2 Basic Exchanne Business Line Service 18.25%18.25%B B6.1.1.3 IntraLATA Toll 18.25%18.25%8 B6.1.1.4 Packa.e / Snecial Services le.n., Centrex. Discounted Line/Feature Packanes, ISDN,18.25%18.25%8 B6.1.1.5 Listiim, CO Features & Information Services 18.25%18.25%B B6.1.1.6 Private Line 18.25%18.25%B B6.1.1.7 Qrrator Services / Directo'" Asistanæ (OS/DAl 18.25%18.25%B B6.1.1.8 Volume Packaned Serviæs . Hinh Volume Customers 6.65%6.65%B B6.1.1.9 Public Acæss Line PAL Serviæ 0.00%0.00%B B6.1.2 Northern Idaho 6.1.2.1 Basic Exchanne Residential Line Serviæ 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.2 Basic Exchanne Business Line Service / PBX 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.3 IntraLA TA Toll 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.4 Packaae / Srecial Services le.o., Centrex, Discounted Line/Feature PackaOs, ISDN.19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.5 Listinas, CO Features & Information Serviæs 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.6 Private Line 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.7 Ooerator Serices / Direclorv Assistance IOS/DA 19.37%19.37%B B6.1.2.8 Volume Packaned Serviæs . Hioh Volume Customers 6.87%6.87%B B6.1.2.9 Public Acæss Line (PALl Serviæ 0.00%0.00%B B 6.2 Customer Transfer Charge (CTC) 6.2.1 CTC for POTS Serviæ 6.2.1.1 Manual 6.2.1.1.1 I First Line $16.22 B 6.2.1.1.2 I Each Additional Line $2.27 B6.2.1.2 Mechanized 6.2.1.2.1 IFirst Line $0.63 B 6.2.1.2.2 I Each Additional Line $0.12 B6.2.2 CTC for Private Line TransDcrt Services 6.2.2.1 IFirst Circuit $38.84 B6.2.2.2 Additional Circuit, Der Circuij, same CSR $33.50 B6.2.3 GTC for Advanced Communications Services, Der Circuit $46.81 B 7.0 Interconnection 7.1 Entrance Facilities 7.1.1 Intentionallv Left Blank 7.1.2 DSl $103.61 $208.34 B B7.1.3 DS3 $524.42 $27773 B B I 7.21US EICT T 7.2.1 PerDSl $0.00 $0.00 B BI7.2.2 Per DS3 $0.00 $0.00 B B 7.3 Direct Trunked Transport 7.3.1 IntentiOnallv Left Blank 7.3.2 DSl IRecurnnn Fixed &-mr Mile 7.3.2.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $37.35 $1.25 B B7.3.2.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $37.35 $1.82 B B 7.3.2.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $37.35 $1.89 B B7.3.2.4 Over 50 Miles $37.35 $1.90 B B7.3.3 DS3 IRecurrinn Fixed & -mr Mil'" 7.3.3.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $257.18 $19.48 B B7.3.3.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $260.49 $24.24 B B7.3.3.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $260.77 $26.43 B B 7.3.3.4 Over 50 Miles $259.32 $26.35 B B I 7.4lMultiplexingT7.4.1 IDSl to DSO $263.86 $193.30 B BT7.4.2 IDS3 to DSl $304.22 $193.30 B B 7.5 Trunk Nonrecurring Charges 7.5.1 Iintentionallv Left Blank 12-29-08 (coma)Page 1 of8 Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibit A Idaho . 7.5.2 OSl Interfce 7.5.2.1 First Trunk $229.40 B 7.5.2.2 Each Additional Trunk $5.46 B 7.5.3 OS31nterface 7.5.3.1 First Trunk $235.71 B 7.5.3.2 Each Additional Trunk $11.78 B 7.6 Exchange Service (EAS/Local) Traffc 7.6.1 End Ofce Call Termination, Der Minute of Use $0.001343 1# 7.6.2 Tandem Switched Transoort, oer Minute of Use $0.000690 # 7.6.3 Tandem Transmission. oer Minute of Use (Recurnna Fixed & oer Mile) 7.6.3.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $0.0004564 $0.0000367 B B 7.6.3.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $0.0004564 $0.0000367 B B 7.6.3.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $0.0004564 $0.0000367 B B 7.6.3.4 Over 50 Miles $0.000426 $0.0000144 B B i 7.7 Local Traffic - FCC - ISP Rate Caps I 7.7.1 Minute Of Use as of June 14, 2003, rate in effect until further FCC action $0.0007 5 7.8 Miscellaneous Charges 7.8.1 Expedite Charge (LIS Trunks)Owesls Idaho Access Service Catalon 7.8.2 Cancellation Charge (US Trunks)Owesls Idaho Access Service Catalon 7.8.3 Additional Testin9 (US Trunks)Owesls Idaho Access Service Catalon 7.9 Transit Traffc 7.9.1 Local & IntraLA TAT oil Transit, oer Minute of Use $0.005 2,13 7.9.2 Intentionallv Left Blank 7.9.3 Intentionallv Left Blank 7.9.4 Cateoor 11 Mechanized Record Chame, oer Recor 7.9.4.1 IMechanized Transit Recrds $0.0025 2,13 I 7.10 Jointly Provided Switched Access Services 7.10.1 I Mechanized Access Records $0.0014877 B 7.11 IntraLATA Toll Traffc Owe5l's Idaho Owesls Idaho Accss Accss Service Service Catalon Catalon 8.0 Collocation -Intentionally Left Blank 9.0 Unbundled Network Elements (UNEs) 9.1 .Interconnection Tié Pairs (ITPl . Per Termination 9.1.1 IOSO $0.38 8 9.1.2 10Sl $1.24 B 9.1.3 IOS3 $14.76 B 9.2 Unbundled Loops 9.2.1 AnalOG Lon s See 9.2.4 9.2.1.1 2-Wire Voice Grade LOOD 9.2.1.1.1 Zone 1 $15.65 ## 9.2.1.1.2 Zone 2 $23.76 ## 9.2.1.1.3 Zone 3 $40.50 ## 9.2.1.2 Intentionallv Left 81ank 9.2.1.3 4-Wire Voice Grade Looo 9.2.1.3.1 IZone 1 $30.70 ## 9.2.1.3.2 Zone 2 $46.63 ## 9.2.1.3.3 Zone 3 $79.47 ## 9.2.2 Nonloaded Looos See 9.2.4 9.2.2.1 2-Wire Nonloaded Loao 9.2.2.1.1 Zone 1 $15.65 ## 9.2.2.1.2 Zone 2 $23.76 ## 9.2.2.1.3 Zone 3 $40.50 ## 9.2.2.2 Intentionallv Left 81ank 9.2.2.3 4-Wire Nonloaded Looo 9.2.2.3.1 iZone 1 $30.70 ## . . 12-29-08 (coma)Page 20f8 . . . Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibit A Idaho 9.2.2.3.3 IZone 3 $79.47 ## 9.2.2.4 LOOD Unloadina $9.00 A, 89.2.2.5 LOOD Condition ina $22.00 A,8 9.2.3 Diailal CaDable LOODS 9.2.3.1 Basic Rate ISDN' xDSL-1 CaDable See 9.2.4 9.2.3.1.1 Zone 1 $15.65 ## 9.2.3.1.2 Zone 2 $23.76 ## 9.2.3.1.3 Zone 3 $40.50 ## 9.2.3.2 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.2.3.3 DS 1 CaDable LOOD See 9.2.5 9.2.3.3.1 Zone 1 $86.48 ## 9.2.3.3.2 Zone 2 $86.46 ## 9.2.3.3.3 IZone 3 $99.96 ## 9.2.3.4 DS3 CaDable LOOD See 9.2.6 9.2.3.4.1 Zone 1 $941.95 ## 9.2.3.4.2 IZone 2 $955.04 ## 9.2.3.4.3 Zone 3 $1,264.56 ## 9.2.3.5 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.2.3.6 2-Wire Extension Technoloav $22.00 A 9.2.4 Loop Installation Charges for 2 & 4-Wire Analog' Nonloaded, ISDN BRI Capable and xDSL - I See 9.2.1 & Caoable LOODS where conditionina is not reouired.9.2.2 9.2.4.1 Basic Installation 9.2.4.1.1 I First $11.03 A 9.2.4.1.2 I Each Additional $6.07 A 9.2.4.2 Basic Installation with Performance T estino 9.2.4.2.1 I First $17.72 A 9.2.4.2.2 I Each Additional $8.99 A 9.2.4.3 Coordinated Installation with Coooerative Testino' Pro.ect Coordinated Installation 9.2.4.3.1 First $171.87 # 9.2.4.3.2 Each Additional $94.09 #9.2.4.4 Coordinated Installation without CODoerative Testina' Proiect Coordinated Installation 9.2.4.4.1 First $59.81 # 9.2.4.4.2 Each Additional $53.32 #9.2.4.5 Basic Installation with Coooorative Testino" 9.2.4.5.1 First $142.10 # 9.2.4.5.2 Each Additional $94.09 #9.2.5 DSl LOOD Installation Charaes See 9.2.3.3 9.2.5.1 Basic Installation 9.2.5.1.1 First $128.71 B 9.2.5.1.2 Each Additional $99.73 8 9.2.5.2 Basic Installation with Performance T estinn 9.2.5.2.1 First $279.37 B 9.2.5.2.2 Each Additional $212.57 B 9.2.5.3 Coordinated Installation with Connerative T estinn , Pro. ect Coordinated Installation 9.2.5.3.1 I First $316.94 B 9.2.5.3.2 I Each Additional $222.40 B 9.2.5.4 Coordinated Installation without Coonerative Testinn' Proiect Coordinated Installation 9.2.5.4.1 I First $135.78 B 9.2.5.4.2 I Each Additional $106.79 B 9.2.5.5 Basic Installation with Cooperative Testino 9.2.5.5.1 I First $272.24 B 9.2.5.5.2 I Each Additional $195.68 B9.2.6 DS3 Looo Installation Charoes See 9.2.3.4 9.2.6.1 Basic Installation 9.2.6.1.1 I First $128.71 B 9.2.6.1.2 I Each Additional $99.73 B 9.2.6.2 Basic Installation with Performance T estinD 9.2.6.2.1 I First $279.37 B 9.2.6.2.2 I Each Additional $212.57 B 9.2.6.3 Coordinated Installation with Coooerative Testino"' Proiect Coordinated Installation 9.2.6.3.1 I First $316.94 8 9.2.6.3.2 I Each Additionat $222.40 B 9.2.6.4 Coordinated Installation without CooDerative Testi;; Proiect Coordinated Installation 9.2.6.4.1 ¡First $135.78 B 9.2.6.4.2 I Each Additional $106.79 B 9.2.6.5 Basic Installation with Coooerative T estino 9.2.6.5.1 I First $272.24 B 9.2.6.5.2 I Each Additional $195.68 B 9.2.7 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.2.8 Private Line' Soecial Access to Unbundled Looo Conversion (as is)$34.50 B 9.3 Subloop 9.3.1 2-Wire AnaloD and Nonloaded Distribution LooD 9.3.1.1 First $107.92 1 9.3.1.2 Each Additional $29.62 1 9.3.1.3 First & Each Additional 2-Wire Distributio LoO" 12-29-08 (coma)Page 3 018 Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibit A Idaho . 9.3.1.3.2 Zone 2 $16.70 ## 9.3.1.3.3 Zone 3 $27.57 1 9.3.2 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.3.3 Intra-8uildin Cable LooD, Der Pair $0.70 1 9.3.3.1 No DisDatch, First $51.97 1 9.3.3.2 No DisDatch, Each Additional $21.32 1 9.3.3.3 DisDatch, First $98.14 1 9.3.3.4 DisDatch, Each Additional $31.62 1 9.3.4 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.3.5 MTE T enninal SubioOD Accss 9.3.5.1 SublooD MTE . POI Site Inventorv, oar R""uest $110.46 1 9.3.5.2 MTE . POi Rearrnoement 01 Faciliti ICB 3 9.3.5.3 MTE . POi Constrction 01 New SPOI ICB 3 9.3.6 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.3.7 Field Connection Point FCP\ 9.3.7.1 Feasibiltv Fee I Quote PreDaration Fee $1,197.07 1 9.3.7.2 FCP Set,UD, Der ReDuest $3,291.11 12 9.3.7.3 FCP SDlicinD, Der 25 Pairs $13.88 12 9.3.7.4 FCP Reclassification $463.26 1 9.4 Shared Services 9.4.1 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.4.2 Line SoIiltinD 9.4.2.1 Basic Installation Chame lor Line SDUllnD $33.79 1 9.4.3 Looo SDUltinD 9.4.3.1 Basic Installation Chame lor LooD SDlilnn $33.79 1 9.4.4 OSS, oer Line, oer Month $3.23 1 9.51 Network Interlce Device (NID)$0.51 $52.76 A,10 B 9.6 Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT) 9.6.1 DSOUDIT(Recurrinii Fixed & per Mile)$241.74 B 9.6.1.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $24.67 $0.29 B 8 9.6.1.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $24.69 $0.23 B B 9.6.1.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $24.86 $0.15 B B 9.6.1.4 Over 50 Miles $24.69 $0.05 B B 9.6.2 DSl UDIT(Recurrinii Fixed & per Mile)$284.52 B 9.6.2.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $36.43 $3.20 B B 9.6.2.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $37.26 $3.19 B B 9.6.2.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $39.12 $1.81 B B 9.6.2.4 Over 50 Miles $37.77 $0.78 B B 9.6.3 DS3 UDIT Recurrino Fixed & oer Mile $284.52 B 9.6.3.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $238.61 $54.07 B B 9.6.3.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $242.03 $16.78 B B 9.6.3.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $223.90 $21.34 B B 9.6.3.4 Over 50 Miles $235.64 $14.83 B B 9.6.4 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.5 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.6 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.7 UDIT DSO Channel Performance 9.6.7.1 IDSO UDIT Low Side Channelization $13.10 B 9.6.8 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.9 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.10 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.6.11 UDIT Rearranaement 9.6.11.1 DSO, Sinale Ofce $164.40 B 9.6.11.2 DSO, Dual Offce $206.79 B 9.6.11.3 Hiah Capacity, Sinale Offce $221.94 B 9.6.11.4 Hiah Capacitv, Dual Offæ $249.30 B 9.6.12 Private Line I Special Access to UDIT Conversion (as is)$131.19 12 9.7 Unbundled Dark Fiber (UDF) 9.7.1 Initial Records Inauirv (iRIl 9.7.1.1 ISimple $196.02 8 9.7.1.2 I Complex $251.07 B 9.7.2 Field Verication and Quote Preparation IFVQP)$907.28 B 9.7.3 Enaineerina Verication $297.03 B 9.7.4 UDF . Sinale Strand 9.7.4.1 UDF . Interoffæ Faciltv (UDF.IOF) . Sinale Strand 9.7.4.1.1 Order Charoe, per First Strand I Route I Order $492.60 B 9.7.4.1.2 Order Charoe, Each Additional Strand I Route I Order $255.66 B 9.7.4.1.3 Fiber Transport. per Strand I Mile $50.87 9 9.7.4.1.4 Termination, Fixed. per Strand I Ofæ I Tennination $4.80 B 9.7.4.1.5 Fiber Cross-Connect (Minimum 01 2 Cross-Connects aoolvl, oer $2.39 $19.38 B B 9.7.5 UDF . per Pair 9.7.5.1 IUDF ~ Interoffce Faciltv (UDF.IOFI. oer Pair . . 12-29-08 (coma)Page 4 018 . . . Libert.Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibit A Idaho 9.7.5.1.1 Order Charae, oer First Pair I Route I Order $492.60 B9.7.5.1.2 Order Charae, Each Additional Pair I Route I Order $255.66 B 9.7.5.1.3 Fiber Transoor. oer Pair I Mile $66.15 B9.7.5.1.4 Termination. Fixed, oer Pair I Offce I Termination $7.31 B 9.7.5.1.5 Fiber Cross.Connect (Minimum of 2 Crass.Connects aoolvl, oer Pair $4.43 $19.38 B B9.7.6 Dark Fiber Solice $602.60 B9.7.7 UDF MTE Sublooo ICB ICB 3 3 I 9.8 Intentionally Left Blank I 9.91lntentionally Left Blank I 9.10hntentionally Left Blank 9.11 Intentionally Left Blank 9.12hntentionally Left Blank I 9.131lntentionally Left Blank I 9.14lintentionally Left Blank I 9.1Sllntentionally Left Blank I 9.16 Intentionally Left Blank 9.17 Intentionally Left Blank 9.18lintentionally Left Blank 9.19 Construction Charges 9.19.1 CLEC Reouested UNE Construction CRUNEC\. aoies to Unbundled Dark Fiber, Unbundled 9.19.1.1 Records Quote Preoaration Fee $347.46 129.19.1.2 Construction Quote Preoaration Fee $863.43 129.19.2 Construction of Network Caoacil, Facilities Dr Soace for Access to or use of UNEs ICB ICB 3 3 9.20 Miscellaneous Charges 9.20.1 Additional Enoineerina, oer Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.1.1 Additional Enaineering . Basic $31.74 B 9.20.1.2 Additional Enaineerina - Overtime $39.61 B9.20.2 Additional Labar Instaiiation. oer Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.2.1 Additional Labor Installation. Overtime $9.02 B 9.20.2.2 Additional Labor Installation. Premium $18.05 B9.20.3 Additional Labor Other, oer Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.3.1 IAdditional Labor Other. (Ootional Testino\ Basic $27.70 B9.20.3.2 IAdditional Labor Other - (Ootional TeStina\ Overtime $36.98 B9.20.3.3 IAdditional Labor Other. (Ootional Testina\ Premium $46.29 B9.20.4 Intentionallv Left 81ank 9.20.5 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.20.6 Additional Coooerative Acceptance Testinn, ner Half Hour Dr fraction thereof 9.20:6.1 IAdditional Cooperative Acceotance Testinn . Basic $29.40 B9.20.6.2 IAdditional Cooperative Acæptance Testinn - Overtime $39.28 B9.20.6.3 IAdditional Cooperative Acæotance Testinn - Premium $49.16 B 9.20.7 Nonscheduled Cooperative Testina, per Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.7.1 INonscheduled Cooperative Testinn - Basic $29.4 B9.20.7.2 Nonscheduled Cooperative T estinn . Overtime $39.28 B 9.20.7.3 I Nonscheduled Cooperative T estinn . Premium $49.09 B9.20.8 Nonscheduled Manual Testino, per Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.8.1 Nonscheduled Manual Testinn . Basic $29.40 B 9.20.8.2 Nonscheduled Manual Testinn. Overtime $39.28 B9.20.8.3 Nonscheduled Manual T estinn - Premium $49.16 B9.20.9 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.20.10 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.20.11 Additional Disntch, per Order $87.98 B9.20.12 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.20.13 Desian Chanae, ner Order $73.99 B9.20.14 Exoedite Charae, Per Dav Advanæd (see rates in Qwest s Tari FCC NO.1 Section 5)$200.00 119.20.15 Canællation Charae ICB 3 9.20.16 Maintenance of Service, Daf Half Hour or fraction thereof 9.20.16.1 Maintenance of Service - Basic $28.86 B9.20.16.2 Maintenance of Service -Overtime $36.98 B 9.20.16.3 Maintenance of Service - Premium $46.29 B9.20.17 Intentionall Left Blank I 9.21 Channel Regeneration I 9.21.1 DSl $0.00 $0.00 6 6 12-29-08 (cama)Page 5 of8 Libert-Bell Telecm, LLC Exhibit A Idaho . 9.22l1ntentionally Left Blank 9.23 UNE Combinations 9.23.1 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.23.2 Enhanæd Extended Looo (EEl\ 9.23.2.1 EEL LooD, DSO 2-Wire Analoo 9.23.2.1.1 EEL 2-Wire Looo Installation 9.23.2.1.1.1 First $245.11 1 9.23.2.1.1.2 Each Aditonal $182.97 1 9.23.2.1.2 2-Wire Analoo Looo Isee rates in 9.2.1.11 . 9.23.2.1.2.1 Zone 1 $15.65 15 9.23.2.1.2.2 Zone 2 $23.76 15 9.23.2.1.2.3 Zone 3 $40.50 15 9.23.2.2 EEL Looo, DSO 4-Wire Analoo 9.23.2.2.1 EEL 4-Wire LooD Instllati 9.23.2.2.1.1 First $245.11 1 9.23.2.2.1.2 Each Additional $182.97 1 9.23.2.2.2 4-Wire Analoo Looo lsee rates in 9.2.1.3\ 9.23.2.2.2.1 Zone 1 $30.70 15 9.23.2.2.2.2 Zone 2 $46.63 15 9.23.2.2.2.3 Zone 3 $79.47 15 9.23.2.3 EEL Looo. DSl 9.23.2.3.1 EEL DSl Looo Installation 9.23.2.3.1.1 First $300.49 1 9.23.2.3.1.2 Each Additional $225.39 1 9.23.2.3.2 DSl Caoable Looo see raes in 9.2.3.3\ 9.23.2.3.2.1 Zone 1 $86.8 15 9.23.2.3.2.2 Zone 2 $86.6 15 9.23.2.3.2.3 Zone 3 $99.96 15 9.23.2.4 EEL Looo, DS3 9.23.2.4.1 EEL DS3 Looo Installati 9.23.2.4.1.1 First $323.61 1 9.23.2.4.1.2 lEach Adional $248.51 1 9.23.2.4.2 DS3 Caoable Looo lse rates in 9.2.3.4\ 9.23.2.4.2.1 Zone 1 $941.95 15 9.23.2.4.2.2 IZone 2 $955.04 15 9.23.2.4.2.3 IZone 3 $1,264.56 15 9.23.2.5 Privale Line I Soecial Access 10 EEL Conversion las isl $34.50 B 9.23.2.6 EEL Rearrnaement 9.23.2.6.1 IDSO $130.83 12 9.23.2.6.2 I Hiah Capacitv $148.50 12 9.23.2.7 EEL Transport . 9.23.2.7.1 DSO (Recurrina Fixed & per Mile\ Isee rates in 9.6.1 9.23.2.7.1.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $24.67 $0.29 15 15 9.23.2.7.1.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $24.69 $0.23 15 15 9.23.2.7.1.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $24.86 $0.15 15 15 9.23.2.7.1.4 Over 50 Miles $24.69 $0.05 15 15 9.23.2.7.2 DSl Recurrino Fixed & "" Mile\ Isee rates in 9.6.2\ 9.23.2.7.2.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $36.3 $3.20 15 15 9.23.2.7.2.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $37.26 $3.19 15 15 9.23.2.7.2.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $39.12 $1.81 15 15 9.23.2.7.2.4 Over 50 Miles $37.77 $0.78 15 15 9.23.2.7.3 DS3 Recurrna Fixed & oer Milellsee rates in 9.6.3\ 9.23.2.7.3.1 Over 0 to 8 Miles $238.61 $54.07 15 15 9.23.2.7.3.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $242.0 $16.78 15 15 9.23.2.7.3.3 Over 25 to 50 Miles $223.90 $21.34 15 15 9.23.2.7.3.4 Over 50 Miles $235.64 $14.83 15 15 9.23.2.8 EEL Multiolexino 9.23.2.8.1 DSl to DSO $263.86 $246.92 B 1 9.23.2.8.2 DS3to DSl $304.22 $246.92 B 1 9.23.2.9 EEL DSO Channel Performance 9.23.2.9.1 DSO Low Side Channelization $13.10 B 9.23.2.9.2 DS 1 I DSO Low Side Channelization $7.47 8 I 9.24l1ntentionally Left Blank 9.25 Loop Mux Combination (LMC) 9.25.1 Looo Mux, 2-Wire Analoo 9.25.1.1 LMC 2-Wire Installation 9.25.1.1.1 I First $225.67 1 9.25.1.1.2 i Each Additional $148.96 1 9.25.1.2 2-Wire Analoo Looo Isee rates inm 9.2.1.1 9.25.1.2.1 IZone 1 $15.65 15 9.25.1.2.2 IZone 2 $23.76 15 9.25.1.2.3 IZone 3 $40.50 15 . . 12-29- (coma)Page 6 018 . . . Libert-Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibi A Idaho 9.25.2 Looo Mux, 4-Wire Analoa 9.25.2.1 LMC 4-Wire Installation 9.25.21.1 First $225.67 19.25.2.1.2 Each Additional $148.96 1 9.25.2.2 4-Wire Analoa Looo (see rates fin 9.2,1.3\ 9.25.2.2.1 Zone 1 $30.70 159.25.2.2.2 Zone 2 $46.3 15 9.25.2.2.3 Zone 3 $79.47 15 9.25.3 Looo Mux, DS 1 9.25.3.1 LMC DSl Looo Installation 9.25.3.1.1 First $285.08 1 9.25.3.1.2 Each Additional $209.98 19.25.3.2 DSl Caoable Looo (see rates in 9.2.3.3\ 9.25.3.2.1 Zone 1 $86.8 15 9.25.3.2.2 Zone 2 $86.46 159.25.3.2.3 Zone 3 $99.96 15 9.25.4 Private Line / Soecial Accss to LMC Conversion las is)$34.50 B 9.25.5 DSO Channel Performance 9.25.5.1 Intentionallv Left Blank 9.25.5.2 DSl / DSO Low Side Channelization $7.47 B9.25.6 LMC Rearranaement 9.25.6.1 DSO $130.83 12 9.25.6.2 Hiah Caoacitv $148.50 12 10.0lAncilary Services 10.1 Locl Number Portabilty 10.1.1 LNPQueries See FCC See FCC Tariff #1 Tari #1 Section 13 &Section 13 & 20 20 10.1.2 LNP Manaoed Cuts 10.1.2.1 Standard Manaaed Cuts, oer Person, oer Half Hour $26.57 B 10.1.2.2 Overtime Manaaed Cuts, oer Person, oer Half Hour $34.38 B10.1.2.3 I Premium Manaaed Cuts, Der Person, oer Half Hour $42.21 B 10.21911/ E911 110.2.1 1911/ E911 . Callna No Charne No Charne 10.3 White Pages Director Listings, Facilty Based Providers 10.3.1 Primarv Listina No Charne No Charae 10.3.2 Premium / Privacy Listings General General Exchange Exchange Tariff Rate. Tarif Rate. Less Less Wholesale Wholesale Discount Discount 10.4 Directory Assistance, Facility Based Providers 10.4.1 Local Directorv Assistanæ. Der Call $0.34 2 10.4.2 Natinal Directorv Assistance, oer Call $0.34 2 10.4.3 Intentionallv Left Blank 10.4.4 Intentionallv Left Blank 10.4.5 Call Comoletion, oer Call $0.04 2 10.5 Directory Assistance List Information 10.5.1 Initial Database Load, Der Listina $0.025 B 10.5.2 Reload of Database, oer Listina $0.020 B 10.5.3 Dailv Uodates, oer Listina $0.25 B10.5.4 One.Time Set-Uo Fee $73.29 B 10.5.5 Media Charaes for File Dellverv 10.5.5.1 Electronic Transmission $0.0020 B 10.6 Toll and Assistance Operator Services, Facilty Based Providers 10.6.1 Ooerator Assistance, oer Call $0.50 210.6.2 Busv Line Verify, oer Call $0.72 2 10.6.3 Busv Line Interruot $0.87 2 10.6.4 Call Brandina, Set.Uo & Recordina $10,500.00 210.6.5 Loadina Brand, oer Switch $800.00 2 1 10.7lAccess to Poles, Ducts, Conduits and Rights of Way (ROW) . Intentionally Left Blank 12.010peratlonal Support Systems 12.1 Development and Enhancements, per Order $5.00 B 12-29-08 (coma)Page 7 of8 Libert.Bell Telecom, LLC Exhibit A Idaho NOTES: 17.1 Processing Fee $1,851.86 A B # #### 1 Unless otherwise indicated, all rates are rsuant to Idaho Public Utilites Commission Dockets: AT&T Arbitration Docket USW.T-96-15, Order No 27738, effective Se tember 17,1998 Cost Docket OWE.T.Ol.ll Order No. 29408 Janua 5,2004 rates effece Janua 5,2004. Volunta Rate Reduction Docket USW.T-00-3, effective 6110102. Reductons reflected in the 5124/02 Exhibit A. Second Volunta Rate Reduction, Docket USW.T-00-3, effecive 61/02. Reducts reflected in the 7/10/02 ExhibilA. Third Volunta Rate Reduction Docket USW.T-00-3, effective 12116102, Reductons reflected in th 10116102 Exhibit A. TELRIC rates proposed in Cost Docket OWE.l-0l-ll testimony filed on November 12, 2003. The case was bifrcated and the rates usin9this footnote are ro osed in Phase 2 of the cost docket. Market.based rates. leB, Individual Case Basis ricin. The State of Idaho has retained the oversi ht on these rates. Thee rate are not und the 'uriicton of the FCC. FCC ordered rates pursuant to the FCC s Order on Remand and Repo and Ordr (Intercrir Copensation for ISp.Bound Traffic) CC Docket 01-131 (FCC ISP Order, effective June 14, 2001. Effective AU9ust 1. 2003, Owest wil no longer bill the recurr9 and nonrecrrg charges for Channel Regeneration. Owest reserves the ri9ht to revert back to the contracutal rate onl after a ro riate notice is iven. The preliminary Ouote Preparation Fees (OPF) are included in the spa ronstr chrge. Upo rompletion of the rollocatin construction, the OPF wil be credited to the final space construction charge for the virtual, caged or cagel rolloction job. Thes engineering and planning charges are also included in the Virtual, Ca ed and Ca eless Ouote Pre aration Fees. Eff. 11/04,Owest (0) will no longer perform Bridge Tap and/or Load Coil Remval to falitte provisiing of its Retail DSL offering.To permit CLECs to provision xDSL Capable Loops,O is now re-institutin9the charge to continue Conditining for the 2I4-Wire UBL,ADSL Compatible UBL,ISDN (BRI) Capable UBL, xDSL-1 Capable UBL, Non.Commercial Line Sharing. Line Splilling,Non.Commercal SOL & Loop Splittng, eff. 3/14/05.0 can t bill the RC rate strucure, but wil bil the lower of the two rates. Owest is voluntaril reducin this rate in order to kee rate relationshi with the Fiber Trans rt. Pair" rate element. Owest has not im lemented this UNE rate or char e in its billn stem but reserves the . htto assess suc a cha e in the future. Market.based prices, All charges and increments shall be the same as the coparable chargs and increments provided in Owest FCC, Retail Tariffs, Catalogs, or Price Lists. Rates not addressed in Cost Docket estimated TELRIC The provision of transiting services is not required pursuant to Section 251 of the Telecomunictis Act. Owest has choen to offer this service as part of its interconnection a reement, but this service is not fa uired to be need accrdin to a TELRIC methodolo Rate was ordered for a similar element and is bein used because the costs for this element are the same. Rate was reviousl ordered for this element in a diferent secton of Exhibit A. Owest Element Added or Rate Chan ed er Amendment 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12-29"(8 (coma)Page 8 of8 . B . . . Qwest. Spirit of Service Service Performance Indicator Dèfinitions (PI D). 14-State 271 PID Version 9.0 . QWEST'S SERVICE PERFORMANCE INDICATOR DEFINITIONS (PID) 14-State 271 PID Version 9.0 Introduction Qwest will report performance results for the service performance indicators defined herein. Qwest wil report separate performance results associated with the services it provides to Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs) in aggregate (except as noted herein), to CLECs individually and, as applicable, to Qwests retail customers in aggregate. Within these categones, performance results related to service provisioning and repair will be reported for the products listed in each definition. Reports for CLECs individually will be subject to agreements of confidentiality and/or nondisclosure. The definitions in this version of the PID apply in the 14 states of Qwests local service region: Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. Individual state Performance Assurance Plans may specify and apply state specific variations from the Performance Measure definitions and/or standards contained herein. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page i . . . .Qwests Service Performance Indicator Definitions Table of Contents . ELECTRONIC GATEWAY AVAILABILITY ...........................................................................1 GA-1 - Gateway Availabilty -IMA-GUI..............................................................................1 GA-2 - Gateway Availabilty - IMA-EDI ............................................................................~~ GA-3 - Gateway Availabilty - EB-TA ...............................................................................~ GA-4 - System Availability - EXACT ............... ..................... ...... .... .... ... .............. .............~4 GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair.....................................................................§.é GA-7 - T.mely Outage Resolution following Softare Releases.......................................§.ê PRE.ORDER/ORDER..........................................................................................................11- PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times ........................................................................11- PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through................................................................................... .1 04 PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval.... ....... ........ ........... .... ....... .... .... ........... .... ....... ....12~ PO-4 -- LSRs Rejected................................................................................................. .134 PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time ......................................................1444 PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness..........................................................17.i PO-7 - Biling Completion Notification Timeliness....................................................... .1848 PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval...................................................................................20~ PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices...................................................................................21~ PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order .......................................................2222 PO-16 _ Timely Release Notifications .......................................................................23~ PO-19 - Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy...........................................252 PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy...... ... .......... ... .... .... ....... .... ....... ..282 ORDERING AND PROVISIONING ..................................................................................343 OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds -Interconnect Provisioning Center....34M OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met........................................................................ ..353 OP-4 - Installation Interval... ....... .... ...... ..... ............... .... .... .... ....... ........ ..... .............. ... ...38~ OP-5 - New Service Quality..........................................................................................414: OP-6 - Delayed Days.. ... ...... ......... .... .......... ..... .... ......... .... .... ......... ...... .... ....... .... .... ......464ê OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop ............................................4949 OP-8 - Number Portabilty Timeliness ..... .... .... ........... .... ....... .... .... ....... ........ .... ... .... .....5000 OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop ...............................................51-5 OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date.......................................53á OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders .................................56W MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR .......................................................................................58S3 MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds -Interconnect Repair Center....................58~ MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours............................................................59W MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours ................................................................61&1 MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours. .... ......... ............... ..... .... ......... ........ ...........63êd MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore ......................................................................................65êá MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate ..............................................................................68gg MR-8 - Trouble Rate.....................................................................................................71+4 MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met................................................................................. 74+4 MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports ......................................75+á MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes ..........................77++ BILLING ........................................................................................................................... 79+9 BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records ........................................................79+9.Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page ii Table of Contents (continued) BI-2 - Invoices Delivered within 10 Days .............................................. ...................... ..8000 BI-3 - Billng Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors...........................................................81M BI-4 - Billing Completeness ... ............................................................... ...... .... .... ...... ....82~ DATABASE UPDATES ...................................................................................................838 DB-1 - Time to Update Databases................................................................................8383 DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates ............................. .......... ...... ............. ............. ......85ßá DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE ............................................................................................8686 DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance............... .......................................... .868ê OPERATOR SERVICES ..................................................................................................873+ OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services..............................................,...............8737 NETWORK PERFORMANCE..........................................................................................8888 NI-1 - Trunk Blocking....................................................................................................8888 NP-1 - NXX Code Activation.........................................................................................9000 COLLOCATION ...............................................................................................................92~ CP-1 - Collocation Completion IntervaL.......................................................................929i CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals..........................................959á CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study IntervaL..............................................................9893 CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met ...............................................9999 DEFINITION OF TERMS .............................................................................................100-1 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS .....................................................................................1044 APPENDIX A ...............................................................................................................106i Feature Detail............................................................................................................10640 Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page iii . . . . . . Electronic Gateway Availabilty GA-1 - Gateway Availabilty - IMA-GUI Purpose: Evaluates the quality of CLEC access to the IMA-GUI electronic gateway and one associated system, focusinQ on the extent they are actuallv available to CLECs. Description: GA-1A: Measures the availability of the IMA-GUI (Interconnect Mediated Access- Graphical User Interface), and reports the percentage of Scheduled Availability Time the IMA-GUI interface is available for view and/or input..Scheduled Up Time hours for preorder, order, and provisioning transactions are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the following website: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. GA-1 D: Measures the availability of the SIA system, which facilitates access for the IMA-GUI interface and the IMA-EDI interface (see GA-2), and repors the percentage of scheduled time the SIA system is available. Scheduled availability times will be no less than the same hours as listed for IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI..Time Gateway is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component (i.e., IMA-GUI, SIA), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. results Results wil be reported as follows: GA-1A IMA Graphical User Interface Gateway GA-1 D SIA system Formula: ((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period) + (Number of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent Availability:Notes: Available Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 1 GA-2 - Gateway Availabilty -IMA-EDI . Purpose: Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-EDI electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the gateway is actually available to GLEGs. Description: Measures the availability of IMA-EDI (Interconnect Mediated Accss - Electronic Data Interchange) interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the IMA-EDI Interface is available for view and/or input. All times during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the reporting period are measured..Scheduled Up Time hours for IMA-EDI based on the currently published hours of availability found on the following website: http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component (i.e., IMA-EDI), affecting Owests abilty to serve its customers. An outage is determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. aooreoate results (See GA-1 D for reoortino of SIA system availabilitv.) Formula: ((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) 7 (Number of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availabiliy Time During Reporting Period) ) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent Availability:Notes: Available . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 2 . . GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-TA . Purpose: Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the EB- TA interface, focusing on the extent the gateway is actuallv available to GLEGs. Description: Measures the availability of EB-TA (Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration) interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the EB-TA Interface is available..Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the following website: http://ww.qwest.comlwholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component (i.e., EB-TA), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event manaqement systems. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Formula: ((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) + (Number of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availabiliy During Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent Availability:Notes: Available .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 3 GA-4 - System Availabilty - EXACT . Purpose: Evaluates the quality of CLEC batch access to the EXACT electronic access service request system, focusinci on the extent the system is actually available to CLECs. Description: Measures the availability of EXACT system and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the EXACT system is available. .Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the following website: http://ww.gwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time System is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the system is not available due to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component (Le., EXACT), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined. by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event manaciement systems. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Formula: ((Number of Hours and Minutes EXACT is Available to CLEGs During Reporting Period) -7 (Number of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent Availabilty:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 4 . .GA-6 - Gateway Availabilty - GUI - Repair . Purpose: Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the GUI Repair electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the gateway is actually available to GLEGs. Description: Measures the availability of the GUI (Graphical User Interface) repair electronic interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the interface is available for view and/or input. All times during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the reporting period are measured..Scheduled Up Time" hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the following website: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance and/or upgrade work wil be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component (i.e., GUI-Repair), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. aqqreqate results Formula: (Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period -7 Number of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) x 100 Exclusions: None , Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent Availability:Notes: Available .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 5 GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Softare Releases . Purpose: Measures the timeliness of resolútion of gateway or system outages attributable to softare releases for specified OSS interfaces, focusing on CLEC-affecting softare releases involving the specified gateways or systems. Description: .Measures the percentage of gateway or system outages, which are attributable to OSS system softare releases and which occur within two weeks after the implementation of the OSS system softare releases, that are resolved NOTE 1 within 48 hours of detection by the Owest monitoring group or reporting by a CLEC/co-provider. .Includes softare releases associated with the following OSS interfaces in Owest: IMA-GUI, IMA- EDI, and CEMR, Exchan~e Access, Control, & Tracking (EXACT)NOTE 2, Electronic Bonding- Trouble Administration (EB - T A) OTE 3.An outage for this measurement is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or component, affecting Owests ability to serve its customers or data loss NOTE 4 on the Owest side of the interface. An outage is determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems. .The outage resolution time interval considered in this measurement starts at the time Owests monitoring group detects a failure, or at the date/time of the first transaction sent to Owest that cannot be processed (Le. lost data), and ends with the time functionality is restored or the lost data is recovered. Reporting Period: Monthly Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Formula: ((Total outages detected within two weeks of a Softare Release that are resolved within 48 hours of the time Owest detects the outage) + (Total number of outages detected within two weeks of Softare Releases resolved in the Reporting Period)! x 100 Exclusions:.Outages in releases prior to any CLEC migrating to the release..Duplicate reports attributable to the same softare defect. Product Reporting: None Standards: Volume = 1-20: 1 miss Volume;: 20:95% Availabilty:Notes: 1. "Resolved" means that service is restored to the reporting CLEC, as Available experienced by the CLEC. 2.EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only releases for changes initiated by Owest for hardware or connectivity wil be included in this measurement. 3. Outages reported under EB- T A are the same as outages in MEDIACC. 4. For data loss to be considered for GA-7, a functional acknowledgement must have been provided for the data in question (e.g., EDI 997, LSR 10 or trouble ticket number). . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 6 . .Pre-Order/Order . PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of responses to specific preordering/ordering queries for CLECs through the use of Qwests Operational Support Systems (OSS). Qwests OSS are accessed through the specified gateway interface. Description: PO-1A & PO-1 B: Measures the time interval between query and response for specified pre-order/order transactions through the electronic interface. · Measurements are made using a system that simulates the transactions of requesting pre- ordering/ordering information from the underlying existing OSS. These simulated transactions are made through the operational production interfaces and existing systems in a manner that reflects, in a statistically-valid manner, the transaction response times experienced by CLEC service representatives in the reporting period. · The time interval between query and response consists of the period from the time the transaction request was "sent" to the time it is "received" via the gateway interface. · A query is an individual request for the specified type of information. PO-1C: · Measures the percentage of all IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B transmitted in the reporting period that timeout before receiving a response. PO-1D: · Measures the average response time for a sampling of rejected queries across preorder transaction types. The response time measured is the time between the issuance of a pre-ordering transaction and the receipt of an error message associated with a "rejected query." A rejected query is a transaction that cannot be successfully processed due to the provision of incomplete or invalid information by the sender, which results in an error messaç¡e back to the sender. NOTE 1Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: PO-1A, PO-1B, & PO-1D: Seconds PO-1C: Percent .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 7 PO-1 - Pre-orderlOrder Response Times (continued) Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate. Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Results are reported as follows: PO-1A Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-GUI PO-1 B Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-EDI Results are reported separately for each of the following transaction types: NOTE 2 1. Appointment Scheduling (Due Date Reservation, where appointment is required) 2. Service Availability Information 3. Facility Availability 4. Street Address Validation 5. Customer Service Records 6. Telephone Number 7. Loop Qualification Tools NOTE 3 8. Left intentionally blank to preserve numbering 9. Connecting Facility Assignment NOTE 4 10. Meet Point Inquiry NOTE 5 . For PO-1A (transactions via IMA-GUI), in addition to reporting total response time, response times for each of the above transactions will be reported in two parts: (a) time to access the request screen, and (b) time to receive the response for the specified transaction. For PO-1A 6, Telephone Number, a third part (c) accept screen, will be reported. For PO-1B (transactions via IMA-EDI), request/response wil be reported as a combined number. PO-1C Results for PO-1C wil be reported according to the gateway interface used: 1. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-GUI 2. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-EDI PO-1 D Results for PO-1 D wil be reported according to the gateway interface used: 1. Rejected Response Times for IMA-GUI 2. Rejected Response Times for IMA-EDI . Formula: PO-1A &PO-1B = l:((Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time)) -7 (Number of Queries Submitted in Reporting Period) PO-1C = ((Number of IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1B that Timeout before receiving response) -7 (Number of IRTM Queries Transmitted in Reporting Period)) x 100 PO-1D = l:((Rejected Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time))-7 (Number of Rejected Query Transactions Simulated by IRTM) Exclusions: PO-1A & PO-1B: . Rejected requests/errors, and timed out transactions PO-1C: . Rejected requests and errors PO-1D: . Timed out transactions Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 8 . PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued).Product Reporting: None Standards: Total Response Time: IMA-GUI IMA-EDI 1.Appointment Scheduling -:10 seconds -:10 seconds 2.Service Availability -:25 seconds -:25 seconds Information 3.Facility Availability -:25 seconds6 -:25 seconds6 4.Street Address Validation -:10 seconds -:10 seconds 5.Customer Service Records -:12.5 seconds6 -:12.5 seconds6 6.Telephone Number -:10 seconds -:10 seconds 7.Lool Qualification Tools :$ 20 seconds7 :$ 20 secondsNOT 3 8. Left intentionally blank to preserve numbering 9. Connecting Facility Assignment 10. Meet Point Inquiry :$ 25 seconds :$ 25 seconds :$ 30 seconds :$ 30 seconds PO-1C-1 PO-1C-2 PO-1D-1 & 2 Notes: 1. Rejected query types used in PO-1 D are those developed for internal Qwest diagnostic purposes. 2. As additional transactions, currently done manually, are mechanized, they will be measured and added to or included in the above list of transactions, as applicable. 3. Results based on a weighted combination of ADSL Loop Qualification and Raw Loop Data TooL. 4. Results based on Connecting Facility Assignment by Unit Query. 5. Results based on meet Point Query, POTS Splitter option for Shared loops. 6. Times reflect non-complex services, including residential, simple business, or POTS account. Does not include ADSL or accounts::25 lines. 7. Benchmark applies to response time only. Request time and Total time wil also be reported. 0.5% 0.5% Diagnostic Availabilty: Available . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 9 .PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through Purpose: Monitors the extent Owests processing of GLEG Local Service Requests (LSRs) is completely electronic, focusing on the degree that electronically-transmitted LSRs flow directly to the service order processor without human intervention or without manual retyping. Description: PO-2A - Measures the percentage of all electronic LSRS that flow from the specified electronic gateway interface to the Service Order Processor (SOP) without any human intervention. . Includes all LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified interface during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. PO-2B - Measures the percentage of all f1ow-through-eligible LSRs NOTE 1 that flow from the specified electronic gateway interface to the SOP without any human intervention. . Includes all flow-through-eligible LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified interface durino the reportino period, subject to exclusions specified below. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi- aggregate, individual GLEG state system serving the state). Results for PO-2A and PO-2B wil be reported accrding to the gateway interface* used to submit the LSR: 1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI 2 LSRs recived via IMA-EDI *GO also reports an aggregate of IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI results. Formula: PO-2A = ((Number of Electronic LSRs that pass from the Gateway Interface to the SOP without human intervention) -¡ (Total Number of Electronic LSRs that pass through the Gateway Interface)) x 100 . PO-2B = ((Number of flow-through-eligible Electronic LSRs that actually pass from the Gateway Interface to the SOP without human intervention) -¡ (Number of f1ow-through-eligible Electronic LSRs received through the Gateway Interface)) x 100 Exclusions: . Rejected LSRs and LSRs containing GLEG-caused non-fatal errors. . Non-electronic LSRs (e.g., via fax or courier). . Records with invalid product codes. . Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. . Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to disallow duplicate LSR #'s.) . Invalid startstop dates/times. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 10 . .PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through (continued) Product Reporting:Standards:.Resale PO-2A:.Unbundled Loops (with or Diagnostic without Local Number Portability)PO-2B:.Local Number Portability.UNE-P (POTS) and UNE-P Resale:95% (Centrex 21)Unbundled Loops:85%.Line Sharing LNP:95% UNE-P (POTS. & Centrex 21):95% Line SharinQ:DiaQnostic "V'~L Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.The list of LSR types classified as eligible for flow through is contained in the "LSRs Eligible for Flow Through" matrix. This matrix also includes availability for enhancements to flow through. Matrix will be distributed through the CMP process. 2.The standard and future disaggregated reporting of the Line Sharing product is T8D, pending resolution of TRO issues. . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 11 .PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval Purpose: Monitors the timeliness with which Owest notifies CLECs that electronic and manual LSRs were rejected. Description: Measures the interval between the receipt of a Local Service Request (LSR) and the rejection of the LSR for standard categories of errors/reasons. . Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected during the reporting period. . Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintellgible information, duplicate request or LSRlPON (purchase order number), no separate LSR for each account telephone number affected, no valid contract, no valid end user verifcation, account not working in Owest territory, service-affecting order pending, request is outside established parameters for service, and lack of CLEC response to Owest question for clarification about the LSR. . Included in the interval is time required for efforts by Owest to work with the CLEC to avoid the necessity of rejecting the LSR. . With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are (1) business hours for manual rejects (involving human intervention) and (2) published Gateway Availability hours for auto-rejects (involving no human intervention). Business hours are defined as time during normal business hours of the Wholesale Delivery Service Centers, except for PO-3C in which hours counted are workeek clock hours. Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the followinQ website: http://ww.Qwest.comlholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: PO-3A-1, PO-3B-1 & PO-3C - Hrs: Mins. PO-3A-2 & PO-3B-2 - Mins: Secs. Disaggregation Reporting: Results for this indicator are reported according to the gateway interface used to submit the LSR: . PO-3A-1, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and rejected manually: Statewide . PO-3A -2, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and auto-rejected: Region wide . PO-3B-1, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and rejected manually: Statewide . PO-3B -2, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and auto-rejected: Region wide . PO-3C, LSRs received via facsimile: Statewide Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and individual CLEC results . Formula: L ((Date and time of Rejection Notice transmittal) - (Date and time of LSR receipt)) + (Total number of LSR Rejection Notifications) Exclusions: . Records with invalid product codes. . Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. . Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to disallow duplicate LSR #'s.) . Invalid startstop dates/times. Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by ordering interface). Standards: . PO-3A-1 and -3B-1: ~ 12 business hours . PO-3A -2 and -3B -2: ~ 18 seconds . PO-3C: ~ 24 work week clock hours Availability:Notes: Available Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 12 . .PO-4 - LSRs Rejected . Purpose:. Monitors the extent LSRs are rejected as a percentage of all LSRs to provide information to help address potential issues that mioht be raised by the indicator of LSR rejection notice intervals. Description: Measures the percentage of LSRs rejected (returned to the CLEC) for standard categories of errors/reasons..Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected or FOC'd during the reporting period..Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintelligible information; duplicate request or LSRlPON (purchase order number); no separate LSR for each account telephone number affected; no valid contract; no valid end user verification; account not working in Owest territory; service-affecting order pending; request is outside established parameters for service; and lack of CLEC response to Owest uestion for clarification about the LSR. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of LSRs Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: individual CLEC results Results for this indicator are reported according to the gateway interface used to submit the LSR: PO-4A-1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and rejected manually - Region wide PO-4A -2 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and auto-rejected - Region wide PO-4B-1 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and rejected manually - Region wide PO-4B -2 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and auto-rejected - Region wide PO-4C LSRs received via facsimile - Statewide Formula: ((Total number of LSRs rejected via the specified method in the reporting period) + (Total of all LSRs that are received via the specified interface that were rejected or FOC'd in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to disallow duplicate LSR #'s.).Invalid starUstop dates/times. Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by Standard: Diagnostic orderinq interface ).- Availabilty:Notes: Available .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 13 PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time Purpose: Monitors the timeliness with which Qwest retums Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) to CLECs in response to LSRs/ASRs received from CLECs, focusing on the degree to which FOCs are provided within specified intervals. Description: Measures the percentage of Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) that are provided to CLECs within the intervals specified under "Standards" below for FOC notifications. . Includes all LSRs/ASRs that are submitted through the specified intenace or in the specified manner (i.e., facsimile) that receive an FOC during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. (Acknowledgments sent separately from an FOC (e.g., EDI 997 transactions are not included.) . For PO-5A, the interval measured is the period between the LSR received date/time (based on scheduled up time) and Qwests response with a FOC notification (notification date and time). . For PO-58, 5C, and 5D, the interval measured is the period between the application date and time, as defined herein, and Qwests response with a FOC notification (notification date and time). . "Fully electronic" LSRs are those (1) that are received via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI, (2) that involve no manual intervention, and (3) for which FOCs are provided mechanically to the CLEC. NOTE 2 . "Electronic/manual" LSRs are received electronically via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI and involve manual processing. . "Manual" LSRs are received manually (via facsimile) and processed manually. . ASRs are measured only in business days. . LSRs wil be evaluated according to the FOC interval categories shown in the "Standards" section below, based on the number of lines/services requested on the LSR or, where multiple LSRs from the same CLEC are related, based on the combined number of lines/services requested on the related LSRs.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-state system Comparisons: CLEC serving the state). aggregate and individual Results for this indicator are reported as follows: CLEC results . PO-5A:* FOCs provided for fully electronic LSRs received via: - PO-5A-1 IMA-GUI - PO-5A-2 IMA-EDI . PO-58:* FOCs provided for electronic/manual LSRs received via: - PO-58-1 IMA-GUI - PO-58-2 IMA-EDI . PO-5C:* FOCs provided for manual LSRs received via Facsimile. . PO-5D: FOCs provided for ASRs requesting LIS Trunks. . . * Each of the PO-5A, PO-58 and PO-5C measurements listed above wil be further disaggregated as follows: - (a) FOCs provided for Resale services and UNE-P - (b) FOCs provided for Unbundled Loops and specified Unbundled Network Elements - (c) FOCs provided for LNP Formula: PO-5A = nCount of LSRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time) - (LSR received date/time (based on scheduled up time))" is within 20 minutes) + (Total Number of original FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the reporting period)) x 100 PO-58, 5C, & 5D = nCount of LSRs/ASRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time) - (Application Date & Time)" is within the intervals specified for the service category involved) + (Total Number of original FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the reportinq periodH x 100 Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 14 . . . . PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued) Exclusions:.LSRs/ASRs involving individual case basis (ICB) handling based on quantities of lines, as specified in the "Standards" section below, or service/request types, deemed to be projects..Hours on Weekends and holidays. (Except for PO-5A which only excludes hours outside the scheduled up time)..LSRs with CLEC-requested FOC arrangements different from standard FOC arrangements..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to disallow duplicate LSR #'s.).Invalid startstop dates/times. Additional PO-5D exclusion:.Records with invalid a )plication or confirmation dates. Product Reporting:Standards: .For PO-5A (all):95% within 20 minutes NU I i: L .For PO-5A, -5B and .For PO-5B (all):90% within standard FOC intervals -5C:(specified below) (a) Resale services .For PO-5C (manual):90% within standard FOC intervals UNE-P (POTS)specified below PLUS 24 hours NOTE 3and UNE-P Centrex .For PO-5D (LIS Trunks):85% within eight business days(b) Unbundled Loops and specified Standard FOC Intervals for PO-58 and PO-5CUnbundled Network Elements.Product GroUD NOTE 1 FOC Interval(c) LNP Resale For PO-5D: LIS Residence and Business POTS 1-39 lines .ISDN-Basic 1-10 linesTrunks.Conversion As Is 24 hours--Adding/Changing features-Add primary directory listing to established loop-Add call appearance Centrex Non-Design 1-19 lines with no Common Block Configuration Centrex line feature changes/adds/removals (all) LNP 1-24 lines Unbundled Loops 1-24 loops 2/4 Wire analog DS3 CapableSub-loop 1-24 sub-loops rincluded in Product Reporting group (b)) Line Sharing/Line Splitting/Loop Splitting 1-24 shared loops nncluded in Product Reporting group (b)) Unbundled Network Element-Platform (UNE-P POTS) 1 - 39 lines Qwestldaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 15 PO-s - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued). 1-10 lines 48 hours 1-3 1-24 trunks 1-24 1-24 1-3 25-49 lines Resale Centrex (including Centrex 21, Non-design, Centrex 21 Basic ISDN, Centrex-Plus, Centron, Centrex Primes) 1-10 lines - With Common Block Configuration required - Initial establishment of Centrex CMS services - Tie lines or NARs activity - Subsequent to initial Common Block - Station lines - Automatic Route Selection - Uniform Call Distribution - Additional numbersUNE-P Centrex 1-10 linesUNE-P Centrex 21 1-10 lines Unbundled Loops with Facilty CheckINOTE2, 3) 1 - 24 loops 2/4 wire Non-loaded ADSL compatible ISDN capable XDSL-I capable DS1 capable Resale ISDN-PRI (Trunks) For PO-50: LIS Trunks Notes: 1. LSRs with quantities above the highest number specified for each product type are considered ICB. 2. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check can be processed electronically; however, because this category always carries a 72-hour FOC interval the FOC results for this product wil appear in PO-5B if received electronically or PO-5C if received manually. 3. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check will not add an additional 24 hours to the 72-hour interval if the LSR is submitted manually. 72 hours . 1-12 trunks 96 hours 8 business days1-240 trunk circuits Availability: Available Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 16 . . . . PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness Purpose: To evaluate the timeliness of Owest issuing electronic notification at an LSR level to CLECs that provisioning work on all service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR have been completed in the Service Order Processor and the service is available to the customer. Description: PO-6A & 6B:.Includes all orders completed in the Owest Service Order Processor that generate completion notifications in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown below..The start time is the date/time when the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is posted as completed in the Service Order Processor..The end time is when the electronic order completion notice is made available (IMA-GUI) NOTE 1 or transmitted (IMA-EDI) to the CLEC via the ordering interface used to place the local service request. The notification is transmitted at an LSR level when all service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR are complete..With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are during the published Gateway Availability hours. Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the followina website: http://ww.Qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. Reporting Period: I Unit of Measure:One month PO-6A- 6B:Hrs:Mins Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and individual .PO-6A Notices transmitted via IMA-GUI CLEC results..PO-6B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI Formula: For completion notifications generated from LSRs received via IMA-GUI: PO-6A = ¿((Date and Time Completion Notification made available to CLEC) - (Date and Time the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor)) + (Number of completion notifications made available in reporting period) For completion notifications generated from LSRs received via IMA-EDI: PO-6B = ¿((Date and Time Completion Notification transmitted to CLEC) - (Date and Time the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEe LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor.)) + (Number of completion notifications transmitted in reporting period) Exclusions: PO-6A&6B:.Records with invalid completion dates..LSRs submitted manually (e.g., via facsimile)..ASRs submitted via EXACT. Product Reporting:Standard: PO - 6A & 6B Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through 6 hours IMA-GUI and, separately, IMA-EDI (see disaçiçireçiation reporting). Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI is the time Owest stores a status update related to the completion notice in the IMA Status Updates database. When this occurs, the notice can be immediately viewed by the CLEC using the Status Updates window or by using the LSR Notice Inquiry function. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 17 PO-7 - Biling Completion Notification Timeliness . Purpose: To evaluate the timeliness with which electronic biling completion notifications are made available or transmitted to GLEGs, focusing on the percentage of notifications that are made available or transmitted (for GLEGs) or posted in the billnQ system (for Owest retail) within five business davs. Description: PO-7A & 7B: . This measurement includes all orders posted in the GRIS billng system for which billing completion notices are made available or transmitted in the reporting period. subject to exclusions shown below. . Intervals used in this measurement are from the time a service order is completed in the SOP to the time billing completion for the order is made available or transmitted to the GLEG. - The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI consists of the time Owest stores the completion notice in the IMA Status Updates database. When this occurs, the notice can be immediately viewed by the GLEG using the Status Updates window. - The time a notice is "transmitted" via IMA-EDI consists of the time Owest actually transmits the completion notice via IMA-EDI. Applicable only to those GLEGs who are certified and setup to receive the notices via IMA-EDI. . The start time is when the completion of the service order is posted in the Owest SOP. The end time is when, confirming that the order has been posted in the GRIS billng system, the electronic billng completion notice is made available to the GLEG via the same ordering interface (IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI) as used to submit the LSR. . Intervals counted in the numerator of these measurements are those that are five business days or less. PO-7G: . This measurement includes all retail orders posted in the GRIS Biling system in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown below. . Intervals used in this measurement are from the time an order is completed in the SOP to the time it is posted in the GRIS billng system. . The start time is when the completion of the order is posted in the SOP. The end time is when the order is posted in the GRIS biling system. · Intervals counted in the numerator of this measurement are those that are five business days or less. Reporting Period: One month . Reporting Comparisons: PO-7A and -7B: GLEG aggregate and individual GLEG results. PO-7C: Owest retail results. Formula: For wholesale service orders Owest generates for LSRs received via IMA: PO-7A = (Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period made available within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic billing completion notices made available during the reporting period) (Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period transmitted within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic billng completion notices transmitted during the rßporting period) I Unit of Measure: Percent Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. . PO-7A Notices made available via IMA-GUI . PO-7B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI . PO-7C Billng system posting completions for Owest Retail PO-7B = For service orders Owest generates for retail customers (i.e., the retail analogue for PO-7A & -7B): PO-7G = (Total number of retail service orders posted in the GRIS billing system in the reporting period that were posted within 5 business days) + (Total number of retail service orders posted in the GRIS billnQ system in the reportinQ period) Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 18 . .PO-7 - Biling Completion Notification Timeliness (continued) Exclusions: PO-7A, 7B & 7C.Services that are not billed through CRIS, e.g. Resale Frame Relay..Records with invalid completion dates. PO-7A & 7B.LSRs submitted manually..ASRs submitted via EXACT. Product Reporting:Standard: Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through IMA-PO-7A and -7B: Parity with PO-7C GUI and, separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation reporting). Availabilty:Notes: Available . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 19 .PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of jeopardy notifications, focusing on how far in advance of original due dates jeopardy notifications are provided to GLEGs (regardless of whether the due date was actually missed). Description: Measures the average time lapsed between the date the customer is first notified of an order jeopardy event and the original due date of the order..Includes all orders completed in the reportinQ period that received jeopardy notifications. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business days NU I ~ Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. aggregate, individual GLEG and Qwest (This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process Retail results as used for the categories shown under Product ReportinQ.) Formula: (L(Date of the original due date of orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notification - Date of the first jeopardy notification) + Total orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notifcation) Exclusions:.Jeopardies done after the original due date is past..Records involving offcial company services. .Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standards: A Non-Designed Services A Parity with Retail POTS B Unbundled Loops (with or without B Parity with Retail POTS Number Portability) G LIS Trunks G Parity with Feature Group 0 (FGD) services 0 UNE-P (POTS)o Parity with Retail POTS Availability:Notes: Available 1. For PO-8A and -0, Saturday is counted as a business day for all non-dispatched orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well as for the retail analoguesspecified above as standards. For dispatched orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS) and for all other products reported under PO-8B and -8G, Saturday is counted as a business day when the service order is due on Saturday. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 20 . .PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices . Purpose: When original due dates are missed, measures the extent to which Owest notifies customers in advance of jeopardized due dates. Description: Measures the percentage of late orders for which advance jeopardy notification is provided..Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by Owest and which are completed/closed in the reporting period that missed the original due date. Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders representing inward activity..Missed due date orders with jeopardy notifications provided on or after the original due date is past wil be counted in the denominator of the formula but wil not be counted in the numerator. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. aggregate, individual CLEC and (This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process as Owest Retail results used for the cateaories shown under Product Reportina.) Formula: ((Total missed due date orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notification in advance of original due date) + (Total number of missed due date orders completed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Orders missed for customer reasons..Records with invalid product codes..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standards: A Non-Designed Services A Parity with Retail POTS B Unbundled Loops (with or without Number B Parity with Retail POTS Portability) C LIS Trunks C Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) Services D UNE-P (POTS)D Parity with Retail POTS Availability:Notes: Available .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 21 PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order . Purpose: To evaluate the extent to which Qwest changes due dates on orders. Description: Measures the average number of Qwest due date changes per order..Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that have been assigned a due date in the reporting period subject to the exclusions below. Change order types for additional lines consist of all "C" orders representing inward activity..Counts all due date changes made for Qwest reasons following assignment of the original due date. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Average Number of Due Date Changes Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, and Qwest retail results. Formula: L(Count of Qwest due date changes on all orders) + (Total orders in reporting penod) Exclusions:.Customer requested due date changes..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standard: None Diagnostic Availability:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 22 . .PO-16- Timely Release Notifications Purpose: Measures the percent of release notifications¡ for changes to specified OSS interfaces sent by Qwest to CLECs within the intervals and scope specified within the change management plan found on Qwests Chançie Manaçiement Process, (CMP) website at http://www.Qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/whatiscmo.html. Description: · Measures the percent of release notices that are sent by Qwest within the intervals/timeframes prescribed by the release notification procedure on Qwests CMP website. NOTE 1- Release notices measured are: . - Draft Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only); - Final Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only); - Draft Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only); - Final Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only); and - OSS Interface Retirement Notices. NOTE 2 - For the following OSS interfaces: - IMA-GUI, IMA-EDI; - CEMR; - Exchange Access, Control, & Tracking (EXACT); NOTE 3 - Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration (EB -TA); NOTE 4 - lABS and CRIS Summary Bill Outputs; NOTE 5 - Loss and Completion Records; NOTE 5 - New OSS interfaces (for introduction notices only.) NOTEß - Also included are notifications for connectivity or system function changes to Resale Product Database. - Includes OSS interface release notifications by Qwest relating to the following products and service categories: LIS/Interconnection, Collocation, Unbundled Network Elements (UN E), Ancilary, and Resale Products and Services. - Includes OSS interface release notifications by Qwest to CLECs for the following OSS functions: Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Repair and Maintenance, and Biling. - Includes Types of Changes as specified in the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" (Section 4 - Types of Changes). - Includes all OSS interface release notifications pertaining to the above OSS systems, subject to the exclusions specified below. · Release Notifications sent on or before the date required by the CMP are considered timely. A release notification "sent date" is determined by the date of the e-mail sent by Qwest that provides the Release Notification. NOTE 7 · Release Notifications sent after the date required by the (CMP) are considered untimely. Release Notifications required but not sent are considered untimely. . Reporting Period: One month Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate Unit of Measure: Percent Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Formula: ((Number of required release notifications for specified OSS interface changes made within the reporting period that are sent on or before the date required by the change management plan (CMP) + Total number of required release notifications for specified OSS interface changes within reporting period)lx100 Exclusions: · Changes to be implemented on an expedited basis (exception to OSS notification intervals) as mutually agreed upon by CLECs and Qwest through the CMP. · Chanaes where Qwest and CLECs aaree, throuah the CMP, that notification is unnecessary. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 23 PO-16 Timely Release Notifications (continued) Product Reporting:None Standards: Vol. 1-10: No more than one untimely notification Vol. :: 10: 92.5% timely notifications . Availability: Available Notes: 1. The Owest Wholesale Change Management Process Document specifies the intervals for release notifcations by type of notification. These intervals are documented in the change management plan. 2. The documents described in section "9.0 - Retirement of Existing ass Interfaces" of the "Owest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" as "Initial Retirement Notice" and "Final Retirement Notice." 3. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only release notifications for changes initiated by Owest for hardware or connectivity wil be included in this measurement. 4. EB- T A is the same system as MEDIACC. 5. CRIS, lABS, and Loss and Completions wil adhere to the notification intervals documented in section 8.1 - Changes to Existing Application to Application Interface. 6. The documents described in seion "7.0 -Introduction of New ass Interface" of the "Owest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" as "Initial Release Announcement and Preliminary Implementation Plan" (new App to App only), "Initial Interface Technical Specification" (new App to App only), "Final Interface Technical Specifications (new App to App only), "Release Notification" (new GUI only). CMP notices for "Introduction of a New aSS" are to be included in this measurement even though the new system is not explicitly listed in the "Description" section of this PID. However, once implemented, the system will not be added to the measurement for purposes of measuring release, change and retirement notifications unless specifically incorporated as an authorized change to the PID. 7. The intervals used to determine timeliness are based on CMP guidelines.. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 24 . . . . PO-19 - Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy Purpose: Evaluates Qwests ability to provide accurate production-like tests to CLECs for testing new releases in the SATE and productíon environments and testinq between releases in the SATE environment. Description: PO-19A · Measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in the IMA EDI Data Document - for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are successfully executed in SATE at the time a new IMA Release is deployed to SATE. In months where no release activity occurs, measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in the current IMA EDI Data Document-for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are successfully executed in SATE during the between-releases monthly performance test. · Includes one test transaction for each test scenario published in the IMA EDI Data Document - for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE). · Test transactions will be executed for each of the i MA releases supported in SATE utilizing all test scenarios for each of the current versions of the IMA EDI Data Document - for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE). · The successful execution of a transaction is determined by the Qwest Test Engineer according to: - The expected results of the test scenario as described in the IMA EDI Data Document - for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) and the EDI disclosure document. - The transactions strict adherence to business rules published in Qwests most current IMA EDI Disclosure Documentation for each release and the associated Addenda. NOTE 1 · For this measurement, Qwest wil execute the test transactions in the Stand-Alone Test Environment. - Release related test transactions wil be executed when a full or point release of IMA is installed in SATE. These transactions will be executed within five business days of the numbered release being originally installed in SATE. This five-business day period wil be referred to as the "Testing Window." - Mid-release monthly performance test transactions wil be executed in the months when no Testing Window for a release is completed. These transactions will be executed on the 15th, or the nearest working day to the 15ll of the month, in the months when no release related test transactions are executed. · Test transaction results wil be reported by release and included in the Reporting Period during which the release transactions or mid-release test transactions are completed. PO-19B · Validates the extent that SATE mirrors production by measuring the percentage of IMA EDI test transactions that produce comparable results in SATE and in production. - Transactions counted as producing comparable results are those that return correctly formatted data and fields as specified in the release's EDI disclosure document and developer worksheets related to the IMA release being tested. - Comparability wil be determined by evaluating the data and fields in each EDI message for the test transactions against the same data and fields for Preorder queries, LSRs, and Supplementals, and returned as Query Responses, Acknowledgements, Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) for flow-through eligible products, and rejects. · Test transactions are executed one time for each new major IMA release within 7 days after the IMA release. - Test transactions consist of a defined suite of Product/Activity combinations. Qwests three regions will be represented. NOTE 2 - Pre-order, Order, and Post-order transactions (FOCs for flow-through products) are included. · With respect to the comparability of the structure and content of results from SATE and production environments, this measurement focuses only on the validity of the structure and the validity of the content, per developer worksheets and EID mapping examples distributed as part of release notifications. NOTE 3 Reporting Period: PO-19A -- One month PO-19B: -- One month (for those months in Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Unit of Measure:Percent Page 25 PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued).which release-related test transactions are completed) Reporting Comparisons: None Disaggregation Reporting: PO-19A - Reported separately for each release tested in the reporting period PO-19B -- None Formula: PO-19A ((Total number of successfully completed SATE test transactions executed for a Softare Release or between-releases performance test completed in the Reporting Period) + (Total number of SATE test transactions executed for each Softare Release or between-releases performance test completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 PO-19B ((Total number of completed IMA ED! test transactions executed in SATE and production that produce comparable results for each new major IMA Softare Release completed in the Reporting Period) + (Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production for each new major IMA Softare Release completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: For PO-19B: . Transactions that fail due to the unavailability of a content item (e.g., TN exhaustion in SATE or the production environment) or a function in the SATE or production environments (e.g., address validation query or CSR query) that is unsuccessful due to an outage in systems that interface with IMA-EDI (e.g., PREMIS or SIA). . Transactions that fail because of differences between the production and SATE results caused when an IMA candidate is implemented into IMA and not SATE (Le., where CMP decides not to implement an IMA candidate in a SATE release: e.g., the Reject Duplicate LSR candidate in IMA 12.0). This exclusion does not apply during reporting periods in which there are no differences between production IMA and SATE caused by SATE releases packaaed Dursuant to CMP decisions.Product Reporting: None Standard: PO-19A - 95% for each release tested PO-19B - 95%Availabilty: Notes:Available 1. Transactions that are executed and found to have inconsistencies with the data and format rules will be corrected and rerun. Rerun volumes wil not be counted in the denominator for PO-19. Such corrections and re-executions are intended to enforce strict adherence to business rules published in Qwests most current IMA EDI Data and Disclosure Documents. 2. The product and activity combinations that make up the test decks for PO-19B will be updated after each major IMA softare release and provided to CLECs with the publication of IMA EDI Draft Interface Technical Specifications for the next major IMA softare release as defined in the CMP process. All combinations with EDI transaction volumes ;: 100 in the previous 12-month period wil be included in the test deck. 75 days prior to the execution of the test, Qwest wil run a query against IMA to determine which combinations meet the criteria for inclusion (Le., volumes ;: 100). . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 26 . .PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued) 3. The intent of this provision is to avoid including the effects of circumstances beyond the SATE environment that could cause differences in SATE and production results that are not due to problems in mirroring production. For example, because of real-time data manipulation in production, an appointment availability query transaction in SATE will not return the same list of available appointments as in production. Available appointments in production are fully dependent on real-time activities that occur there, whereas available appointments in SATE are based on a pre- defined list that is representative of production. . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 27 PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy Purpose: Evaluates the degree to which Qwest accurately processes CLECs' Local Service Requests (LSRs), which are electronically-submitted and manually processed by Qwest, into Qwest Service Orders, based on mechanized comparisons of specified LSR-Service Order fields and focusing on the percentage of manually- processed Service Orders that are accurate/error-free. Description: Measures the percentage of manually-processed Qwest Service Orders that are populated correctly, in specified data fields, with information obtained from CLEC LSRs. . Includes only Service Orders created from CLEC LSRs that Qwest receives NOTE 1 electronically (via IMA- GUI or IMA-EDI) and manually processes in the creation of Service Orders, regardless of flow through eligibilty, subject to exclusions specified below. . Includes only Service Orders, from the product reporting categories specified below, that request inward line or feature activity (Change, New, and Transfer order types), are assigned a due date by Qwest, and are completed/closed in the reporting period. Change Service Order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders with "i" and "T" action-coded line or feature USOCs. . All Service Orders satisfying the above criteria are evaluated in this measurement.NOTE2 . An inward line Service Order wil be classified as "accurate" and thus counted in the numerator in the formula below when the mechanized comparisons of this measurement determine that the fields specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when the source fields have been properly populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order. An inward feature Service Qrder wil be classified as "accurate" if the fields specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when the source fields have been properly populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order and if no CLEC notifications to the call center have generated call center tickets coded to LSRlSO mismatch for that order. - Service Orders will be counted as being accurate if the contents of the relevant fields, as recorded in the completed Service Orders involved in provisioning the service, properly match or correspond to the information from the specified fields as provided in the latest version of associated LSRs. - Service orders generated from LSRs receiving a PIA (Provider Initiated Activity value will be counted as being accurate if each and every mismatch has a correct and corresponding PIA value. - Service Orders, including those otherwise considered accurate under the above-described mechanized field comparison, wil not be counted as accurate if Qwest corrects errors in its Service Order(s) as a result of contacts received from CLECs no earlier than one business day prior to the original due date. Reporting Period: One month, reported in Unit of Measure: arrears (i.e., results first appear in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not reported in arrears), in order to exclude Service Orders that are the subject of call center tickets counted in OP-5B and OP-5T, as having new service problems attributed to Service Order errors. Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate and individual CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide Level Formula: ((Number of accurate, evaluated Service Orders) 7- (Number of evaluated Service Orders completed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions: . Service Orders that are the subject of call center tickets counted in OP-5B and OP-5T as having new service problems attributed to Service Order errors. . Cancelled Service Orders. . Service Orders that cannot be matched to a corresponding LSR . Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 28 . . . . . . PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued) Product Reporting: · Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21) Standard: 95% · Unbundled Loops (Analog and Non-Loaded 2/4-wire, DS1 Capable, DS3 and higher Capable, ADSL Compatible, XDSL-I Capable, ISDN-BRI Capable) Availability: Available Notes: 1. To be included in the measurement, Service Orders created from CLEC LSRs must be received and completed in the same version of IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI 2. Consists of all manually-processed, qualifying Service Orders per product reporting category specified above, from throughout Owests 14- state local service region. LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated Mechanized comDarison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR: LSR Field Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field: CCNA Customer Carrier CCNA field of LSR form compared to the RSID/ZCID field LSR Name identifier in the Extended ID section of the Service Order. Abbreviation PON Purchase Order PON field of LSR form compared to the PON field in Bill Number Section of the Service Order. DITSENT Date and time The D/TSENT field of LSR form from the Firm Order sent Manager, using applied business day cut-off rules and business typing rules, and compare to the APP (Application Date) used on the Service Order. CHC Coordinated Hot Applies only to Unbundled Loop. Cut Requested Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service Order matches the Coordinated Cut request. (Evaluated in conjunction with the TEST field to determine correct USOC.) TEST Testing required Applies only to Unbundled Loop. Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service Order matches the TEST request. (Evaluated in conjunction with the CHC field to determine correct USOC.) NC Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop. NC field on the LSR form Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service Order. NCI Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop NCI field on the LSR form Interface Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service Order. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 29 PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued) LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR: LSR Field Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field: SECNCI Secondary Applies only to Unbundled Loop orders. Network Channel SECNCI field on the LSR form compared to the provisioning Interface Code USOC for CKL2 on the Service Order. PIC InterLATA Pre-PIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to PIC subscription populated on the "I" or ''T action lines in the Service and Indicator Code Equipment section of the Service Order. Note: LSR PIC = None; S.O. PIC = None Resale or LPIC IntraLATA Pre-LPIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to LPIC Centrex subscription populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and Indicator Code Equipment section of the Service Order. Note: LSR LPIC = None; S.O. LPIC = 9199 LSR LPIC = DFL T; S.O. LPIC = 5123 TNS Telephone Validate that all telephone numbers in the TNS fields in the Numbers Service Details section'on the Resale or Centrex form requirinq inward activity are addressed on the Service Order. FA!Feature When the FA = N, T, V FEATURE Activity/Feature Validate line and feature USOCs provided in the FEATURE Codes field on the Resale or Centrex form are addressed with "i" Resale and/or 'T' action lines on the Service Order. or Note: Comparison will be based on the USOCs associated Centrex with line and feature activity listed in the PO-20 USOC List posted on Qwests public website, on the web page containing the current PID www.qwest.com/wholesale!results). Qwest may add USOCs to the list, delete grand-fathered! discontinued or obsolete USOCs, or update USOCs assigned to listed descriptions by providing notice in the monthly Summary of Notes and updatinq the list. LS ECCKT Exchange Applies to LSRs with ACT = C (only when NC code has not Company Circuit changed, M, or T. 10 ECCKT field on the LS form compared to the CLS field in the Service and Equipment section of the Service Order. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 30 . . . . . . PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued) LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR: LSR Field Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field: LS/CFA Connecting CFA field on the LS or LSNP forms compared to the CFA LSNP Facility field used in CKL 1 of the Service Order. (Verbal acceptance Assignment of CFA changes will be FOC'd and PIA'd, which wil account for the mismatch and eliminate it as an error in the PO-20 calculation. LTY Listing Type L TY = 1 (Listed - appears in DA and the directory.) Validate that there is a LN in the List section of the Service Order. L TY = 2 (Non Listed - appears only in DA.) Validate that there is non listing instructions in the LN field in the List section of the Service Order. CentrallWestern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NLST and (NON-LIST) is contained in the NLST data field in the List section of the Service order. Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NL and (NON LIST) is contained in the NL data field in the List section of the Service Order. L TY = 3 (Non Pub - does not appear in the directory and telephone number does not appear in DA.) Validate that there is non published instructions in the LN field in the List íi section of the Service Order. Cl CentrallWestern Regions: Validate that the left handedc;;field is NP and (NON-PUB) is contained in the NP data fieldE .~in the List section of the Service Order... .. .g c Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NP II "iii and (NP LODA) or (NP NODA) is contained in the NP data~:E ;; ñi field in the List section of the Service Order. .~ CJ TOA Type of Account Validate TOA entries (only reviewed when BRO field on DL.. 0 ~-:form is not populated): o 0 .TOA valid entries are B or RP--CJ ;:Validate that there is a semi colon (;) within the LN in theQ) -.: c List section of the Service Order.CO I "C .TOA valid entries are R or BP .. .5 Validate that there is a comma (,) within the LN in the Listc II::section of the Service Order.ii Exception: When LSR-TOS = 3, TOA review is Not~!:Applicable. Handled by Complex Listing Group. Requires separate Service Order. DML Direct Mail List DML field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains (OCLS). NOSL No Solicitation Arizona Only Indicator NOSL field = Y on DL form; Service Order LN contains (NSOL) (OCLS). TMKT Telemarketing Colorado Only TMKT field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains (OATD). When both the DML and the TMKT fields are populated, DML validation applies. LNLN and Listed Name LNLN and LNFN fields on DL form compared to the LN field LNFN in the List section of the Service Order. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 31 PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued) LSR-5ervice Order Fields Evaluated Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR: LSR Field Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field: ADI Address Indicator ADI = 0 on DL form; Service Order LA contains (OAD). LAPR Listed Address LAPR field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Number Prefix section of the Service Order. LANO Listed Address LANO field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Number section of the Service Order. LASF Listed Address LASF field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Number Suffx section of the Service Order. LASD Listed Address LASD field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Street Directional section of the Service Order. LASN Listed Address LASN field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Street Name section of the Service Order. LATH Listed Address LATH field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Street Type section of the Service Order. LASS Listed Address LASS field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Street Directional section of the Service Order. Suffx LALOC Listed Address LALOC field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List Locality section of the Service Order. LSR DSPTCH Dispatch Limited to Unbundled Loops where ACT = Z or V only. If DSPTCH field on the LSR form = Y, validate dispatch USOC in the Service and Equipment section of the Service Order. LTC Line Treatment Applies only to Centrex 21 Code LTC field numeric value on the Centrex form compared to the data following the CAT field for the Line USOC on the Centrex Service Order. COS Class of Service Applies only to Centrex 21. - Qwest Specific COS field of the Centrex form compared to the CS field in the ID section of the Service Order. Resale FEATURE Feature Details As specified in Appendix A of the 14 State Working PID. or DETAILS Comparison would be based on the fields associated with the Centrex USOC list referenced under Feature Activitv above. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 32 . . . . . . PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued) LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR: LSR Field Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field: Resale BLOCK Blocking Type For each LNUM provided in the Service Detail section of the or (Stage 1)Resale or Centrex form when BA = E: Centrex Note: The BLOCK field may have one or more alpha and/or numeric values per LNUM. This review will only validate based on BA/BLOCK fields and wil not address blocking information provided in the "Remark" section on the LSR or the Feature Detail section of the LSR. The values listed below will be considered as follows: If BLOCK contains A, validate FID TBE A is present on the service order floated behind line USOC associated with the TNS for that LNUM. If BLOCK contains B, validate FID TBE B is present on the service order floated behind line USOC associated with the TNS for that LNUM. If BLOCK contains C, validate FID TBE C is present on the service order floated behind line USOC associated with the TNS for that LNUM. If BLOCK contains H, validate FID BLKD is present on the service order floated behind line USOC associated with the TNS for that LNUM. DFDT Desired Frame Applicable only to orders for Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Due Time Centrex 21) DFDT field on the LSR form compared to the FDT field in the Extended ID section of the Service Order. LSR DDD Desired Due DDD field from the last FOC'd LSR compared to the original Date or last subsequent due date in the Extended ID section on the Service Order when no CFLAG/PIA is present on the FOC. (i.e. Evaluation includes recognition of valid differences between DDD and Service Order based on population of the CFLAG/PIA field on the LSRC (FOC)) LTN Listed Telephone For Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):C1 Number L TN field on the Listing form compared to the Main AccountCl 5 '0i:Number of the Service Order.:¡.. Cl C1 :;.5:.-- i: C1~E o:.For Unbundled Loop: L TN field on the Listing form comparedo ~ '0 i:ü.E 2'ii to the TN floated after the LN in the Listing section of the~ ~:æ Service Order.e "i "i i :: (,LNPL Letter Name LNPL field on the Listing form = L, validate that LN on thew 0..-..Placement Service Order follows letter placement versus wordc placement. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 33 Ordering and Provisioning . OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of CLEC access to Owests interconnection provisioning center(s) and retail customer access to the Business Offce, focusinQ on the extent calls are answered within 20 seconds. Description: Measures the percentage of (Interconnection Provisioning Center or Retail Business Office) calls that are answered by an agent within 20 seconds of the first ring..Includes all calls to the Interconnect Provisioning Center/Retail Business Offce during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specifed below..Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds..First ring is defined as when the customer's call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic Call Distributor)..Answer is defined as when the call is first picked UP bv the Owest acient. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Owest Retail results . Formula: ((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) + (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100 Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU Voice Response Unit is not counted. Product Reporting: Not applicable Standard: Parity Availability:Notes: Available . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 34 . .OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met Purpose: Evaluates the extent to which Owest installs services for Customers by the scheduled due date. Description: Measures the percentage of orders for which the scheduled due date is met. · All inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by Owest and which are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions specified below. Change order types included in this measurement consist of all Corders representing inward activity. Also included are orders with customer-requested due dates longer than the standard intervaL. · Completion date on or before the Applicable Due Date recorded by Owest is counted as a met due date. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to the oriqinal due date and (b) prior toa Owest-initiated, chanqed due date, if any. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" wil be reported according to orders involving: individual CLEC OP-3A Dispatches within MSAs; and Owest Retail OP-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and results OP-3C No dispatches. · Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations: OP-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and OP-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas..Formula: ((Total Orders completed in the reporting period on or before the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Orders Completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: · Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. · Due dates missed for standard categories of customer and non-Owest reasons. Standard categories of customer reasons are: previous service at the location did not have a customer- requested disconnect order issued, no access to customer premises, and customer hold for payment. Standard categories of non-Owest reasons are: Weather, Disaster, and Work Stoppage. · Records involving offcial company services. · Records with invalid due dates or application dates. . Records with invalid completion dates. · Records with invalid product codes. · Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 35 OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued).Product Reporting:Standards: MSA-Tvoe Disaaareaation-.Resale Residential sincile line service Pari v with retail service Business sinçile line service Pari y with retail service Centrex Pari v with retail service Centrex 21 Pari y with retail service DSO (non-desiçined provisioninçi)Pari v with retail service PBX Trunks (non-designed provisioning)Pari y with retail service Primary ISDN (non-desiçined provisioninçi)Pari v with retail service Basic ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service .Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splitting 95% .Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic .Line Sharing 95% .Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 90% All Other States: Diaçinostic Zone-Tvoe Disaaareaation - .Resale Primary ISDN (desiçined provisioninçi)Pari v with retail service Basic ISDN (designed provisioning)Pari y with retail service DSO (desiçined provisioninçi)Pari V with retail service DS1 Pari v with retail service PBX Trunks (designed provisioning)Pari y with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (açiçireçiate) Frame Relav Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate) .Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT) UOIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above DS1 level Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic.Unbundled Loops: Analoçi Loop 90% Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)90% Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line xDSL-1 capable Loop 90% ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desicined) ADSL-qualified Loop 90% Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private (acicireciate)Line services (acicireçiate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaçinostic Loops with Conditioninçi 90%.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 36 . .OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued) .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (080 WA:90% level)All Other States: Diagnostic.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (081 90% level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (083 WA:90% level)All Other States: Diagnostic Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . .Owest Idaho 8GAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 37 .OP-4 - Installation Interval Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of Owests installation of services for customers, focusing on the average time to install service. Description: Measures the average interval (in business days) NOTE 1 between the application date and the completion date for service orders accepted and implemented. . Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by Owest and which are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Change order types for additional lines consist of all C orders representing inward activity. . Intervals for each measured event are counted in whole days: the application date is day zero (0); the day following the application date is day one (1). . The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a6 subsequent to the original due date and (b) prior to a Owest-initiated, changed due date, if any. N TE 2 . Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Owest-initiated due date, if any, followin~ the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated due date, if any. NOTE Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Average Business Days Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for producUservices listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type CLEC Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving: aggregate, OP-4A Dispatches within MSAs; individual CLEC OP-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; andand Owest OP-4C No dispatches. Retail results . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations: OP-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and OP-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas. . . Formula: L((Order Completion Date) - (Order Application Date) - (Time interval between the Original Due Date and the Applicable Date) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + Total Number of Orders Completed in the reporting period Explanation: The average installation interval is derived by dividing the sum of installation intervals for all orders (in business days) NOTE 1 by total number of service orders comoleted in the reoortina oeriod. Exclusions: . Orders with customer requested due dates greater than the current standard intervaL. . Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. . Records involving offcial company services. . Records with invalid due dates or application dates. . Records with invalid completion dates. . Records with invalid product codes. . Records missinçi data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 38 . . . . OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued) Product Reportinri:Standards: MSA-Tvoe Disaaareaation-.Resale Residential sinQle line service Parity with retail service . Business sinale line service Parity with retail service Centrex Parity with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service DSO (non-desiQned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service PBX Trunks (non-desiQned provisioning)Parity with retail service Primary ISDN (non-designed Parity with retail service provisionina) Basic ISDN (non-desiQned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line SplittinQ 3.3 days.Loop SplittinQ NOTE 3 Diagnostic.Line SharinQ 3.3 days.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 6 days All Other States: DiaQnostic Zone-Tvoe Disaaareaation - .Resale Primarv ISDN (desianed provisioninçi)Parity with retail service Basic ISDN(desiçined provisioninçi)Parity with retail service DSO (desiQned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service DS1 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks (desiçined provisioninQ)Parity with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aQQreQatef Frame Relay Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate) .Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Parity with DS1 Private Line Service UDIT -Above DS11evei Parity with Private Lines above DS1 level Dark Fiber - IOF Diaçinostic.Unbundled Loops: Analoçi Loop 6 days Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)6 days Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-capable Loop Idaho, Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oregon, Wyoming: Parity with retail DS1 Private Line Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota", New Mexico, South Dakota, Utah, Washinriton: 5.5 davs xDSL-1 capable Loop 6 days ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiçined) ADSL-Qualified Loop 6 days Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services (açiçireçiate)(aggregate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaçinostic Loops with ConditioninQ 15 days Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 39 OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)..E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 6 days level) .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.For OP-4C, Saturday is counted as a business day for all orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well as for the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all other products under OP-4C and for all products under OP-4A, -4B, -4D, and -4E. Saturday is counted as a business day when the service order is due or completed on Saturday. 2.According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following the first Qwest- initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer- initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported intervaL. 3.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 40 . .op-s - New Service Quality Purpose: Evaluates the quality of ordering and installing new services (inward line service orders), focusing on the percentage of newly-installed service orders that are free of GLEG/customer-initiated trouble reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days following installation completion, and focusing on the qualitv of Qwests resolution of such conditions with respect to multiple reports. Description: Measures two components of new service provisioning quality (OP-5A and -5B) and also reports a combined result (OP-5T), as described below, each as a percentage of all inward line service orders completed in the reporting period that are free of GLEG/customer-reported provisioning and repair trouble reports, as described below. Also measures the percentage of all provisioning and repair trouble reports that constitute multiple trouble reports for the affected service orders. (OP-5R) · Orders for new services considered in calculating all components of this performance indicator are all inward line service orders completed in the reporting period, including Ghange (G-type) orders for additional lines/circuits, subject to exclusions shown below. Ghan~e order types considered in these measurements consist of all G orders representing inward activity. OTE 1 · Orders for new service installations include conversions (Retail to GLEG, GLEG to GLEG, and same GLEG converting between products). · Provisioning or repair trouble reports include both out of service and other service affecting conditions, such as features on a line that are missing or do not function properly upon conversion, subject to exclusions shown below. OP-5A: New Service Installation Quality Reported to Repair . Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair trouble reports NOTE 2 within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to exclusions below. · Repair trouble reports are defined as GLEG/customer notifications to Qwest of out-of-service and other service affecting conditions for which Qwest opens repair tickets in its maintenance and repair management and tracking systems NOTE 3 that are closed in the reporting period or the following month, NOTE 4 subject to exclusions shown below. NOTE 5 · Qwest is able to open repair tickets for repair trouble reports received from GLEGs/customers once the service order is completed in Qwests systems. OP-5B: New Service Provisioning Quality · Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of provisioning trouble reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to exclusions shown below. · Provisioning trouble reports are defined as GLEG notifications to Qwest of out of service or other service affecting conditions that are attributable to provisioning activities, including but not limited to LSR/service order mismatches and conversion outages. For provisioning trouble reports, Qwest creates call center tickets in its call center database. Subject to exclusions shown below, call center tickets closed in the reporting period or the following month NOTE 4 are captured in this measurement. Gall center tickets closed to Network reasons wil not be counted in OP-5B when a repairtrouble report for that order is captured in OP-5A. NOTE 5. 6 . OP-5T: New Service Installation Quality Total · Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair or provisioning trouble reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to exclusion shown below. . OP-5R: New Service Quality Multiple Report Rate · Evaluates the quality of Qwests responses to repair and provisioning trouble reports for inward line service orders completed in the reporting period. This measurement reports, for those service orders that were not free of repair or provisioning trouble reports in OP-5A or OP-5B, the percentage of trouble reports affecting the same service orders that were followed by additional repair and provisioning trouble reports, as specified below. · Measures the percentage of all repair and provisioning trouble reports considered in OP-5A and OP-5B that are additional repair or provisioning trouble reports received by Qwest for the same service order durinQ the provisioninQ process or within 30 calendar days following installation Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 41 op- 5 - New Service Quality (continued) completion. . Additional repair or provisioning trouble reports are defined as all such reports that are received following the first report (whether the first report is represented by a call center ticket or a repair ticket) relating to the same service order during the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days following installation completion. In all cases, the trouble reports counted are those that are defined for OP-5A and OP-5B above. NOTE 7 . Reporting Period: One month, reported in arrears (Le., results first appear in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not reported in arrears), in order to cover the 30-day period following installation. Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate, I Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results Formulas: OP-5A = (Number inward line service orders completed in the reporting penod ,. Number of inward line service orders with any repair trouble reports as specified above) + (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100 Unit of Measure: Percent OP-5B = (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period - Number of inward line service orders with any provisioning trouble reports as specified above) + (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting penod) x 100 OP-5T = ((Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) - Number of inward line service orders with repair or provisioning trouble reports as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B, as applicable) + (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100 OP-5R = (Number of all repair and provisioning trouble reports, relating to inward line service orders closed in the reporting period as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B, that constitute additional repair and provisioning trouble reports, within 30 calendar days following the installation date + Number of all repair and provisioning trouble reports relating to inward line service orders closed In the reporting period, as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B) x 100 . Exclusions: Applicable to OP-5A OP-5T and OP-5R: . Repair trouble reports attributable to CLEC or coded to non-Qwest reasons as follows: - For products measured from MTAS data, repair trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: - Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous- Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider); and Reports from other than the CLEC/customer that result in a charge if dispatched. - For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data, repair reports coded to codes for: - Carrier Action (IEC); Customer Provided Equipment (CPE); Commercial power failure; Customer requested service order activity; and Other non-Qwest. - Repair reports coded to disposition codes for referral to another department (Le., for non-repair ticket resolutions of non-installation-related problems, except cable cuts, which are not excluded). Applicable to OP-5B, OP-5T and OP-5R only: . Provisioning trouble reports attributable to CLEC or non-Qwest causes. · Call center tickets relating to activities that occur as part of the normal process of conversion (Le., while Qwest is actively and properly engaged in process of converting or installing the service). Provisioning trouble reports involving service orders that, at the time of the calls, have fallen out for manual handling and been disassociated from the related service order, as applicable, will be considered as not in the normal process of conversion and will not be excluded. Applicable to OP-5A. OP-5B. OP-5T and OP-5R: . Repair or provisioning trouble reports related to service orders captured as misses under measurements OP-13 (Coordinated Cuts Timeliness) or OP-17 (LNP Timeliness). . Subsequent repair or provisioning trouble reports of any trouble on the installed service before the original repair or provisioning trouble report is closed. . Service orders closed in the reporting period with App Dates earlier than eiç¡ht months prior to the Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 42 . .op- 5 - New Service Quality (continued) beginning of the reporting period. · Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes. · Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. When out of service or service affecting problems are reported to the call center on conversion and move requests, the resulting call center ticket will be included in the calculation of the numerator in association with the related inward order type even when the call center ticket reflects the problem was caused by the Disconnect or From order. · Records involving official Qwest company services. Records missinci data essential to the calculation of the measurement as defined herein. Product Reporting Categories: Standards: . As specified below - one OP-5A: percentage result reported for OP-5B: each bulleted category under OP-5T: the sub-measurements shown. OP-5R: Parity with retail service 96.5% Diagnostic Diagnostic for six months following first reporting. Possible standard (TSD) (Where parity comparisons involve multiple service varieties in a product category, weighting based on the retail analogue volumes may be used if necessary to create a comparison that is not affected by different proportioris of wholesale and retail analogue volumes in the same reportinci cateciorv.) . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit S June 26,2007 Page 43 op- 5 - New Service Quality (continued) Product Reportina:Standards: Reported under OP-5A OP-5B OP.5T and OP-5R: OP-5A OP-5B OP-5T & OP-5R Resale Residential single line Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic service Business single line Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic service Centrex Parity with retail service 96.5%Diaç¡nostic Centrex 21 Parity with retail service 96.5%Diac¡nostic PBX Trunks Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic Basic ISDN Parity with retail service 96.5%Diac¡nostic Primary ISDN Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic DSO Parity with retail service 96.5%Diac¡nostic DS1 Parity with retail service 96.5%Diac¡nostic DS3 and higher bit-Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic rate services (ac¡c¡regate) Frame Relay Parity with retail service Diac¡nostic Diac¡nostic.Unbundled Network Parity with like retail 96.5%Diagnostic Element - Platform service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.5%Diagnostic Element - Platform 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.5%Diagnostic Element - Platform (UNE-P) (Centrex) Line Splitting Parity with retail RES &96.5%Diagnostic BUS POTS Loop Splittinc¡ NUl!:"Diac¡nostic Diac¡nostic Diac¡nostic Line Sharing Parity with retail RES &96.5%Diagnostic BUS POTS Sub-Loop Unbundling Diaçinostic Diac¡nostic Diagnostic Unbundled Loops: Analog Loop Parity with retail Res &96.5%Diagnostic Bus POTS with dispatch Non-loaded Loop (2-Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic wire)BRI (desiçined) Non-loaded Loop (4-Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic wire) DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diac¡nostic xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic Private Line ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic BRI (desic¡ned) ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic BRI (designed) Loop types of DS3 and Parity with retail DS3 96.5%Diagnostic higher bit-rates and higher bit-rate (ac¡c¡regate)services (aç¡çirec¡ate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diac¡nostic Diac¡nostic Diac¡nostic Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 44 . . . .op- 5 - New Service Qualitv (continued) .Enhanced Extended Loops Diagnostic until volume 96.5%Diagnostic (EELs) - (DSO level)criteria are met .Enhanced Extended Loops Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic (EELs) - (DS1 level)Private Line.Enhanced Extended Loops Diagnostic until volume 96.5%Diagnostic (EELs) - (above DS1 criteria are met level) Reoorted under OP-5A and under OP-5R (oer OP-5A soecifications\: OP-5A OP-5R.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Diagnostic Group D (aqqreqate) Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDlt) UDIT (DS1 Level)Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic Lines (DS1) UDIT (Above DS1 Level)Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic Lines (Above DS1 level) Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic Diaqnostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with Retail Diagnostic E911/911 Trunks Availability:Notes: 1.The specified Change order types representing inward activity exclude Change Available orders that do not involve installation of lines (in both wholesale and retail results). Specifically this measurement does not include changes to existing lines, such as number changes and PiC changes. 2.Including consideration of repeat repair trouble reports (i.e., additional reports of trouble related to the same newly-installed line/circuit that are received after the preceding repair report is closed and within 30 days following installation completion) to complete the determination of whether the newly-installed line/circuit was trouble free within 30 days of installation. 3.Qwests repair management and tracking systems consist of WFA (Work Force Administration), MTAS (Maintenance Tracking and Administration System), and successor repair systems, if any, as applicable to obtain the repair report data for this measurement. Not included are Call Center Database systems supporting call centers in logging calls from customers regarding problems or other inquiries (see OP-5B and OP-5T). 4.The "following month" includes also the period of a few business days (typically four or five) afterward, up to the time when Qwest pulls the repair data to begin processing results for this measurement. 5.Includes repair and provisioning trouble reports generated by new processes that supersede or supplement existing processes for submitting repair and provisioning trouble reports as specified in Qwests documented or agreed upon procedures. 6.For purposes of calculating OP-5B, a call center ticket for multiple orders with provisioning trouble reports wil result in all orders reporting trouble counting as a miss in OP-5B. If a repair trouble report(s) is received for the same orders, the number of orders counted as a miss in OP-5B for Network reasons will be reduced by the number of orders with repair troubles counted as a miss in OP-5A. 7.OP-5R will be counted on a per ticket basis. 8.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 45 .OP-6 - Delayed Days Purpose: Evaluates the extent Qwest is late in installng services for customers, focusing on the average number of days that late orders are completed beyond the committed due date. Description: OP-6A - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the Applicable Due Date for non-facility reasons attributed to Qwest. . Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are completed/closed during the reporting period, later, due to non-facility reasons, than the Applicable Due Date recorded by Owest, subject to exclusions specified below. OP-6B - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the Applicable Due Date for facility reasons attributed to Qwest. . Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are completed/closed during the reporting period later due to facility reasons than the original due date recorded by Qwest, subject to exclusions specified below. For both OP-6A and OP-6B: . Change order types for additional lines consist of "C" orders representing inward activity. . The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to the original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE 2 . Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Qwest- initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated due date, if any. NOTE 2 Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Average Business Days Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for products/services listed under Product Reporting under "MSA-type CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" will be reported for OP-6A and OP-6B according to orders individual CLEC involving: and Qwest Retail 1. Dispatches within MSAs; results 2. Dispatches outside MSAs; and 3. No dispatches. . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated according to installations: 4. In Interval Zone 1 areas; and 5. In Interval Zone 2 areas. . Formula: OP-6A = L((Actual Completion Date of late order for non-facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late order) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Late Orders for non-facility reasons completed in the reporting period) OP-6B = L((Actual Completion Date of late order for facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late order)) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Number of Late Orders for facility reasons completed in the reporting period) Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 46 . .op- 6 - Delayed Days (continued) Exclusions:.Orders affected only by delays that are solely for customer and/or CLEC reasons..Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standards: MSA-Tvne Disaaareaation-.Resale Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service Business sinole line service Parity with retail service Centrex Paritv with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service DSO (non-designed provisionino)Paritv with retail service PBX Trunks (non-desiqned provisionino)Parity with retail service Primarv ISDN (non-designed provisionino)Parity with retail service Basic ISDN (non-desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splitting Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS.Loop Splitting NUIl:~Diagnostic.Line Sharino Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundling Diagnostic Zone-tvne Disaaareaation -.Resale Primarv ISDN (designed orovisioninaT Paritv with retail service Basic ISDN (desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service DSO (desioned provisioninq)Parity with retail service DS1 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks (desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aqoreoate)- Frame Relay Paritv with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transoort (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line- Service UDIT -Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Line- Services above DS1 .level Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic.Unbundled Loops: Analoo Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS with disoatch Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desioned) Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI designed ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI desiqned ADSL-Qualified Loop Paritv with retail ISDN BRI designed Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private (aqqreqate)Line services (aqqreqate) . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 47 op- 6 - Delayed Days (continued) Dark Fiber - LOOD Diaanostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 OP-6A: Parity with retail DS1 Private Line level)OP-6B: Diagnostic.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.For OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-3, Saturday is counted as a business day for all orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well as for the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all other products under OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-3, and for all products under OP-6A-1. -6A-2, -6A-4. -6A-5, -6B-1, -6B-2, - 6B-4, and -6B-5, Saturday is counted as a business day when the service order is due or completed on Saturday. 2.Accrding to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest- initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Owest and customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest- initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported intervaL. 3.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any Quantity, for three consecutive months. . . Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 48 . .OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop . Purpose: Evaluates the duration of completing coordinated "hot cuts" of unbundled loops, focusing on the time actually involved in disconnectinQ the loop from the Qwest network and connectinQ/testinQ the loop. Description: Measures the average time to complete coordinated "hot cuts" for unbundled loops, based on intervals beginning with the "lift" time and ending with the completion time of Qwests applicable tests for the loop..Includes all coordinated hot cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.."Hot cut" refers to moving the service of existing customers from Qwests switch/frames to the CLEC's equipment, via unbundled loops, that will serve the customers.."Lift" time is defined as when Qwest disconnects the existing loop.."Completion time" is defined as when Qwest completes the applicable tests after connecting the loop to the CLEC. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. aggregate and individual CLEC results Formula: L(Completion time - Lift time) + (Total Number of unbundled loops with coordinated cutovers completed in the reporting period) Exclusions:-- .Time intervals associated with CLEC-caused delays..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Invalid startstop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times. Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Standard: Loops - Reported separately for:CO: 1 hour.Analog Loops All Other States: Diagnostic in light of OP-13.All other Loop Types (Coordinated Cuts On Time) Availabilty:Notes: Available .Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 49 OP-8 - Number Portabilty Timeliness . Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of cutovers of local number portabilty (LNP). Description: OP-8B - LNP Timeliness with Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of coordinated LNP triggers set prior to the scheduled start time for the loop..All orders for LNP coordinated with unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions specified below. OP-8C -LNP Timeliness without Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of LNP triggers set prior to the Frame Due Time or scheduled start time for the LNP cutover as applicable..All orders for LNP for which coordination with a loop was not requested that are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured (including standalone LNP coordinated with other than Qwest-provided Unbundled Loops and non-coordinated, standalone LNP), subject to exclusions specified below..For purposes of these measurements (OP-8B and -8C), "trigget' refers to the "10-digit unconditional trigget' or Line Side Attribute (LSA) that is set or translated by Qwest.."Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a newly negotiated time. In the case of LNP cutovers coordinated with loops, the scheduled time used in this measurement will be no later than the "lay" time for the loop. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of triggers set on time Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. individual CLEC results Formula: OP-8B = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the scheduled time for the coordinated loop cutover) + (Total Number of LNP activations coordinated with unbundled loops completed)) x 100 OP-8C = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the Frame Due Time or Scheduled Start Time) + (Total Number of LNP activations without loop cutovers completed)) x 100 Exclusions:.CLEC-caused delays in trigger setting..LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e.g., DID lines without separate, unique telephone numbers and Centrex 21)..LNP requests for which the records used as sources of data for these measurements have the following types of errors:-Records with no PON (purchase order number) or STATE.-Records where triggers cannot be set due to switch capabilities.-Records with invalid due dates, application dates, or start dates.-Records with invalid completion dates.-Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.-Invalid startstop dates/times or invalid frame due or scheduled date/times. Product Reporting: None Standard:95% Availability:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 50 . .OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop Purpose: Evaluates the percentage of coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed on time, focusing on cuts completed within one hour of the committed order due time and the percent that were started without CLEC approvaL' Description: · Includes all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. · OP-13A - Measures the percentage of LSRs (CLEe orders) for all coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are started and completed on time. For coordinated loop cuts to be counted as "on time" in this measurement, the CLEC must agree to the start time, and Qwest must (1) receive verbal CLEC approval before starting the cut or lifting the loop, (2) complete the physical work and appropriate tests, (3) complete the Qwest portion of any associated LNP orders and (4) call the CLEC with completion information, all within one hour of the time interval defined by the committed order due time. · OP-138 - Measures the percentage of all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are actually started without CLEC approvaL. · "Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a newly negotiated appointment time. · The "committed order due time" is based on the number and type of loops involved in the cut and is calculated by adding the applicable time interval from the following list to the scheduled start time: - Analog unbundled loops:1 to 16 lines: 1 Hour 17to 24 lines: 2 Hours 25+ lines: Project* - All other unbundled loops:1 to 5 lines: 1 Hour 6 to 8 lines: 2 Hours 9 to 11 lines: 3 Hours12 to 24 lines: 4 Hours 25+ lines: Project* *For Projects scheduled due dates and scheduled start times wil be negotiated between CLEC and Qwest, but no committed order due time is established. Therefore, projects are not included in OP-13A (see exclusion below). · "Stop" time is defined as when Qwest notifies the CLEC that the Qwest physical work and the appropriate tests have been successfully accomplished. including the Qwest portion of any coordinated LNP orders. · Time intervals following the scheduled start time or during the cutover process associated with customer-caused delays are subtracted from the actual cutover duration. · Where Qwests records of completed coordinated cut transactions are missing evidence of CLEC aooroval of the cutover, the cut wil be counted as a miss under both OP-13A and OP-138. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. aggregate and individual CLEC Results for this measurement will be reported according to: results OP-13A Cuts Completed On Time OP-138 Cuts Started Without CLEC Approval . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 51 OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop (continued).Formula: OP-13A = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts completed "On Time") + (Total Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts completed in the reporting period)) x 100 OP-13B = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts whose actual start time occurs without CLEC approval) + (Total Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts completed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions: Applicable to OP-13A: . Loop cuts that involve CLEC-requested non-standard methodologies, processes, or timelines. OP-13A & OP-13B: . Records with invalid completion dates. . Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID which are not otherwise designated to be "counted as a miss". . Invalid startstop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times. . Projects involvinq 25 or more lines. Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Loops - Reported separately for: . Analog Loops . All Other Loops Standards: OP-13A: AZ: 90 Percent or more All Other States: 95 Percent or more Availabilty: OP-13B: Diaqnostic Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 52 . . . . OP-15 - Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date Purpose: Evaluates the extent to which Qwests pending orders are late, focusing on the average number of days the pendinq orders are de laved past the Applicable Due Date, as of the end of the reporting period. Description: OP-15A - Measures the average number of business days that pending orders are delayed beyond the Applicable Due Date for reasons attributed to Qwest. .Includes all pending inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) for which the Applicable Due Date recorded by Qwest has been missed, subject to exclusions specified below. Change order types included in this measurement consist of all "C" orders representing inward activity..The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is ~a) subsequent to the original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE.Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Qwest- initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated due date, if any. NOTE 1 OP-15B - Reports the number of pending orders measured in the numerator of OP-15A that were delayed for Qwest facility reasons. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: OP-15A - Average Business Days NOTE 2 OP-15B - Number of orders pendinq facilities Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, Qwest retail Statewide Formula: OP-15A = ¿((Last Day of Reporting Period) - (Applicable Due Date of Late Pending Order) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Pending Orders Delayed for Qwest reasons as of the last day of Reporting Period) OP-15B ::Count of pending orders measured in numerator of OP-15A that were delayed for Qwest facility reasons Exclusions: · Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. . Records involving official company services. · Records with invalid due dates or application dates. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 53 OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued) Product Reporting:Standards: OP-15B = diagnostic only ForOP-15A:.Resale Residential sinç¡le line service Diaonostic Expectation: Parity with retail service Business sinole line service Diagnostic Expectation: Parity with retail service Centrex Diaonostic Expectation: Parity with retail service Centex 21 Diaanostic Expectation: Parity with retail service PBX Trunk Diaanostic Expectation: Parity with retail service) Basic ISDN Diaç¡nostic Expectation: Parity with retail service Primary ISDN Diaonostic Expectation: Parity with retail service) DSO Diagnostic Expectation: Parity with retail service) DS1 Diaonostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service) DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service) (aooreç¡ate) Frame Relay Diaç¡nostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service) (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex 21) (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex) (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splitting Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS).Loop Splittinç¡ NOTE 3 Diagnostic.Line Sharing Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and . Bus POTS).Sub-Loop Unbundlino Diagnostic.LIS Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Feature Group 0 (aç¡ç¡reç¡ate)) (separately reported).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with DS1 Private Line- Service) UDIT - Above DS1 level Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Private Line- Services above DS1 level) Dark Fiber - IOF Diaç¡nostic.Unbundled Loops: Analog Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS with dispatch) Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiç¡ned)) Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic Expectation: Parity with retail DS1) DS1-capable Loop Diaç¡nostic Expectation: Parity with retail DS1) ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with ISDN BRI (desiç¡ned)) ADSL-qualified Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail ISDN BRI (designed)) Loop types of DS3 or higher bit rate Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS3 and (aç¡ç¡reoate)hioher bit-rate services (aç¡ç¡reoate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaonostic.E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs)Diagnostic Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 54 . . . .OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued) Notes: 1. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest- initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported intervaL. 2. For OP-15A, Saturday is counted as a business day for all non-dispatched orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well as for non-dispatched orders in the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all other non-dispatched products and for all dispatched products under OP-15A, Saturday is not counted as a business day. 3. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. Availabilty: Available . .Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 55 OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders Purpose: Evaluates the quality of Owest completing LNP telephone number porting, focusing on the degree to which portino occurs without implementino associated disconnects before the scheduled time/date. Description: OP-17A . Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated with loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Owest before the scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports. - Focuses on disconnects associated with timely GLEG requests for delaying the disconnects or no requests for delays. - The scheduled time/date is defined as 11 :59 p.m. on (1) the due date of the LNP order recorded by Owest or (2) the delayed disconnect date requested by the GLEG, where the GLEG submits a timely request for delay of disconnection. - A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Owest before 8:00 p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Owest. OP-17B . Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated with loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Owest before the scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifing trouble reports. - Includes only disconnects associated with untimely GLEG requests for delaying the disconnects. - A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered "untimely" if received by Owest after 8:00 p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Owest and before 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the current due date. . Disconnects are defined as the removal of switch translations, including the 1 O-digit trigger. . Disconnects that are implemented early, and thus counted as a "miss" under this measurement, are those that the GLEG identifies as such to Owest via trouble reports, within four calendar days of the actual disconnect date, that are confirmed to be caused by disconnects being made before the scheduled time. . Includes all GLEG orders for LNP TNs completed in the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide and Individual GLEG Formula: ((Total number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period - Number of TNs with qualifying trouble reports notifying Owest that disconnection before the scheduled time has occurred) + Total Number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period) x 100 . . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 56 . OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders (continued).Exclusions: OP-17A only · Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC has failed to submit timely requests to have disconnects held for later implementation. OP-17A& B · Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects. · LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e.g., DID lines without separate, unique TNs, and Centrex 21). . Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. · Records with invalid cleared, closed or due dates. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. OP-17B only · Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC did not submit its untimely requests by 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the LNP due date to have disconnects held for later implementation. Product Reporting: LNP Standards: OP-17A - 98.25% OP-17B - Diagnostic only, in light of its measuring only requests for delay of disconnect that are defined as untimely. Availabilty:Notes: Available . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 57 Maintenance and Repair . MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center Purpose: Evaluates Customer access to Qwests Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center(s), focusing on the number of calls answered within 20 seconds. Description: Measures the percentage of Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center calls answered within 20 seconds of the first ring..Includes all calls to the Interconnect Repair Center during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.--.First ring is defined as when the customets call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic Call Distributor)..Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the dwest agent..Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Qwest Retail levels. Formula: ((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) + (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100 Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU (Voice Response Unit) is not counted. Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity Availabilty:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 58 . .MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports where the out-of- service trouble reports were cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (Le., 24 hoursfor out-of-service conditions). ' Description: Measures the percentage of out of service trouble reports, involving specified services, that are cleared within 24 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers. · Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service that is out-of-service (i.e., unable to place or receive calls), subject to exclusions specified below. · Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and time trouble is cleared.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA- Type CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated and reported according to trouble individual CLEC reports involving: and Qwest Retail MR-3A Dispatches within MSAs; results MR-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and MR-3C No dispatches. · Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving: MR-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and MR-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas. Formula: ((Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 24 hours) -; (Total Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100. Exclusions: . Trouble reports coded as follows.: - For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider). - For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone- type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE). · Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed. · Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes. · Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation". · For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports involving a "no access" delay. · Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete. · Records involving offcial company services. · Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. · Records with invalid cleared or closed dates. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 59 MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued). Product Reporting:Standards: MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation- .Resale Residential sinale line service Parity with retail service Business sinQle line service Parity with retail service Centrex Parity with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks Parity with retail service Basic ISDN Paritv with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parit with appropriate retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parit with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex) . . Line SplittinQ Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Loop SplittinQ NOTE 1 Diagnostic .Line Sharing Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retail ISDN-BRI All Other States: Diaanostic Zone-tvoe Disaaareaation - .Unbundled Loops AnaloQ Loop Paritv with retail Res and Bus POTS Non-loaded Loop (2 wire)Paritv with retailISDN-BRI (desianed) xDSL-1 capable Loop Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line ISDN-capable Loop Paritv with ISDN-BRI (desianed) ADSL-aualified Loop Paritv with retail ISDN-BRICdesianed) Availability:Notes: Available 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 60 . .MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports of all types (both out of service and service affecting) and on the number of such trouble reports cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (i.e., 48 hours for service-affectinQ conditions). Description: Measures the percentage of trouble reports, for specified services, that are cleared within 48 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers. · Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service, subject to exclusions specified below. · Time measured is from date and time that Owest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and time trouble is cleared. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated and reported according to trouble individual CLEC reports involving: and Owest Retail MR-4A Dispatches within MSAs; results MR-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; and MR-4C No dispatches. . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving: MR-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and MR-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas Formula: ((Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 48 hours) + (Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100. Exclusions: . Trouble reports coded as follows: - For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider). - For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone- type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE). · Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed. · Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes. · Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation". · For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports involving a "no access" delay. · Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete. . Records involving offcial company services. · Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. . Records with invalid cleared or closed dates. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 61 MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 Hours (Continued).Product Reporting:I Standards: MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -I.Resale Residential sinçile line service Parity with retail service Business single line service Parity with retail service Centrex Parity with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks Parity with retail service Basic ISDN Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with appropriate retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splitlinçi Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Loop Splitlinçi NU I" .Diagnostic.Line Sharino Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundlino Diagnostic Zone-Type Disaaareaation - .Unbundled Loops: Analoo Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS Non-loaded Loop (2 wire)Parity with retailISDN-BRI (designed) xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retaiIISDN-BRI (desioned) ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retaiIISDN-BRI (designed) Availability:Notes: Available 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 62 . . . . MR-S - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on all trouble reports of all types (including out of service and service affecting troubles) and on the number of such trouble reports cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (Le., 4 hours). Description: Measures the percentage of trouble reports for specified services that are cleared within 4 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers..Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service, subject to exclusions specified below..Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and time trouble is cleared. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. CLEC aggregate, individual Results for listed products will be disaggregated according to trouble CLEC and Qwest Retail results reports: MR-5A In Interval Zone 1 areas; and MR-5B In Interval Zone 2 areas. Formula: ((Number of Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 4 hours) + (Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured using WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone- type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (lEG) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE)..Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed..Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete..Records involving official company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 63 MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours (continued). Product Reporting:Standards: Zone-Type Disaaareaation ..Resale Primary ISDN Pari y with retail service DSO Pari y with retail service DS1 Pari y with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aqçireçiate) Frame Relay Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Parity with DS1 Private Line Service UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with Private Line Services above DS 1 level.Unbundled Loops: Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services (aggregate)(aggregate).E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) Availabilty:Notes: Available . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 64 . .MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of repair, focusina how lona it takes to restore services to proper operation. Description: Measures the time actually taken to clear trouble reports. · Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. · Includes customer direct reports, customer-relayed reports, and test assist reports that result in a trouble report. · Time measured is from date and time that Owest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and time trouble is cleared. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for producUservices listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" will be reported according to trouble reports involving: individual CLEC MR-6A Dispatches within MSAs; and Owest Retail MR-6B Dispatches outside MSAs; and results MR-6C No dispatches. · Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving: MR-6D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and MR-6E In Interval Zone 2 areas.. Formula: ¿((Date & Time Trouble Report Cleared) - (Date & Time Trouble Report Opened)) + (Total number of Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period) Exclusions: . Trouble reports coded as follows: - For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Intenace; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider). - For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone- type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE). · Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed. · Trouble reports from MTAS or WFA that are coded as No Trouble Found or Test Okay and with durations of less than or equal to 1 hour. · Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes. · Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation". · For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports involving a "no access" delay. · Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete. · Records involving offcial company services. · Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. · Records with invalid cleared or closed dates. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 65 MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued). Product Reporting:Standards: MSA-Tvoe Disaaareaation- .Resale Residential single line service Parity with retail service Business sinQle line service Pari y with retail service Centrex Pari y with retail service Centrex 21 Pari y with retail service PBX Trunks Pari v with retail service Basic ISDN Pari y with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex (UNE-P) (Centrex).Line SplittinQ Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Loop SplittinQ NOTE 1 Diagnostic .Line Sharing Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retail ISDN-BRI All Other States: Diaanostic Zone-Tvoe Disaaareaation - .Resale Primary ISDN Parity with retail service DSO Parity with retail service DS1 Parity with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aaareQate) Frame Relay Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate) .Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line UDIT -Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Lines above DS1 level Dark Fiber - IOF DiaQnostic.Unbundled Loops: AnaloQ Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desianed) Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiQned) ADSL-aualified Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiQned) Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private (aggregate)Line services (aggregate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaanostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level) .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 66 . .MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)Availabilty: Notes: Available 1. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 67 . MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate Purpose: Evaluates the accuracy of repair actions, focusing on the number of repeated trouble reports received for the same line/circuit within a specified period (30 calendar days). Description: Measures the percentage of trouble reports that are repeated within 30 days on end user lines and circuits. . Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period that have a repeated trouble report received within thirt (30) days of the initial trouble report for the same service (regardless of whether the report is about the same type of trouble for that service), subject to exclusions specified below. . In determining same service Owest will compare the end user telephone number or circuit access code of the initial trouble reports closed during the reporting period with reports received within 30 days of when the initial trouble report closed. . Includes reports due to Owest network or system causes, customer-direct and customeHelayed reports. . The 3D-day period applied in the numerator of the formula below is from the date and time that the initial trouble report is closed to the date and time that the next, or "repeat" trouble report is received (i.e., opened). Reporting Period: One month, reported in Unit of Measure: Percent arrears (i.e., results first appear in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not reported in arrears), in order to cover the 3D-day period followinq the initial trouble report. Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA- Type CLEC Disaggregation" wil be reported accrding to trouble reports involving: aggregate, MR-7A Dispatches within MSAs; individual MR-7B Dispatches outside MSAs; andCLEC and MR-7C No dispatches. Owest Retail . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type results Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving: MR-7D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and MR-7E In Interval Zone 2 areas. . Formula: ((Total trouble reports closed within the reporting period that had a repeated trouble report received within 30 calendar days of when the initial trouble report closed) + (Total number of Trouble Reports Closed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions: . Trouble reports coded as follows: - For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider). - For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone- type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE). . Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed. . Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes. . Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete. . Records involving offcial company services. . Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 68 . .MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued) . .Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reoorting:Standards: MSA-Tvoe Disaaareaation-.Resale Residential single line service Paritv with retail service Business sinQle line service Parity with retail service Centrex Parity with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks Parity with retail service Basic ISDN Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-Parity with retail Centrex P) (Centrex).Line Splitting Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS .Loop Splitting NUl i:Diagnostic .Line Sharing AZ & CO: Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS All Other States: Diagnostic Comparison with retail Res and Bus POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with Retail ISDN-BRI All Other States: Diaanostic Zone-TvDe Disaaareaation-.Resale Primary ISDN Parity with retail service DSO Parity with retail service DS1 Parity with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aqqreqate)- Frame Relay Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce TransDort (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line UDIT - Above DS1 level Paritv with retail Private Lines above DS1 level Dark Fiber - IOF DiaQnostic.Unbundled Loops: Analoq Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI (designed) Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-caoable Loop Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line ISDN-caoable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned) ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiQned) Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private (agQreQate)Line services (aqqreQate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaanostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 69 MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued). .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level) .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) Availability:Notes: Targeted availability with July 2004 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order results reported in September 2004 the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 70 . .MR-8 - Trouble Rate . Purpose: Evaluates the overall rate of trouble reports as a percentage of the total installed base of the service or element. Description: Measures trouble reports by product and compares them to the number of lines in service..Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below..Includes all applicable trouble reports, including those that are out of service and those that are only service-affectinQ. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. individual CLEC and Owest Retail results Formula: ((Total number of trouble reports closed in the reporting period involving the specified service grouping) + (Total number of the specified services that are in service in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).-For products measured from WFA data trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE)..Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed..Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 71 MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued). Product Reporting:Standards: .Resale Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service Business sinQle line service Parity with retail service Centrex Parity with retail service Centrex 21 Parity with retail service PBX Trunks Pari v with retail service Basic ISDN Pari v with retail service Primary ISDN Pari v with retail service DSO Parity with retail service DS1 Parity with retail service DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service (aQQreqate f Frame Relay Parity with retail service .Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service (UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21 (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element -Parity with retail Centrex Platform(UNE-P) (Centrex) .Line Splittinq Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Loop Splittinq NU i to Diagnostic .Line Sharing Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS .Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retail ISDN-BRI All Other States: Diaqnostic.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transoort (UDITl UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line Service UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above DS1 level Dark Fiber - IOF DiaQnostic.Unbundled Loops: AnaloQ Loop Pari v with retail Res and Bus POTS Non-loaded Looo (2-wire)Pari v with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned) Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Pari v with retail DS1 Private Line DS1-capable Loop Pari tv with retail DS1 Private Line xDSL-I caoable Looo Pari tv with retail OS 1 Private Line ISDN-capable Loop Pari tv with retail ISDN SRI (desianedl ADSL-qualified Loop Pari Iv with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned) Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services(aqQreqate) .(aaareaate) Dark Fiber - Loop Diaqnostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks .Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic level) . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 72 . .MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued) Availability: Available Notes: 1. Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three consecutive months. . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 73 MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met . Purpose: Evaluates the extent to which Qwest repairs services for Customers by the appointment date and time. Description: Measures the percentage of trouble reports for which the appointment date and time is met..Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below..Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and time trouble is cleared. Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. Comparisons: CLEC Results for listed services wil be disaggregated and reported aggregate, individual according to trouble reports involving: CLEC and Qwest Retail MR-9A Dispatches within MSAs; results MR-9B Dispatches outside MSAs; and MR-9C No disoatches. Formula: ((Total Trouble Reports Cleared by appointment date and time) + (Total Trouble Reports Closed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider)..Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed..Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time by using the rescheduled appointment time to determine if the repair appointment is met..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes...Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standard: Parity Resale: Residential single line service Business single line service Centrex Centrex 21 PBX Trunks Basic ISDN Unbundled Elements - Platform (UNE-P) (POTS) Availabilty:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 74 . .MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports . Purpose: Evaluates the extent that trouble reports were customer related, and provides diagnostic information to help address potential issues that might be raised by the core maintenance and repair performance indicators. Description: Measures the percentage of all trouble reports that are attributed to the customer as a percentage of all trouble reports resolved during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Includes trouble reports closed during the reporting period coded as follows:.For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant, Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non- Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider) and trouble reports involving a "no access" delay for MSA type disaggregated products..For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE). Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results Formula: ((Number of Trouble Reports coded to disposition codes specified above) + (Total Number of Trouble Reports Closed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Records involving official company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the technician/installer as complete. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 75 MR-10 Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports (continued).Product Reporting:Standards:.Resale Residential sinqle line service Diagnostic Business sinQle line service DiaQnostic Centrex Diaanostic Centrex 21 Diagnostic PBX Trunks Diaanostic Basic ISDN Diagnostic.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic IUNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (UNE-P) (Centrex).Resale Primary ISDN DiaQnostic DSO Diagnostic DS1 Diaanostic DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic (aqqreaatef Frame Relav Diagnostic.LIS Trunks Diagnostic .Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT) UDIT - DS1 level Diaanostic UDIT - Above DS1 level Diagnostic.Unbundled LOODS: AnaloQ Loop DiaQnostic Non-loaded LOOD (2-wire)Diaanostic Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic DS1-capable Loop DiaQnostic xDSL-1 capable Loop Diaanostic ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic ADSL-qualified Loop Diaanostic Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Diagnostic (aqareqate).E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic Availabilty:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 76 . .MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of clearing LNP trouble reports, focusing on the dègree to which residence and business, disconnect-related, out-of-service trouble reports are cleared within four business hours and all LNP-related trouble reports are cleared within 48 hours. Description: MR-11A: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only (i.e., not unbundled-loop), residence and business, out-of-service trouble reports that are cleared within four business hours of Qwest receiving these trouble reports from GLEGs. · Includes only trouble reports that are received on or before the currently-scheduled due date of the actual LNP-related disconnect time/date, or the next business day, that are confirmed to be caused by disconnects being made before the scheduled time, and that are closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. MR-11 B: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only trouble reports that are cleared within 48 hours of Qwest receiving these trouble reports from GLEGs. · Includes all LNP-only trouble reports, received within four calendar days of the actual LNP- related disconnect date and closed during the reporting period. . · The "currently-scheduled due date/time" is the original due date/time established by Qwest in response to GLEG/customer request for disconnection of service ported via LNP or, if GLEG submits to Qwest a timely or untimely request for delay of disconnection, it is the GLEG/customer-requested later date/time. · A request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Qwest before 8:00 p.m. MT on the due date that Qwest has on record at the time of the request. · A request for delay of disconnection is considered untimely if received by Qwest after 8:00 p.m. MT on the due date and before 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the due date · Time measured is from the date and time Qwest receives the trouble report to the date and time trouble is cleared.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate and Individual GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (all are "non-dispatched"). Formula: MR-11A = ((Number of specified out-of-service LNP-only Trouble Reports, for LNP-related troubles confirmed to be caused by disconnects, that Qwest executed before the currently-scheduled due date/time, that were closed in the reporting period and cleared within four business hours) + (Total Number of specified out of service LNP-only Trouble Reports for LNP-related troubles confirmed to be caused by disconnects that Qwest executed before the currently- scheduled due date/time, that were closed in the reporting period)) x 100 MR-11 B = ((Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that were cleared within 48 hours) + (Total Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100 .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 77 MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes (Continued).Exclusions: . Trouble reports attributed to customer or non-Qwest reasons . Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects. . Subsequent trouble reports of LNP trouble before the original trouble report is closed. . For MR-11 B only: Trouble reports involving a "no access" delay. . Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes. . Records involving offcial company services. . Records with invalid trouble receipt dates. . Records with invalid cleared or closed dates. . Records with invalid product codes; . Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting: LNP Standards: MR-11A: . If OP-17 result meets its standard, the MR-11A standard is Diagnostic. . If OP-17 result does not meet its standard, the MR-11A standard is as follows: - For 0-20 trouble reports*: No more than 1 ticket cleared in ;: four business hours - For;: 20 trouble report*: The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-3C results for Retail Residence and Business MR-11B: . For 0-20 trouble report**: No more than 1 ticket cleared;: 48 hours . For;: 20 trouble reports**: The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-4C results for Retail Residence and Business * Based on MR-11A denominator.. Availabilty: Available ** Based on MR-11 B denominator. Notes: Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 78 . .Billng BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records . Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness with which Qwest orovides recorded daily usaçie records to CLECs. Description: Measures the average time interval from date of recorded daily usage to date usage records are transmitted or made available to CLECs as applicable. BI-1A - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes indust~ standard electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, N TE 1 locl measured usage, local message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components priced on a per-use basis, subject to exclusions specified below. BI-1 B - Measures the percent of recorded daily usage for Jointly provided switched access provided within four days.This includes usage created by the CLEC and Qwest or IXC providing access, usually via 2-way Feature Group X trunk groups for Feature Group A, Feature Group B, Feature Group D, Phone to Phone IP Telephony, 8XX access, and 900 access and their ..successors or similar Switched Access services. BI-1C - Provides separate reporting for two elements captured in BI-1A above, as follows:.BI-1C-1 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry standard electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, NOTE 1 subject to exclusions specified below..BI-1C-2 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry standard electronically transmitted usage records for local measured usage,local message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components priced on a per-use basis, subject to exclusions soecified below. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: BI-1A, BI-1C-1, BI-1C-2:Average Business Days BI-1B:Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEe aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: State leveL. individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results Formula: BI-1A, BI-1C-1, BI-1C-2 (for specified products & records) = ¿(Date Record Transmitted or made available - Date Usage Recorded) -7 (Total number of records) BI-1 B = ((# of daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access sent within four days) -7 (Total daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access in the report period)) x 100 Exclusions:.Instances where the CLEC requests other than daily usage transmission or availability..Duplicate records. Product Reporting:Standards:.UNEs and Resale BI-1A: Parity with Qwest retaiL..Jointly-provided Switched Access BI-1B: 95% within 4 business days BI-1C-1, BI-1C-2: Diagnostic Comparison with the Qwest Retail results used in standard for BI-1A Availabilty:Notes: Available 1."Feature group switched access" includes all type 11 OXX detail records for Feature Groups A, B, C, and D. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 79 .BI-2 -Invoices Delivered within 10 Days Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness with which Qwest delivers industry standard electronically transmitted bills to CLECs, focusinQ on the percent delivered within ten calendar days. Description: Measures the percentage of invoices that are delivered within ten days, based on the number of days between the bil date and bil delivery..Includes all industry standard electronically transmitted invoices for local exchange services and toll, subject to exclusions specified below. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: Combined Qwest Disaggregation Reporting: State level Retail/CLEC results (Parity by design) Formula: ((Count of Invoices for which Bil Transmission Date to Bil Date is ten calendar days or less) + (Total Number of Invoices)) x 100 Exclusions:.Bils transmitted via paper, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, diskette..Records with missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting:Standard:.UNEs and Resale Parity by design. Availability:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 80 . . BI-3 - Biling Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors . Purpose: Evaluates the accuracy with which Qwest bills CLECs, focusing on the percentage of billed revenue adiusted due to errors. Description: Measures the billed revenue minus amounts adjusted off bills due to errors, as a percentage of total billed revenue..Both the biled revenue and amounts adjusted off bills due to error are calculated from bills rendered in the reporting period.."Amounts adjusted off bills due to errors" is the sum of all bill adjustments made in the reporting period that involve, either in part or in total, adjustment codes related to biling errors. (Each adjustment thus Qualifvinq is added to the sum in its entiretv.) Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: State leveL. individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results Formula: (L(Total Billed Revenue Biled in Reporting Period - Amounts Adjusted Off Bills Due to Errors) + (Total Biled Revenue billed in Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: . BI-3A - UNEs and Resale - None · BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use - Billng adjustments as a result of CLEC-caused errors in return of minutes of use Product Reporting:Standards:.BI-3A - UNEs and Resale .BI-3A - UNEs and Resale: 98%.BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of .BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU) - Use (MOU)95% Availabilty:Notes: Available .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 81 . BI-4 - Biling Completeness Purpose:.UNEs and Resale - Evaluates the completeness with which Owest reflects non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed service orders on the bils..Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use (MOU) - Evaluates the completeness with which Owest reflects the revenue for Local Minutes of Use associated with CLEe local traffc over Owests network on the bills. Description: BI-4A - UNEs and Resale: Measures the percentage of non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed service orders appear on the correct bill.* BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): Measures the percentage of revenue associated with local minutes of use appearing on the correct (current) bill.* * Correct bill = next available bill Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. individual CLECs, and Owest Retail results Formula: BI-4A - UNEs and Resale = (L(Count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed service orders on the bils that are biled on the correct bill + total count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed service orders biled on the bill)) x 100 BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation MOU = (L(Revenue for Local Minutes of Use billed on the correct* bill + Total revenue for Local Minutes of Use collected during the month)) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting:Standards:.UNEs and Resale BI-4A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with Owest.Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)Retail bills. BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): 95% Availabilty:Notes: Available . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 82 . .Database Updates DB-1 - Time to Update Databases Purpose: Evaluates the time required for updates to the databases of E911, L1DB, and Directory Builder. Description: · Measures the average time required to update the databases of E911, L1DB, and Directory Builder. · Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during the reporting period. · For DB-1A the time to update the E911 database is provided by the third part vendor that performs the update. The elapsed time is captured automatically by the database system. There are no "individual E911 database update records" provided with which to measure the database update process. · The numerator of DB-1A is calculated by multiplying the vendor-calculated results (Average Minutes in Process Time) by the denominator (Count of records Processed). This method produces a result from the vendor data that is the same as that which would be produced by totallinQ the uodate times from individual E911 database uodate records.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: E911 - Hrs: Mins. L1DB & Directory ListinQs - Seconds Disaggregation Reporting: DB-1A: E911 for Owest Retail and Reseller CLEC-State level DB-1B: L1DB for Owest Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities Based CLEC - Multi state region-wide level DB-1 C-1: Listings for all Provider types including Owest Retail, Reseller CLEC, and Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and Unknown Provider, Electronically Submitted, Electronically Processed- Sub-region applicable to state . Reporting Comparisons: DB-1A - E911: Combined results for Owest Retail and Reseller CLEC Aggregate; DB-1 B - L1DB: Combined results for all Owest Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities Based CLEC updates; DB-1C-1 - Listings: Combined results for all Provider types including Owest Retail, Reseller CLEC, and Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and Unknown Provider, Electronically Submitted, Electronically Processed updates. NOTE 1 . Formula: L((Date and Time of database update for each database update as specified under Disaggregation Reporting in the reporting period) - (Date and Time of submissions of data for entry into the database for each database update as specified under Disaggregation Reporting in the reporting period)) + Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in the reporting period Exclusion: · Invalid startstop dates/times. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 83 DB-1 - Time to Update Databases (continued).Product Reporting:Standards: Not applicable (Reported by database type)DB-1A-E911: Parity by design DB-1 B-L1DB: Parity by design DB-1G-1- Listings: Parity by design Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.Because they cannot be separated, results for Qwest Retail, Reseller GLEG, Facilities-based GLEGs, ILEG and Unknown Provider updates are reported combined within these disaggregations. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 84 . . DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates . Purpose: Evaluates the accuracy of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period. Description:.Measures the percentage of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period..Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during the reportinQ period. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: DB-2C-1 Listings - Combined results for all DB-2C-1, Listings for Qwest Retail, Reseller Qwest Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities-CLEC, and Facilties-Based CLEC Electronically Based CLEC Electronically Submitted,Submitted, Electronically Processed updates: Electronically Processed updates Statewide Formula: (Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed without errors in the reporting period+ Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in the reporting period) x 1 00 Exclusions: Invalid startstop dates/times. Product Reporting:Standards: Not applicable (Reported by database type)DB-2C-1 - Listings: Parity by design NOTE 1 Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.Qwest retail and Reseller CLECs are parity by design. Because Facilities-based CLEC Electronically Submitted, Electronically Processed cannot be separated out from Reseller CLECs they are reported combined within this disaQQreQation. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 85 Directory Assistance . DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwests Directory Assistance operators, focusing on how lonci it takes for calls to be answered. Description: Measures the average time following first ring until a call is first picked up by the Qwest agent/system to answer Directory Assistance calls. .Includes all calls to Qwest directory assistance during the reporting period. .Because a system (electronic voice) prompts for city, state, and listing requested before the actual operator comes on the line, the first ring is defined as when the voice response unit places the call into queue..Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (10-second snapshot), and this count is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals..Using this method, calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next sample is taken are not counted, i.e., are effectively counted as a zero intervaL. However, this situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are counted as 10 seconds are offset by those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds Reporting Comparisons: Results for Qwest and Disaggregation Reporting: all CLECs are combined.Sub-region applicable to state Formula: L((Date and Time of Call Answer) ~ (Date and Time of First Ring)) + (Total Calls Answered by Center) Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center. . Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity by design Availability:Notes: Available . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 86 . . . . Operator Services OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services Purpose: Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwests operators, focusing on how long it takes for calls to be answered. Description: Measures the time following first ring until a call is answered by the Qwest agent..Includes all calls to Qwests operator services during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below..Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (1 O-second snapshot), and this count is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals..Using this method, calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next sample is taken are not counted, Le., are effectively counted as a zero intervaL.However, this situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are counted as 10 seconds are offset bv those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds Reporting Comparisons: Qwest and all CLECs Disaggregation Reporting: are aggregated in a single measure.Sub-region applicable to state Formula: L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring)) + (Total Calls Answered by Center) Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center. Product Reporting: None Standard:Parity by design Availabilty:Notes: Available Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Efghth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 87 Network Performance NI-1 - Trunk Blocking Purpose: Evaluates factors affecting completion of calls from Qwest end offces to CLEC end offces, compared with the completion of calls from Qwest end offces to other Qwest end offces, focusing on average busy-hour blockinci percentacies in interconnection or interoffce final trunks. Description: Measures the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection and interoffce final trunks. . Includes blocking percentages on all direct final and alternate final interconnection and interoffce trunk ciroups that are in service durinci the reoortinci period, subject to exclusions specified below.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Blockage Reporting Comparisons: Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. CLEC aggregate, Reports the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection final trunks, individual CLEC, and reported by: Qwest Interoffce trunk NI-1A Interconnection (LIS) trunks to Qwest tandem offces, with TGSR- blocking results. related exclusions applied as specified below; NI-1 B LIS trunks to Qwest end offces, with TGSR-related exclusions applied as specified below; NI-1C LIS trunks to Qwest tandem offices, without TGSR-related exclusions; NI-1D LIS trunks to other Qwest end offces, without TGSR-related exclusions. Formula: HI(Blockage in Final Trunk Group of Specified Type)x(Number of Circuits in Trunk Group)) + (Total Number of Final Trunk Circuits in all Final Trunk Groups)) x 100 Explanation: Actual average percentage of trunk blockage is calculated by dividing the equivalent average number of trunk circuits blocking by the total number of trunk circuits in final trunks of the type being measured. Exclusions: For NI-1A and NI-1B only: . Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which: - A Trunk Group Service Request (TGSR) NOTES 1 & 2 has been issued in the reporting period; or - CLECs do not submit, within 20 calendar days of receiving a TGSR: a) Responsive ASRs (or have ASRs pending that are delayed for CLEC reasons NOTE \ b) Trouble Reports; or c) Notification of traffc re-routing (as described in Note 1 below). For NI-1A, NI-1B, NI-1C, and NI-1D: . Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which Qwest can identify, in time to incorporate in the regular reporting of this measurement, the cause as being attributable to: - Trunk group out-of-service conditions arising from cable cuts, severe weather, or force majeure circumstances; - The CLEC placing trunks in a "busy" condition; - Lack of interconnection facilities to fulfill LIS requests for which the CLEC did not provide a timely forecast to Qwest. (This portion of the exclusion is limited to being applied in (a) the month the LIS requests could not be fulfilled, due to lack of facilities, and (b) each month thereafter up to the month following facility availability OR ~ to five months after the month the LIS requests could not be fulfilled, whichever is sooner NOT 4); or - Isolated incidences of blocking; about which Qwest provides notification to the CLEC, that (a) are not recurring or persistent (affecting the same trunk groups), (b) do not warrant corrective action by CLEC or Qwest, and (c) thus, do not require an actionable TGSR. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 88 . . . NI-1 - Trunk Blocking (Continued) · Trunk groups recently activated that have not been in service for a full "20-high-day, busy hour" review period. · Toll trunks, non-final trunks, and trunks that are not connected to the public switched network. · One-way trunks originating at CLEC end offices. · Owest official services trunks, local interoffce operator and directory assistance trunks, and local interoffce 911/E911 trunks. . Records with invalid product codes. · Records missino data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID. Product Reporting: Standards: LIS Trunks Where NI-1A:s 1%: Where NI-1A" 1%: Where NI-1B:s 1%: Where NI-1B" 1%: NI-1C and NI-1 D: . 1 % Parity with Owest Interoffce Trunks to tandems 1 % Parity with Owest Interoffice Trunks to end offces Diaonostic NOTE 5 Availability: Available . Notes: 1. Owest uses TGSRs to notify CLECs when trunk blocking exceeds standard thresholds or is determined to be persistent. To respond properly to TGSRs, a CLEC must (a) submit within 20 days ASRs to provide necessary trunk augmentations to avoid further blocking, (b) notify Owest within 20 days that it is initiating a Trouble Report where Owest traffcrouting problems are causing the blocking referenced by the TGSR, or (c) notify Owest that the CLEC wil undertake its own re-routing of traffc within 20 days to alleviate the blocking. 2. The TGSR-related exclusion is applied in the month in which the TGSR is issued and in the month in which the above-specified 20-day response period ends. Thus, any trunk group excluded in one month will not be excluded in the next month, unless there is (a) a 20-day period following a TGSR ends in that month, (b) there is another TGSR applicable to the next month for the same trunk group or (c) an exception documented, in lieu of issuing a subsequent TGSR, where the CLEC's response to the previous TGSR indicated that, for its own reasons, it plans to take no action at any time to augment the trunk group. 3. CLEC delays are reflected by CLEC-initiated order supplements that move the due date later. a) Owest-initiated due date delays, including supplements made pursuant to Owest requests to delay due dates, shall not be counted as CLEC delays in this measurement. b) Owest-initiated due date changes to earlier dates that the CLEC does not meet shall not be counted as a CLEC delay in this measurement unless the earlier dates were mutually agreed-upon. c) CLEC delays (e.g., "customer not ready" in advance of a due date) that do not contribute to a Owest-established due date being missed shall not be counted as a CLEC delay in this measurement. 4. The limitation on part (3) of this exclusion is intended to bound its applicability to a period of time that treats the unforecasted ASR as if it were, in effect, the first forecast for the facilities needed. a) Given that forecast advance intervals are currently six months, this provision allows the exclusion to apply for no longer than that period of time. b) Nevertheless, this limitation to the exclusion also recognizes that facilities may become available sooner and, if so, reduces the limitation accordingly. In that context, this limitation recognizes that, absent a CLEC forecast, Owest stil retains a responsibility to provide facilities for the ASR, although in a longer timeframe than for ASRs covered by forecasts. NI-1C and NI-1D will be reported for information purposes only, with no standard to be applied. c) This limitation may change depending on the outcome of separate workshops dealing with issues of interconnection forecasting. 5. NI-1C and NI-1 D will be reported for information purposes only, with no standard to be applied. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 89 NP-1 - NXX Code Activation Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of Qwests NXX code activation prior to the LERG effective date or by the "revised" effective date, as set forth herein.Description: . NP-1A: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are actually loaded and tested prior to the LERG effective date or the "revised" date, subject to exclusions shown below. NP-1 B: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are delayed beyond the LERG date or "revised" date due to Qwest-caused Interconnection facility delays, subject to exclusions shown below. Included among activations counted as a Qwest delay in this sub-measurement are cases in which "2-6 codes" NOTE 1 associated with the Qwest interconnection facilities are provided late by Qwest to the GLEG. . Qwest must receive complete and accurate routing information required for code activation, which includes but is not limited to "2-6 codes" for all interconnection trunk groups associated with the activation no less than 25 days prior to the LERG Due Date or Revised Due Date. . The "revised" date, for purposes of this measurement, is a GLEG-initiated renegotiation of the activation effective date that is no less than 25 days after Qwest receives complete and accurate routing information required for code activation, which includes but is not limited to "2-6 codes" for all interconnection trunk groups associated with the activation. . The NXX code activation notice is provided by the LERG (Local Exchange Routing Guide) to Qwest. · NXX code activation is defined as complete when all translations associated with the new NXX are complete by 11 :59 p.m. of the day prior to the date identified in the LERG or the "revised" date (if different than the LERG date). . The NXX code activation completion process includes testing, including calls to the test number when provided.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent . . Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate, Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide. individual GLEG and Qwest Retail results. Formula: NP-1A = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period prior to the LERG effective date or the "revised" date) + (Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period)) x 100 NP-1 B = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the LERG effective date or "revised" date affected by Qwest Interconnection Facilty Delays) + (Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period, including NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the LERG effective date or the "revised" date due to Interconnection Facility Delays)) x 100 Exclusions: NP-1A: . NXX code activations completed after the LERG date or "revised" date due to delays in the installation of Qwest provided interconnection facilities associated with the activations. NOTE 2 NP-1A and NP-1B: . NXX codes with LERG dates or "revised" dates resulting in loading intervals shorter than industry standard (currently 45 calendar days). . NXX codes where QWEST received complete and accurate routing informatiòn required for code activations less than 25 days prior to the LERG due date or Revised due date. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 90 . NP-1 - NXX Code Activation (continued).Product Reporting: None Standards: NP-1A: Parity NP-1B: Diagnostic Availabilty:Notes: Available 1."2-6 codes" are industry-standard designators for local interconnection trunk groups, consisting of 2 alpha letters and six numeric digits. 2.Only Owest-provided interconnection facilities are noted in this exclusion, because delays related to facilities provided by CLECs or others are accounted for by revising the due date. . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 91 Collocation . CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of Owests installation of collocation arrangements for CLECs, focusing on the averaQe time to complete such arranoements. Description: Measures the interval between the Colloction Application Date and Owests completion of the collocation installation. . Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service (RFS) date by Owest and completed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. . Collocation types included are: physical cageless, thysical caged, shared physical caged, physical- line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtuaL. NOT 1 . The Collocation Application Date is the date Owest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Owest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the weekend or holiday. . Major Infrastructure Modifications include conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment. . Completion of the collocation installation is the date on which the requested collocation arrangement is "Ready For Service" as defined in the Definition of Terms section herein. . Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established according to intervals specified in interconnection agreements. Where an interconnection agreement does not specify intervals, or where the CLEC requests, RFS dates are established as follows: . Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. . Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. . Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 92 . CP-1 -Collocation Completion Interval (continued).collocations for which the CLEe does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. · Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: - Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. - Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. · All Collocations (physical. virtual, forecasted. or unforecasted) requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote) after the Collocation Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 days following the date equipment to be collocated is provided to Qwest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure Modifications are required. Qwest will provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for, and the duration of, such extended intervals. · When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be included in CP-1A, -1 B, or -1C according to the interval criteria specified below for these measurements. · Where there is a CLEC-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled · RFS dates may be extended beyond the above intervals for CLEC reasons, or for reasons beyond Qwests control, but not for Qwest reasons. · Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirt days of the quote date, the application is considered expired..CP-1A Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation Application Date to RFS date is 90 calendar days or less. CP-1B Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation Application Date to RFS date is 91 to 120 calendar days. CP-1 C Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation Application Date to RFS date is 121 to 150 calendar days.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and individual CLEC results Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide. Formula: (for CP-1A, CP-1B and CP-1C) L((Collocation Completion Date) - (Complete Application Date)) + (Total Number of Collocations Completed in Reporting Period) .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 93 CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval (continued) Exclusions: . CP-1A: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals longer than 90 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date. . CP-1 B: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 91 calendar days or longer than 120 calendar days from Colloction Application Date to RFS date. . CP-1 C: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 121 calendar days or longer than 150 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date. . . Cancelled or expired applications. Product Reporting: None Standards: CP-1A: 90 calendar days CP-1B: 120 calendar days CP-1C: 150 calendar days Availability: Available Notes: 1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central offce related. As additional types of central offce collocation are defined and offered, they wil be included in this measurement. Non-central offce-based types of collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) wil be considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such collocation types become finalized, accpted, mature (Le., six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reportinq (i.e., consistentlv more than two per month in any state). . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 94 . .CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals Purpose: Evaluates the extent to which Qwest completes collocation arrangements for CLECs within the standard intervals or intervals established in interconnection aQreements. Description: Measures the percentage of collocation applications that are completed within standard intervals, including intervals set forth in interconnection agreements. · Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service Date RFS date by Qwest and that are completed within the reporting period, including those with CLEC~requested RFS dates longer than the standard interval and those with extended RFS dates negotiated with the CLEC (including supplemented collocation orders that extend the RFS date) subject to exclusions specified below. Collocation types included are: physical ca~eless, physical caged, shared physical caged,. physical-line sharing, cageless-Iine sharil'g, and virtuaL. OTE 1 · The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the weekend or holiday. · Major Infrastructure Modifications are defined as conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and installng DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment. · A collocation arrangement is counted as met under this measurement if its RFS date is met. · Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established as follows, except where interconnection agreements require different intervals, in which case the intervals specified in the interconnection agreements apply: · Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: - Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. - Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. · Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: - Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. - Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. · Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: - Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. - Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. · Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Readv - for . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 95 CP-2.. Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued) virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accpts the quote in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be: - Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. - Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. . All Collocations (physical. virtual. forecasted. or unforecasted) requiring Major Infrastructure Modifcations: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote) after the Collocation Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 calendar days following the date equipment to be collocated is provided to Qwest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure Modifications are required. Qwest wil provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for, and the duration of, such extended intervals. . When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, completion intervals wil be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be included in CP-2A, -28, or -2C according to the criteria specifed below for these measurements. . Where there is a CLEC-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled. . Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty calendar days of the quote date, the application is considered expired. . CP-2A Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for which CLEC provides a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. CP-2B Non-Forecasted and Late Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for which CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date. CP-2C All Collocations requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications and Collocations with intervals longer than 120 days: Measures all collocation installations requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications and collocations for which the RFS date is more than 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date. . Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and individual CLEC results Formula: (for CP-2A, CP-28 and CP-2C) ((Count of Collocations for which the RFS is met) + (Total Number of Collocations Completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100 Exclusions: . RFS dates missed for reasons beyond Qwests control. . Cancelled or expired requests. Product Reporting: None Standards: CP-2A & -28: 90% CP-2C: 90% Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 96 . CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued).Availability: Available Notes: 1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central offce related. As additional types of central offce collocation are defined and offered, they wil be included in this measurement. Non-central offce-based types of collocation (such as remote colloction and field connection points) will be considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reportinQ (Le., consistentlv more than two per month in any state). . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 97 CP-3 - Collocation Feasibilty Study Interval . Purpose: Evaluates the timeliness of the Owest sub-process function of providing a collocation feasibility study to the CLEC. Description: Measures average interval to respond to collocation studies for feasibility of installation..Includes feasibilty studies, for collocations of types specified herein that are completed in the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Collocation types included are: physical cageless, lhysical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line shanng, cageless-line sharing, and virtuaL. NOT 1.Interval begins with the Collocation Application Date and ends with the date Owest completes the Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC..The Collocation Application Date is the date Owest receives from the CLEC a complete application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by Owest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day followina the weekend or holiday. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. individual CLEC results Formula: ¿((Date Feasibility Study provided to CLEC) - (Date Owest receives CLEC request for Feasibility Study)) + (Total Feasibility Studies Completed in the Reporting Penod ) Exclusions:.CLEC-caused delays of, or CLEC requests for feasibility study completions resulting in greater than ten calendar days from Collocation Application Date to scheduled feasibility study completion date. Product Reporting:None Standard:10 calendar days or less Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.Collocations covered by this measurement are central offce related. As additional types of central offce collocation are defined and offered, they will be included in this measurement. Non-central offce-based types of collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reporting (i.e., consistently more than two per month in any state). . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 98 . . . . CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met Purpose: Evaluates the degree that Qwest completes the sub-process function of providing a collocation feasibilitv studv to the CLEC as committed. Description: Measures the percentage of collocation feasibility studies for installations that are completed within the Scheduled Interval.The Scheduled Interval is ten calendar days from the Collocation Application Date or, if interconnection agreements call for different intervals, within intervals specified in the agreements, or if otherwise delayed by the CLEC, the interval resulting from the delay..Includes all feasibility studies for collocations of types specified herein, that are completed in the reporting period. Collocation types included are: physical cageless, physical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line sharing, cageless-Iine sharing, and virtuaL. NOTE 1.Considers the interval from the Collocation Application Date to the date Qwest completes the Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC..The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the weekend or holiday..Subject to superceding terms in the CLEC's interconnection agreement, when a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, feasibility study intervals wil be individually negotiated and the resulting intervals used instead of ten calendar days in this measurement. Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL. and individual CLEC results Formula: ((Total Applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed within Scheduled Intervals) + (Total applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed in the reporting period)) x 100 Exclusions: None Product Reporting: None Standard:90 percent or more Availabilty:Notes: Available 1.Collocations covered by this measurement are central offce related. As additional types of central offce collocation are defined and offered, they will be included in this measurement. Non-central offce-based types of collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) wil be considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (Le., six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reporting (Le., consistently more than two per month in any state). Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 99 DEFINITION OF TERMS . Application Date (and Time) - The date (and time) on which Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete and accurate local service request (LSR) or access service request (ASR) or retail order, subject to the following: . For the following types of requests/orders, the application date (and time) is the start of the next business day: (1) LSRs and ASRs received after 3:00PM MT for Designed Services and Local Number Portability (except non-designed, flow-through LNP). (2) Retail orders received after 3:00 PM local time for Designed Services. (3) LSRs received after 7:00PM MT for POTS Resale (Residence and Business), Non-Design Resale Centrex, non-designed UNE-P, Unbundled Loops, and non-designed, flow-through LNP. (4) Retail orders for comparable non-designed services cannot be received after closing time, so the cutoff time is essentially the business office closing time. . For all types of orders that are received from Friday at 7:00 PM MT through Sunday, or on holidays, and do not flow through, the application date (and time) is the next, non-weekend business day. Automatic Location Information (ALI) - The feature of E911 that displays at the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) the street address of the callng telephone number. This feature requires a data storage and retrieval system for translåting telephone numbers to the associated address. ALI may include Emergency Service Number (ESN), street address, room or floor, and names of the enforcement, fire and medical agencies with jurisdictional responsibility for the address. The Management System (E911) database is used to update the Automatic E911 Location Information databases. Bil Date - The date shown at the top of the bil, representing the date on which Qwest begins to close the bilL. Blocking - Condition on a telecommunications network where, due to a maintenance problem or an traffic volumes exceeding trunking capacity in a part of the network, some or all originating or terminating calls cannot reach their final destinations. Depending on the condition and the part of the network affected, the network may make subsequent attempts to complete the call or the call may be completely blocked. If the call is completely blocked, the calling party wil have to re-initiate the call attempt. Business Day - Workdays that Qwest is normally open for business. Business Day = Monday through Friday, excluding weekends and Qwest published Holidays including New Year's Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor, Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Individual measurement definitions may modify (typically expanding) this definition as described in the Notes section of the measurement definition. Cleared Trouble Report - A trouble report for which the trouble has been cleared, meaning the customer is "back in service". Closed Trouble Report - A trouble report that has been closed out from a maintenance center perspective, meaning the ticket is closed in the trouble reporting system following repair of the trouble. Code Activation. (Opening) ~ Process by which new NPAlNXXs (area code/prefix) is defined, through softare translations to network databases and switches, in telephone networks. Code activation (openings) allow for new groups of telephone numbers (usually in blocks of 10,000) to be made available for assignment to an ILEC's or CLEC's customers, and for calls to those numbers to be passed between carriers. Common Channel Signaling System 7 (CCSS7) - A network architecture used to for the exchange of signaling information between telecommunications nodes and networks on an out-of-band basis. Information exchanged provides for call set-up and supports services and features such as CLASS and database query and response. Common Transport - Trunk groups between tandem and end office switches that are shared by more than one carrier, often including the traffc of both the ILEC and several CLECs. Completion - The time in the order process when the service has been provisioned and service is available. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 100 . .DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued) Completion Notice - A notification the ILEC provides to the CLEC to inform the CLEC that the requested service order activity is complete. Coordinated Customer Conversion -- Orders that have a due date negotiated between the ILEC, the CLEC, and the customer so that work activities can be performed on a coordinated basis under the direction of the receiving carrier. Customer Requested Due Date - A specific due date requested by the customer which is either shorter or longer than the standard interval or the interval offered by the ILEC. Customer Trouble Reports - A report that the carrier providing the underlying service opens when notified that a customer has a problem with their service. Once resolved, the disposition of the trouble is changed to closed. Dedicated Transport - A network facility reserved to the exclusive use of a single customer, carrier or pair of carriers used to exchange switched or special, local exchange, or exchange access traffc. Delayed Order - An order which has been completed after the scheduled due date and/or time. Directory Assistance Database - A database that contains subscriber records used to provide live or automated operator-assisted directory assistance. Including 411, 555-1212, NPA-555-1212. Directory Listings - Subscriber information used for DA and/or telephone directory publishing, including name and telephone number, and optionally, the customer's address. DS-o - Digital Service Level O. Service provided at a digital signal speed commonly at 64 kbps, but occasionally at 56 kbps. DS-1 - Digital Service Level 1. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 1.544 Mbps. DS-3 - Digital Service Level 3. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 44.736 Mbps. Due Date - The date provided on the Firm Order Confirmation (FOG) the ILEC sends the CLEC identifying the planned completion date for the order. End Offce Switch - A switch from which an end users' exchange services are directly connected and offered. Final Trunk Groups - Interconnection and interoffce trunk groups that do not overflow traffc to other trunk groups when busy. Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) - Notice the ILEC sends to the CLEC to notify the CLEC that it has received the CLECs service request, created a service order, and assigned it a due date. Flow-Through -The term used to describe whether a LSR electronically is passed from the OSS interface system to the ILEC legacy system to automatically create a service order. LSRs that do not flow through require manual intervention for the service order to be created in the ILEC legacy system. Interval Zone 1/Zone 2 - Interval Zone 1 areas are wire centers for which Qwest specifies shorter standard service intervals than for Interval Zone 2 areas. Installation - The activity performed to activate a service. Installation Troubles - A trouble, which is identified after service order activity and installation, has completed on a customer's line. It is likely attributable to the service activity (within a defined time period). Interconnection Trunks - A network facility that is used to interconnect two switches generally of different local exchange carriers Inward Activity - Refers to all orders for new or additional lines/circuits. For change order types, additional lines/circuits consist of all C orders with "i" and ''T action coded line/circuit USOCs that represent new or additional lines/circuits, including conversions from retail to CLEC and CLEC to CLEC. Jeopardy - A condition experienced in the service provisioning process which results potentially in the inability of a carrier to meet the committed due date on a service order Jeopardy Notice - The actual notice that the ILEC sends to the CLEC when a jeopardy has been identified. Lack of Facilties - A shortage of cable facilities identified after a due date has been committed to a customer, including the CLEC. The facilities shortage may be identified during the inventory assignment process or during the service installation process, and typically triggers a jeopardy. Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG) - A Bellcore master fie that is used by the telecom industry to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information, as well as network element and equipment designations. The file ¡;Iso includes scheduled network changes associated with activity within the North American Numbering Plan (NANP). Local Exchange Traffic - Traffic originated on the network of a LEC in a local calling area that terminates to another LEC in a local callng area. . .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 101 DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued).Local Number Portabilty (formerly defined under Permanent Number Portability and also known as - Long Term Number Portbilty) - A network technology which allows end user customers to retain their telephone number when moving their service between local service providers. This technology does not employ remote call forwarding, but actually allows the customer's telephone number to be moved and redefined in the network of the new service provider. The activity to move the telephone number is called "porting." Local Service Request (LSR) - Transaction sent from the CLEC to the ILEC to order services or to request a change(s) be made to existing services. MSAlNon-MSA - Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined geographic area with a population of 50,000 or greater. Non-Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined geographic area with population of less than 50,000. Owest depicts MSA Non-MSA based on NPA NXX. Where a wire center is predominantly within an MSA, all lines are counted within the MSA. Mechanized Bil - A bill that is delivered via electronic transmission. NXX, NXX Code or Central Offce Code - The three digit switch entity indicator that is defined by the "0", "E", and "F" digits of a 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NXX Code contains 10,000 station numbers. Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) - Refers to basic 2-wire, non-complex analog residential and business services. Can include feature capabilities (e.g., CLASS features). Projects - Service requests that exceed the line size and/or level of complexity which would allow for the use of standard ordering and provisioning processes. Generally, due dates for projects are negotiated, coordination of service installations/changes is required and automated provisioning may not be practicaL. Query Types - Pre-ordering information that is available to a CLEC that is categorized according to standards issued by OBF and/or the FCC. Ready For Service (RFS) - The status achieved in the installation of a collocation arrangement when all "operational" work has been completed. Operational work consists of the following as applicable to the particular type of collocation: . Cage enclosure complete; . DC power is active (including fuses available, BDFB (Battery Distribution Fuse Board) in place, and cables between the CLEC and power terminated); . Primary AC outlet in place; . Cable racking and circuit terminations are complete (e.g. fiber jumpers placed between the Outside Plant Fiber Distribution Panel and the Central Offce Fiber Distribution Panel serving the CLEC). and . The following items complete, subject to. the CLEC having made required payments to Owest (e.g., final payment): (If the required CLEC payments have not been made, the following items are not required for RFS): Key turnover made available to CLEC. APOT/CFA complete, as defined/required in the CLEC's interconnection agreement and Basic telephone service and other services and facilities complete, if ordered by CLEC in time to be provided on the scheduled RFS date (per Owests published standard installation intervals for such telephone service). Ready for Service Date (RFS date) - The due date assigned to a collocation order (typically determined by regulatory rulings, contract terms, or negotiations with CLEC) to indicate when collocation installation is scheduled to be ready for service, as defined above. Reject - A status that can occur to a CLEC submitted local service request (LSR) when it does not meet certain criteria. There are two types of rejects: (1) syntax, which occur if required fields are not included in the LSR; and (2) content, which occur if invalid data is provided in a field. A rejected service request must be corrected and re-submitted before provisioning can begin. Repeat Report - Any trouble report that is a second (or greater) report on the same telephone number/circuit 10 and at the same premises address within 30 days. The original report can be any category, including excluded reports, and can carry any disposition code. Service Group Type - The designation used to identify a category of similar services, .e.g., UNE loops. Service Order - The work order created and distributed in ILECs systems and to ILEC work groups in response to a complete, valid local service request. . Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 102 . DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued).Service Order Type - The designation used to identify the major types of provisioning activities associated with a local service request. Standard Interval - The interval that the ILEC publishes as a guideline for establishing due dates for provisioning a service request. Typically, due dates will not be assigned with intervals shorter than the standard. These intervals are specified by service type and type of service modification requested. ILECs publish these standard intervals in documents used by their own service representatives as well as ordering instructions provided to CLECs in the Owest Standard Interval Guidelines. Subsequent Reports - A trouble report that is taken in relation to a previously-reported trouble prior to the date and time the initial report has a status of "closed." Tandem Switch - Switch used to connect and switch trunk circuits between and among Central Offce switches. Time to Restore - The time interval from the receipt, by the ILEC, of a trouble report on a customer's service to the time service is fully restored to the customer. Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-P) - Combinations of network elements, including both new and conversions, involving POTS (Le., basic services providing dial tone). Unbundled Loop - The Unbundled Loop is a transmission path between a Owest Central Office Distribution Frame, or equivalent, and the Loop Demarcation Point at an end user premises. Loop Demarcation Point is defined as the point where Owest owned or controlled facilities cease, and CLEC, end user, owner or landlord ownership of facilities begins. Usage Data - Data generated in network nodes to identify switched call data on a detailed or summarized basis. Usage data is used to create customer invoices for the calls. . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 103 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS . ACRONYM DESCRIPTION ACD Automatic Call Distributor ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ALI Automatic Line Information (for 911/E911 systems) ASR Service Request (processed via Exact system) BRI Basic Rate Interface (type of ISDN service) CABS Carrier Access Billna System CKT Circuit CLEC Competitive Local Exchange Carrier CO Central Offce CPE Customer Premises Equipment CRIS Customer Record Information System CSR Customer Service Record DA Directory Assistance DB Decibel DB Database DSO Digital Service 0 DS1 Digital Service 1 DS3 Diaital Service 3 E911 MS E911 Management System EAS Extended Area Service EB-TA Electronic Bondina - Trouble Administration EDI Electronic Data Interchange EELS Enhanced Extended Loops ES Emeraency Services (for 911/E911) FOC Firm Order Confirmation GUI Graphical User Interface HDSL High-Bit-Rate Digital Subscriber Line HICAP Hiah Capacitv Diaital Service IEC Interexchange Carrier ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier INP Interim Number Portability 10F Interoffce Facilities (refers to trunk facilities located between Qwest central offces) ISDN Intearated Services Diaital Network IMA Interconnect Mediated Access LATA Local Access Transport Area LERG Local ExchanQe Routina Guide L1DB Line Identification Database LIS Local Interconnection Service Trunks LNP Long Term Number Portability LSR Local Service Request N, T,C Service Order Types - - N (new), T (to or transfer), C (change) NANP North American Numbering Plan NDM Network Data Mover NPAC Number Portability Administration Center NXX Telephone number prefix OBF Ordering and Billng Forum OOS Out of service (type of trouble condition) OSS Operations Support Systems . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 104 . GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS (continued).ACRONYM DESCRIPTION PBX Private Branch Exchançie PON Purchase Order Number POTS Plain Old Telephone Service PRI PrimaryRate Interface (type of ISDN service) RFS Ready for Service (refers to collocation installations) SIA SMFE (Strategic Application Architecture Framework and Environment) Information Access SOP Service Order Processor SOT Service Order Type SS7 Siçinalinçi System 7 STP Siçinalinçi Transfer Point TN Telephone Number UDIT Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport UNE Unbundled Network Element UNE-P Unbundled Network Element - Platform VRU Voice Response Unit WFA Work Force Administration XDSL (x) Digital Subscriber Line. (The "XU prefix refers to DSL generically. An "XU replaced by an "AU refers to Asymmetric DSL, and bv an "Hu refers to Hiçih-bit-rate DSL.) . .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 105 APPENDIX A PO-20 Feature Detail Fields Feature Detail Resale and UNE.P (POTS and Centrex 21): CFN Validate the call forwarding TN CFNB Validate the call forwarding TN CFND Validate the call forwarding TN RCYC FlO associated with a call forwarding don't answer USOC that determines how many rings before the call forwards to the TN provided with the CFN or CFND FIDs. . HLN (HLA Hot Line) FlO associated with the USOC HLA (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The Hot Line feature call forwards automatically to a pre-programmed number. This TN is provided following the HLN FlO. The data provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the HLN FlO on the service order to determine . whether the FlO is present and the TN provided on the LSR with the FlO is correct on the service order. LINK (HME CALL FORWARDING TO CELLULAR) FlO associated with the USOC HME (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The HME feature call forwards a call from the land line telephone number to a cellular telephone number. The LINK FlO, along with the PCS telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR, will be validated against the LINK FlO on the service order to determine whether the FlO is present and the telephone number provided 011 the LSR matches the telephone number on the service order. DES on DID MBB If the CLEC requests a DID voice mailbox the DID number will follow the FlO DES on the LSR in the Feature Detail section and on the service order. The DES FlO along with the DID telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR wil be validated against the DES FlO on the service order to determine whether the FlO is present and the DID telephone number provided on the matches the telephone number on the service order. Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 106 . APPENDIX A (continued).TN on Custom Ring USOC (RGG1A etc.) We currently have 9 custom ring USOCs on our PO-20 USOC list. Along with the custom ring USOC is the TN FID. The TN FID along with the custom ring telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR wil be validated against the TN FID on the service order to determine whether the FID is present and the custom ring telephone provided on the LSR with the FID is correct on the service order. (The validation would only apply if the USOC and FID were present in the Feature Detail section of the LSR.) CAS (If provided on LSR for SEA) Call Screening Code Assignment is a FID associated with the selective class of call feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.) Along with the CAS FID is a two-digit number that indicates what type of screening is being requested. The CAS FID along with a two-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the two~digit number matches the two-digit number provided on the LSR. WW (if provided on LSR for TFM) Working With is a FID associated with the transfer mailbox feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.) Along with the WW FID is a ten-digit number that indicates where the voice mailbox is located. The WW FID along with the ten-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-digit number matches the ten-digit number provided on the LSR. . MBOA (if provided on LSR for VFN) Mailbox out-dial notification is a FlO associated with the message notification feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.) Along with the MBOA FID is a two-digit alphanumeric combination that indicates where the notification will be sent (Le., identifies pager type.) The MBOA FID along with the two-digit alphanumeric combination is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the two-digit alphanumeric matches the two- digit alphanumeric p~ovided on the LSR. DES on VGT (if provided on LSR) Description is a FID associated with the scheduled greeting feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.) Along with the DES FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the DID mailbox number. The DES FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on the LSR. WL T (WLS Warm Line) Warm line timeout is a FID associated with the warm line feature. Along with the WL T FID is a one or two numeric value that indicates the number of seconds that must elapse before the DMS-100 switch sets up the connection for a warm line service number. The WL T FID along with the one or two numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the one or two numeric value matches the one or two numeric value provided on the LSR. .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 107 APPENDIX A (continued) FIDs associated with WFA (800 service line feature which is on our USOC list to validate): SIT (if provided on LSR for WFA) Special identifying telephone number is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the SIT FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the 800,888,877, or 866 service line feature. The SIT FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on the LSR. SIS (if provided on LSR for WFA) Special Identifying Telephone Number Supplemental is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. The SiS FID along with a one-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the one-digit number matches the one-digit number provided on the LSR. ELN (if provided on LSR for WFA) 800 Service listed name is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELN FID is a listed name, which follows the format of a business name. The ELN FID along with the name is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the name matches the name provided on the LSR. ELA (if provided on LSR for WFA) 800 listed address is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELA FID is an address, which follows the format of a listed address plus LATA, State, and zip code. The ELA FID along with the address is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the address matches the address provided on the LSR. AOS (if provided on LSR for WFA) Area of service is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the AOS FID are one to two alphanumeric characters and three numeric characters which represents LATA and AC of the address. The AOS FID along with the additional characters are provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the additional characters match the additional characters provided on the LSR. ALC (if provided on LSR for WFA) IntraLATA carrier is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. It indicates the IntraLATA carrier for the 800 service. Along with the ALC FID is the three-digit code (OTC) for the IntraLATA carrier. The ALC FID along with the three-digit code is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the three-digit code matches the three-digit code provided on the LSR. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 108 . . . APPENDIX A (continued).Resale and UNE.P Centrex 21 FIDs associated with 503, 505, 5FB, C2TAX (Electronic Business Set U50Cs which are on our U50Clist to validate): . KEY (If provided on L5R for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs) Key Designation (KEY number) is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the KEY FID is a numeric value that indicates the key designated for different features or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along with the numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the numeric value matches the numeric value provided on the LSR. MADN (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs) Multiple Appearance Directory Number Call Arrangement is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the MADN FID is a set of alpha values that indicate the type, appearance and ring status desired for different features or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along with the alpha values is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha values match the alpha values provided on the LSR. ROL (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs) Ring On Line is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the ROL FID is an alpha value that indicates if the line wil ring (Y or N). The ROL FID along with the alpha value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha value matches the alpha value provided on the LSR..TTD (If provided on LSR for C2TAX) Terminal Type is a FID associated with the adjunct module feature. Along with the TTYD FID is a 4 character alpha value based on customer equipment. The TTYD FID along with the 4 character alpha value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 4 character alpha value matches the 4 character alpha value provided on the LSR. .Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 109 APPENDIX A (continued) FIDs associated with E3PPK (CALL PICK-UP feature which is on our USOC list to validate): CPG (If provided on LSR for E3PPK) Call Pickup Group is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPG FlO is a 1-3 digit numeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPG FlO along with the 1-3 digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 1-3 digit numeric value matches the 1-3 digit numeric value provided on the LSR. CPUO (If provided on LSR for E3PPK) Call Pickup-Originating is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPUO FlO is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUO FlO along with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR. CPUT (If provided on LSR for E3PPK) Call Pickup-Terminating is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPUT FlO is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUT FlO along with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR. FIDs associated with GVJ, EZJ, GVZ, GV2, EVH, GW (Speed Call feature USOCs that are on our USOC list to validate): SCG (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs) Speed Call Group is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCG FlO is a 7 digit numeric value that identifies the controller of the group. The SCG FlO along with the 7 digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 7 digit numeric value matches 7 digit numeric value provided on the LSR. CSL (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs) Change Speed Callng Group List is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the CSL FlO is a 2 digit numeric value that identifies the size of the group list. The SCG FlO along with the 7 digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 2 digit numeric value matches 2 digit numeric value provided on the LSR. SCF (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs) Speed Calling Feature Name is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCF FlO is an alphanumeric value that identifies the controller of the shared list. The SCF FlO along with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 110 . . . .EXHIBIT C See Qwests Wholesale web-site for the Service Interval Guide. . .Exhibit C -Owest Fourteen State Template Version 1.8, May 11, 2005 . . . Exhibit D INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Qwest October 4, 2004 Page 1 . . .Owest All States EXHIBIT E INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK October 4, 2004 Page 1 .EXHIBIT F SPECIAL REQUEST PROCESS 1.The Special Request Process shall be used for the following requests: 1.1 Intentionally Left Blank. 1.2 Intentionally Left Blank. 1.3 Requesting a combination of Unbundled Network Elements that is a combination not currently offered by Qwest as a standard product and: 1.3.1 that is made up of UNEs that are defined by the FCC or the Commission as a network element to which Qwest is obligated to provide unbundled access, and; 1.3.2 that is made up of UNEs that are ordinarily combined in the Qwest network. 1.4 Requesting an Unbundled Network Element that does not require a technical feasibility analysis and has been defined by the FCC or the State Commission as a network element to which Qwest is obligated to provide unbundled access, but for which Qwest has not created a standard product..2. Any request that requires an analysis of Technical Feasibility shall be treated as a Bona Fide Request (BFR), and wil follow the BFR Process set forth in this Agreement. If it is determined that a request should have been submitted through the BFR process, Qwest wil consider the BFR time frame to have started upon receipt of the original Special Request application form. 3. A Special Request shall be submitted in writing and on the appropriate Qwest form, which is located on Qwests website. 4. Qwest shall acknowledge receipt of the Special Request within two (2) business days of receipt. 5. Qwest shall respond with an analysis, including costs and timeframes, within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of the Special Request. In the case of UNE Combinations, the analysis shall include whether the requested combination is a combination of network elements that are ordinarily combined in the Qwest network. If the request is for a combination of network elements that are not ordinarily combined in the Qwest network, the analysis shall indicate to CLEC that it should use the BFR process if CLEC elects to pursue its request. 6. Upon request, Qwest shall provide CLEC with Qwests supporting cost data and/or studies for Unbundled Network Elements that CLEC wishes to order within seven (7) business days, except where Qwest cannot obtain a release from its vendors within seven (7) business days, in which case Qwest wil make the data available as soon as Qwest receives the vendor release. Such cost data shall be treated as Confidential Information, if requested by Qwest under the non-disclosure sections of this Agreement. . Qwest All States August 24, 2006 Page 1 . . .Qwest All States EXHIBIT G INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK October 4, 2004 Page 1 EXHIBIT H.Calculation of the Relative Use Factor (RUF) Minutes that are Qwests responsibilty CAl: · All EAS/LocaI251(b)(5) Minutes of Use (MOU) that Qwest sends to CLEC · All Qwest Exchange Access MOU that Qwest sends to CLEC · EAS/Local 251 (b )(5) traffc that transits Qwest network and is terminated to CLEC, for which Qwest receives compensation from the originating Carrier for performing the local transiting function · AllintraLATA transit MOU that Qwest sends to CLEC · All ISP-bound and FX MOU that CLEC sends to Qwest Minutes that are CLEC's responsibilty CB): . · All EAS/LocaI251(b)(5) MOU that CLEC sends to Qwest · All Exchange Access MOU that CLEC sends to Qwest · All EAS/LocaI251(b)(5) traffic that CLEC sends to Qwest for termination on another Carrier's network . · All IntraLA T A transit MOU that CLEC sends to Qwest · All Jointly Provided Switched Access (unless joint NECA 4 billing percentages have been fied) that Qwest sends to CLEC and that CLEC sends to Qwest · All ISP-bound and VNXX MOU that Qwest sends to CLEC · All VNXX MOU that transits Qwest network and is terminated to CLEC The mathematical equation for RUF is as follows: Qwest (A) J (A+B) Rounded to nearest whole percentage CLEC (B) J (A+B) Rounded to nearest whole percentage Data used for the calculation wil be the average of the most recent three (3) months' usage determined not to be an anomaly. .Exhibit H -Qwest Eleven State Template Version 1.8, August 22, 2008 Qwest All States Except Colorado - Minnesota and Washington Exhibit I - Individual Case Basis.1.This Agreement contains references to both ICB rates and ICB intervals. The purose of this exhibit is to identify how CLEC's ICB requests - whether they be for rates or intervals - are processed through and by Qwest. 2. ICB Rate Intervals 2.1 For those products and services identified in the Agreement that contain a provision for ICB rates, Qwest wil provide CLEC with a written quote of the ICB rate within twenty (20) business days unless a specific interval for providing the quote is either contained in the Agreement or this Exhibit. 2.2 The purose ofthis subsection is to identify those circumstances when the generic twenty (20) business day interval in the aforementioned subsection to this Exhibit does not apply. In these specified circumstances, Qwest shall provide CLEC with an ICB quote within the stated specific intervals: 2.2.1 Quotes for all Bona Fide Requests (BFR) shall be provided in accord with Section 17. 2.2.2 Quotes for all Special Request Processes (SRP) shall be provided in accord with Exhibit F. .2.2.3 Quotes for all collocation requests, regardless of the type of collocation, shall be provided in accord with the Section 8 intervaL. 2.2.4 Quotes for all Field Connection Point requests shall be provided in accord with Section 9.3. 2.2.5 Quotes for all Advanced Intellgent Network (AIN) requests shall be provided in accord with Section 9. 2.3 Upon request, Qwest shall provide CLEC with Qwests supporting cost data and/or cost studies for the Unbundled Network Element or service that CLEC wishes to order within seven (7) business days, except where Qwest cannot obtain a release from its vendors within seven (7) business days, in which case Qwest wil make the data available as soon as Qwest receives the vendor release. Consistent with the terms and conditions of any applicable vendor contract or agreement, Qwest shall diligently pursue obtaining the release of cost information as soon as reasonably possible. To the extent consistent with the terms and obligations of any applicable vendor contract or agreement, Qwest shall request the release of vendor cost information when Qwest communicates with the vendor(s) when Qwest seeks a quote for the costs of the ICB project. Such cost data shall be treated as confidential information if requested by Qwest under the non-disclosure sections of this Agreement. 3. ICB Provisioning Intervals.Negotiations Template, Exhibit i 9-20-04 Page 1 Exhibit I - Individual Case Basis .3.1 For those products and services provided pursuant to ths Agreement that contain a provision for ICB interval but do not contain a specific provision for when the ICB interval shall be provided, the ICB interval shall be provided within twenty (20) business days of receipt of the order, request or application. 3.2 For ICB intervals for those products and services that require negotiated project time lines for installation, such as 2/4 wire analog loop for more than twenty-five (25) loops, the Qwest representative, authorized to commit to intervals, shall meet with CLEC's representative within seven (7) business days of receipt of the request from CLEC to negotiate intervals. . Negotiations Template, Exhibit i 9-20-04 Page 2 . .Exhibit J Election of Reciprocal Compensation Option INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK . .Negotiations Template Exhibit J Page 1 .Exhibit K PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE PLAN 1.0 Introduction 1.1 As set forth in this Agreement, Owest and CLEC voluntarily agree to the terms of the following Performance Assurance Plan ("PAP"), initially prepared in conjunction with Owests application for approval under Section 271 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") to offer in-region long distance service and subsequently modified in accordance with the Commission's orders and, where applicable, by operation of law. 2.0 Plan Structure 2.1 The PAP is a two-tiered, self-executing remedy plan. CLEC shall be provided with Tier 1 payments if, as applicable, Owest does not provide parity between the service it provides to CLEC and that which it provides to its own retail customers, or Owest fails to meet applicable benchmarks. . 2.1.1 As specified in section 7.0, if Owest fails to meet parity and benchmark standards on an aggregate CLEC basis, Owest shall make Tier 2 payments to a Fund established by the state regulatory commission or, if required by existing law, to the state general fund. 2.2 As specified in sections 6.0 and 7.0 and Attachments 1 and 2, payment is generally on a per occurrence basis, (Le., a set dollar payment times the number of non-conforming service events). For the performance measurements which do not lend themselves to per occurrence payment, payment is on a per measurement basis, (Le., a set dollar payment). The level of payment also depends upon the number of consecutive months of non-conforming performance, (Le., an escalating payment the longer the duration of non-conforming performance) unless otherwise specified. 2.3 Owest shall be in conformance with the parity standard when service Owest provides to CLEC is equivalent to that which it provides to its retail customers. The PAP relies upon statistical scoring to determine whether any difference between CLEC and Owest performance results is significant, that is, not attributable to simple random variation. Statistical parity shall exist when performance results for CLEC and for Owest retail analogue result in a z-value that is no greater than the critical z- values listed in the Critical Z-Statistical Table in section 5.0. 2.4 For performance measurements that have no Owest retail analogue, agreed upon benchmarks shall be used. Benchmarks shall be evaluated using a "stare and compare" method. For example, if the benchmark is for a particular performance measurement is 95% or better, Owest performance results must be at least 95% to meet the benchmark. Percentage benchmarks wil be adjusted to round the. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 1- Exhibit K . allowable number of misses up or down to the closest integer, except when a benchmark standard and low CLEC volume are such that a 100% performance result would be required to meet the standard and has not been attained in which case section 3.1.2 applies. 3.0 Performance Measurements 3.1 The performance measurements that are in the PAP and either (1) subject to the PAP payment mechanisms or (2) not subject to the PAP payment mechanisms but subject to the Reinstatement/Removal Process set forth in section 3.2 below are identified in Attachment 1 and sections 6.3 and 7.4. Each performance measurement identified is defined in the Performance Indicator Definitions ("Pi Os") included in the SGA T at Exhibit B. 3.1.1 On Attachment 1, the measurements have been designated as Tier 1, Tier 2, or both Tier 1 and Tier 2 and given a High, Medium, or Low designation. 3.1.2 Where applicable elsewhere in the PAP, this provision modifies other provisions and operates as follows: For any Tier 1 or Tier 2 benchmark or non-interval parity performance sub-measure, Owest shall apply one allowable miss to a sub-measure disaggregation that otherwise would require 100% performance before the performance is considered as non-conforming to standard (1) if at the CLEC-aggregate level, the performance standard is met or (2) where the CLEC-aggregate performance must be 100% to meet the standard, the CLEC-aggregate performance is conforming after applying one allowable miss at that leveL. . 3.2 The following measures, which are listed in Attachment 1 or section 7.4, are not subject to the payment mechanisms of the PAP; however, they are subject to the PID Reinstatement/Removal Process. All other measures listed in Attachment 1, section 6.3 or section 7.4 are subject to the PAP payment mechanisms, but they are not subject to the PIO Reinstatement/Removal Process. GA-3 Gateway Availability EB-TA GA-4 System Availability EXACT GA-7 Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases PO-3 LSR Rejection Notice Interval PO-50 Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (ASRs for LIS Trunks) PO-7 Biling Completion Notification Timeliness PO-8 Jeopardy Notice Interval PO-16 Timely Release Notifications OP-17 Timeliness of Disconnects Associated with LNP Orders MR-11 LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes BI-4 Billing Completeness . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 2- .Exhibit K NI-1 NP-1 Trunk Blocking NXX Gode Activation 3.3 PID ReinstatemenURemoval Process: If Qwests performance for any sub- measure of the PIDs listed in section 3.2 above does not conform to the established PID standard as set forth in the PAP for three consecutive months, that sub-measure will be reinstated (Le., be subject to the PAP payment mechanisms) subject to the retroactive payment provision of section 3.3.2 and subject to the PAP payment mechanisms effective in the month following the three consecutive months. The determination of whether a PID sub-measure is reinstated is made no later than at the end of the second month following the third consecutive month of non-conforming performance. The sub-measure wil remain subject to the PAP payment mechanisms until Qwests performance for that sub-measure satisfies the established standards for three consecutive months. Effective the month following such conforming performance, the sub-measure wil no longer be subject to the PAP payment mechanisms but will continue to be subject to the PID ReinstatemenURemoval Process. The determination of whether a PID sub-measure is removed from being subject to the PAP payment mechanisms is made no later than the end of the second month following the third consecutive month of conforming performance. Where applicable elsewhere in the PAP, this PID ReinstatemenURemoval Process modifies other provisions and operates as follows:.3.3.1 Disaggregation and Reporting Levels: Performance wil be evaluated at the lowest level of disaggregation defined in Exhibit B of the SGA T on a GLEG-aggregated or other-aggregated basis such that performance is evaluated for the purposes of administering the ReinstatemenURemoval Process on a statewide or regionwide level, as applicable per the PID. 3.3.2 Retroactive Payments: To calculate retroactive payments for the sub- measures reinstated, PAP payment mechanisms will be applied to the three consecutive months in which the standard was missed, which triggered reinstatement. These retroactive payments wil be made to applicable GLEGs or the Tier 2 Fund, depending upon the tier designation of the PID, at the end of the third month after the month in which performance triggered re- instatement. 3.3.2.1 Accounting .for Payments: In support of retroactive payments (section 3.3.2 above), Qwest will account separately forPAP payments that would have been made to individual GLEGs or to the Tier 2 Fund for a sub-measure as though it had been subject to the PAP payment mechanisms, where automatic reinstatement applies, and account separately in the same manner for the time between when it is determined that a sub-measure met the standard for automatic removal and the effective date of removal (the month following the three consecutive "met" months). With regard to sub-measures that are subsequently removed again through this process, any PAP payments.Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 3- Exhibit K . made during the three consecutive months which triggers automatic removal wil not be recovered by Qwest. 3.3.2.2 Interest: In the case of automatic reinstatement, retroactive payments will include interest calculated at the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal from the date a payment would have been made to the date the payment is actually made. 3.3.2.3 Tracking: Qwest wil track and report service and payment results, including retroactive and avoided (Le., during periods of removal) PAP payments and the disposition of the avoided payments on a CLEC, PID sub-measure and aggregate basis each month. 3.3.3 Public Website: Qwest wil maintain a public website showing the PAP status of each PID or sub-measure with respect to the applicability of the PAP payment mechanisms (Le., reinstated or removed), which eliminates the requirement to make filings with the Commission to modify the PAP due to the application of the PID Reinstatement/Removal Process. 4.0 Statistical Measurement 4.1 Qwest uses a statistical test, namely the modified "z-test," for evaluating the difference between two means (Le., Qwest and CLEC service or repair intervals) or two percentages (e.g., Qwest and CLEC proportions), to determine whether a parity condition exists between the results for Qwest and the CLEC(s). The modified z- tests shall be applicable if the number of data points are greater than 30 for a given measurement. For testing measurements for which the number of data points are 30 or less, Qwest wil use a permutation test to determine the statistical significance of the difference between Qwest and CLEC. . 4.2 Qwest shall be in conformance when the monthly performance results for parity measurements (whether in the form of means, percents, or proportions and at the equivalent level of disaggregation) are such that the calculated z-test statistics are not greater than the critical z-values as listed in Table 1, section 5.0. 4.3 Qwest shall be in conformance with benchmark measurements when the monthly performance result equals or exceeds the benchmark, if a higher value means better performance, and when the monthly performance result equals or is less than the benchmark if a lower value means better performance. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 4- .Exhibit K The formula for determining parity using the modified z-test is: z = DIFF / O'DIFF Where: DIFF = MQwest - MCLEC MQWEST = Owest average or proportion MCLEC = CLEC average or proportion O'DIFF = square root DO'DOwest (1/ n CLEC + 1/ n Owest)) g2Qwest = calculated variance for Owest nQwest = number of observations or samples used in Owest measurement nCLEC = number of observations or samples used in CLEC measurement The modified z-tests wil be applied to reported parity measurements that contain more than 30 data points..In calculating the difference between Owest and CLEC performance, the above formula applies when a larger Owest value indicates a better level of performance. In cases where a smaller Owest value indicates a higher level of performance, the order is reversed, Le., MCLEC - MQWEST. 4.3.1 For parity measurements where the number of data points is 30 or less, Owest will apply a permutation test to test for statistical significance. Permutation analysis wil be applied to calculate the z-statistic using the following logic: Calculate the modified z-statistic for the actual arrangement of the data Pool and mix the CLEC and Owest data sets Perform the following 1000 times: Randomly subdivide the pooled data sets into two pools, one the same size as the original CLEC data set (nCLEC) and one reflecting the remaining data points, and one reflecting the remaining data points, (which is equal to the size of the original Owest data set or nQWEST). Compute and store the modified z-test score (Zs) for this sample. Count the number of times the z-statistic for a permutation of the data is greater than the actual modified z-statistic Compute the fraction of permutations for which the statistic for the rearranged data is greater than the statistic for the actual samples . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 5- Exhibit K . If the fraction is greater than a, the significance level of the test, the hypothesis of no difference is not rejected, and the test is passed. The a shall be .05 when the critical z value is 1.645 and .15 when the critical z value is 1.04. 5.0 Critical Z-Value 5.1 The following table shall be used to determine the critical z-value that is referred to in section 6.0. It is based on the monthly business volume of the CLEC for the particular performance measurements for which statistic testing is being performed. TABLE 1: CRITICALZ-VALUE CLEC volume LIS Trunks,UDITs,All Other (Sample size)Resale, UBL-DS1 and DS- 3 1-10 1.04*1.645 11-150 1.645 1.645 151-300 2.0 2.0 301-600 2.7 2.7 601-3000 3.7 3.7 3001 and above 4.3 4.3 . * The 1.04 applies for individual month testing for performance measurements involving LIS trunks and DS-1 and DS-3 that are UDITs, Resale, or Unbundled Loops. The performance measurements are OP-3d/e, OP-4d/e, OP-5a, OP-6-4/5, MR-5a/b, MR-7d/e, and MR-8. For purposes of determining consecutive month misses, 1.645 shall be used. Where performance measurements disaggregate to zone 1 and zone 2, the zones shall be combined for purposes of statistical testing. 6.0 Tier 1 Payments to CLEC 6.1 Tier 1 payments to CLEC shall be made solely for the performance measurements designated as Tier 1 on Attachment 1. The payment amount for non- conforming service varies depending upon the designation of performance measurements as High, Medium, and Low and the duration of the non-conforming service condition as described below. Non-conforming service is defined in section 4.0. 6.1.1 Determination of Non-Conforming Measurements: The number of performance measurements that are determined to be non-conforming and, therefore, eligible for Tier 1 payments, are limited according to the critical z-value shown in Table 1, section 5.0. The critical z-values are the statistical standard that . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 6- .Exhibit K determines for each CLEC performance measurement whether Qwest has met parity. The critical z-value is selected from Table 1 according to the monthly CLEC volume for the performance measurement. For instance, if the CLEC sample size for that month is 100, the critical z-value is 1.645 for the statistical testing of that parity performance measurement. 6.2 Determination of the Amount of Payment: Tier 1 payments to CLEC, except as provided for in sections 6.2.3, 6.3 and 10.0, are calculated and paid monthly based on the number of performance measurements exceeding the critical z-value. Payments will be made on either a per occurrence or per measurement basis, depending upon the performance measurement, using the dollar amounts specified in Table 2 below. The dollar amounts vary depending upon whether the performance measurement is designated High, Medium, or Low and escalate depending upon the number of consecutive months for which Qwest has not met the standard for the particular measurement. . 6.2.1 The escalation of payments for consecutive months of non-conforming service wil be matched month for month with de-escalation of payments for every month of conforming service. For example, if Qwest has four consecutive monthly "misses" it wil make payments that escalate from month 1 to month 4 as shown in Table 2. If, in the next month, service meets the standard, Qwest makes no payment. A payment "indicator" de-escalates down from month 4 to month 3. If Qwest misses the following month, it wil make payment at the month 3 level of Table 2 because that is where the payment "indicator" presently sits. If Qwest misses again the following month, it wil make payments that escalate back to the month 4 leveL. The payment level will de-escalate back to the original month 1 level only upon conforming service suffcient to move the payment "indicator" back to the month 1 leveL. 6.2.2 For those performance measurements listed on Attachment 2 as "Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps," excluding BI-3A, payment to a CLEC in a single month shall not exceed the amount listed in Table 2 below for the "Per Measurement Cap" category. For those performance measurements listed on Attachment 2 as "Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Payments," if any should be added at a later time, payment to a CLEC wil be the amount set forth in Table 2 below under the section labeled "Per Measurement Cap." . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 7- Exhibit K . TABLE 2: TIER 1 PAYMENTS TO CLEC Per Occurrence Measurement Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6 Each Group following month after Month 6 add Hiçih $150 $250 $500 $600 $700 $800 $100 Medium $ 75 $150 $300 $400 $500 $600 $100 Low $ 25 $ 50 $100 $200 $300 $400 $100 Per Measurement Cap Measurement Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6 Each Group following month after Month 6 add High $25,000 $50,000 $75,000 $100,000 $125,000 $150,000 $25,000 Medium $10,000 $20,000 $30,000 $ 40,000 $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $10,000 Low $ 5,000 $10,000 $15,000 $ 20,000 $ 25,000 $ 30,000 $ 5,000 6.2.3 For the BI-3A performance measurement, the dollar payment amount for non- conforming performance varies depending upon the Total Bil Adjustment Amount for the CLEC. The payment amount is calculated using Table 2A below by multiplying the per occurrence amount times the number of occurrences based on the Total Bill Adjustment Amount,1 capped at the amount shown in the table for that Total Bill Adjustment Amount. The escalation of payments for consecutive months as stated in section 6.2.1 does not apply. . TABLE 2A: TIER 1 PAYMENTS TO CLECS FOR BI-3A Total Bil Adjustment Per Occurrence Cap Amount Amount $0 - $0.99 $0 $0 $1 - $199.99 $1 $200 $200 - $999.99 $10 $5,000 $1,000 - $9,999.99 $10 $10,000 $10,000 - $49,999.99 $15 $15,000 $50,000 - $99,999.99 $20 $20,000 $100,000 and over $25 $25,000 6.3 For collocation, CP-2 and CP-4 performance measurements shall be relied upon for delineation of collocation business rules. For purposes of calculating Tier 1 payments, collocation jobs and collocation feasibility studies that are later than the 1 Total Bil Adjustment Amount is determined by subtracting the BI-3A numerator from the BI-3A denominator as defined in the BI-3 PID formula.. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 8- .Exhibit K due date wil have a per day payment applied according to Table 3. The per day payment wil be applied to any collocation job in which the feasibilty study is provided or the collocation installation is completed later than the scheduled date. The calculation of the payment amount will be performed by applying the per day payment amounts as specified in Table 3. Thus, for days 1 through 10, the payment is $150 per day. For days 11 through 20, the payment is $300 per day and so on. TABLE 3: TIER-1 COLLOCATION PAYMENTS TO CLECS Days Late Completion Date Feasibility Study 1 to 10 days $150/day $45/day 11 to 20 days $300/day $90/day 21 to 30 days $450/day $135/day 31 to 40 days $600/day $180/day More than 40 days $1,000/day $300/day . 6.4 A minimum payment calculation shall be performed by Qwest at the end of each year for each CLEC with annual order volumes of no more than 1,200. The payment shall be calculated by adding the applicable minimum payment amount in Table 4 below for each month in which at least one payment was due to the CLEC. To the extent that the actual CLEC payment for the year is less than the product of the preceding calculation, Qwest shall make an additional payment equal to the difference. TABLE 4: MINIMUM PAYMENTS TO CLECS Minimum Payment Total Monthly Payment:Amount: Less than $200 $ 0 Between $200 and $800 $ 1,500 Between $801 and $1,400 $ 2,000 Over $1,400 $ 2,500 7.0 Tier 2 Payments to the State 7.1 Payments to the State shall be limited to the performance measurements designated in section 7.4 for Tier 2 per measurement payments and in Attachment 1 for per occurrence payments and which have at least 10 data points each month for the period payments are being calculated. Similar to the Tier 1 structure, Tier 2 measurements are categorized as High, Medium, and Low and the amount of payments for non-conformance varies according to this categorization. 7.2 Determination of Non-Conforming Measurements: The determination of non- conformance wil be based upon the aggregate of all CLEC data for each Tier 2. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 9- Exhibit K . performance measurement. Non-conforming service is defined in section 4.2 (for parity measurements) and 4.3 (for benchmark measurements), except that a 1.645 critical z-value shall be used for Tier 2 parity measurements that have Tier 1 counterparts. The critical z-value is the statistical standard that determines for each performance measurement whether Qwest has met parity. 7.3 Determination of the Amount of Payment: Except as provided in section 7.4, Tier 2 payments are calculated and paid monthly based on the number of performance measurements failing performance standards for a third consecutive month, or if two out of three consecutive months in the 12 month period have been missed, the second consecutive month for Tier 2 measurements with Tier 1 counterparts. For Tier 2 measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts, payments are calculated and paid monthly based on the number of performance measurements exceeding the critical z-values, identified in section 5.1, in any single month. Payment wil be made on either a per occurrence or per measurement basis, whichever is applicable to the performance measurement, using the dollar amounts specified in Table 5 or Table 6 below. Except as provided in section 7.4, the dollar amounts vary depending upon whether the performance measurement is designated High, Medium, or Low. 7.3.1 For those Tier 2 measurements listed on Attachment 2 as "Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps," payment to the State in a single month shall not exceed the amount listed in Table 5 for the "Per Measurement Cap" category.. TABLE 5: TIER 2 PAYMENTS TO STATE FUNDS Per Occurrence Measurement Group Hiqh $500 Medium $300 Low $200 Per Me t Casuremenap Measurement Group Hiqh $75,000 Medium $30,000 Low $20,000 7.4 Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Payment: The following Tier 2 performance measurements shall have their performance results measured on a region-wide (14 state) basis. Failure to meet the performance standard, therefore, wil result in a per measurement payment in each of the Qwest in-region 14 states adopting this PAP. The performance measurements are: GA-1: Gateway Availability - IMA-GUI GA-2: Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI GA-3: Gateway Availabilty - EB-TA GA-4: System Availability - EXACT . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 10- .Exhibit K GA-6: Gateway Availability - GUI-Repair PO-1: Pre-Order/Order Response Times OP-2: Call Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center MR-2: Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center GA-1 has two sub-measurements: GA-1A, and GA-1D. PO-1 shall have two sub- . measurements: PO-1A and PO-1B. PO-1A and PO-1B shall have their transaction types aggregated together. For these measurements, Qwest will make a Tier 2 payment based upon monthly performance results according to Table 6: Tier 2 Per Measurement Payments to State Funds. TABLE 6: TIER 2 PER MEASUREMENT PAYMENTS TO STATE FUNDS . Measurement Performance State Payment 14 State Payment GA-1,2,3,4,6 1% or lower $1,000 $14,000 ::1% to 3%$10,000 $140,000 ::3% to 5%$20,000 $280,000 ::5%$30,000 $420,000 PO-1 2 sec. or less $1,000 $14,000 ::2 sec.to 5 $5,000 $70,000 sec. ::5 sec. to 10 $10,000 $140,000 sec. ::10 sec.$15,000 $210,000 OP-2/MR-2 1% or lower $1,000 $14,000 ::1% to 3%$5,000 $70,000 ::3% to 5%$10,000 $140,000 ::5%$15,000 $210,000 8.0 Step by Step Calculation of Monthly Tier 1 Payments to CLEC 8.1 Application of the Critical Z-Values: Qwest shall identify the Tier 1 parity performance measurements that measure the service provided to CLEC by Qwest for the month in question and the critical z-value from Table 1 in section 5.0 that shall be used for purposes of statistical testing for each particular performance measurement. The statistical testing procedures described in section 4.0 shall be applied. For the purpose of determining the critical z-values, each disaggregated category of a performance measurement is treated as a separate sub-measurement. The critical z-value to be applied is determined by the CLEC volume at each level of disaggregation or sub-measurement. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 11- Exhibit K . 8.2 Performance Measurements for which Tier 1 Payment is Per Occurrence: 8.2.1 Performance Measurements that are Averages or Means: 8.2.1.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the average or the mean that would yield the critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) 8.2.1.2 Step 2: The percentage differences between the actual averages and the calculated averages shall be calculated. The calculation is % diff = (CLEC result - Calculated Value)/Calculated Value. The percent difference shall be capped at a maximum of 100%. In all calculations of percent differences in sections 8.0 and 9.0, the calculated percent differences is capped at 100%. 8.2.1.2 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated in the previous step and the per occurrence dollar amounts from the Tier 1 Payment Table shall determine the payment to the CLEC for each non-conforming performance measurement. 8.2.2 Performance Measurements that are Percentages: 8.2.2.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the percentage that would yield the critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z- statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) . 8.2.2.2 Step 2: The difference between the actual percentages for the CLEC and the calculated percentages shall be determined. 8.2.2.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points shall be multiplied by the difference in percentage calculated in the previous step, and the per occurrence dollar amount taken from the Tier 1 Payment Table, to determine the payment to the CLEC for each non-conforming performance measurement. 8.2.3 Performance Measurements that are Ratios or Proportions: 8.2.3.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement the ratio that would yield the critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) 8.2.3.2 Step 2: The absolute difference between the actual rate for the CLEC and the calculated rate shall be determined. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 12- .Exhibit K 8.2.3.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points shall be multiplied by the difference calculated in the previous step, and the per occurrence dollar amount taken from the Tier 1 Payment Table, to determine the payment to the CLEC for each non-conforming performance measurement. 8.3 Performance Measurements for which Tier 1 Payment is Per Measure: 8.3.1 For each performance measurement where Owest fails to meet the standard, the payment to the CLEC shall be the dollar amount shown on the "per measure" portion of Table 2: Tier 1 Payments to CLEC. 9.0 Step by Step Calculation of Monthly Tier 2 Payments to State Funds 9.1.1 Application of the Critical Z-Value: Owest shall identify the Tier 2 parity performance measurements that measure the service provided by Owest to all CLECs for the month in question. The statistical testing procedures described in section 4.0 shall be applied, except that a 1.645 critical z-value shall be used for Tier 2 parity measurements that have Tier 1 counterparts. For Tier 2 parity measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts, the statistical testing procedures described section 4.0 shall be applied using the critical z-values identified in section 5.1..9.1.2 To determine if Tier 2 payments for performance measurements listed on . Attachment 1 shall be made in the current month, the following shall be determined. For Tier 2 measurements that have Tier 1 counterparts, it shall be determined whether Owest missed the performance standard for three consecutive months, or if Owest has missed the standard in any two out of three consecutiv~ months for the 12 month period and for an additional two consecutive months. For Tier 2 measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts, it shall be determined whether Owest missed the performance standard for a single month. If any of these conditions are met and there are at least 10 data points for the measurement in each month, a Tier 2 payment will be calculated and paid as described below and will continue in each succeeding month until Owests performance meets the applicable standard. For Tier 2 measures that have Tier 1 counterparts, the most recent three months of nonconforming performance data that results in payment liability shall be averaged to determine payment. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 13- Exhibit K . 9.2 Performance Measurements for which Tier 2 Payment is Per Occurrence: 9.2.1 Performance Measurements that are Averages or Means: 9.2.1.1 Step 1: The monthly average or the mean for each performance measurement that would yield the critical z-value for each month shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z~statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) 9.2.1.2 Step 2: The percentage difference between the actual averages and the calculated averages for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation for parity measurements is % diff = (actual average - calculated average)/calculated average. The percent difference shall be capped at a maximum of 100%. In all calcul.ations of percent differences in section 8.0 and section 9.0, the calculated percent difference is capped at 100%. 9.2.1.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points for the relevant month(s) shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated in the previous step. The amount (average amount, if more than one month) (rounded to the nearest integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per occurrence dollar amount taken from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the payment to the State for each non-conforming performance measurement. 9.3 Performance Measurements that are Percentages:. 9.3.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the monthly percentage that would yield the critical z-value for each month shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) 9.3.1.2 Step 2: The difference between the actual percentages and the calculated percentages for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation for parity measurement is diff = (CLEC result - calculated percentage). This formula shall be applicable where a high value is indicative of poor performance. The formula shall be reversed where high performance is indicative of good performance. 9.3.1.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points for the relevant month(s) shall be multiplied by the difference in percentage calculated in the previous step. The amount (average amount, if more than one month)(rounded to the nearest integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per occurrence dollar amounts taken from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the payment to the State. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 14- .Exhibit K 9.4 Performance Measurements that are Ratios or Proportions: 9.4.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the ratio that would yield the critical z-value for each month shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.) 9.4.1.1 Step 2: The difference between the actual rate for the GLEG and the calculated rate for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation is: diff = (GLEG rate - calculated rate). This formula shall apply where a high value isindicative of poor performance. The formula shall be reversed where high performance is indicative of good performance. 9.4.1.2 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points shall be multiplied by the difference calculated in the previous step for each month. The amount (average amount, if more than one month)(rounded to the nearest integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per occurrence dollar amounts taken from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the payment to the State. 9.5 Performance Measurements for which Tier 2 Payment is Per Measure: .9.5.1 For each performance measurement where Qwest fails to meet the standard, the payment to the State Fund shall be the dollar amount shown on the "per measure" portion of the Tier 2 Payment Table. 10.0 Low Volume, Developing Markets 10.1 For certain qualifying performance standards, if the aggregate monthly volumes of GLEGs participating in the PAP are more than 10, but less than 100, Qwest wil make Tier 1 payments to GLEGs for failure to meet the parity or benchmark standard for the qualifying performance sub-measurements. The qualifying sub-measurements are the ADSL qualified loop product disaggregations of OP-3, OP-4, OP-5a, MR-3, MR-5, MR-7, and MR-8. If the aggregate monthly GLEG volume is greater than 100, the provisions of this section shall not apply to the qualifying performance sub-measurement. 10.2 The determination of whether Qwest has met the parity or benchmark standards wil be made using aggregate volumes of GLEGs participating in the PAP. In the event Qwest does not meet the applicable performance standards, a total payment to affected GLEGs will be determined in accordance with the high, medium, low designation for each performance measurement (see Attachment 1) and as described in section 8.0, except that GLEG aggregate volumes will be used. In the event the calculated total payment amount to GLEGs is less than $5,000, a minimum payment of $5,000 shall be made. The resulting total payment amount to GLEGs will . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 15- Exhibit K .be apportioned to the affected CLECs based upon each CLEC's relative share of the number of total service misses. 10.3 At the six (6)-month reviews, Qwest wil consider adding to the above list of qualifying performance sub-measurements, new products disaggregation representing new modes of CLEC entry into developing markets. 11.0 Payment 11.1 Payments to CLEC, the State, or the Special Fund shall be made one month following the due date of the performance measurement report for the month for which payment is being made. Qwest wil pay interest on any late payment and underpayment at the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal. On any overpayment, Qwest is allowed to offset future payments by the amount of the overpayment plus interest at the prime rate. 11.2 Payment to CLEC shall be made via bill credits. Bil credits shall be identified on a summary format substantially similar to that distributed as a prototype to the CLECs and the Commissions. To the extent that a monthly payment owed to CLEC under this PAP exceeds the amount owed to Qwest by CLEC on a monthly bil, Qwest will issue a check or wire transfer to CLEC in the amount of the overage. Payment to the State shall be made via check or wire transfer..11.3 A Special Fund shall be created for the purpose of payment of an independent auditor and audit costs as specified in section 15.0 and payment of other expenses incurred by the participating Commissions in the regional administration of the PAP. 11.3.1 Qwest shall establish the Special Fund as an interest bearing escrow account upon the first FCC section 271 approval of the PAP applicable to a participating state Commission. Qwest shall be authorized to withhold and deposit into the Special Fund one-half of all Tier 2 payments. The cost of the escrow account will be paid for from account funds. 11.3.2 Commissions participating in the Special Fund shall appoint a person designated to administer and authorize disbursement of funds. All claims against the fund shall be presented to the Commissions' designates and shall be the responsibilty of the participating Commissions. 11.3.3 Qwest shall advance funds to meet initial claims against the Special Fund to the extent Tier 2 contributions are insuffcient. Such funds shall not exceed $500,000 and shall be reduced appropriately in the event that at least six states in which the QPAP is in effect do not agree to participate in the Special Fund. Upon a determination by the participating Commissions that the Special Fund has become . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 16- Exhibit K.self-sustaining or is no longer required, Qwest shall be allowed to recover any such advances plus interest at the rate that the escrow account would have earned. 11.3.4 Upon the execution of a memorandum of understanding with the Idaho Commission, Qwest shall establish an Idaho Discretionary Fund as a separate interest bearing escrow account. Qwest shall deposit into the Discretionary Fund the remaining balance of Tier 2 payments after disbursement of Tier 2 payments to the Special Fund pursuant to section 13.3.1. The Commission shall appoint a person designated to administer and authorize disbursements of funds from the Discretionary Fund. Disbursements from the Discretionary Fund shall be limited to competitively neutral Idaho telecommunications initiatives. The costs of the Discretionary Fund will paid for from the account's funds. 12.0 Cap on Tier 1 and Tier 2 Payments . 12.1 There shall be a cap on the total payments made by Qwest for a 12 month period beginning with the effective date of the PAP for the State of Idaho. The annual cap for the State of Idaho shall be 36% of ARMIS Net Return, recalculated each year based upon the prior year's Idaho ARMIS results , subject to any applicable adjustment permitted pursuant to section 12.2. Qwest shall submit to the Commission the calculation of each year's cap no later than 30 days after submission of ARMIS results to the FCC. CLEC agrees that this amount constitutes a maximum annual cap that shall apply to the aggregate total of Tier 1 liquidated damages, including any such damages paid pursuant to this Agreement, any other interconnection agreement, or any other payments made for the same underlying activity or omission under any other contract, order or rule and Tier 2 assessments or payments made by Qwest for the same underlying activity or omission under any other contract, order or rule. 12.2 The 36% annual cap may be increased to 44% or decreased to 30% of ARMIS Net Return as follows: 12.2.1 An increase in the cap of a maximum of 4 percentage points at anyone time (Le., first to 40 percent) shall occur upon order by the Commission if the cap has been exceeded for any consecutive period of 24 months by that same 4 percent or more, provided that: (a) the Commission has determined that the preponderance of the evidence shows Qwest could have remained beneath the cap through reasonable and prudent effort, and (b) the Commission has made that determination after having available to it on the record the results of audits and root cause analyses, and provided an opportunity for Qwest to be heard. 12.2.2 A decrease in the cap of a maximum of 4 percentage points at anyone time shall occur upon order by the Commission after performance for any consecutive period of 24 months in which total payments are 8 or more percentage points below the cap amount, provided that: (a) the Commission has determined that the.Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 17- Exhibit K .preponderance of the evidence shows the performance results underlying those payments results from an adequate Qwest commitment to meeting its responsibilties to provide adequate wholesale service and to keeping open its local markets and (b) the Commission shall have made that determination after providing all interested parties an opportunity to be heard. 12.2.3 The provisions of 12.2.1 and 12.2.2 shall be in effect for the next 24 month period commencing with the end of the 24 month period upon which the Commission's order is based. 12.3 If the annual cap is reached, each CLEC shall, as of the end of the year, be entitled to receive the same percentage of its total calculated Tier 1 payments. In order to preserve the operation of the annual cap, the percentage equalization shall take place as follows: 12.3.1 The amount by which any month's total year-to-date Tier 1 and Tier 2 payments exceeds the cumulative monthly cap (defined as 1/12th of the annual cap times the cumulative number of months to date) shall be calculated and apportioned between Tier 1 and Tier 2 according to the percentage that each bore of total payments for the year-to-date. The Tier 1 apportionment resulting of this calculation shall be known as the "Tracking Account." 12.3.2 The Tier 1 apportionment shall be debited against the monthly payment due to each CLEC, by applying to the year-to-date payments received by each the percentage necessary to generate the required total Tier 1 amount.. 12.3.3 The Tracking Amount shall be apportioned among all CLECs so as to provide each with payments equal in percentage of its total year to date Tier 1 payment calculations. 12.3.4 This calculation shall take place in the first month that the year-to-date total Tier 1 and Tier 2 payments are expected to exceed the cumulative monthly cap and for each month of that year thereafter. Qwest shall recover any debited amounts by reducing payments due to any CLEC for that month and any succeeding months, as necessary. . 13.0 Limitations 13.1 The PAP shall not become available in the State unless and until Qwest receives effective section 271 authority from the FCC for that State. 13.2 Qwest wil not be liable for Tier 1 payments to CLEC in an FCC approved state until the Commission has approved an interconnection agreement between CLEC and Qwest which adopts the provisions of this PAP. . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 18- .Exhibit K . 13.3 Qwest shall not be obligated to make Tier 1 or Tier 2 payments for any measurement if and to the extent that non-conformance for that measurement was the result of any of the following: 1) with respect to performance measurements with a benchmark standard, a Force Majeure event as defined in section 5.7 of the SGAT. Qwest will provide notice of the occurrence of a Force Majeure event within 72 hours of the time Qwest learns of the event or within a reasonable time frame that Qwest should have learned of it; 2) an act or omission by a CLEC that is contrary to any of its obligations under its interconnection agreement with Qwest or under federal or state law; an act or omission by CLEC that is in bad faith. Examples of bad faith conduct include, but are not limited to: unreasonably holding service orders and/or applications, "dumping" orders or applications in unreasonably large batches, "dumping" orders or applications at or near the close of a business day, on a Friday evening or prior to a holiday, and failing to provide timely forecasts to Qwest for services or facilities when such forecasts are explicitly required by the SGAT; 3) problems associated with third-party systems or equipment, which could not have been avoided by Qwest in the exercise of reasonable dilgence, provided, however, that this third party exclusion will not be raised in the State more than three times within a calendar year. If a Force Majeure event or other excusing event recognized in this section merely suspends Qwests ability to timely perform an activity subjectto a performance measurement that is an interval measure, the applicable time frame in which Qwests compliance with the parity or benchmark criterion is measured wil be extended on an hour-for-hour or day-for-day basis, as applicable, equal to the duration of the excusing event. 13.3.1 Qwest wil not be excused from Tier 1 or Tier 2 payments for any reason except as described in Section 13.0. Qwest will have the burden of demonstrating that its non-conformance with the performance measurement was excused on one of the grounds described in this PAP. A party may petition the Commission to require Qwest to deposit disputed payments into an escrow account when the requesting party can show cause, such as grounds provided in the Uniform Commercial Code for cases of commercial uncertainty. 13.3.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of section 13 of this QPAP, Qwest shall not be excused for failing to provide such performance that Qwest could reasonably have been expected to deliver assuming that it had designed, implemented, staffed, provisioned, and otherwise provided for resources reasonably required to meet foreseeable volumes and patterns of demands upon its resources by CLECs. 13.4 Qwests agreement to implement these enforcement terms, and specifically its agreement to pay any "liquidated damages" or "assessments" hereunder, wil not be considered as an admission against interest or an admission of liability in any legal, regulatory, or other proceeding relating in whole or in part to the same performance. 13.4.1 CLEC may not use: 1) the existence of this enforcement plan; or 2) Qwests payment of Tier -1 "liquidated damages" or Tier 2 "assessments" as evidence that. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 19- Exhibit K .Qwest has discriminated in the provision of any facilties or services under Sections 251 or 252, or has violated any state or federal law or regulation. Qwests conduct underlying its performance measures, however are not made inadmissible by its terms. 13.4.2 By accepting this performance remedy plan, CLEC agrees that Qwests performance with respect to this remedy plan may not be used as an admission of liabilty or culpability for a violation of any state or federal law or regulation. (Nothing herein is intended to preclude Owest from introducing evidence of any Tier 1 "liquidated damages" under these provisions for the purpose of offsetting the payment against any other damages or payments a CLEC might recover.) The terms of this paragraph do not apply to any proceeding before the Commission or the FCC to determine whether Qwest has met or continues to meet the requirements of section 271 of the Act. 13.5 By incorporating these liquidated damages terms into the PAP, Qwest and CLEC accepting this PAP agree that proof of damages from any non-conforming performance measurement would be diffcult to ascertain and, therefore, liquidated damages are a reasonable approximation of any contractual damages that may result from a non-conforming performance measurement. Qwest and CLEC further agree that Tier 1 payments made pursuant to this PAP are not intended to be a penalty. The application of the assessments and damages provided for herein is not intended to foreclose other noncontractual legal and non-contractual regulatory claims and remedies that may be available to a CLEC.. 13.6 This PAP contains a comprehensive set of performance measurements, statistical methodologies, and payment mechanisms that are designed to function together, and only together, as an integrated whole. To elect the PAP, CLEC must adopt the PAP in its entirety, in its interconnection agreement with Qwest. By electing remedies under the PAP, CLEC waives any causes of action based on a contractual theory of liability, and any right of recovery under any other theory of liabilty (including but not limited to a state utility regulatory commission or Federal Communications Commission rule or order) to the extent such recovery is related to harm compensable under a contractual theory of liabilty (even though it is sought through a noncontractual claim, theory, or cause of action). 13.7 If for any reason a CLEC agreeing to this QPAP is awarded compensation for the same harm for which it received payment under the QPAP , the court or other adjudicatory body hearing such a claim may offset the damages resulting from such claim against payments made for the same harm. 13.8 Qwest shall not be liable for both Tier 2 payments under the PAP and assessments, sanctions, or other payments for the same underlying activity or omission pursuant to any Commission order or service quality rules. 13.9 Whenever a Qwest Tier 1 payment to an individual CLEC exceeds $3 million in a month, Qwest may commence a proceeding to demonstrate why it should not be . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 20- .Exhibit K required to pay any amount in excess of the $3 million. Upon timely commencement of the proceeding, Qwest must pay the balance of payments owed in excess of $3 millon into escrow, to be held by a third-party pending the outcome of the proceeding. To invoke these escrow provisions, Qwest must file, not later than the due date of the Tier 1 payments, its application. Qwest will have the burden of proof to demonstrate why, under the circumstances, it would be unjust to require it to make the payments in excess of $3 milion. If Qwest reports non-conforming performance to CLEC for three consecutive months on 20% or more of the measurements reported to CLEC and has incurred no more than $1 millon in liability to CLEC, then CLEC may commence a similar proceeding. In any such proceeding CLEC wil have the burden of proof to demonstrate why, under the circumstances, justice requires Qwest to make payments in excess of the amount calculated pursuant to the terms of the PAP. The disputes identified in this section shall be resolved in a manner specified in the Dispute Resolution section of the SGAT with the CLEC. 14.0 Reporting . 14.1 Upon receiving effective section 271 authority from the FCC for a state, Qwest wil provide CLEC that has an approved interconnection agreement with Qwest, a monthly report of Qwests performance for the measurements identified in the PAP by the last day of the month following the month for which performance results are being reported. However, Qwest shall have a grace period of five business days, so that Qwest shall not be deemed out of compliance with its reporting obligations before the expiration of the five business day grace period. Qwest will collect, analyze, and report performance data for the measurements listed on Attachment 1 in accordance with the most recent version of the PIDs. Upon CLEC's request, data fies of the CLEC's raw data, or any subset thereof, wil be transmitted, without charge, to CLEC in a mutually acceptable format, protocol, and transmission medium. 14.2 Qwest wil also provide the Commission a monthly report of aggregate CLEC performance results pursuant to the PAP by the last day of the month following the month for which performance results are being reported. However, Qwest shall have a grace period of five business days, so that Qwest shall not be deemed out of compliance with its reporting obligations before the expiration of the five business day grace period. Individual CLEC reports of participating CLEes wil also be available to the Commission upon request. By accepting this PAP, CLEC consents to Qwest providing CLEC's report and raw data to the State Commission. Pursuant to the terms of an order of the Commission, Qwest may provide CLEC-specific data that relates to the PAP, provided that Qwest shall first initiate any procedures necessary to protect the confidentiality and to prevent the public release of the information pending any applicable Commission procedures and further provided that Qwest provides such notice as the Commission directs to the CLEC involved, in order to allow it to prosecute such procedures to their completion. Data files of participating . Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 21- Exhibit K .CLEC raw data, or any subset thereof, wil be transmitted, without charge, to the Commission in a mutually acceptable format, protocol, and transmission form. 14.3 In the event Owest does not provide CLEC and the Commission with a monthly report by the last day of the month following the month for which performance results are being reported, Owest wil pay to the State a total of $500 for each business day for which performance reports are 6 to 10 business days past the due date; $1,000 for each business day for which performance reports are 11 to 15 business days past the due date; and $2,000 for each business day for which performance results are more than 15 business days past the due date. If reports are on time but are missing performance results, Owest wil pay to the State a total of one-fifth of the late report amount for each missing performance measurement, subject to a cap of the full late report amount. These amounts represent the total payments for omittng performance measurements or missing any report deadlines, rather than a payment per report. Prior to the date of a payment for late reports, Owest may file a request for a waiver of the payment, which states the reasons for the waiver. The Commission may grant the waiver, deny the waiver, or provide any other relief that may be appropriate. 14.4 To the extent that Owest recalculates payments made under this PAP, such recalculation shall be limited to the preceding three years (measured from the later of the provision of a monthly credit statement or payment due date). Owest shall retain sufficient records to demonstrate fully the basis for its calculations for long enough to meet this potential recalculation obligation. CLEC verification or recalculation efforts should be made reasonably contemporaneously with Owest measurements. In any event, Owest shall maintain the records in a readily useable format for one year. For the remaining two years, the records may be retained in archived format. Any payment adjustments shall be subject to the interest rate provisions of section 11.1. . 15.0 Integrated Audit Program/Investigations of Performance Results 15.1 Audits of the PAP shall be conducted in a two-year cycle under the auspices of the participating Commissions in accordance with a detailed audit plan developed by an independent auditor retained for a two-year period. The participating Commissions shall select the independent auditor with input from Owest and CLECs. 15.1.1 The participating Commissions shall form an oversight committee of Commissioners who wil choose the independent auditor and approve the audit plan. Any disputes as to the choice of auditor or the scope of the audit shall be resolved through a vote of the chairs of the participating commissions pursuant to Section 15.1.4. 15.1.2 The audit plan shall be conducted over two years. The audit plan wil identify the specific performance measurements to be audited, the specific tests to be conducted, and the entity to conduct them. The audit plan wil give priority to auditing . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 22- Exhibit K.the higher risk areas identified in the ass report. The two-year cycle wil examine risks likely to exist across that period and the past history of testing, in order to determine what combination of high and more moderate areas of risk should be examined during the two-year cycle. The first year of a two-year cycle wil concentrate on areas most likely to require follow-up in the second year. 15.1.3 The audit plan shall be coordinated with other audit plans that may be conducted by other state commissions so as to avoid duplication, shall not impede Qwests abilty to comply with the other provisions of the PAP and should be of a nature and scope that can be conducted in accordance with the reasonable course of Qwests business operations. 15.1.4 Any dispute arising out of the audit plan, the conduct of the audit, or audit results shall be resolved by the oversight committee of Commissioners. Decisions of the oversight committee of Commissioners may be appealed to a committee of the chairs of the participating Commissions. . 15.2 Qwest may make management processes more accurate or more efficient to perform without sacrificing accuracy. These changes are at Qwests discretion but will be reported to the independent auditor in quarterly meetings in which the auditor may ask questions about changes made in the Qwest measurement regimen. The meetings, which wil be limited to Qwest and the independent auditor, will permit an independent assessment of the materiality and propriety of any Qwest changes, including, where necessary, testing of the change details by the independent auditor. The information gathered by the independent auditor may be the basis for reports by the independent auditor to the participating Commissions and, where the Commissions deem it appropriate, to other participants. 15.3 In the event of a disagreement between Qwest and CLEC as to any issue regarding the accuracy or integrity of data collected, generated, and reported pursuant to the PAP, Qwest and the CLEC shall first consult with one another and attempt in good faith to resolve the issue. If an issue is not resolved within 45 days after a request for consultation, CLEC and Qwest may, upon a demonstration of good cause, (e.g., evidence of material errors or discrepancies) request an independent audit to be conducted, at the initiating party's expense. The independent auditor will assess the need for an audit based upon whether there exists a material deficiency in the data or whether there exists an issue not otherwise addressed by the audit plan for the current cycle. The dispute resolution provision of section 18.0 is available to any party questioning the independent auditor's decision to conduct or not conduct a CLEC requested audit and the audit findings, should such an audit be conducted. An audit may not proceed until dispute resolution is completed. Audit findings wil include: (a) general applicabilty of findings and conclusions (Le., relevance to CLECs or jurisdictions other than the ones causing test initiation), (b) magnitude of any payment adjustments required and, (c) whether cost responsibilty should be shifted based upon the materiality and clarity of any Qwest non-conformance with measurement requirements (no pre-determined variance is appropriate, but should.Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 23- Exhibit K .be based on the auditor's professional judgment). CLEC may not request an audit of data more than three years from the later of the provision of a monthly credit statement or payment due date. 15.4 Expenses for the audit of the PAP and any other related expenses, except that which may be assigned under section 15.3, shall be paid first from the Tier 2 funds in the Special Fund. For Idaho, the remainder of the audit expenses will be paid by Qwest. 15.5 Qwest wil investigate any second consecutive Tier 2 miss to determine the cause of the miss and to identify the action needed in order to meet the standard set forth in the performance measurements. To the extent an investigation determines that a CLEC was responsible in whole or in part for the Tier 2 misses, Qwest shall receive credit against future Tier 2 payments in an amount equal to the Tier 2 payments that should not have been made. The relevant portion of subsequent Tier 2 payments wil not be owed until any responsible CLEC problems are corrected. For the purposes of this sub-section, Tier 1 performance measurements that have not been designated as Tier 2 wil be aggregated and the aggregate results will be investigated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 16.0 Reviews 16. 1 Every six (6) months, beginning six months after the effective date of section 271 approval by the FCC for the state of Idaho, Qwest, CLECs, or the Idaho Public Utilties Commission may initiate a review of the performance measurements to determine whether measurements should be added, deleted, or modified; whether the applicable benchmark standards should be modified or replaced by parity standards; and whether to move a classification of a measurement to High, Medium, or Low, Tier 1 or Tier 2. The criterion for reclassification of a measurement shall be whether the actual volume of data points was less or greater than anticipated. Criteria for review of performance measurements, other than for possible reclassification, shall be whether there exists an omission or failure to capture intended performance, and whether there is duplication of another measurement. Any disputes regarding adding, deleting, or modifying performance measurements shall be resolved pursuant to a proceeding before the Commission and subject to judicial review. No new performance measurements shall be added to this PAP that have not been subject to observation as diagnostic measurements for a period of 6 months. Any changes made at the six-month review pursuant to this section shall apply to and modify this agreement between Qwest and CLEC, subject to a stay, modification or reversal upon appeal or judicial review. . 16.1.1 Notwithstanding section 16.1, if any agreements on adding, modifying or deleting performance measurements as permitted by section 16.1 are reached between Qwest and CLECs participating in an industry Regional Oversight Committee (ROC) PID administration forum, those agreements shall be incorporated . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 24- .Exhibit K into the QPAP and modify the agreement between CLEC and Qwest at any time those agreements are submitted to the Commission, whether before or after a six- month review. 16.1.2 For the first twelve months that any changes made pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 or 16.1.1 are in effect, Qwests liability for such changes shall be limited to 10% of the monthly payments that Qwest would have made absent the effect of such changes as a whole. This provision shall be referred as "the 10% payment collar." Such payment limitation shall be accomplished by factoring the payments resulting from the changes to ensure that such payments remain within 10% of the payments Qwest would have made absent such changes. . 16.1.3 In the event that the Commission adds, modifies, or reclassifies a performance measurement that has not been agreed upon in the ROC PID administration forum process in 16.1.1, the 10% payment collar shall remain in effect unless removed by the Commission pursuant to this section. If, after a minimum of 6 months of payments to a CLEC, Qwests payments have been limited by the 10% payment collar to 80% or less of what the total payments would have been absent the collar for the preceding 6-month period, the Commission may, upon motion by an affected CLEC, conduct a record proceeding to determine whether the 10% payment collar should be removed from any such performance measure. The Commission can prospectively remove the 10% collar for Tier 1 payments to affected CLEC(s) for any such performance measure upon a demonstration through a record proceeding and a Commission determination that the total payments to the CLEC(s) under the QPAP were inadequate to compensate CLEC(s) for actual harm incurred during the same period and upon a determination that such change is otherwise necessary and appropriate and in the public interest. 16.1.4 Notwithstanding section 16.1, any party may submit a root cause analysis to the Commission requesting removal of a PID or sub-measure from the PAP or requesting exemption of a PID or sub-measure from the application of the trigger mechanism for reinstatement or subsequent removaL. In the analysis and recommendations concerning the root cause analysis, the Commission is to consider, at a minimum, whether the root cause analysis provides evidence of no harm, the same harm as covered by other PID measures, non-Qwest related causes, or other factors which directly relate to the harm or circumstances specific to the PID or sub- measure being analyzed. 16.2 Two years after the effective date of the first FCC 271 approval of the PAP, the participating Commissions may conduct a joint review by a independent third party to examine the continuing effectiveness of the PAP as a means of inducing compliant performance. This review shall not be used to open the PAP generally to amendment, but would serve to assist Commissions in determining existing conditions and reporting to the FCC on the continuing adequacy of the PAP to serve its intended functions. The expense of the reviews shall be paid from the Special Fund..Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 25- Exhibit K . 16.3 Owest wil make the PAP available for CLEC interconnection agreements until such time as Owest eliminates its Section 272 affliate. At that time, the Commission and Owest shall review the appropriateness of the PAP and whether its continuation is necessary. However, in the event Owest exits the interLATA market, that State PAP shall be rescinded immediately. 17.0 Voluntary Performance Assurance Plan This PAP represents Owests voluntary offer to provide performance assurance. Nothing in the PAP or in any conclusion of non-conformance of Owests service performance with the standards defined in the PAP shall be construed to be, of itself, non-conformance with the Act. 18.0 Dispute Resolution For the purpose of resolving disputes over the meaning of the provisions of the PAP and how they should be applied, the dispute resolution provisions of the SGAT, section 5.18, shall apply whether the CLEC uses the SGAT in its entirety or elects to make the PAP part of its interconnection agreements (Le., the unique dispute resolution provisions of interconnection agreements should not apply).. . Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 26- .Exhibit K Attachment 1: Tier 1 and Tier 2 Penormance Measurements Subject to Per Occurrence Payment . Performance Measurement Tier 1 Payments Tier 2 Payments Low Med Hiah Low Med Hiah GATEWAY Timely Outaae Resolution GA-7 X PRE-ORDER/ORDERS LSR Rejection Notice Interval PO-3a X Firm Order Confirmations On Time PO-5 X X Work Completion Notification Timeliness PO-6°X Bilina Completion Notification Timeliness PO-7°X Jeopardy Notice Interval PO-8 X Timely Jeopardy Notices PO-9 X Release Notifications PO-16 X (Expanded)-Manual Service Order PO-20 X Accuracy ORDERING AND PROVISIONING Installation Commitments Met OP-3g X X Installation Intervals OP_4C.9 X X New Service Quality OP-X X 5a9,bd,g Delayed Days OP_6e,9 X X Number Portabilty Timeliness OP-8 X X Coordinated Cuts On Time -Unbundled OP-13a X X Loops LNP Disconnect Timeliness OP-17 X X MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR Out of Service Cleared within 24 hours MR-39 X All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours MR-59 X Mean time to Restore MR-X 6a9,b9,c9, df,ef Repair Repeat Report Rate MR-79 X X Trouble Rate MR-89 X X LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within MR-11 X X Specified Timeframes BILLING Time to Provide Recorded Usaae Records BI-1 X X Billna Accuracy-Adjustments for Errors BI-3 X Billna Completeness BI-4 X X NETWORK PERFORMANCE Trunk Blockina NI-1 X X NXX Code Actiyation NP-1 X X .Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended.Exhibit K, June 26,2007 - 27- Exhibit K . a. PO-3 is limited to PO-3a-1, PO-3b-1, and PO-3c. b. PO-6 is included with PO-7 as two "families:" PO-6a/PO-7a and PO-6b/PO-7b. Measurements within each family share a single payment opportunity with only the measurements with the highest payment being paid. c. OP-4 is included with OP-6 as five "families:" OP-4a/OP-6-1, OP-4b/OP-6-2, o P-4c10P-6-3 , OP-4d/OP- 6-4, and OP-4e/OP-6-5. Measurements within each family share a single payment opportunity with only the measurement with the highest payment being paid. d. Section 3.1.2 applies to OP-5b only if the number of orders with trouble in OP-5a is no more than one. e. For purposes of the PAP, OP-6a and OP-6b wil be combined and treated as one. The combined OP-6 breaks down to OP-6-1 (within MSA), OP-6-2 (outside MSA), OP-6-3 (no dispatch), OP-6-4 (zone 1), and OP-6-5 (zone 2). f. Applicable only to xDSL-1 capable loops. g. Excludes the following product disaggregations as applicable to this PID: Resale Centrex, Resale Centrex 21, Resale DSO (non-designed), Resale DSO (designed), Resale DSO, E911/911 Trunks, Resale Frame Relay, Resale Basic ISDN (non-designed), Resale Basic ISDN (designed), Resale Basic ISDN, Resale Primary ISDN (non-designed), Resale Primary ISDN (designed), Resale Primary ISDN, Resale PBX (non-designed), Resale PBX (designed), Resale PBX, Sub-Loop Unbundling, UNE-P (POTS), UNE-P (Centrex), and UNE-P (Centrex 21).. Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 28- . . . . Exhibit K Attachment 2: Penormance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps Biling Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records - BI-1 (Tier 1/Tier 2) Billng Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors - BI-3 (Tier 1) Billng Completeness - BI-4 (Tier 1lTer 2) Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007 - 29-